6
      EPA
United States       Office of          November 1992
Environmental Protection Solid Waste
Agency          Washington, DC 20460
\<
                 RCRIS User Guide
        CM                HEADQUARTERS LIBRARY
                         ENVIRONMENTAL PROWI
        ^                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
        *                                     '^ Printed on Recycled Paper

-------

-------

-------

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    THE HANDLER ID MODULE		 1
     1.1   INTRODUCTION	 1
     1.2   USING THE HANDLER ID MODULE  .	. . . . .	 1
          1.2.1 NOTIFICATION .	.	 1
        .  1.2.2 PART A			 2
          1.2.3 MAINTENANCE	 . ..."	 . 3
          1.2.4 REPORTS .	 3
          1.2.5 CALCULATE HANDLER UNIVERSES 		3
     1.3   KEY TERMS . .		... . . :	 3
     1.4   FUNCTION KEYS	....;... 4
     1.5   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE  			 4
     1.6   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD (TOR) .	 ;	 4
     1.7   MERGED DATABASE	 . •. t	 5

2    HANDLER ID DATA ENTRY			.6
     2.1   HANDLER ID (NOTIFICATION) .	 6
          2.1.1 NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1	  7
        ,  2.1.2 NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2  .	  8
          2.1.3 NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3	10
          2.1.4 NO1TFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4  	11
          2.1.5 NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 5  	13
     2.2   PART A  	.......,..;	14
          2.2.1 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1	15
          2.2.2 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2	16
          2.2.3 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3	17
          2.2.4 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4	 .	18
          2.2.5 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 5		19
          23.6 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 6	21
          2.2.7 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 7	22
          2.2.8 PART A ADDrtJPDATE SCREEN 8	23
          2.2.9 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 9 .	24
          2.2.10      PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 10 ...:....	25

3    MAINTENANCE .		 .	.	;		27
     3.1   HANDLER MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM	 . 27
          3.1.1 PROCESS CODES	28
              3.1.1.1    PROCESS  MAINTENANCE  ADD/UPDATE
                       SCREEN 1 -...;.:		29
              3.1.1.2    PROCESS  MAINTENANCE  ADD/UPDATE
                       SCREEN 2	30
              3.1.1.3    PROCESS  MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE
                       SCREEN 3 . .	 .  ;	32

-------
     3.1.1.4    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              1	33
     3.1.1.5    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              2	34
     3.1.1.6    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              3	35
     3.1.1.7    PROCESS MAINTENANCE  ADD/UPDATE
              SCREEN 3 	36
     3.1.1.8    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              1	37
     3.1.1.9    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              2	37
     3.1.1.10    PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN
              3 . .	39
3.1.2 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODES	40
     3.1.2.1    SIC MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE/DELETE
              SCREEN 1 	;	40
     3;1.2.2    SIC MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE/DELETE
              SCREEN 2 . .-	41
3.1.3 OTHER PERMIT TYPE AND NUMBER	42
     3.1.3.1    OTHER  PERMIT   MAINTENANCE*
              ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1 	43
     3.1.3.2    OTHER  PERMIT   MAINTENANCE
              ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2	43
     3.1.3.3    OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE DELETE
              SCREEN 1 	45
     3.1.3.4    OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE DELETE
              SCREEN 2	45
3.1.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE CODE AND PROCESS CODE	46
     3.1.4.1    HAZARDOUS  WASTE STREAM
              ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1	47
     3.1.4.2    HAZARDOUS  WASTE STREAM
              ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2	  48
     3.1.4.3    HAZARDOUS  WASTE STREAM
              ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3	50
     3.1.4.4    HAZARDOUS WASTE  STREAM  DELETE
              SCREEN 1 	51
     3.1.4.5    HAZARDOUS WASTE  STREAM  DELETE
              SCREEN 2 	52
     3.1.4.6    HAZARDOUS WASTE  STREAM  DELETE
              SCREEN 3 	53
3.1.5 CONTACT AND ADDRESSES	54
     3.1.5.1    CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE
              SCREEN 1 - ADD/UPDATE	55
                     ii

-------
              3.1.5.2     CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE
                        SCREEN 2 - ADD/UPDATE	55
              3.1.5.3     CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE
                        SCREEN 1 - DELETE . . . . .	57
              3.1.5.4     CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE
                        SCREEN 2 - DELETE	58
          3.1.6 OTHER ELEMENTS . . . .			59

                        1 - ADD/UPDATE			 . 59
              3.1.6.2     OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE SCREEN
                       .2 - ADD/UPDATE	60
              3.1.6.3     OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE SCREEN
                        1 - DELETE  	62
              3.1.6.4     OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE SCREEN
                        2 - DELETE	 62
          3.1.7 WASTE CHARACTERISTICS	 63
              3.1.7.1     WASTE   STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC
                        MAINTENANCE SCREEN 1 - ADD/UPDATE  . . 64
              3.1.7.2     WASTE   STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC
                        MAINTENANCE SCREEN 2 - ADD/UPDATE  . . 65
              3.1.7.3     WASTE   STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC
                        MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 1	. . 66
              3.1.7.4     WASTE   STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC
                        MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 2	67
          3.1.8 PROCESS UNIT TYPE  .		68
              3.1.8.1     PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1 .... 68
              3.1.8.2     PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2	69
              3.1.8.3     PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3	70
              3.1.8.4     PROCESS UNIT DELETE SCREEN 1  	71
              3.1.8.5     PROCESS UNIT DELETE SCREEN 2  	72
              3.1.8.6     PROCESS UNIT DELETE SCREEN 3  	73
          3.1.9 ADD/UPDATE/DELETE RECEIPT DATES	73
          3.1.10     DELETE OWNER/OPERATOR	 . 76

4    VIEWING NOTIFICATION AND PART A DATA  	78
     4.1   NOTIFICATION	79
     4.2   PART A  		81

5    REPORTS		87
     5.1   CUSTOMIZED HANDLER REPORTS 	88
                              iii

-------
          5.1.1 DUMP REPORTS MENU	 88
              5.1.1.1     HANDLER SELECTION SCREEN 2 	91
              5.1*1.2     HID FILE SELECTION SCREEN	92
              5.1.1.3     MAINFRAME  REPORT DESTINATION
                        SCREEN	93
          5.1.2 ACTIVITY  	96
          5.1.3 FORM LETTER		97
          5.1.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REPORT  	99
          5.1.5 LABEL	102
          5.1.6 FACILITY HISTORY	105
          5.1.7 POTENTIAL TSD - UNIVERSE DATA	 106
          5.1.8 UNIVERSE DATA - ALL FACILnTES	 110
                                  r

6    CALCULATE UNIVERSES  	112
     6.1   BATCH PROCESSING ON THE MAINFRAME	 112
     6.2   ONLINE PROCESSING ON THE MAINFRAME	 115
          6.2.1 HANDLER UNIVERSE CALCULATION SCREEN 1	 115
          6.2.2 HANDLER UNIVERSE SELECTION SCREEN 2	 . 116
                              iv

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
 1     THE HANDLER ID MODULE
 1.1   INTRODUCTION

 The Handler module is the starting point for all hazardous waste handlers entered into RCRIS.
 This information contained in this module is the basic data describing who and what a handler
 is so it can be tracked and monitored. Handler information is obtained from Notification and
 Part A forms submitted to the appropriate agency as well as documentation supporting the results
 of inspections.  Inspection data may incorporate office review and Part B information. Biennial
 report data may also be used as another source of information.

 Information tracked by the Handler ID (HID) module includes handler names and addresses,
 hazardous waste categories and activities of handlers, owners, and operators of hazardous waste
 facilities, and  authorized waste handling methods.  This chapter of the RCRIS User Guide
 describes the module contents, data entry and menu screens, data collection, and reporting.
 1.2    USING THE HANDLER ID MODULE               .

 The HID module allows individuals involved with the RCRA program  to enter, modify, or
 review information for each handler of hazardous waste. Specifically, the handler module allows
 users to process Notification or Part A forms, gather and maintain descriptive information from
 inspections and reports, disseminate data in the form of reports or on-line queries, track State
 or Regional data in addition to EPA headquarters federal requirements, and to maintain records
 of past handler activity.
 1.2.1  NOTIFICATION

 The Notification option is used to add a new handler into the RCRIS database.  Until this has
 been done, data for that handler cannot be entered through any other module in RCRIS.

.The Notification option on the  Handler ID  Main  Menu enables you to enter Notification
 information collected from the Notification form submitted by the handler or the front-end form
 prepared by the implementer. The types of information maintained under this option include:

       o     EPA and Other Identification Numbers
       o     Installation/Facility Information
       o     Contact Information
RCRIS 4.0.0                     .     HID-1                                 11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE

       o     Ownership Information
       o     Waste Activity
       o     Regulatory Status
       o     Disposal Information
       o     Transportation Information
       o     Hazardous Waste Codes.

Previous versions of the  EPA Notification Form (8700-12 (Rev. 06*89)) collected only Owner
Name, Phone, and Type. The most current version of the Form (8700-12 (Rev. 01-90)), which
became available during  July, 1990, collects all Owner/Operator data required by RCRIS.

Should old forms occasionally be submitted', contact the facility or obtain the missing values
from your agency.             *
13.2  PART A

The Part A form is the standard method of collecting information about Treatment, Storage, and
Disposal (TSD) facilities. Prior to November 19,  1980, any person who desired to operate a
facility completed a form requesting Interim Status (authority to operate) for the facility until'
final permits were issued. After this date, TSD facilities could not commence operations until
after applying for a permit and obtaining approval.  The Part A form is the first part of the
application used to analyze and determine whether or not a facility will be approved and issued
a permit.  Part B information is kept in the Permitting module.

The Part A option in the Handler ID Main  Selection Menu is used to enter data required for
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDs) found on the Part A form.
The types  of information entered under this  option  include:

       o     Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes
       o     Environmental Permit Information
       o     Latitude and Longitude
       o     Waste Stream Information
       o     Design Capacities of each TSD Process.

You can also  move forward or backward to  the preceding screens in Part A.
11/92
HID-2
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

1.2.3  MAINTENANCE

The Maintenance option in the Handler Main Menu is used to revise Handler ID module data
through use of selected data entry screens.  This approach reduces the number of screens
necessary to add or maintain data because you may only want to revise a specific set of data.
'The specific data screens available under this option are:

       o     Process Codes
       o     SIC Codes
       o     Other Permit Types and Numbers
       o    .Hazardous Waste Codes and Process Codes
       o     Contacts and Addresses
       o     Other Elements                                        '.--•.-
       o     Waste Characteristics
       o     Process Unit Types        -
       o     Add/Update/Delete Receipt Dates
       o     Delete Owner/Operator


1.2.4  REPORTS

The Reports option is used to generate standard or custom reports including lists of all handlers
in detailed, summary, or mailing label formats. Also provided are reports that list information
for a subset of handlers such as those categorized as Burner/Blenders.


1.2.5  CALCULATE HANDLER UNIVERSES

The Calculate Handler Universes option is used to generate the values for the universe fields in
the handler segment.  This can be done for all handlers, a subset of the handlers, or a single
Handler ID. Universes must be calculated prior to a STARS pull. These universes are:

       o    Transporter
       o    Fully Regulated (Large Quantity) Generators (LQGs)
       o    Land Disposal
       o    Incinerator
       o    Storage/Treatment
       o    Small Quantity Generators  (SQGs).


1.3    KEY TERMS

Terms  used only in the Handler module are listed below. Other RCRIS terms may be found in
the Glossary located in the back of this manual.  Some of the terms refer to a code.  These
codes are found in the RCRIS Data Element Dictionary.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          HID-3                                  11/92

-------
Non-Notifier Flae
Merge Send
                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

Flag indicating that the handler has been identified through a
source  other than  notification and  is suspected of conducting
RCRA regulated activities without proper authority.

Code indicating whether a record for the handler will be sent to
oversight.   "Y" is the correct response to save information to
merge.
1.4   FUNCTION KEYS

Several function keys are available to assist you through the Handler screens.

      Previous Screen
      Exit
      Exit group data entry process
      Current owner/First amount type
      Move to previous owner/Next amount type
      Page back within Help Screen or return to prior screen
      Help Screen
      Move to first process
     Move to next process
1.5   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS mainframe software and PC  software are the same.   However, mainframe RCRIS
function keys and other mainframe keys (such as "attention") operate differently depending on
whether you are using a terminal or a PC with  communication software.  Your RCRIS DBA or
computer support specialist can tell you which keys on your equipment equate to mainframe
function keys.
1.6   IMPLEMENTED OF RECORD (IOR)

The State and its EPA Region define data ownership in the Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU). The MDBA then enters the values for the Implementer of Record (IOR) assignments
in the IOR Table of RCRIS based on the Memorandum of Understanding. The agency assigned
as the IOR for a block  of data "owns" the data and has responsibility for data collection,
maintenance, and quality. Data ownership carries the responsibility of ensuring quality data
because only data collected by the owners passes to the National Oversight database for reporting
to EPA headquarters and the United States Congress.
11/92
            HID-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 RCRIS uses a filter called the IOR filter during the merge process that removes all data from
 the flat files that your agency does not own. You should be careful when entering data in this
 module that you use appropriate codes that tell the IOR filter which agency owns the block data.
 The IOR filter knows who owns a block of data in any of the three CM&E files based on the
 IOR Table settings and the value in the responsible  agency field.   (See the RCRIS Merged
 Database Administrator Guide for information about the IOR table.)  For example, in most
 cases, EPA owns "E" responsible agency events  and the State owns "S" responsible agency
 events.
 1.7    MERGED DATABASE

 When EPA Regional offices and their State counterparts carry out the RCRA program-jointly
 it becomes necessary for both of the agencies to see the information collected by each other.
 In other words, coordinating RCRA activities requires data coordination between agencies. Your
 DBA performs co-implementer refresh. Contact your DBA or see the RCRIS Merged Database
 Administrator Guide for more information about co-implementer refresh.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-5
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
       HANDLER ID DAT A ENTRY
2.1    HANDLER ID (NOTIFICATION)

From the RCRIS MAIN MENU select Handler Identification by highlighting the selection using
the arrow up and  down keys  and pressing    or type an   and press
.
                            RCRIS
                         Welcome to RCRIS
                    Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: K4DB.MSR      ..          Ver: 4.#.# ##/##/*#
                j  Please Select Desired Work Package
                L
                 Handler Identification
                 Penni tt ing/CIosure/Post-CIosure
                 Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
                 Corrective Action
                 Program Management
                 Facility Management Planning        j
                 Date Assessment                   j
                 Database Administration            j
                 FOIA Reports                     j
                 Exit RCRIS                       !
Upon entry to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu, RCRIS provides seven options.  The first
option,  "Notification", is selected by highlighting the "Notification" selection using the arrow
up and down keys and pressing  < ENTER >.
                            RCRIS
        Database: K4DB.MSR
                             Handler
                    Handler Id Main Selection Menu
                     Notification
                     Part A
                     Maintenance
                     Views
                     Reports
                     Calculate Handler Universes
                   j  Return to RCRIS Menu
11/92
HID-6
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 Selecting the Notification option from the Handler ID Main Selection Menu takes you to the first
 data entry screen to input the identification number of the handler  and the origin  of the
 information.
2.1.1  NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1

On this screen enter the official EPA ID assigned to the handler in the EPA ID field. For non-
RCRA regulated (but State or other regulated) handlers or if an EPA ID does not exist, enter
the handler number in the Other ID field. If an EPA ID is subsequently assigned to the handler
the Change Handler ID function within the Database Administration module must  be used to
change the "Other" ID to the EPA ID.
     «••********»*•*•»******<
                          r*******************»»»*w**********************
 *              RCRIS: Notification Add/Update Screen 1                *
 ******************************************************************************
           EPA Id:               Other Id:
           Source of Information ( H/E/S >:  N

 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                 FJ-Exit                      '     *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:

       o      Use the   key to exit to the'Handler Main Menu.

       o      After entering the ID and Source of Information data, press < ENTER > to m'pve
              to Screen 2 or use the  function key to cancel this function and return to
              the Handler ID Main Selection Menu. .

If you enter an ID that does not currently exist in the system subsequent screens will allow you
to add new information to the system.  If the ID already exists in the system subsequent screens
will display all information currently  existing  in the  system. This allows you to update
information.  You cannot delete  the Handler ID; this capability exists only in the database
administration module for authorized users.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-7
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.1.2  NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2

"Notification Add/Update Screen 2" is used to record basic information regarding the handler.
On entry to the screen, RCRIS automatically displays the Handler ID and name. You must then
indicate if the handler record is to be sent to the Merged Database. Respond by entering < Y >
for yes or   for no in the "Merge Send" field. Next, input the date the source document
or source of information was received in the format indicated. Then, indicate if the facility is
a non-notifier by entering   for yes or    or blank for no in the NON-NO1TFIER
FLAG field.

To send an Acknowledgement Report to the handler, the handler must be flagged for this report.
To do this, enter a unique character in the SEND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT field.  The handler
is now marked for the report.  A handler file for Acknowledgements must be created before
running the Acknowledgement Report.  See the Database Administration module for detail on
how to create this file.  See the Acknowledgement Report section in this module for details on
how to run the Acknowledgement Report.
•              RCRIS: Notification Add/Update Screen 2
A*********************************************************************
•EPA Id: HS6210809871    Other Id:               Merge Send: Y
•Date Received(MMDDYY):  030790   Source( N/E/S ): N Non-Notifier Flag:
•Date Acknowledged (MMDDYYYY):            Send Acknowledgement:  X
•Name of installation: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•                 Installation Location Address
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:    VICKSBURG                 state:  MS   Zip: 39180
•County Code:  149    County Name:
•  Installation Mailing Address (Type 'SAME' if same as Above)
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:    VICKSBURG                 State:  MS
•                   Contact Information
•  Last Name      First Name          Title
• SHAFER          RICHARD
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:    VICKSBURG                 State:  MS
•Land Type:
                                             Zip:  39180

                                              Phone  Address(M,L,0)
                                              6016342621   M

                                             Zip:  39180
   Enter-Continue
                    F2-Cancel   F3-Exit
NOTES:
       o     The  function key will return you to "Notification Add/Update Screen 1".

       o     The < F3 > function key will return you to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.

       o     Pressing < ENTER > saves your changes.
11/92
                                        HID-8
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 The rest of the screen is used to identify location and contact mailing information about the
 handler.  The mailing address is  where correspondence to the handler is sent and location
 address is the actual location of the handler.  Type "SAME" in  the first segment of the field
 streets if the location address is the same as the mailing address.  As shown by the field labels,
 identify the handler name, street address (two  fields are provided for a segmented street
 address), city, state and zip code.  Input is required for each of these fields.

 Either the county code or the county name must be input.  RCRIS will automatically supply the
 other field from the database (e.g., if you input county code, RCRIS will display the county
 name). Users find it easier to avoid mistakes by entering the county code and letting RCRIS fill
 in the county name.

 Contact information is also needed to identify who is the primary contact for the handler. As
 shown on the screen, input the contact's last and first name, title or position, phone number,
 address and whether correspondence to the contact should be sent to the Mailing (M), Location
 (L) or Other (O) address.  Both the last and first names, and the address location are required
 fields on this screen.  Title and Phone number are optional data, but will provide helpful
 information during subsequent reviews of the handler.

 The final field is Land Type.   Valid  entries  are presented in the RCRIS Data Element
 Dictionary.        .             .     ..

 If the value for the "source of information" field is "N" on the "Add/Update Screen 1," then all
 contact information on the "Add/Update Screen 2" must also be entered under the "N" Source.
 Remember, the address field on this screen is required for the "N" Source.

 NOTE:  A new  Non-Notifier should be entered under the "E" or "S"  Source.   Use the
 Inspection/Determination Date for the Receipt Date. However, all contact information is invalid
 on this screen for  the "E" and "S"  Source values. You must enter this contact information on
 the "Contact and Address Maintenance Screen 2."

 If a Non-Notifier eventually notifies, enter its notification data. The RPO should reset the Non-
 Notifier Flag and update  the E or S data with information from the Notification.
 When  all data input is complete,  press < ENTER > to save the information and continue
 updating Notification information or use the < F2 > or < F3 > function keys to exit processing.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-9                                 11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.1.3  NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3

"Notification Add/Update Screen  3" is used to input ownership information regarding the
facility.  On entry to (he screen, the Handler ID and source of information are displayed by
RCRIS.  You should then enter the name of the handler owner, which may be an individual or
a corporation. Then, enter the type  of owner as shown by the field label.  Valid entries may
be found by using HELP through the  function key.

Current/Previous Indicator is required with valid  entries being  CO  (current owner) and PO
(previous owner).  If you indicate that the owner is the previous owner, the date of operation
change or Change Date is required.

The address and phone number of the owner/operator must be provided.
                         RCRIS: Notification Add/Update Screen 3
            EPfi Id:
         I1S6Z10809871  Other Id:
            Owner Sequence Hunter:    2
            Ownership:  CORPS OF ENGINEERS
               Source:  N


                Type of Owner:  0
                              Address of Owner/Operator


                                             State: HS  Zip Code 608039188


            Current/Preuious Indicator:  CO  Change DateCHMDDyy):
   Street: 3909 HRLLS FERRY ROAD
   City:   UICKSBUR6
   Phone:  6016312298
            Enter-Continue
            Fb-Preu. Owner
                F3-Exlt
                FB-Nelp
F4-Exit Group Process   F5-Curr. Ouner
F9-rirst             F19-«ext
NOTES!

       o
      o

      o
To view either set of owners, press the  function key for current owners
and the  function key for previous owners.

To scroll  through each  specific set of owners, use the  and 
function keys.

Press the   function key (after pressing  < ENTER >  to  save your last
input) and to move to Screen 4.

Press < ENTER >  to save changes.

To return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu, use the  function key.
11191
                          HID-10
                               RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

Should a facility have multiple owners, RCRIS can accommodate the multiple owners by a
process known as group data entry.  After entering the first  owner's information, press
 < ENTER > and the currently displayed owner information will be cleared, thus allowing you
to input information  regarding another owner.  Do not worry that the information is  lost as
RCRIS saves all information you input each time you press < ENTER >.  Continue this process
until information regarding all owners has been input.

Owner information represents two separate sets of information within RCRIS.  One set is current
(i.e., Current/Previous Indicator  = CO); the second set is previous (i.e.,  Current/Previous
Indicator = PO).  You can enter as many owners as desired in either set.
2.1.4  NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4

"Notification Add/Update Screen 4" is used to enter information for the handler regarding waste
activity, burner types, and modes of transport.  Also, the RCRA and State regulatory status for
each specific waste activity can be entered or revised.
 *              RCRIS: Notification Add/Update Screen 4                 *
 ******************************************************************************
   EPA Id:  NS6210809871   Other Id:             Source:  N
    Uaste
   Activity:
Type
RCRA Reg
 Status
                               RCRA Reg
                                 Desc
State Reg
  status
State Reg
  Oesc
   Generator      1
   Transporter
   TSO           X
   Burner/Blender
   HUF Market to Burner
   OSO Market to Burner
   SO ACT:
   Burner Type:  Utility Boiler
   underground Injection Control:
   Recycler:
   Node of Transportation:  Air
                       Other
 •A***************************************************************************
  Enter-Continue                 F3-Exit              F8-Hetp      *
A*****************************************************************************
                           HUF Other Market
                           OSO Other Market

                              Industrial Boiler
                              Rail
                      Highway
                                 HUF Burner
                                 OSO Burner

                                 Furnace
                         Water
NOTES:
              Press < ENTER >  to save the information  you have  added or changed and
              continue to Screen 5 for adding waste codes.

              Pressing the  function key will move you back to the Handler ID Main
              Selection Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         HID-11
                                                             11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE

On entry to the screen, Handler ID and source of information are displayed.  You must then
input whether the handler is a Generator, Transporter, TSD or Burner/Blender.  Indicate by
entering the appropriate code or identifier  found in the Help Screen or in the RCRIS Data
Element Dictionary. You must input a code or identifier by at least one of the four categories.
Then, for each type noted by a code, you must indicate the RCRA Regulatory Status, consulting
the Help Screen ( function key) as required.  If any entries  are "N", you must input the
RCRA Regulatory Description.  The RCRA Regulatory Description field  is also to be used for
describing  reasons a  facility is. regulated  or  non-regulated.   State Regulatory  Status and
Description are optional entries.  If you indicated that a handler is a Burner/Blender by noting
the appropriate code or identifier under Type by Burner/Blender, you must further note, using
an  "X",  additional Burner/Blender information.   Starting with  HWF  Market to Mode of
Transportation and reading across and down the screen through Water, note all applicable fields.
You must indicate at least one of these fields with an "X", but should indicate as many as are
applicable.

Periodic generators are considered to be RCRA regulated only when they are  generating
hazardous waste. However, periodic generators are required under RCRA to notify only once.
They are not required to re-notify.  Therefore, it is up to the implementer  to monitor their
status.  This can be interpreted as meaning that periodic generators need to be tracked as RCRA
regulated.

If you indicated that a handler is a Transporter by noting the appropriate code or identifier under
Type by Transporter, you must further note, using an "X", the type of transport.  You must
indicate at least one type of transport with an "X", but should indicate as many as are applicable.

NOTM:     Mode of Transportation is required for Transporters only.

In RCRIS you code TSDs that are closed/post closure (permitted processes) as Non-Regulated
Code 5 in the TSD RCRA Regulatory Status Description field. This indicates that  the facility
is not regulated.  However,  some facilities have units which have  been dirty closed and those
should continue to have inspections and work done on their permit(s).

Only facilities which are entirely clean closed should have a regulatory status description of 5.
If any unit  belonging to a facility is currently regulated in any way, it should not have a code
in this element.  If one wishes  to know the full regulatory status of a  facility, refer to the
Permitting module for  more information.
11/92
HTO-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

2.1.5  NOTIFICATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 5
                                                  ,         4

The last screen for Handler ID is the "Notification Add/Update Screen 5".  On this screen you
enter the various applicable waste codes for this handler.  The codes may be for wastes of a
specific, non-specific, commercial, chemical, infectious, nature, or characterized as ignitable,
corrosive, reactive or toxic. These codes may be found at 40 CFR, Part 261, Subpart D.
 *              RCRIS: Notification Add/Update Screen 5
 •«*•»*•••****•••***•********************»************»«»»****•»****»»«***
         EPA Id:  NS6210809871 Other Id:             Source:  N

      Hazardous Waste Codes:  Specific/Non-Specific/Conmerciel/Chemical
                  0000   D001    0002   F001    F002
                  F003   F004    F005   F006    F007
                  F008   F011    F012   F024    K001
                  K004   K005    K008   IC011    K013
                  K014   K031    K035   ROW    K046
                  K047   K048    «K9   K050    K051
                  K061   -K069    K071   K086    K098
                  K106   P011    P015   P092    U002
                  UOQ3   U080    U112   U117    U122
                  UU5   UtSI    U154   U188    U196
 •Conroents:
 *Enter-Continue
 •FS-Help
                             F3-Exit     .      F4-Exit Group Process*
                             F9-First           F10-«ext           *
A*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o


       o

       o
             Use the  function key to view the beginning of the list, all codes will be
             shown alphabetically.

             Use the   function key to refresh the screen with the next page of waste
             codes, should any exist.

             To delete a code, simply space over the entire code with blanks.

             Press the < F4 >  function key to return to the "Notification Add/Update Screen
             1".                    . •  •  .                           .

             Press the   function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.

             Press < ENTER > to save changes.                 -  .
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        HID-13
11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE

On entry to the screen, Handler ID and source of information data are displayed.  You are then
required to input at least one waste code and you may input up to SO waste codes per screen
(e.g., five columns with 10 lines each).  Should more waste codes be applicable, simply  press
< ENTER > and RCRIS will allow you  to input additional waste codes.  This process may be
repeated as necessary. The waste codes are alphabetically arranged.

The EPA Notification form does not require transporters to provide waste codes.  Therefore,
even though some RCRA handlers may legitimately have no waste  codes, most handlers are
required to have waste codes.  If a handler has no waste codes to report, enter NONE as the
waste code.  This is done automatically during the install process by an ISUP program.  Be sure
that the Implementer DBA adds a waste code of NONE to the waste lookup table.  The meaning
associated with  this code  should be "No waste codes reported".  Implementer defined waste
codes or codes  no  longer federally regulated must be added to the Implementer and Merged
Database lookup code tables.
2.2    PART A

Upon entry to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu, RCRIS provides seven options.  The
second option, "Part A," is selected by highlighting the "Part A" option using the arrow up and
down keys and pressing  < ENTER >.

                           ft C R t S
       !                     Handler
       ! Database: K408.MSR
      +	+	...	+
                  j Handler Id Main Selection Menu
                  !  Notification
                  !  Part A
                  |  Maintenance
                  !  Views
                  j  Reports
                  j  Calculate Handler Universes
                  !  Return to RCRIS Menu
The Part A form is the standard method of collecting information about Treatment, Storage, and
Disposal (TSD) facilities. Prior to November 19, 1980, any person wanting to operate a facility
completed a form requesting Interim  Status (authority to operate)  for the facility until final
permits were issued.  After this date, TSD  facilities could not commence operations until after
applying for and obtaining approval for permits.   The Part A form is the first part of the
application used to analyze and determine whether or not a facility will be approved and issued
permits. Pan B information is kept in the  Permitting module.

NQl'K;     RCRIS users should not compare Permitting and Part A process code information.
             However, you must enter the first process code.
11/92
HID-14
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

The Part A option in the Handler ID Main Selection Menu is used to enter data required for
hazardous waste treatment, storage,  and disposal facilities (TSDs) found on the Part A form.
The types of information entered under this option include:

       o     Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes,
       o     Environmental Permit Information,
       o     Latitude and Longitude,
       o     Waste Stream Information
       o     Design Capacities of each TSD Process.
2.2.1  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1

Choosing the Part A option from the Handler ID Main Selection Menu will take you to the first
data entry screen used for entering Part A information.  This screen prompts you to enter a
handler or other ID. You will not be allowed to access other Part A data screens unless a valid
ID is entered that corresponds to the Handler ID input in the "Notification Add/Update Screen
1" presented in Section 2.1.
 a*****************************************************************************       .
 *                   RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 1                *
 I******************************************************************************
           EPA Id:
Other Id:
 * Enter-Continue                                      F3-Exit     *
 ******************************************************************************
When you have typed in the Handler ID, press < ENTER > to move to the next screen or use
the < F3 > function key to move back to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
         HID-15
11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2.2  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
"Part A Add/Update Screen 2" is the second in a series of screens used to record and present
Part A handler information.  On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID and
information from the Notification or inspection forms input through the Handler ID screens.
This includes the facility name,  mailing and location addresses, county code, land type and
contact information.  This information may be changed as noted on the Part A Screen by typing
die applicable Part A information over the existing data.

Screen 2 also allows input to several other fields.  First, the date the Part A form was received
is required and must be input in  the format shown.  Enter the longitude and latitude locations
for each facility. This information is measured in degrees,  minutes and seconds. Also input the
Facility Existence Date.  Existence date requires a four digit year code.
 ******************************************************************************
                     RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 2
   EPA Id: MS6210809871  Other Id:
                                      .Receipt Date(MMODYY): 101189
                                                Zip Code:  39180
 Name of Facility:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
                     Facility Location Address
 Streets: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
 City:   VICKSBURG                  State: MS
 County Code:  149    County Name: WARREN
Land Type:   Latitude: 3217050 Longitude: 09051050 Existence: 04141978
                     FaciIi ty Mai I ing Address   (MMDDYYYY)
 Streets: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
 City:   VICKSBURG                 State: MS    Zip Code: 39180
                      Part A Contact Information
     Last Name       First Name        Title
   HASKINS          JERRY           CHIEF SAFETY
 •Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
 •City:    VICKSBURG                 State:  MS   Zip:  000039180
 •A****************************************************************************
                                                          to continue to the next screen or
use the   function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.
11/92
                                        HID-16
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

2.2.3 PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3

On entry to the "Part A Add/Update Screen 3" the Handler ID is displayed.  You must then
input the Name of Operator and Status of Operator (refer to Help using the < F8 > function key
as required). Phone number is optional, but is an often needed reference.

Next, input address information applicable to the operator, which includes street address, city
and state, and zip code.  Then, input the Current/Previous Indicator with valid codes presented
within the Help Screen  (  function key).  If operator is previous or an indicator of PP,
input to the Change Date field is required.                                       -


 *                   RCRIS: Part A Add/update Screen 3
 ****************************************************************************
                 EPA Id: MS6210809871      Other Id:
                        Operator Information
       Operator Sequence Number:    1
       Name of Operator:   WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
       Operator Type:  F  .  Phone:  6016342298

                        Address of Operator
       Street: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
       City:   V1CKSBURG               State: MS Zip Code: 000039180

       Current/Previous Indicator:  CP  change Oate(MKDOYY):
  ***********»************•****••••*****•******••«******•*•****••*»*******•**•
   Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F4-Exit Group Process   F5-Curr. Operator
   F6-Prev. Operator  F8:Kelp     F9-First             ' MO-Next
 •A****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o      To view  either set of operators,  press the  function key for current
              operator and the  function key for previous operator.
                                                        \

       o      To scroll through each specific set of operators, use the  and  
              function keys.
                                                            •ff  '
       o      Press the  function key (after  pressing  < ENTER >. to  save your last
              input) to move to the next screen.

       o      To return to the Handler ID. Main Selection Menu, use the  function key.
RCRIS 4.0.0                            HID-17                                    11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

Should a facility have multiple operators, RCRIS can accommodate the multiple operators by
a process known as group data entry.  After entering the first operator's information, press
< ENTER > and the current displayed operator information will be cleared thus allowing you
to input information regarding another operator.  Do not worry that the information is lost as
RCRIS saves all information you input each time you press < ENTER >. Continue this process
until information regarding all operators has been input.

Operator information represents two separate sets of information within RCRIS.  One set is
current   (i.e.,  Current/Previous  Indicator  =  CP);  the  second  set  is  previous  (i.e.,
Current/Previous Indicator = PP). You can input as many operators as desired in either set.
2.2.4  PART A ADD/UPDATE

"Part A Add/Update Screen 4" is used to add or update facility ownership information.  On
entry to the screen, the owner name and type are displayed.  Phone number is optional.

Next, input address information applicable to the owner, which includes street address, city and
state, and zip code.  Then,  input the Current/Previous Indicator with valid  codes presented
within the Help Screen ( < F8 > function key). If owner is previous or an indicator of PO, input
to the Change Date field is required.
 *                  RCRlS:Part A Add/Update Screen 4                  *
 **************************************************************************
                        Owner Information
      Owner Sequence Number:     2
      Name of Owner:  CORPS OF ENGINEERS
      Type of Owner: f   Phone: 6016342298

                        Address of Owner
      Street: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
      City:  VICKSBURG               State: MS  Zip Code: 000039180

      Current/Previous Indicator: CO  Change OateCMKDDYY):
  A***************************************************************************
  Enter-Continue   F3-Exit     F4-Exit Group Process      FS-Curr. Owner
  F6-Prev. Owner   F8-Help     F9-First                 F10-Next
11/92
HID-18
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

NOTES:

       o     To view either set of owners, press the  function key for current owner
             and the  function key for previous owner,

       o     To scroll through each specific set of owners, use the   .and 
             function keys.

       o.     Press  the   function key (after pressing < ENTER > to save your last
             input) to move to the next screen.

       o     To return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu, use the  function key.

Should a facility have multiple owners, RCRIS can accommodate the multiple owners by a
process known  as group data entry.  After entering the first owner's information, press
< ENTER > and the current displayed owner information will be'cleared thus allowing you to
input information regarding another owner.  Continue this process until information regarding
all owners has been  input.  You can view each owner input to RCRIS through the use of the
function keys shown on the screen.  When you enter this screen for the first time, the owner
information from the Notification form is displayed.  You can change any information desired
by typing over the information displayed.
             *      F"              -     *                     .
Owner information represents two separate sets of information within RCRIS. One set is current
(ie., Current/Previous Indicator = CO); the second'set is previous (i.e., Current/Previous
Indicator = PO).  You can input as many owners as desired in either set.
2.2.5 PART A ADD/UPDATE

"Part A Add/Update Screen 5" is used to record Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code
information regarding a facility. On entry to the screen, the Handler ID and Facility Name are
displayed.  You should then input the Primary SIC Code and Description for the facility.  At
least one Primary SIC Code is required for every facility. Additionally, up to eleven Other SIC
Codes and Description(s) may be input as reported by the facility.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          HHM9                                 11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
        **********************
                    RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 5
                    »********»**»»»*«
                 EPA Id: MS6210809871   Other Id:

        Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Primary:
    Other
   SIC Codes:
           SIC Code
             9199
* Enter-Continue
*»****••••*••«*••
                                                         F3-Exit *
                     ****•****••*••*»*»»****•*****»****»*•****************
NOTES:
       o
       o
             Press  < ENTER > to save your data input and continue.
             Use the  function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.
After entering all SIC codes and descriptions, you may wish to change some information.  To
accomplish this, use the  key to move to the desired location and type over the existing
information with the new information. You can also delete a SIC code by entering blank spaces
over the application SIC code.  (A primary SIC code is required.)
11/92
                                       HID-20
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

2.2.6  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 6

"Part A Add/Update Screen 6" allows you to enter all the applicable permits under which a
facility is operating.  Valid permit types may be found using  the Help Screen,  of which
implementer-defined permit types are valid if they do not correspond to an existing permit type.
                                                ***«« »«•**•*******
 *                  RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 6
 •»•««« «•««***•*•**«****••••«« t***********************************************
             EPA Id:  MS6210809871 Other Id:
          Permit Type
Permit Umber
Description
 * enter-Continue  F3-Exit  F4-Exit Grp Process F8-Help F9-First  FIO-Hcxt  *
 A************************************************************** ***************
NOTES:

       o     The  function key is used to scroll to the next screen for adding or
             displaying up to 10 additional permits.

       o     The  function key is used to scroll back to the first set of 10 permits.

       o     Use the  function key to view valid permit types as well as acceptable
             entries for implementer-defined permits.

       o     Use the  function key to proceed to the next screen.

       o     Use the  function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.

Entering or adding permit data is a group process that allows the entry of multiple permits. Up
to 10 different permits may be added per screen.  Use the  key to input additional
permits.  Pressing  < ENTER > simply saves the permit information you have input. No input
is required for this screen; however, if a facility has an operating permit, you are required to
enter the permit type, number and description.
RCRIS 4.0.0
               HID-21
                                        11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2.7  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 7

"Part A Add/Update Screen 7" is used to enter more definitive RCRA Regulatory data for a
handler.   Various codes are required  for this screen and  may be referenced using the Help
Screen ( function key).
 »********•**««•********•***•*****************•••****»••*»•*****••****«••**•»**
 *                  Part A Add/Update Screen 7                     *
                    MM**********************
               EPA Id: MS6210809871  Other id:
           Facility (ISO) Indicator  allows you to continue to the next screen.  Pressing the  function
key will move you back to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.
11/92
HID-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

2.2.8  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 8

"Part A Add/Update Screen 8" contains facility process information describing how facilities
accept waste, how much is processed, and what types of processes are used to treat, store, and
dispose of the waste. RCRIS displays the Handler ID number on entry to this screen.
 *                RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 8                  *
 ************** «•••»•* ««««t >•• «•*»**»************«***« »tt» it*******************
  ************************** Add/Update Process code **************************
   Select  Commercial   Process          Process          Process
          Indicator    Code   Seq      Amount     UOH Total Units
            EPA Id:  HS6210809871 Other Id:
                     SOI
                     T04
25000.000   G
  35.000   U
  ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue    F3-Exit  F4-Exit Group Process   FS-select Process
   F8-Help                  F9-Next Process        FIO-Meu Process
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:

       o      To review previous Process Code entries use the   function key to move
              back to your first entry.

       o      Scroll through all entries using the  function key.

       o      To continue to the next screen use the  function key.

       o      Use the  function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.

The first field is the Select field. Type "X" next to the.Process Code to process!  The second
field to be input is the Commercial Indicator, which is optional (i.e., blank is a valid entry).
At least one Process Code is required and for each Process Code, a Process Amount and Unit
of Measure (UOM) must be input.  Valid values are  presented in the Help Screen (
function key).  Process Total Units represents the total number of units of the process.  This
field is optional.     .

Process Code, and UOM (Unit of Measure) are required fields with valid entries presented in
the Help Screen.  Relationships exist between Process Codes and UOM and a valid relationship
or entry must be input to RCRIS.  The valid relationships are presented in the Help Screen.

Process Codes are a repeating group where RCRIS allows more than one entry.  If information
RCRIS 4.0.0
   HID-23
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

for more than one Process Code is available, simply press < ENTER >  to save the first set of
information and then type in the second set of information. Enter as many Process Codes as are
entered on the Part A form.  Remember, Part A process codes  should not be compared to
Permitting process code information.

NOTE;     RCRIS requires verified Process Codes to place a facility in any TSD Universe.
             Process Codes  verification  is entered in the Maintenance Subsystem in the
             Handler Module.
2.2.9  PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 9

"Part A Add/Update Screen 9" contains information about the contents of each waste stream
within each facility's jurisdiction.  On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID and
the Waste Stream Number.
 *                  RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 9
 A********************************************************************
           EPA Id:  HS6210809871  Other Id:

     Waste      Waste     Waste   Waste Amount         Waste
   Stream No.     Amount      UON      in Tons       Description
       1       16100.000    P          8.050
       Please List all Waste Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
               F004  F006    F008  F011  F012
               F024  K004    K005  K008  K011
               K013  K014    K031  K035  KOU
               K046  K047    K048  K049  K050
               K051  K052    K061  K069  K086
               K106
                       *
                 »**•*****
       ••I**********************************************************
   Enter-Continue  F3-Exit   F4-Exit Group Process    FS-First Waste Stream
   F6-Next Waste Stream  F8-Help  F9-First Waste Code  FIO-Next Waste Code
NOTES:
       o       takes you to waste stream Number 1.

       o      The   function key will take you to the next waste stream.

       o      To view all waste codes for the applicable waste stream use the < F9 > function
              key to move to the first screen at waste codes then use the   function key
              to scroll through each subsequent screen of waste codes.

       o      Use the  function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu
              or the  function key to move ahead to the next screen.
11/92
HID-24
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 The Waste Stream Number is system generated automatically assigning a sequential number for
 each waste stream applicable to the facility.  For example, the first waste stream is assigned
 Waste Stream No. 1 by RCRIS; the second Waste Stream is assigned Waste Stream No. 2, etc.
 Waste Amount and Waste UOM. (Unit of Measure) are required fields with values for Waste
 UOM. presented in the Help Screen ( function key).  Waste Amount in tons is system
 generated based on Waste Amount and Waste UOM. Waste Description is an optional field.

 The remainder of the screen is  used to link Waste Codes to the Waste Stream.  Therefore, for
 each Waste Stream, input as many waste codes as are applicable to the specific waste stream.
 Use the  key to move to the first available input for Waste Code and enter up to 50
 different Waste Codes for the applicable Waste Stream. Pressing < ENTER > will generate a
 system prompt asking if you desire to input more waste codes for the applicable waste stream.
 Respond with a Y/N (yes/no).  If you input N,  RCRIS will automatically take you to "Part A
 Add/Update Screen 10" for adding/updating process codes for the same waste stream. If you
 have multiple waste streams, do not be concerned about going to Screen 10 to add process codes
 because using the  function  key in Screen 10 allows you to go back to Screen 9 and
 repeat your waste codes for each waste stream.   In short, RCRIS is designed to enable you to
 input all waste and process codes for a waste stream using Screens 9 and 10 and then return to
 enter the waste and process codes for the next sequential waste stream, again using  Screens 9
 and 10.

 If you have entered data for multiple Waste Streams, you can view each of the waste streams
 by using the  and   function keys.  You can also have multiple screens of waste
 codes per waste stream.
 2.2.10       PART A ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 10

 On entry to "Part A Add/Update Screen 10", RCRIS will display the waste stream information
.completed in Screen 9.  You should then input all applicable process codes for the waste stream.
 If you fill up the screen, simply press enter to clear the screen to add additional process codes.
 Repeat this process as necessary.  A Help Screen is available using the  function key.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         HID-25                               11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
                      RCRIS: Part A Add/Update Screen 10
                     •A*********************
            EPA Id:  MS6210809871  Other Id:
     Waste       Waste      Uaste   Waste Amount        Waste
   Stream No.      Amount      UOM •     in Tons        Description
        1        16100.000    P           8.050
       Please List all Process Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                 S01    TO*
       Comnent:
  A****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue  F3-Exit   F4-Exit Group Process   F5-First Waste Stream  *
   F6-Next Waste Stream  F8-Help F9-First Process    FIO-Next Process      *
NOTES:
       o

       o


       0
When you have completed entering all process codes for the applicable waste
stream, you should use the  function key.  This will return you to Screen
9 where you can enter all waste codes for the next waste stream.

Comments are optional.

Use the   function key to return to Screen  1.

Use the   function key to return to your first waste stream.
This is the final screen in the Part A Add/Update process.
11/92
                            HID-26
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3      MAINTENANCE

Data screens are available to facilitate the maintenance of handler information.  The maintenance
option is used primarily to update Notification and Part A information that has already been
entered into the RCRIS system.  The maintenance option allows you to go directly to specific
dab entry screens to add, update, or delete frequently adjusted data, such as process codes, SIC
codes, permit types and numbers, hazardous waste and process  codes, contact names and
addresses, waste characteristics,  and process unit types.
                           R c « i s  :               *** j
                            Handler
        Database: K4DB.MSR
                  I  Handler Id Main Selection Menu j
                  i
                  I  Notification
                  J  Part A
                  j  Maintenance
                    Views
                    -Reports
                    Calculate Handler Universes
                    Return to RCRIS Menu
The maintenance function provides the capability to  maintain handler information.  Menu
selections are made by using the arrow up and down keys to highlight the selection and then
pressing  < ENTER > or by typing the first letter of the selection and pressing < ENTER >.
3.1    HANDLER MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM

Handler Maintenance allows you  to  modify  handler data directly from specific data entry
screens. Four options are present for each menu selection.  These options appear as a separate
menu for each of the selections. The  options  are to add/update, delete, return to the previous
menu (Handler Maintenance Subsystem) and return to the RCRIS.Main Menu.  For example,
if you elect to update process codes based on the receipt of a biennial report, you will select
Process Codes from the Handler Maintenance  Subsystem.  Upon selection, a menu will appear
that will provide you with the option to add/update or delete process codes as well as to exit
from the screen back to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu or back to the RCRIS Main
Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          HID-27                                  11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
                              R C R I S
                               Handler
         Database: KHDB.LAR
                     Handler Maintenance Subsystem
                 Process Codes
                 Standard Industrial Classification Codes
                 Other Permit Type and Number
                 Hazardous Waste Code and Process Code
                 Contact and Addresses
                 Other Elements
                 Waste Characteristics
                 Process Unit Type
                 Add/Update/Delete Receipt Dates
                 Delete Owner/Operator
                 Return to Previous Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
3.1.1  PROCESS CODES

To change process data for a facility select the Process Codes option and press  < ENTER >.
By selecting the Process Codes option from the Maintenance Main Menu, you will be able  to
maintain information about processes at a facility. The information includes descriptions of what
types of processes are used to treat, store and dispose of waste.  You must choose one of four
options shown on the menu that is displayed for the Process Code Maintenance Subsystem.
                              RCRIS
                               Handler
        Database: K4DB.MSR
                     Handler Maintenance Subsystem
                  I Process Code Maintenance Subsystem j
                       Add/Update
                       Delete
                       Return to Previous Menu
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                 Delete Receipt Dates
                 Delete Owner/Operator
                 Return to Previous Menu '
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To add or update data you must first choose the Add/Update option and press < ENTER >.
The "Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 1"  is displayed.
11/92
HID-28
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3.1.1.1      PROCESS MAINTENANCE ADDttJPDATE SCREEN 1

"Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 1" is the first of three screens used to maintain
Process Code and Process Unit information.  On entry to the screen, you must enter the Handler
ID, the source of information, and its receipt date.  The allowable codes for source are used to
indicate A for Part A data, S for State information, E for EPA information, or R for report (i.e.,
.Biennial Report).   *        ...     .


          *           RCRIS: Process HaIntenance Add/Update Screen 1            »
                    EPA Id:

                 Source ( A/E/S/R >:
 Other Id:

feceipt Date
         • Enter-Continue
                           F3-Exit *
On completion of data entry, press < ENTER >  to continue to the next screen, or use the
 function key to return to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu..
RCRIS 4.0.0
HTO-29
11/92

-------
3.1.1.2
                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

PROCESS MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
"Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 2" is available for adding/updating Process Codes.
On entry to the screen, the Handler ID, Source and Receipt Date are displayed.  You should
then input information corresponding to  the fields Commercial Indicator through  Process
Amount Type. All fields are required with valid entries presented in the Help Screen, although
RCRIS accepts a blank entry for commercial indicator. An additional requirement is that a valid
relationship must exist between the Process Code and U.O.M. (Unit of Measure).  Reference
the Help Screen  for these entries because only certain types of UOM (e.g., gallons) are valid
for certain types of process codes (e.g., SOI).
                        RCRIS:  Pr
                       Maintenance Add/Update Screen 2
            Handler Id:  ARD12341234B    Other Id:
            Source ( A/E/S/B >: A       Receipt Date (ItlDDVV): 010198
            Handler: JOHNSON CHEMICAL CORPORATION
            Street: BAYOU CASQUE               City:  FAYETTEMILLE
           ,»**********•,***»***»****» Add/Update Process Cade
           Select Conn Process Process       Process
                  Ind  Status  Code  Seq    Anoint
                                                      Process  »
                                       UOH total Units ftnount type*
            Enter-Continue     F3-Exlt  Pi-Screen 1      FS-Select Process to Update »
            F6-Next Art type   FB-Help  FS-Next Process  FIG-Neu Process           -
       There are two groups of data on this screen:

       o     Process Codes - The entire line starting  with Commercial Indicator through
             Process Amount Type is provided for entering or changing information about a
             Process Code. If Process Code information already exists for this facility by the
             requested source, then the information will be displayed. The  Function
             key scrolls you to the next screen which displays additional Process Codes. If
             you want to add new Process Code information, press the   function key
             to scroll RCRIS to a blank line where new Process Code data can be added. In
             addition, if Process Code information already exists, the   function key
             can also be used to add new Process Code information.

NOTE;      RCRIS requires verified Process Codes in order  to place a facility in a TSD
             Universe.
11/92
                          HID-30
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER ffiENTmCATION MODULE

       o     Process Amount Types - Each Process Code can have multiple occurrences of
             Process  Amount Types  (e.g., data based on  Inspection Results or Design
             Capacity). Given this, you have the option to input new information for the same
             Process Code.  To update Process Amount Types, enter 'X' in the 'Select'
             column next to the desired Process Code and press the < F5 > function key.  Use
             the   function, key to  scroll  to  the next Process  Amount Type.   If
             information about another Process Amount Type already  exists  for the same
             Process Code, it will be displayed and is available for updating. Conversely, if
           -  no other Process Amount Types exist (except for Process Code) a blank line
             appears and space is available for new data input.

On completion of input to the Process Code and Process Amount Types, press  < ENTER >.
RCRIS will then ask you if you want to input Unit Information regarding the process.  If you
have Process Unit Information to input, or change of the Process Unit Information, type a *Y'
(Yes) to continue to Screen 3.  A 'N' (No) entry will bring up the screen below, and put you
on a blank line to update the Process Code Information.  Use the  function key to move
you back to Screen 1.                                                                  .
                       RCRIS: Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 2
            Handler Id:  ARD1234123iB    Other Id:
            Source C AxE/S/tt ):  ft       Receipt Date (W1DDSY):  010198
            Handler:  JOHNSON CHEMICAL COBPORATION
            Street:  BftWU CrtSOHE               City:  PAYETTEUILU!
                                 AdA/Update Process Code
            Select Com Process Process        Process         Process    Process
                 Ind  Status  Code  Set .   Amount     UON Total Units flnount type-
                  1    B     DBO       11111          •    112          dc
                      Do You Wish to Add/Update Unit InfornVtion? (V,M)
          * Enter-Continue
                             F3-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-31
11/92

-------
3.1.1.3
                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE

PROCESS MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3
"Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 3" is used to input Unit Information (e.g., number
of subunits within a group describing waste characteristics) for each unique combination of
Process Code and Process Amount.  In short, for each line on  Screen  2,  starting with
Commercial Indicator through Process Amount Type, you can have one or more sets of Unit
Information.  This screen is used  to collect this information.  You are required to input
information for each field of Unit Information.  The Help  screen is available to assist you with
valid codes.
                      RCRIS: Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 3
Handler Id: ftRDl
Source C A/E/S/R
Com Process
Ind Status
1 B
Unit
Id
123333
Enter-Continue
Hi-Next Ant Type
123412318 Other Id:
): A Receipt Date CltlDDV
Process Process
Code Seq Awunt UM1
HBO 5 11111.008 A
Unit No. of Unit Haste
Type Units Capacity
A ZZZ
F3-Exit Pi-Screen 1
F8-Help F9-Next Pun it
VI : 010198
Process
Total Units
112
Unit
l»t
A


Process
ANount Type
DC
Unit Reg
Status
R

Assume that you want to add two different types of Unit Information which describe Waste
Capacity and subunits for a unique Process Code and Process Amount.  To add another Unit
Information line, press the  function key to scroll to the next blank line.  Enter the data
and press < ENTER> to execute your additional input. To update Unit Information, re-enter
the data using the same Unit ID and press < ENTER >.  If you have completed entering all
information for all Units and aU Processes, use the   function  key to move to the Handler
Maintenance Subsystem Menu, or press the  function key to return to Screen 1.
11/92
                         HID-32
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3.1.1.4      PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 1

"Process Maintenance Delete Screen .1" is the first screen in a series of three data entry screens
used for deleting facility process information.  A valid Handler ID, source and receipt date are
required.


          *            RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 1                »

                    EPA Id:  ARD12341Z34B  Other  Id:

                  Source ( ft/EsS/ft ): A   Receipt Date CimDDW):  019196
          «• Enter—Continue
                            PS-Exit »
On completion of input to this screen, press < ENTER > to advance to Screen 2 which displays
process information applicable to the source document.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-33
W92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.1.5
PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 2
"Process Maintenance Delete Screen 2" presents process information regarding the Handler and
the source selected.  The Process Information is displayed so that you may ensure that the
information presented is in fact what you desire to delete.
                       RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 2
           Handler 14:  ARD1Z341234B    Other Id:
           Source ( A/E/S/R >:  A      Receipt Date (WIDOW): 810198
           Handler:  JOHNSON CHEMICAL aUPDRATION
            Street:  BAYOU CASQUE               City: PAYEITEMILLE
                                    Delete Process Code
           Select Cam Process Process
                 Ind Status   Code   Sen
                  IB     Dae    S
                            Anoint
     Process    Process
UOH Total Unite Anouirt Type*
 A      232      DC
           Enter-Continue    F3-ExIt   F4-Screen 1     PS-Select Unit Info to Delete*
                           F8-Help   F9-Hext Process                          *
NOTE;      Since multiple Process Codes may exist, use the  function key to scroll to
             the next set of Process Codes.

Screen 2 provides two repeating groups of information:

       o     The highest order repeating group is the Process Code.  To delete all information
             about (and including) this Process Code, enter 'X* in 'Select' column and press
             • < ENTER >. This entry deletes not only all the information displayed, but all
             repeating Process Amount Types for the Process Code, as well as all Process
             Unit Information for the Process Code.

       o     The  second repeating  group presented on this screen  is the Process Amount
             Type. Since multiple Process Amount Types (based on  your previous entry) may
             exist per Process Code, you can delete any or all Process Amount Types on this
             screen.  To delete, enter a 'X' in the 'Select' column and press  .
             This entry deletes not only the Process Amount Type information displayed for
             the Process Code presented on the screen, but also all Unit Information applicable
             to the Process Amount Type.  To delete the Process Unit Information for a
             specific Process  Amount Type, put an  'X' in the  'Select* column next to the
             desired Process Amount type and hit the  function key to move you to
             Screen to delete the Process Unit Information.
11/92
                          HID-34
                     RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3.1.1.6      PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 3

"Process Maintenance Delete Screen 3" is used to view and subsequently delete (if desired)
Process Unit Information applicable to a Process Code/Process Amount Type.  On entry to.the
screen, the applicable Handler ID and Source will be displayed as well as the applicable Process
Code information.-  Additionally, the first set of Unit Information will be displayed.


          »            RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 3                «
            Handler Id: ARD12341234B
            Source ( A/E/5/R ):  A
Other Id:
Receipt Date (ItlDDW):  010198
               Com Process Process       Process
               Ind  Status   Code  Seq    Anoint
                1    B     DB8    5
                 Process    Process
            UOI Total Units Anoint Type
             A       23Z      DC
           .•••••••••••••••mil..!.!!!.* process Unit Information  »••••• •••••••••••••mmm
           Select    Unit     Unit    No. of      Unit Uaste     Unit    Unit Reg
                      Id      Type    Units       Capacity      UOI     Status
                  123333       ft       222                    AX
            Enter-Continue     F3-Exlt   Pi-Screen 1
            F6-Screen 2       F8-Help   P9-H«rt Punit
NOTES;
             To delete the desired set of Unit Information scroll to the appropriate set by using
             the  function keys.  Put a 'X' in the 'Select' column next to the desired
             Unit ID and press < ENTER > to delete the information.

             Use the  function key to move back to Screen 1 or the  function
             key to move back to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.        -

             Function key  will move you back to Screen 2.
RCRIS 4.0.0
  HID-35
11792

-------
3.1.1.7
                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

PROCESS MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3
"Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 3" is used to input unit information (e.g., number of
subunits within a group describing waste characteristics) for each unique combination of Process
Code and Process Amount.  In short, for each line on Screen 2, starting with Commercial
Indicator through Process Amount Type, you can have one or more sets of unit information.
This screen is used to collect this information.  You are required to input information for each
field of unit information.  The Help screen is available to assist you with valid codes.
              RCRIS: Process Maintenance Add/Update Screen 3
             it******************************

           EPA Id: MS6210809871  Other Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R ): A   Receipt Date (HMDOYY):  05U91

   Coamercial Process Process   Process             Process    Process
   Indicator  Status Code    Amount      U.O.N.  Total Units  Amount Type
               B    T04        35.000   U         1        DC
                     Process Unit Information
     Unit
      Id
 Unit
 Type
No. of
Units
Unit Haste
 Capacity
Unit
 UOM
Unit Reg
 Status
 a****************************************************************************
  Enter-Continue    F3-Exit     F4-Exit Group Process
  F8-Help                    F9-First
                                    F5-Next Amt Type
                                         F10-Next
                                                i*******************
Assume that you want to add two different types of unit information which describe Waste
Capacity and subunits for a unique Process Code and Process Amount.  Simply add one type
of unit information to the line and use function key  or press < ENTER > to scroll to
the next blank line to add the desired unit information.  To go back to the first set or line of unit
information, simply use the < F9 > function key.  Then, to go back to Process Code information
to change process information or add a new process or process amount type,  use the  
function key and scroll  as required to the  information presented for Screen 2.  If you have
completed entering all information for all units and all processes, use the   function key
to move to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu on the  function  key to return to
Screen 1.
11/92
                          HID-36
                                                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3.1.1.8       PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 1
         i                 '  •
"Process Maintenance Delete Screen 1" is the first in a series of three data entry screens used
for deleting facility process information.   A valid Handler ID, source and receipt date are
required.

 *************«»•••«*****••***•**»»«*•»«*••**««*****«•*•*•*««*******«*»«***>««  -
 *              RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 1              *
 a*****************************************************************************                '      .
            EPA Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R ):
                             Other Id:

                            Receipt Date (MMDDYY):
                               *****************************************
                                                        F3-Exit *
*******************************
* Enter-Continue
A*****************************************************************************
On completion of input to this screen, press < ENTER >  to advance to Screen 2 which displays
process information applicable to the source document.
3.1.1.9
            PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 2
"Process Maintenance Delete Screen 2" presents process information regarding the handler and
the source selected.  The Process Information is displayed so that you may ensure that the
information presented is in fact what you desire to delete.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                       HID-37
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
                RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 2
                                                       *
                                                     ***
  EPA Id:  MS6210809871  Other Id:

Source ( A/E/S/R ): A   Receipt Date (MMDDYV):
Handler:         UATERUATS EXPERIMENT STATION
Location Street:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
       City:    VICKSBURG
                                                 05H91
   Commercial Process Process  Process
   Indicator  Status  Code    Amount      U.O.M.
               B   S01      25000.000     G

        1. Delete Process Code Information
        2. Delete Process Amount Type Information
        3. View/Delete Process Unit Information
          Choice:
                                    Process
                                  Total Units
                                        1
  Process
Amount Type
    DC
   Enter-Continue
   F6-Next Amt Type
          F3-Ex1t     F4-Exit Group Process  FS-First Amt Type
          FS-Help     F9-First Process      FIO-Next Process
NOTES:

       o      Since there  may exist multiple Process Codes, use the  and  
              function keys to scroll to the desired Process Code.

       o      To select the desired Process Amount Type, use the < F9 > and < f10 > function
              keys to scroll to the desired Process Amount Type.

Screen 2 provides three repeating groups of information.  The first and highest order repeating
group is for all information regarding the Process Code.  To delete all information about (and
including) this Process Code,  enter "1" by Choice and press < ENTER >.  This entry deletes
not only all the information displayed, but all repeating Process Amount Types for the Process
Code as well as all Process Units for the Process Code.

The second repeating group presented on this screen is Process Amount Type.  Since there may
exist (based on your previous entry) multiple Process Amount Types per Process Code, you can
delete any or all Process Amount Types on this screen. To delete, simply enter a "2" by Choice
and press < ENTER >.  This entry deletes  not only the Process Amount Type information
displayed for the Process Code presented on the screen, but also all Unit Information applicable
to the Process Amount Type.  A "2" selection does not delete the Process Code.

The third repeating group presented on this screen is Process Unit Information which represents
one or more separate descriptions of unit information for the Process  Code/Process Amount
Type.  To view and delete this information, enter a "3" by Choice and RCRIS will move you
to Screen 3.
11/92
                               HID-38
                      RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.1.10     PROCESS MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 3

 "Process Maintenance Delete Screen 3" is used to view and subsequently delete (if desired)
 Process Unit Information applicable to a Process Code/Process Amount Type. On entry to the
 screen, the applicable Handler ID and Source will be displayed as well as the applicable Process
 Code information.  Additionally, the first set of unit information will be displayed.
 *******IHk********»**************************************************«******»**
 *              RCRIS: Process Maintenance Delete Screen 3             *
 ******************************************************************************

            EPA Id: MS6210809871  Other Id:,

          Source ( A/E/S/R ): A   Receipt Date (MHDDYY):  051491
   Comnercial Process Process   Process
   Indicator   Status Code    Amount
               B
    T04        35.000     U

       Process Unit  Information
                              Process .    Process
                      U.O.M.  Total Units  Amount Type
     Unit
      Id
Unit
Type
                No. of     Unit Waste
                Units       Capacity
                  0
Delete this Process Unit? (Y,N)
Unit
 UQM
                                                           DC
Unit Reg
 Status
  ft***************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue     F3-ixit     F4-Exit Group Process    F5-Mext Amt Type
   F8-Hetp                    po-First                    FIO-Next
                A***********************************************************
NOTES;

       o      To delete the desired set of Unit Information scroll to the appropriate set by using
              the  and  function keys.

       o  ,  ;  Use the  function key to move back to Screen  l*or the  function
              key to move  back to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.. .

       o      Function key   will move you back to Screen 2.

Multiple sets of Unit Information  may exist for a Process Code.  When the appropriate set of
Unit Information is displayed, input "Y" or "N" by the applicable prompt.  If you select "Y",
RCRIS will delete the desired Unit Information and move you back to Screen 1.  If you do not
want to delete any Unit Information, select "N".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          HID-39
                                                                           11/92

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.2  STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODES
The Standard Industrial Classification Codes option allows you to add/update or delete specific:
SIC Code information for a facility.
                          RCRIS
                           Handler
       Database: K4DB.NSR

Pr •*
St
Ot
Ha
Co
Ot
Ua
Dotl
naruiei nain LCI wiikc swsysiem
SIC Code Maintenance Subsystem
Add/Update
Delete
Return to Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
»t» Beeeint Ft At AC
!
" !
es
i
• !
'i
              [ Delete Owner/Operator
              j Return to Previous Menu
              j Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Choose the Add/Update or Delete option and press < ENTER >.  The "SIC  Maintenance
Add/Update/Delete Screen 1" is displayed.
3.1.2.1
SIC MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE/DELETE SCREEN 1
"SIC Maintenance Add/Update/Delete Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to perform
maintenance on SIC Codes for a specific Handler ID.  Whether you elected to add/update or
delete SIC Codes, you will use the same screen. To perform the desired maintenance, enter the
applicable Handler ID.
11/92
                        HID-40
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
             RCRI5: SIC Maintenance Add/Update/Delete Screen 1
   A*******************************************************************
                   EPA Id:
                       Other Id:
                                              *•*****•*««*«»****>******
 * Enter-Continue           -                      -         F3-Exit    *
 ******************************************************************************
 After entering the Handler ID, press < ENTER > to move to the next screen or use the < F3 >
 function key to return to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.
3.1.2.2
SIC MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE/DELETE SCREEN 2
 "SIC Maintenance Add/Update/Delete Screen 2" is used to perform SIC code maintenance.  On
 entry to the screen, the Handler ID and Facility Name are displayed as well as all previously
 input SIC Codes.
 *********************i
                                 •*************!
                                               r************************
 *              RCRIS: SIC Maintenance Add/Update/Oelete Screen 2          *
 ••A***************************************************************************
                  EPA Id: MS6210809871    Other Id:
              Handler:         WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
              Location Street:   3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
                      City:    VICKSBURG
             SIC Code  Source
    Primary:     9199      R
     Other
   SIC Codes:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                     '        F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                            HID-41
11/02

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
The three options for this screen are:
       o     Add -- To add a SIC Code, simply  to the first available space for SIC
             Code information (i.e., move down the screen to a blank line) and input the SIC
             Code, and Source.  Continue adding as necessary although RCRIS allows you
             only 12 entries (1 primary and 11  other).  Should you desire to add a new SIC
             Code and the screen is full, you must decide if you want to change an existing
             SIC Code to the new SIC Code. If so, perform Update as described below.

       o     Update - To update a SIC Code, simply  to the desired SIC Code and
             type over the existing information  with the new information.  You may change
             a SIC  Code in this same manner.

       o     Delete - To delete a SIC Code, simply enter blank spaces over the existing SIC
             Code.  You must always have a Primary SIC Code. Therefore, you cannot delete
             a Primary SIC Code but you can update other SIC Codes as described above.

Pressing < ENTER > saves your adds, updates and deletes and moves you back to Screen 1.
You can verify your  changes by pressing  < ENTER > on Screen 1 to view the screen after the
changes were made.  Using the < F3 > function key on Screen 2 moves you back to the Handler
ID Maintenance Menu without saving your changes (since you last pressed  < ENTER >).
3.1.3 OTHER PERMIT TYPE AND NUMBER

The Other Permit Type and Number option allows you to add, update, or delete environmental
permitting information, outside the RCRA program, for a facility.
                           RCRIS
        Database: K4DB.MSR
                            Handler
                   Handler Maintenance Subsystem
               Process Codes
                I  Other Permit Haintenance Subsystem j

                     Add/Update
                     Delete
                     Return to Previous Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
               Delete Owner/Operator
               Return to Previous Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
11/92
HID-42
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 To change data choose the ADD/UPDATE option and press < ENTER >.  The "Other Permit
 Maintenance Add/Update Screen 1" is displayed.
 3.1.3.1
OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1
         ***************
           RCR15: Other Permit Maintenance Add/Update Screen 1
            EPA Id:
                             Other Id:
    ft**************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue      -                               F3-Exit    *
 ******************************************************************************
                              \
"Other Permit Maintenance Add/Update Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to add or
change environmental permit information under which a facility is operating. On entry to the
screen, enter the applicable Handler ID, then press < ENTER > to move to the second screen.
3.1.3.2
OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
"Other Permit Maintenance Add/Update Screen 2" is used to either add or change environmental
permit information regarding a facility.  On entry to the screen, the Handler ID and Name are
presented as well as applicable location information.  Also, the first five environmental permits
(if any exist) for the facility are displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         HID-43
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
 • *************
                         r**************«
                                           i«««««****«********* «t« «t«•»
 *          RCRIS: Other Permit Maintenance Add/Update Screen 2
 >»»«***•••« ***••••• ••»«««********««»«»»»*******«««********i>*>***)i
 *
 *
       EPA Id:  NS6210809871 Other Id:

       Facility Name: UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION

  Faeilfty Nailing Address           facility Location Address

3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD             3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
      VICKSBURG
      NS 39180
                              VICKSBURG
                              MS 39180
           Permit Type
                   Permit Number
Description
 o*****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue  F3-Exit  F4-Exit Grp Process  F8-Help F9-First  F10-Next  *


NOTES:

       o      Use function keys  and  to scroll as desired.

       o      Exit the screen by using the < F4 > function key to move back to Screen 1 or by
              using the    function key to move back to the Handler ID Maintenance
              Menu.                                     '

       o      If desired,  you can delete  a permit  using this screen.   To delete, type blank
 .   -          spaces through  both Permit Type and Permit Number.  Press < ENTER >  to
              complete this action.

More environmental permits for a facility may exist than are presented on the screen.

To add a new environmental permit for a facility, simply scroll to the first screen which has a
blank line. Then add the desired permit information.  You must input a valid permit type and
can reference valid entries using the Help Screen (Implementer defined permit types are valid
entries if the entry is an alpha character and does not correspond  to an existing type).  Permit
Number is also required and you should input a description of the permit.

To update a permit, simply scroll to the selected permit using the  and   function
keys. Then type over the existing information with  the updated information remembering that
if you change the Permit Type, you must  input a valid entry.  .

When you have completed the desired activity, press < ENTER >  to save the changes.  RCRIS
automatically sorts the permits  by Permit Type and Permit Number so the order of the
information you input may change.
11/92
                                  HID-44
                                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.3.3       OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 1

 "Other Permit Maintenance Delete Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to delete an
 environmental permit under which a facility, is operating.  On entry to the screen, enter the
 applicable Handler ID, then press < ENTER > to move to the second screen.
 *•**»**********«*•»***»**»*»********»*»»***»»*******•***
             RCRIS: Other Permit Maintenance Delete Screen 1
            EPA Id:
                 Other Id:
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue     •    '                              F3-Exit   *
 •A****************************************************************************
3.1.3.4
OTHER PERMIT MAINTENANCE DELETE SCREEN 2
"Other Permit Maintenance Delete Screen 2" is used to delete an existing environmental permit
for a facility..  On entry to the screen, the Handler ID and Name are presented as well as
applicable location information. Also, the first five environmental permits (if any exist) for the
facility are displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          HID-45
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
 «»<«««««•••**•*«
                                >**************•**
                                                   *******************
            RCRIS: Other Permit Maintenance Delete Screen 2              *
     •tit*********************************************************************
              EPA Id:  NS6210809871 Other Id:             -

              Facility Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION

        Facility Mailing Address           Facility Location Address

      3909 HALLS FERRY  ROAD             3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
      VICKSBURG
      MS 39180
            VICKSBURG
            MS 39180
           Permit Type
               D
Permit Nunber
OOE1211111111
Description
DOE PERMIT
Delete?
 ********<
             »********•***<
                              ********************************************
 * Enter-Continue   F3-Exit  F4-Exit Group Process   F9-First   FIO-Next  *
 I******************************************************************************

NOTES:

       o      More permits for a facility may exist than are presented on the screen.  To view
              all permits, use function keys   and  to scroll as desired.

       o      Use the   function key to move back to Screen  1 or the  function
              key  to exit back to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.

To delete a permit for a facility, type "D" under the Delete column corresponding to the
applicable permit.  "D" is the only valid entry. Pressing < ENTER >  will initiate the delete and
RCRIS will present to you the remaining permits for another delete if you desire.
3.1.4  HAZARDOUS WASTE CODE AND PROCESS CODE

The Hazardous Waste Code and Process Code option allows you to add, update, or delete
specific Hazardous Waste Stream or Process Code information for a facility.  The types of
information maintained under this option includes facility process information describing the
waste accepted, the amount  of waste processed and  the types of processes used to treat, store
and dispose of the waste.
11/92
                HID-46
                                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                             R C R I S
                              Handler
       1 Database: K40B.NSR                             <

        Hazardous Waste Code and Process Code Maintenance Subsystem

                      Add/Update
                      Delete
                      Return to Previous Menu
                      Return to RCRIS Main Menu
               ! Other Elements
               } Haste Characteristics
               i Process Unit Type
               j Delete Receipt Dates
               j Delete Owner/Operator
               I Return to Previous Menu
               I Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To add or update data you must first choose the Add/Update option and press  < ENTER >.
The "Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 1" is displayed.
3.1.4.1
HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1
"Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 1" is the first of three screens used to add or
change Hazardous Waste Stream information (includes Waste Codes and Process Codes) for a
facility.  On entry to the screen, enter the applicable Handler ID, the Source code for which you
wish to effect the change and the change receipt date.  Press < ENTER > to move to the second
screen.
             RCRIS: Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 1
           EPA Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R ):
                Other Id:

                Receipt Date (HHDDYY):
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                           F3-Exit *
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          HTO-47
11/92

-------
 3.1.4.2
                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE

HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
 "Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 2" is used to either add or change Hazardous
 Waste Stream information regarding a facility.  On entry to the screen, the Handler ID and
 Name are  presented  as well as  applicable Waste Stream information.   If Waste Stream
 information has previously been entered into RCRIS, Waste Stream No. 1 will be displayed with
 all corresponding information including Waste Codes applicable to the Waste Stream.
 M*********M*************«*******»**»******************** ********************
 *            DMtlS;  HmnrrfniKi Unet-B Str*am A/M/llnrlata Ci-ro^n 9           *
              RCRIS: Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 2
     >************************************************************
            EPA Id: NS6210809871  Other Id:
            Handler:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
     Waste      Waste      Waste   Waste Amount         Waste
   Stream No.     Amount      UOH      in Tons       Description
        1       16100.000     P           8.050
       Please List all Waste Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                F004    F006   F008   F011   F012
                F024    K004   K005   K008   K011
                K013    KOH   K031   K035   IC044
                K046    K047   KQ48   K049   K050
                K051    KOS2   K061   IC069   K086
                K106
  A*******************************
                                        ******************************
   Enter-Continue        F4-Exit Group Process       F5-First Waste Stream
   F6-Next Waste Stream   F8-Help        F9-First             FIO-Next
                                                     ***************
NOTES!
              Use the  and  function keys to scroll to the desired Waste Stream
              or to the first blank Waste Stream if you desire to add a Waste Stream.

              To add or change Waste Codes applicable  to a Waste Stream, select the desired
              Waste  Stream using the   and  function keys.

              This is the only screen available to delete Waste Codes for a Waste Stream. The
              Delete function is only applicable in deleting an entire Waste Stream. Therefore,
              to delete a Waste Code, < TAB >  to the applicable Waste Code and type blanks
              over the Waste Code.

              Use the  and   function keys to scroll to the applicable screen of
              Waste  Codes.
11/92
                           HTO-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 There are two repeating groups of information on this screen. First and of the highest order are
 Waste Streams. Multiple Waste Streams may exist for a facility. The second repeating group
 is Waste Codes.  Up to 50 Waste Codes will be displayed per screen fora Waste Stream. If
 there exist  more than 50 Waste Codes for the Waste Stream, use the  and 
 function keys to scroll through the Waste Codes.

 To change a Waste Stream, simply scroll to the selected Waste Stream and type over the existing
 information as  desired.  Remember that Waste Amount In Tons is system calculated based on
 Waste Amount and Waste UOM (Unit of Measure) so you will not be able to input information
 in this column.

 To add a Waste Stream, simply scroll through the existing Waste Streams until you get to the
 first blank Waste Stream.  Obviously, you do not have to scroll if this is the first Waste Stream
 input for a  facility.  Then, add Waste Amount, Waste UOM  and Waste Description. Waste
 Amount in Tons is system calculated.

 To add a Waste Code,  to the first blank position for a Waste Code and enter the
 desired information.  To change an existing Waste Code,  to the desired  Waste Code
 and change  the code as desired.

 When all changes have been made to this screen, press  < ENTER > to save the changes.
 RCRIS will then prompt you if you want to enter more Waste Codes for the Waste Stream. If
 you respond " Y", RCRIS lets you go back and add, change or delete more Waste Codes. If you
 respond "N" or with a blank, RCRIS advances you to the next screen to change Process Code
 information applicable to the selected Waste Stream. You may also press  to ignore any
 changes (since  you last pressed ) and RCRIS moves you back to the Handler ID
 Maintenance Menu.                             .                    '

 NOTE:    Any Waste Code  used in RCRIS must exist in the Implementer and Merged
            Databases.  Implementers should pay particular attention to those Waste Codes
            not federally regulated, but that are regulated by the State.  Your DBA can add
            needed Waste Codes to the Waste Code Lookup Table.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         HID-49                                11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.4.3
HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM ADD/UPDATE
 "Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 3" is used to either add or change Process Codes
 applicable to the Waste Stream selected in Screen 2. On entry to the screen, the Handler ID,
 Handler Name and the Screen 2 Waste Stream are presented.  Additionally, all Process Codes
 applicable to the Waste Stream are presented, should any exist.
             RCRIS: Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screen 3

            EPA Id:  NS6210809871  Other Id:

     Waste       Waste     Waste   Waste Amount        Waste
   Stream No.     Amount      UOH      in Tons       Description
        1        16100.000   P           8.050
       Please List all Process Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                S01   TM
 ************************************<
                                 tit************************************
   Enter-Continue  F3-Exit  F4-Exit Group Process   F5-First Waste Stream
   F6-Mext Waste Stream  F8-Help       F9-First            FIO-Next
 * and  function keys to scroll through the Process Codes
              as desired.

       o      This is the only screen available to delete Process Codes for a Waste Stream. The
              Delete function is only applicable to deleting an entire Waste Stream. Therefore,
              to delete a Process Code, simply  to the applicable Process Code and
              enter blanks over the Process Code.

       o      Press    to ignore any changes (since you last pressed < ENTER >) and
              RCRIS moves you back to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.

       o      Press   to move back to Screen 2 to change Waste Stream or Waste Code
              information.

Process Codes are a repeating group. Up to SO Process Codes will be displayed per screen for
a Waste Stream.
11/92
                          HID-50
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 To add a Process Code,   to the first blank position for a Process Code and enter the
 desired information. You may have to use the  and  function keys to scroll to
 the applicable screen of Process Codes.  To change an existing Process Code,   to the
 desired Process Code and change the code as desired.

 When all changes have  been  made to this screen, press < ENTER > to save the changes.
 RCRIS will then prompt you to enter more Process Codes for the Waste Stream. If you respond
 "Y", RCRIS lets you go  back  and add, change or delete more Process Codes.  If you respond
 "N" or with a blank, RCRIS moves you to Screen  1 to input another facility for which to change
 Waste Stream information.
 3.1.4.4
HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM DELETE SCREEN 1
 "Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 1" is the first of three screens used to delete  a
 Hazardous Waste Stream and all applicable Waste Codes and Process Codes applicable for a
 specified facility. On entry to the screen, enter the applicable Handler ID, the Source code for
 which you wish to delete the Waste Stream and receipt date. Press < ENTER > to move to the
 second screen.                                               .                 .
 *****************************
                            ********************************************
               RCRIS: Hazardous Uaste Stream Delete Screen 1
                         ************************************************
           EPA Id:            Other Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R ):     Receipt Date (MHODYY):
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                         F3-Exit *
 A*****************************************************************************
This series of screens (i.e., Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screens) is used to delete one or
more Hazardous Waste Streams.  Although Waste Codes and Process Codes applicable to the
Waste Streams are presented, individual Waste Codes and Process Codes cannot be deleted here
(refer to Hazardous Waste Stream Add/Update Screens for delete instructions). When you delete
a Waste Stream, all Waste Codes and all Process Codes for the Waste Stream will be deleted
in addition to the base Waste Stream information (i.e. waste amount, UOM, amount in tons, and
description).  Additionally, the Waste Stream can be deleted from either "Hazardous Waste
Stream Delete Screen 2" or "Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 3".  The former screen
allows you to view the Waste Codes applicable to the Waste Stream; the latter screen allows you
to view the Process Codes applicable to the Waste Stream.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         HID-51
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.4.5
HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM DELETE SCREEN 2
"Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 2" is used to delete a Hazardous Waste Stream.  On
entry to the screen, the Handler ID, Name, and Waste Stream Number 1 are presented for the
facility. Additionally, all Waste Codes applicable to the Waste Stream are displayed.

Press < ENTER > to obtain a menu choice for subsequent actions.  The menu choices are:  1.
Delete Waste Stream;  and 2.   View Process Codes For This Waste Stream.  A third line
displaying "CHOICE" is presented for your response to the selection.
              RCRIS: Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 2
              ***•
           EPA Id: MS6210809871 other Id:
           Handler:   WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
     Uaste      Waste      Waste  Waste Amount        Waste
   Stream No.     Amount     UOM     in Tons       Description
       1       16100.000    P          8.050
       List of all Waste Codes Associated with this Uaste Stream
               F004   F006    F008  F011    F012
               F024   K004    KOOS  K008    K011
               K013   KOU    K031  KQ35    KOU
               K046   K047    K048  K049    K050
               K051   K052    K061  K069    K086
               K106
                              >*****»***»********»*********************
   Enter-Continue  F3-Exit
   F6-Next waste Stream
           F4-Exit Group Process
                    F9-First
F5-First Waste Stream
       . FIO-Next
NOTES;

       o     Use the  and   function keys to scroll to the desired Waste Stream
             you desire to delete.

       o     If there exist more than 50 Waste Codes, use the  and  function
             keys to scroll through the Waste Codes if you desire to view these codes prior to
             deleting the Waste Stream.

There are two repeating groups of information on this screen. First and of the highest order are
Waste Streams. Multiple Waste Streams may exist for a facility.  The second repeating group
is Waste Codes.  Up to SO Waste Codes will be displayed per screen for a Waste Stream.

To delete a Waste Stream, simply scroll to the selected Waste Stream and input "1" by CHOICE
and press < ENTER >. RCRIS will then delete the Waste Stream and move you back to Screen
1.  You  also have the option of viewing the Process Codes for the applicable Waste Stream
should you so desire prior to deleting the Waste Stream. To view the Process Codes, input "2"
by CHOICE and press  < ENTER >.  RCRIS will then move you to Screen 3 where you can
view the Process Codes.
11/92
                          HTO-52
                             RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.4.6      HAZARDOUS WASTE STREAM DELETE SCREEN 3

 "Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 3" is used to delete a Hazardous Waste Stream.  On
 entry to the screen, the Handler ID, Name, and Waste Stream Number selected in Screen 2 are
 presented for the facility.  Additionally, all Process Codes applicable to the Waste Stream are
 displayed.                                                           ,

 Press < ENTER > to obtain a menu choice for subsequent actions.  The menu choices are:  1.
 Delete Waste Stream; and 2.  View Next Waste Stream. A third line displaying "CHOICE" is
 presented for your response to the selection.
 A*************************
                           t***************4
                                                     ***************
 *             RCRIS: Hazardous Waste Stream Delete Screen 3            *
 ******************************************************************************
            EPA Id:  HS6210809871  Other Id:
     Waste      Waste      Waste  Waste Amount
   Stream Ho.     Amount     UOH      in Tons
        1       16100.000    P           8.050
             Process Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                S01   T04
          Waste
       Description
                    i*****************************************************
   Enter-Continue   F3-Exit   F4-Exit Group Process   F5-First Waste Stream
   F6-Hext Waste Stream                F9-First            FIO-Next
 A*****************************************************************************
There are two repeating groups of information on this screen. "First and of the highest order are
Waste Streams.  Multiple Waste Streams may exist for a facility.  The second repeating group
is Process Codes.  Up to 50 Process Codes will be displayed per screen for a Waste Stream.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-53
11/92


-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE

To delete a Waste Stream, simply scroll to the selected Waste Stream and input "1" by CHOICE
and press < ENTER >. RCRIS will then delete the Waste Stream and move you back to Screen
1.  You also have the option of viewing other Waste Streams.  To view other Waste Streams,
input "2" by CHOICE and press  and
 function toys.
3.1.5  CONTACT AND ADDRESSES

The Contact and Addresses  option  allows  you to add/update or  delete handler contact
information for a facility. This includes contact type, name and addresses.
                           RCRIS
       j                     Handler
       I Database: K4DB.MSR
       +.........+.................*..................
               j     Handler Maintenance Subsystem
                Process Codes
                St +	
                Ot ! Contact Maintenance Subsystem
                Ha j   	
                             des
                     Add/Update
                     Delete
                     Return to Previous Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Co
Ot
Ua
Pr
De *		f	•
Delete Owner/Operator
Return to Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To add or update data you must first choose the Add/Update option and press < ENTER >.  To
delete data choose the Delete option.  The "Contact and Address Maintenance Screen 1" is
displayed.
11/92
                       HID-54
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.5.1      CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE SCREEN 1 - ADD/UPDATE
             RCRIS:  Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 1
                       Contact Information
                       ***  Add/Update *••

             EPA Id:             other Id:

                        Contact Type:
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue       F3-Exit     F8-Help     F9-First     FIO-Next  *
 "Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to add or update
 contact and address information for a specified Handler ID. On entry to this screen, enter the
 Handler ID and the Contact Type. Contact Type is required although any valid Contact Type
 (refer to the Help Screen for valid types) will gain you entry to the next screen where you can
 scroll through contact information for all Contact  Types.  Please note that there are valid
 Implementer-defmed contact types.  On completion, press  < ENTER > to move to the next
 screen.
3.1.5.2
CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE SCREEN 2 - ADD/UPDATE
"Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 2" is used to add or change Contact Information for
a facility.   On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID, Name  and location
information.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                        HID-55
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
             RCRIS:  Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 2
                              ********
                           ***  Change ***
                         Contact Information
        EPA Id:  HS6210809871  Other Id:
        Handler Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
        Street:       3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
        City:
    VICKSBURG

        Contact Type:  N
         Last Name: SHAFER          First
         Title:                   Phone:
         Street:   3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD .
         City:
   Enter-Continue
 VICKSBURG
   State:  MS Zip: 39180
                          RICHARD
                          6016342621
State:  MS  Zip:  39180
 F2-Cancel     F3-Exit     F9-First        FIO-Next
 F8-Help
t**********************************************************
Contact Information is a repeating group therefore multiple contacts may exist for a facility.
To select the specific contact you desire to change or delete, use the  and 
function keys to scroll through all existing contacts.

Valid Codes are:

       o      A  = Part A,
       o     • E = Emergency Information,
       o      F = Fee Information,
       o      N  = Notification,
       o      R = Biennial Report Data, and
       o      G - M = Implementer Defined.

This screen provides you with two options to alter Contact information. The top of the screen
will present the option available to you. The two options are:

       o      Add — To add a contact and applicable information regarding the handler, use the
                and   function keys or the  < ENTER > key to scroll to the first
              blank set of contact information. When a blank set of information appears, the
              banner at the top of the page will display *** Add ***. To  add a contact simply
              type in the information corresponding to the fields. Remember that Contact Type
              is a required field and that RCRIS verifies a valid entry.

       o      Change — To change information regarding a contact previously input to RCRIS,
              use the   and  function keys to scroll to the correct contact and
              simply type over any information that you desire to change.
11/92
                        HID-56
                                    RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 To save the change you have made, press < ENTER >.  To cancel any changes you have made
 (since you last pressed  < ENTER >) or move back to Screen 1, use the   function key.
 Otherwise, use the  function key to return to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.
 3.1.5.3
CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE SCREEN 1 - DELETE
 ******************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS:  Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 1         .    *
 a*****************************************************************************
                         Contact Information
                          *** Delete ***

              EPA Id:             Other Id:

                         Contact Type:
 •*«*••**»************»*»*****•*******••******•*•********••»*****«********•»**•
 * Enter-Continue       F3-Exit    ,F8-Help      F9-First     FIO-Next  *
 ******************************************************************************
"Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to delete contact and
address information for a specified Handler ID.  On entry to this screen, enter the Handler ID
and the Contact Type. Contact Type is required although any valid Contact Type (refer to the
Help Screen for valid types) will gain you entry to the next screen where you can scroll through
contact information for all Contact Types.  Please note that there are valid Implementer-defmed
contact types.  On completion, press < ENTER > to move to the next screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          HID-57
11/92

-------
3.1.5.4
                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

CONTACT AND ADDRESS MAINTENANCE SCREEN 2 - DELETE
"Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 2" is used to delete Contact Information for a facility.
On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID, Name and location information.
             ***********************************************
             RCRIS: Contact & Address Maintenance Screen 2
                             ********
                          ***  Delete ***
                        Contact Information
        EPA Id: HS6210809871  Other Id:
        Handler Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
        Street:      3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
        Cfty:
       VICKSBURG

           Contact Type:  N
         Last Name: SHAFER         First Ha
         Title:                  Phone:
         Street:    3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
      State:  MS Zip: 39180
                           RICHARD
                            6016342621
         City:
 * Enter-Continue
 **************
    VICKSSURG              State: MS Zip:

     Press Enter to Delete Contact
        F3-Exit
F9-First
                  39180
F10-Next
Contact Information is a repeating group; therefore, multiple contacts may exist for a facility.
To select the specific contact you desire to change or delete, use the   and 
function keys to scroll through all existing contacts.

This screen allows you to delete a  contact and  all corresponding information,  select the
applicable contact using the  and  function keys and press < ENTER > to delete
the contact.

To save the change you have made, press < ENTER >.  To cancel any changes you have made
(since you last pressed ) or move back to Screen 1, use the  function key.
Otherwise, use the   function key to return to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.
11/92
                          HID-58
                                       RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.6  OTHER ELEMENTS

 The Other Elements option allows you to add/update/delete other handler information.  The
 types of information maintained under this option, legislative district codes, river basin code,
 land type, off-site waste receipt, latitude and longitude.
                           R c R i s
        Database: K4DB.MSR
                            Handler
                    Handler Maintenance Subsystem
                Process Codes
                I Other Elements Maintenance Subsystem |
                      Add/Update
                      Delete
                      Return to Previous Menu
                j      Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                +	..........	.........
                Delete Owner/Operator
                Return to Previous Menu
                Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To add or update data you must first choose the ADD/UPDATE option and press < ENTER >.
To delete data choose the DELETE option.  The "Other Elements Maintenance Screen 1" is
displayed.
3.1.6.1
OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE
1 - ADD/UPDATE
"Other Elements Maintenance Screen  1" is the first of two screens used to add or update an
assortment of information for a specified Handler ID. On entry to this screen, enter the Handler
ID. On completion, press   to move to the next screen, or use the    function
key to return to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         HID-59
                   11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
                RCRIS: Other Elements Maintenance Screen 1
                         *****************
                          *** Add/Update ***
                           Other Information
         Enter the Following Information:

              EPA ID:               Other Id:
3.1.6.2
OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE SCREEN 2 - ADD/UPDATE
"Other Element Maintenance Screen 2" is used to add or change an assortment of information
for a facility.  On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID,  Name and location
information.
                RCRIS: Other Element Maintenance Screen 2
                  ***»***********»***•»*•»»»»*»•*
                  ***  Change Other Information

        HANDLER ID:   MS6210809871
        Handler Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
        Street:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
        City:    VICKSBURG               State: MS  Zip:  39180
            Legislative District Code:
            River Basin Code:
            Type of Land:
            Off-Site Waste Receipt:
            Handler Accessibility  Indicator:
            Latitude/Longitude Source:
            Latitude:   32    17    050
            Longitude:  090    51    050
 * Enter-Continue
       F3-Exit
F8-Help
F9-First
FlO-Next
Other Element Information is a repeating group therefore multiple facilities may exist. To select
the specific set of Other Elements you desire to change or delete, use the  and 
function keys to scroll through all existing facilities.
11/92
                            HID-60
                                            RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 This screen provides you with two options to change Other Element Information. The top of
 the screen will present the option available to you. The two options are:

       o     Add — To add Other Element Information regarding the handler, use the 
             .and   function keys to scroll to the first blank set of Other Element
             Information. When a blank set of information appears, the banner at the top of
             the page will display *** Add ***.  To add the desired information, simply type
             in the information corresponding to the fields.  Latitude and Longitude are
             required for a Part A form thus  you must enter Latitude and Longitude if the
             source field is "A". All other entries are optional, although if a value is input for
             Type of Land or Off-Site Waste Receipt, they must be valid entries.  An error
             message will be displayed .presenting the valid entries.

       o     Change - To change information previously input to RCRIS, use the < F9 > and
              function keys to scroll to the correct set of information and simply type
             over any information that you desire to change.
                                       /
 To save the change you have made, press < ENTER >. Using  the  function key when
 the Other Elements screen is blank will also move you back to Screen 1. Otherwise, use the
  function key to return  to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu. Latitude and Longitude
 are only required if the Latitude/Longitude Source is equal  to "A".
RCRIS 4.0.0                          HID-61                                 11/52

-------
3.1.6.3
OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE
    RCRIS USER GUIDE

1 - 'DELETE  • •'
"Other Elements Maintenance Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to delete an assortment
of information for a specified Handler ID.  On entry to this screen, enter the Handler ID. On
completion, press < ENTER >  to move to the next screen, or use the   function key to
return to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu.
              ««***********««***«**»***>****«1^****<>***«
                  RCRIS: Other Elements Maintenance Screen 1
                      *** Delete Other Information


         inter the Following Information:

            EPA Id:              Other Id:
 *****«****************<»*****************************«**«*««««****************

 * Enter-Continue      F3-Exit        F9-First       F10-Next          *
 *»•»«««»•««* « *****•••••**•**»*****••••*•«••«***««****«*«**«*»***********«**«««
3.1.6.4
OTHER ELEMENT MAINTENANCE SCREEN 2 - DELETE
"Other Element Maintenance Screen 2" is used to delete an assortment of information for a
facility.   On entry  to  the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler ID, Name and  location
information.
                  RCRIS:  Other Element Maintenance Screen 2
                  ******************************
                  **" Delete Other Information

        Handler Id:   KS6210809871
        Handler Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
        Street:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
        City:    VICKSBURG               State:  MS  Zip: 39180

         Please Mark an 'X' Next to each Field to Delete:

            Legislative District Code:
            River Basin Code:
            Type of Land:
            Off-Site Waste Receipt:.
            Handler Accessibility Indicator:
            Latitude:                     3217050
            Longitude:                    09051050
 ******************»**********M*********************************»******<

 * Enter-Continue        F3-Exit         F9-First          F10-Next
11/92
                           HU3-62
             RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 Other Element Information is a repeating group therefore multiple facilities may exist. To select
 the specific set of Other Elements you desire to change or delete, use the  and 
 function keys to scroll through all existing facilities.
                      jT
 This screen provides you with two options to change Other Element Information.  The top of
 the screen will present the option available to you. Additionally, the delete option will provide
 a delete field on the left hand side of the fields so that you may input an "X" to delete the
 desired information.  To delete a value for a set of Other Element Information, use the < F9 >
 and    function keys to scroll to the correct set of information.  Using the  key
 to move to the desired field to delete, type an "X" by the field and press < ENTER >.

 To save the change you have made, press < ENTER >.  Using the  function key when
 the Other Elements screen is blank will also move you back to Screen 1.  Otherwise, use the
  function key to return to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.  Latitude and Longitude
 are only required if the Latitude/Longitude Source is equal to "A".
 3.1.7  WASTE CHARACTERISTICS

•The Waste Characteristics option allows you to add/update or delete specific waste characteristic
 information.  The types of information maintained under this option include waste descriptions,
 units of measure and amounts.
                            R C R I S                 •**  j
                            Handler                      j
        Database: K40S.MSR                                  |
                    Handler Maintenance Subsystem
              j Waste Characteristic Maintenance Subsystem j
              '                                   •
                     Delete
                     Return to Previous Menu          j
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu        !
               j Delete Receipt Dates                 j
               j Delete Owner/Operator                j                   *
               I Return to Previous Menu              j
               I Return to RCRIS Main Menu             |


To add or update data you must first choose the ADD/UPDATE option and press < ENTER >.
The "Waste Stream Characteristic Maintenance Screen 1" is displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-63                                 11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE

3.1.7.1       WASTE STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC  MAINTENANCE SCREEN 11-
             ADD/UPDATE

"Waste Stream Characteristic Maintenance Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to add or
update the Waste Characteristics of a Waste Stream.  You are, however, unable to add to or
change the base Waste Stream information; only Waste Characteristics data may be added or
updated.             ,.           •
             RCRIS: Waste Stream Characteristic Maintenance Screen.1
           IPA Id:

           Source ( A/E/S/R }:

           Waste Stream Number:
Other Id:

 Receipt Date (MMODYY):
 *********************
 * Enter-Continue
                         F3-Exit
On entry to the screen, enter the Handler ID, Source Code, Receipt Date and Waste Stream
Number for the Waste Stream  Characteristics which you  want to add  or change.  Please
remember that the Waste Stream Number and Source Code must have previously been input to
RCRIS for you to progress to the next screen.

When you have input the required information, press < ENTER> to move to the next screen.
11/92
         HID-64
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.7.2       WASTE STREAM CHARACTERISTIC MAINTENANCE  SCREEN 2 -
              ADD/UPDATE

 "Waste Characteristic Maintenance Screen 2" is used to add or update Waste Characteristics for
 a Waste Stream.  On entry to the screen,  RCRIS displays the Handler ID, Name, location
 information, and base Waste Stream information for the  specific Waste Stream identified in
 Screen 1.  If no Waste  Characteristics exist for the Waste Stream, the banner at the top of the
 screen will display *** ADD ***; otherwise the banner will display *** CHANGE ***.
 A************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS:  Waste Characteristic Maintenance Screen 2           *
 ***4****»*****************»***************************************************
                        ***  Change ***

         Epa Id:      MS6210809871  Other Id:
         Handler Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
         Street:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
         Street:
         City:    VICKSBURG              State:  MS
         Source:  A         Receipt Date: 051491 •
                              Zip:  39180
         Waste
       Stream No
            1 .
Waste     Waste
Amount     UOM
  16100.000  P
Waste Amt
 in Tons
     8.050
  Waste
Description
        Waste Characteristic Description:
        Waste Characteristic Unit Of Measure:
        Waste Characteristic Amount:

 ******************************************************************************
 *Enter-Continue                 F3-Exit                     F8-Help *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:

       o      Pressing < ENTER > saves the information as it is presented on the screen and
              moves you back to Screen 1.

       o    .The   function key will move you back to the Handler ID Maintenance
              Menu.                                                       ,

To add Waste Characteristics not previously entered  into RCRIS, simply   to the
corresponding field for which you wish to enter Waste Characteristic information and enter the
information.  Unit of Measure (UOM) is a required field.  An error message will be displayed
with valid entries if your input is not valid. The Help Screen will also display valid entries and
a brief description per entry.  Description and Amount are not required entries.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                      HID-65
                                                 11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE

To change Waste Characteristics, simply < TAB> to the correct field and type over the existing
information with the new information. You may also delete the current information presented
for Description and Amount by simply typing blank spaces through the existing information.
3.1.7.3      WASTE   STREAM  CHARACTERISTIC  MAINTENANCE  DELETE
             SCREEN!

"Waste Stream Characteristic Maintenance Delete Screen 1" is the first of two screens used to
delete the Waste Characteristics of a Waste Stream.  You are, however, unable to delete the base
Waste Stream information; only the Waste Characteristics  can be deleted. Also, this screen
allows you to only delete all of the waste characteristics for the selected Waste Stream, not just
one or two of the displayed Waste Characteristics.
 ******************************************************************************
 *          RCRIS: Waste Stream Characteristic Maintenance Delete Screen 1 *
 »»«»»» «•*******•««**********•««**«*««»«**********««*«*•«•••«•««*********«*«**«
           EPA Id:

           Source ( A/E/S/R ):

           Waste Stream Nunber:
Other Id:

 Receipt Date (MMDDYY):
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                          F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
On entry to the screen, enter the Handler ID, Source Code, Receipt Date and Waste Stream
Number for the Waste Stream Characteristics you want to delete. The Waste Stream Number
and Source must have previously been input to RCRIS for you to progress to the next screen
(i.e., RCRIS does not allow you, using this maintenance delete screen, to scroll through the
Waste Streams to find the specific Waste Stream  you want to delete).

When you have input the required information, press < ENTER > to move to the next screen.
11/92
          HID-66
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTinCATION MODULE

 3.1.7.4      WASTE  STREAM  CHARACTEMSTIC  MAINTENANCE  DELETE
              SCREEN 2

 "Waste Characteristic Maintenance Delete Screen 2" is used to delete Waste Characteristics for
 a,Waste Stream identified for a facility.  On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the Handler
 ID, Name, location information, and base Waste Stream information for the specific Waste
 Stream identified in Screen 1. RCRIS also  displays the three Waste Characteristics you may
 want to delete. The three Waste Characteristics are Description,  Unit of Measure and Amount.
 ******************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: Haste Characteristic Maintenance Delete Screen 2       *
         EPA Id:       MS6210809871  Other Id:
         Handler Name:  UATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
         Street:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
         Street:
         City:    VICKSBURG               State:  MS
         Source:  A         Receipt Date: 05U91
         Waste
       Stream No
      •    .  1
Waste     Waste
Amount     UOM
  16100.000  P
Waste Amt
 in Tons
     8.050
                               Zip:  39180
  Waste
Description
         Waste Characteristic Description:
         Waste Characteristic Unit Of Measure:
         Waste Characteristic Amount:

     Press Enter to Delete Waste Characteristic Information
 ******************************************************************************
 *Enter-Continue                                 .           F3-Exit *
 A*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o      Press < ENTER >  to delete the information and move back to Screen 1.
       o      Use the < F3 > function key to move back to the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                       HID-67
                                                   11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

3.1.8  PROCESS UNIT TYPE

The Process Unit Type option allows  you to add/update or delete specific process  unit type
information.  The types of information maintained under this option include: unit ID, type,
number of units, waste capacity, measure and regulatory status.

NOTE:     An alternative to using this maintenance function,  is  to. use the PROCESS
              CODES  option presented in the Handler ID Maintenance Menu.  Through this
              alternative function, you can also add, change or delete Unit information.
3.1.8.1
PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1
                             RCRIS


                              Handler
        Database: K40B.MSR

               j     Handler Maintenance Subsystem      j

               j Process Codes|
               +........	....................	---*
                 Process Unit Total Maintenance Subsystem

                      Add/Update               r-.
                      Delete
                      Return to Previous Menu
                      Return to RCRIS Main Menu

               j Delete Owner/Operator                 j
               j Return to Previous Menu               j
               I Return to RCRIS Main Menu             j
               +		..i	+


To add or  update process  unit information, choose  the ADD/UPDATE option  and press

 to display the "Process Unit Add/Update Screen 1".

 •••••A************************************************************************
 *            RCRIS: Process Unit Add/Update Screen 1                   *
 ••••••••••Mr******************************************************************
            EPA Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R ):
                 Other Id:

                Receipt Date (MMODYr):
 A*****************************************************************************
.* Enter-Continue         '                                   F3-Exit *
 A*****************************************************************************
11/92
                           HID-68
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

The "Process Unit Add/Update.Screen 1" is the first of three screens used to add/update the
Process Unit information.  NOTE:  The Process Code information must have been previously
identified for a specific Process Code through  the PROCESS CODE option on the Handler
Maintenance Subsystem. -

Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu. Press   to move
between fields. Enter a valid Handler Id and Source Code:  The RECEIPT DATE field is
optional.  After you have entered the requested information, press   to display the
Add/Update Screen 2.                                                                -
3.1.8.2
PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
 ***•**«******•«««*»***«******•********••***««t********************************
 *            RCRIS: Process Unit Add/Update Screen 2                 *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id:  LAD008187080    Other Id:
   Source { A/E/S/R ):  E       Receipt Date (HMDDYY):
   Handler:  DOW CHEHICAL CO LA DIV THE
    Street:  HUT 1 & WOOOLAWN RO          City:  PLAQUEHINE

  ********************************* prOCess Code *****************************
   Select Conm Process Process
        Ind  Status   Code  Seq
              B     080
              B     SOI
              B .    S02
        •  -    B     T02
              B     T03
                  Process         Process    Process
                  Amount     UOH Total Units Amount Type
                     159.700  A               IR
                   180000.000  G               IR
                   233373.000  G               IR
                  4824000.000  U               IR
                      13.900  D               IR
  A***************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue    F3-Exit  F4-Screen 1                   '
                  F8-Help  F9-Next Process                    .
 ******************************************************************************      •  -

The "Process Unit Add/Update Screen 2" is used to select a specific Process Code/Amount Type
identified for a facility and to add/update the Process Unit information.  On entry to the screen,
RCRIS displays the Handler ID, Name, location information, Source value, Receipt Date, and
the selected Process Code information.
                            t                .              •  .     -

Press   to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  Press  to return to
the Add/Update Screen 1.  If you need additional information for any of the Process Code data,
press   for Help.  The   key may be used to toggle between the Process Code
information screens, if additional Process Codes are available for the selected Handler Id.  Mark
your Process  Code selection in the column on the left of the screen  with any alphanumeric
character and  press < ENTER > to display the Add/Update Screen 3.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          HID-69
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.8.3
           PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3
              RCRIS: Process Unit Add/Update Screen 3
                           Other Id:
                           Receipt Date OMDDYY):
 ******************************************************************************
 *************************
Handler Id: LAD008187080
Source ( A/E/S/R }:  E
      Cqmn Process. Process •
      Ind  Status  Code   Seq
           B     D80   1
                           Process •        Process •    Process  •
                           Amount     UOM Total Units Amount Type
                              159.700  A              IR
       Unit
        Id
              Unit
              Type
Process Unit Information
No. of      Unit Waste
Units       Capacity
                                            *************************
Unit-'
UOM
Unit Reg
Status
   Enter-Continue
   F6-Sereen 2
               F3-Exit
               F8-Help
   F4-Screen 1
   F9-Hext Punit
The "Process Unit Add/Update Screen 3" is used to add or update Process Unit information.
NOTE:  Process Units for a Process Code are a repeating group of which you may have one
or more Process Units for a select Process Code.

To add  Process Unit information not  previously  entered  into  RCRIS,    to the
corresponding field for which you wish  to enter  new Process Unit information and type the
information.  The Unit ID, Unit Type, Unit of Measure and Regulatory Status are required
fields. All of these fields, except for Unit ID, must correspond to a predetermined Process Unit
value. The Unit Id name is defined by the user and may be up to ten alphanumeric characters.
Valid values for any of these measures may be found by pressing   to display a series of
Help Screens.  If an invalid entry is made, RCRIS will display an error message listing the valid
values for that measure.

To change any of the Process Unit information, enter the Unit  ID for the information to  be
changed.  Press   to move to each  field and type in the current  or new information.
NOTE:  All fields must  be completed, with either new or current data,  to add or update the
existing Process Unit  information.

Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem Menu. To return to Add/Update
Screen 1, press  .  Press   to return to Screen 2.  Press   to display any
additional Process Unit information, if available for the selected Process Code.
11/92
                                     HID-70
                                                    RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

3.1.8.4       PROCESS UNIT DELETE SCREEN 1
                             R C R I S
         Database: K4DB.HSR
                              Handler
                     Handier Maintenance Subsystem
                 Process Codes
               +	.............	.....
               | Process Unit Total Maintenance Subsystem
                       Add/Update
                       Delete
                       Return to Previous Menu
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
               I Delete Owner/Operator
               j Return to Previous Menu
               I Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To delete  Process Unit information, choose the DELETE  option and press   to
display the "Process Unit Delete Screen 1".
                 RCRIS: Process Unit Delete Screen 1
        •on******************************************************************
            EPA Id:

         Source ( A/E/S/R  ):
 Other Id:

Receipt Date (HMDDYY):
 A*****************************************************************************  .
 * Enter-Continue                 '                           F3-Exit *
 •A****************************************************************************

The "Process Unit Delete Screen 1" is the first of three screens used to delete the Process Unit
information. NOTE: The Process Code information must be previously identified for a specific
Process Code through the PROCESS CODE option.

Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  Press   to move
between fields.  Enter a valid Handler Id and  Source Code.  The RECEIPT DATE field is
optional.  After you have entered the requested information, press   to display the
Delete Screen 2.
RCRIS 4.0.0
           HID-71
11/5*2

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.8.5
PROCESS UNIT DELETE
 »•«**«*»«********•*««***»*»••«••••••••***•*«**««**««««««>«***«
 *               RCRIS: Process Unit Delete Screen 2
 *********************************************»**************<
                                                      ****************
 ****************************** Delete Process Code ***************************
   Handler Id:  LAD008187080    Other Id:
   Source C A/E/S/R ):  E       Receipt Date (KMDOYY):
   Handler: DOU CHEMICAL CO LA DIV THE
    Street: HUT 1 & WOODLAUN RO          City:  PLAOUEHINE
   Select Ccxnn process Process
         ind  Status   Code  Seq
               B      D80    1
               B      S01    1
               8      S02    1
               8      T02    1
               8      T03    1
                   Process         Process    Process
                   Amount     UOM Total Units Amount Type
                      159.700  A                18
                    180000.000  G                IR
                    233373.000  G                IR
                   4824000.000
                       13.900
IR
IR
   Enter-Continue    F3-Exit  F4-Screen 1
                   PS-Help  F9-Next Process
 ********************************************************
                                                       i**************
The "Process Unit Delete Screen 2" is used to  select a specific Process Code/Amount Type
identified for a facility and delete the corresponding Process Unit information.  On entry to the
screen, RCRIS  displays the Handler ID, Name, location information, Source value, Receipt
Date, and the selected Process Code information.

Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  Press  to return to
the Delete Screen 1.   If you need additional information for any of the Process Code data, press
< F8 > for Help. The < F9 > key may be used to toggle between the Process Code information
screens, if additional Process Codes are available for the selected Handler Id.  Mark your
Process Code selection for deletion in the column on the left with any alphanumeric character
and press < ENTER > to display the Delete Screen 3.
11/92
                           HID-72
                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 3.1.8.6       PROCESS UNIT DELETE SCREEN 3
                          «*• > * « t « « 1 1 1 « * « •«««««««««
                RCRIS: Process Unit Delete Screen 3
Handler Id:  LAD008187080
Source ( A/E/S/R ):  E
                          Other Id:
                          Receipt Date (MODYY):
      Coora Process Process
      Ind  Status  Code   Seq
            B     080    1
                          Process         Process    Process
                          Amount    UGH Total Units Amount Type
                             159.700  A              IR
 *************************  process Unit Information  a************************
   Select    Unit    Unit   No. of      Unit Haste   . Unit    Unit Reg
            Id     Type   Units       Capacity     UOK    Status
         TEST
         TEST2
 A****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue
   F6-Sereen 2
 A*****************************************************************************
               F3-Exit   F4-Screen
               fB-Help   F9-Next Punft
The "Process Unit Delete Screen 3" is used to delete Process Unit information.  NOTE: The
Process Unit Information listed for the selected Process Code, must have been previously
identified through the PROCESS UNIT ADD/UPDATE screens.

Mark your Process Unit selection in the column on the left of the screen with any alphanumeric
character and press < ENTER > to complete the Process Unit deletion.  .

Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  To return to Screen 1 to
select another Process Code for deletion, press < F4 >. Valid values for any of these measures
may be found by pressing  to display a series of Help screens.  Press  to display
additional Process Unit information, if available.
3.1.9  ADD/UPDATE/DELETE RECEIPT DATES

The Add/Update/Delete Receipt Date maintenance function allows the User to add/update or
delete a Receipt Date from the system.  This should be used to add a receipt date, modify an
existing date, or delete an erroneous date.  To use this function, use the up/down arrow keys
to  highlight  the  ADD/UPDATE/DELETE  RECEIPT DATES option from  the Handler
Maintenance Subsystem menu and press < ENTER > to display the Receipt Date Screen 1.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                    HID-73
11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
                RCRIS: Add/Update/Delete Receipt Dates Screen 1 of 3
             EPA Id:              Other Id:

             Source ( N/A/E/S/R >:
 * Enter-Continue
F3-Exit
Enter  the  Handler ID and press  .   Enter the  Other ID, if applicable, and press
.  Enter the Source Code and press  < ENTER > to display the Receipt Date Screen
2.  NOTE:  The Source Code must match a source of information that was entered for this
facility previously.  .
 **»***********»**********»•**************»****»»**»»*»*»*»*
                RCRIS:  Add/Update/Delete Receipt Dates Screen 2 of 3
               A******************************
              EPA Id:  LAD008187080 Other Id:

              Facility Name: DOW CHEMICAL CO LA DIV THE

              Source (  N/A/E/S/R ): E
        Facility Hailing Address

      PO rax 150

      PLAQUEHINE
      LA 70765
          Facility Location Address

        HWY 1 & UOODLAUN RD

        PLAQUEHINE
        LA 70765
 * Enter-Continue
      F3-Exit
Screen  2 displays the Handler ID, the source information, facility mailing address, and the
facility location address for the record.  This screen does not allow for data entry.  Press < F3 >
to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  If the correct facility is displayed, press
             to display the Receipt Date Screen 3.
11/92
             HID-74
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
               RCRIS: Add/Update/Delete Receipt Dates Screen 3 of 3       *
        '**********************************************************************
              EPA Id:  LAD008187080 Other Id:

              Facility Mane:  DOU CHEMICAL CO LA OIV THE

              Source ( N/A/E/S/R ):.£..

               Receipt Dates (MMDDYY)
                   012986
 MM****************************
                                ****************************************
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit   F4-Exit Processing   F9- First    F10-Next      *
 it*****************************************************************************
 Screen 3 displays the Handler ID, Facility Name, and Source Code information.  It also displays
 all specified Receipt Dates for that Handler.

 Press   to move  to a blank  field.   To add  a new  Receipt Date,  type in  the date
 information in MMDDYY format and press < ENTER > . To update any of the existing Receipt
 Dates, type over erroneous date information and press < ENTER > . RCRIS automatically puts
 the Receipt Dates in chronological order, from latest Receipt Date to earliest Receipt Date.

 To delete any listed Receipt Date(s), press the   key or space bar to completely delete
 your selection.                 -

 After you complete your add/update and/or delete functions, press  to execute your
 selection(s) and return to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem  menu.

 Press  to exit to the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu.  To display the first set of
 receipt dates, press    and the first date will appear in the Receipt Date field.  Press
  to display the next set of receipt dates, if available.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-75
H/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.1.10
              DELETE OWNER/OPERATOR
The Delete Owner/Operator maintenance function allows the User to delete a Notification
Owner/Operator from the system. This should be used to delete an erroneous Owner/Operator
that was entered into Notification.  To use this function, highlight  "Delete Owner/Operator"
from the Handler Maintenance Subsystem menu and press < ENTER >.  The following screen
will appear.
 * RCRIS: Delete Owner/Operator Maintenance
           iPA ID:                    Other 10:
                                                      Screen 1 of 3 •
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                    F3-Quit Processing *
 * Enter-Continue                                    F3-Quit Processing *
 ******************************************************************************

To exit, press < F3 >. Enter the Handler ID and press < TAB >.. Enter the Other ID, if any,
and press < ENTER >. The following screen now appears.
 * RCRIS: Delete Owner/Operator Maintenance
                                                      Screen 2 of 3 *
 *
 *
         EPA ID: MS6210809871           Other ID:

         Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
         Facility MaiIing Address

       3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD

       VICKSBURG
       MS 39180
                                     Facility Location Address

                                   3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD

                                   VICKSBURG
                                   MS 39180
    View/delete Owner/Operator information for this Facility ID (Y,N) ? Y
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                    F3-Quit Processing *
To exit, press < F3 >.  To view or delete Owner/Operator information for this Facility ID, type
"Y" for Yes and press .  To choose another Facility ID, type "N" for No and press
< ENTER >.  Screen 1 will then appear.  If "Y" was selected, the next screen appears.
11/92
                                          HTO-76
RCRIS 4.0.0


-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
 ****•«••**«>***•«•»••***********************•*•********••********************•«
 * ROMS: Delete Owner/Operator Maintenance                  Screen 3 of 3 *
 •«••«***•«»»*«»«**•*****»••»•*•»*•*••*******•••*******«************«••»•*»*•*•
            EPA 10: MS6210809871
Other 10:
                           Owner   Information
       Name of Owner  : CORPS OF ENGINEERS
       Type of Owner  : f                   Phone: 6016342298

                          Address of  Owner
       Street: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
         City: VICKSBURG                 State: MS   Zip Code: 000039180
       Current/Previous Indicator: CO
Change Date (MKDDYY):
              Should this  Owner   record be deleted (Y/N) ? N
   Enter-Continue          F3-Exit                F5-Toggle Owner/Operator
   F6-Toggle Current/Previous       F9-First        FIO-Next
 ******************************************************************************
If an Owner is to be deleted, this screen appears.  To delete this Owner, type " Y" for Yes and
press  .  To not delete the record,  type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  Togo
to the first Owner,  press .  To move to the next Owner, press  .  To toggle
between the current Owner and the previous  Owner,  press .  To toggle between this
screen and the Operator screen, press .  This screen is shown below.
 ••a***************************************************************************
 * RCRIS: Delete Owner/Operator Maintenance                  Screen 3 of 3 *
 ft*****************************************************************************
            EPA ID:  HS6210809871
Other ID:
                          Operator  Information
       Name of Operator  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
       Type of Operator  F              .     Phone: 6016342298

                          Address of Operator
       Street: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
         City: VICKSBURG                State: MS   Zip Code:  000039180
       Current/Previous Indicator:  CP
Change Date (MKDDYY):
              Should this Operator  record be deleted (Y/N) ? N
   Enter-Continue           F3-Exit               FS-Toggle Owner/Operator
   F6-Toggle Current/Previous      F9-First       FIO-Next
 •A****************************************************************************
If an'Operator is to be deleted, this screen appears.  To delete this Operator, type "Y" for Yes
and press < ENTER>.  To not delete the record, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
go  to the first Operator, press .  To  move to the next Operator, press  .  To
toggle between  the  current Operator and the previous  Operator, press .  To toggle
between mis screen and the Owner screen, press < F5 >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
     HID-77
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
       VIEWING NOTIFICATION AND PART A DATA
                            RCRIS
                            Handler
        Database: K40B.MSR
                  ! Handler Id Main Selection Menu
                     Notification
                     Part A
                     Maintenance
                     Views
                     Reports
                     Calculate Handler Universes
                     Return to RCRIS Menu
Notification and Part A data previously entered in the system can be browsed by using the Views
option.  This option only allows for the display of the data, screen by screen, in the Notification
or Part  A format.  Users with Read Only security status can use this to view information on
screen.  To update Notification or Part A, see Sections 2.1 and 2.2 for more details.

To view Notification or Part A data, select "Views" from the Handler ID Main Selection Menu
and press < ENTER >.. The next screen appears.
            _i.—+
             ***  I
             .•>.   I
                           RCRIS
       j Database: K4DB.HSR
                            Handler
                      Handler View Main Menu
                  Notification
                  Part A
              I    Return to Previous Menu
              !    Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                  I  Calculate Handler Universes
                  !  Return to RCRIS Menu
To view Notification, select "Notification" and press < ENTER >.  To view Part A, select "Part
A" and press < ENTER >.   Selecting "Return to Previous Menu" and pressing  
returns you to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu.  Selecting "Return to RCRIS Main Menu"
and pressing < ENTER > returns you to the Main Menu.
11/92
HID-78
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 4.1    NOTIFICATION
 •               RCRIS: Notification View Screen 1 of 5                   *
 *«««»»»»»««•*»*•«••«««*«•«*«»»**••«*****«««•«*« > to***************************
            EPA Id: MS6Z10809871     Other Id:
            Source of Information (. N/E/S ):  N
 * Enter-Continue
                                                             F3-Exit  *
Use  to move between fields.  Enter the EPA ID and press  . Remember, the
EPA ID must already be in the  system.  If there is a another ID,  enter the ID and  press
 < TAB > .  Enter .the Source of Information and press < ENTER > .  The default value  is N.
N represents Notification.  E represents EPA Inspection or other EPA source. S represents State
Inspection or other State source.  The next screen appears.
ft*****************************************************************************
•               RCRIS: Notification View Screen 2 of 5                  *
******************************************************************************
•EPA Id: NS6210809871    Other Id:                 Merge Send: Y
•Date Received(NMDDYYYY):  030790   Source< N/E/S N Non-Notifier.Flag:
•Date Acknowledged (NKDDYYYY):             Send Acknowledgement: X
•Name of Installation:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•                   Installation Location Address
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:     VICKSBURG                   State:  MS    Zip: 39180
•County Code:  149     County Name:  WARREN
*                   Installation Mailing Address
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:     VICKSBURG                   State:
*                     Contact Information
•   Last Name       First Name          Title
• SHAFER          RICHARD
•Streets:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
•City:     VICKSBURG                   State:
•Land Type:
******************************************************************************
• Enter-Continue              F1-Previous Scr                F3-Exit     *
******************************************************************************
                                             MS    Zip:  39180
                                                 it

                                                   Phone  Address(H,L,0)
                                                6016342621      N

                                             MS    Zip:  39180
Press  to return to Screen 1.  Press  to exit.  Press < ENTER >  to continue to
the next screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                           HID-79
11/92

-------
                                                                       RCRIS USER GUIDE
 *               RCRIS: Notification View Screen 3 of 5                  *
 •a****************************************************************************
   EPA Id:  MS6210809871      Other Id:            Source:    N
   Ouncr Scoucncc limbers    2
   Ownership:  CORPS OF ENGINEERS
                                           Type of Owner:  f
                      Address of Owner/Operator


                                     State: MS Zip Code


   Current/Previous Indicator:  CO  Change Oate(MHDOYr):
Street: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
City:   VICKSBURG
Phone:  6016342298
      000039180
 I******************************************************
   Enter-Continue       F1-Previous Scr      F3-Ex?t
   F6-Prev. Owner      F8-Help          F9-First
                                             it*******************
                                               F5-Curr. Owner
                                             F10-Next
To view either set of owners, press the   function key for current owners and the 
function key for previous owners.  To scroll through each specific set of owners, use the < F9 >
and   function keys.  Press  to exit.  Press < ENTER > to continue.
                 RCRIS: Notification View Screen 4 of 5
unit w n ti n n n w w wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwirwir«iririMr«ir w •» wacw]
EPA Id: HS6210809871 Other Id:
»*• mi • • • n «r »• »irir»i»»inririri»«Mriririvir*»******
Source N
Waste Type RCRA Reg RCRA Reg State Reg ' State Reg
Activity: Status Desc Status Desc
Generator 1 R
Transporter
TSD X R
Burner/Blender
HWF Market to Burner HWF Other
OSO Market to Burner OSO other
SO ACT:




Market HWF Burner
Market - OSO Burner

Burner Type: Utility Boiler Industrial Boiler Furnace
Underground Injection Control:
Recycler:
Mode of Transportation: Air Rail
Other


Highway Water
h A A*** ****************** *************
 * Enter-Continue
               F1-Previous Scr
F3-Extt
F8-Help  *
 ******************************************************************************
Press   to go to the previous screen.   Press   to  exit.  Press < ENTER >  to
continue to the next screen.
11/92
                                    HID-80
                               RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                 RCRIS: Notification View Screen 5 of 5
         EPA Id:  NS6210809871  Other Id:

       Hazardous Haste Codes:  Specific/Mon
                    0000  D001    D002
                    F003  F004    F005
                    F008  F011    F012
                    K004  KOOS    K008
                    K014  K031    K035
                    K047  K048    K049
                    K061  K069    K071
                    K106  P011    P015
                    U003  U080    U112
                    UU5  U151    U154
                   Source:  N

       Specific/Comnercial/Chemical
        F001     F002
        F006     F007
        F024     JC001
        K011     K013
        K044     K046 -
        K050     K051
        K086     K098
        P092     U002
        U117     U122
        U188     U196
 •Coaments:
 *
 «««>«»»»«*««*»*»«*****«««***»*««»*»»*»**•«•*•*«••****>«>***««**«*****•••**•**
 •Enter-Id Screen
 *F8-Help
F1-Previous Scr
F9-First
F3-Exit
FIO-Hext
Use the   function key to view the beginning of the  list,  all codes will be  shown
alphabetically.  Use the  function key to refresh the screen with the next page of waste
codes, should any exist.  Press the  function key to exit. Press < ENTER > to continue.
4.2    PART A
 **************
                   ******«*l»*****»*»«n»****»»***»***** ************************
 *                 RCRIS: Part A View Screen 1 of 10                   *
 ******************************************************************************
 *
           EPA Id:
 Other Id:
                                                                   *
                                                                   *
                                                                   *
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                              F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
Press  to exit to the Handler View Main Menu. Press < TAB> to move between fields.
Enter the EPA ID and press  .  If there is another ID,  enter the Other ID and press
.
RCRIS 4.0.0
           HID-81
                                      11/92

-------
                                                                         RCRIS USER GUIDE
 - *******************
                                •«***•*•••»••«»««•«••««*»•*•**••*•***»•»«•«
                    RCRIS: Part A View Screen 2 of 10
   EPA Id: LAD053783445  Other Id:
                   Receipt Date(HMDDYY): 111980
   Name of Facility:  CIBA-GEIGY CORP
                         Facility Location Address
   Streets: 3905 HWt 75
   City:   ST GABRIEL                 State: LA    Zip Code:  70776
   County Code:  047   County Name: IBERVILLE
  Land Type: P Latitude: 3015110 Longitude: 09106330 Existence: 06261968
                         Facility Hailing Address   (MMDDYYY)
   Streets: PO BOX 11
   City:   ST GABRIEL                State: LA   Zip Code:  70776

                        Part A Contact Information                (M,L,0)
      Last Name       First Name         Title           Phone     Address
   FONTENOT        MARTIN-M        ENV ENGR        5046421100       N
 •Streets:  PO BOX 11
 •City:    ST GABRIEL                 State:  LA   Zip:    70776
       Enter-Continue
F1-Previous Screen
F3-Exit
Press  to return to View Screen  1.   Press   to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu.  Press < ENTER >  to continue to the next screen.
 •                  RCRIS: Part A View Screen 3 of 10                     *
 *****************«*1M***********************************«**«******************

                  EPA Id: LAD053783445      Other Id:
                          Operator Information
       Operator Sequence Number:     2
       Name of Operator: CIBA CEICY CORP
       Operator Type:    P   Phone: 9144783131

                          Address of Operator
       Street: 444 SAW HILL RIVER  ROAD
       City:  UNKNOWN                 State: NY Zip Code:   0000000

       Current/Previous Indicator:  CP  Change Oate(HHDDYY):
 • Enter-Continue  F1-Previous Screen   F3-Exit       F5-Curr. Operator
 • F6-Prev. Operator                    F9-First      FlO-Next
 •a****************************************************************************

Press   to,return to View  Screen 2.  Press  to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu.  To view either set of operators,  press   for  current operator and   for
previous operator. To scroll through each specific set of operators, use    and .
Press  < ENTER > to continue.
11/92
                    HID-82
                                     RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
 >l»l>*«*««»« ••«*••••••«
                   RCRIS: Part A View Screen 4 of 10
                  A**********************************
                  EPA Id: IAD053783U5      Other Id:
                         Owner Information
       Owner Sequence Nunber:    1
       Name of Owner: CIBA GEIGY CORP
       Type of Owner: P   Phone: 9144783131

                         Address of Owner
       .Street: 444 SAU MILL RIVER ROAD
       City:  ARDSLEY                State: NY Zip Code:   10502

       Current/Previous Indicator:  CO Change Date(HMDDYY):
   Enter-Continue    F1 -Previous Screen     F3-Exit    FS-Curr. Owner
   F6-Prev.  Owner                   F9- First        FIO-Next
Press    to return to View Screen 3.  Press   to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu. To view either set of owners, press  for current owner and  for previous
owner.  To scroll through each specific set of  owners, use    and  .  Press
 < ENTER > to continue.
 ••A***************************************************************************
 *                 RCRIS: Part A View Screen 5 of 10           .         *
 ft*****************************************************************************
                  EPA Id: LAD0537B3445   Other Id:

         Facility Name: CIBA-GEIGY CORP
 Primary:
  Other
SIC Codes:
             SIC Code
               4953
               2879
               2819
               2869
               2865
       Enter-Continue
                    F1-Previous Screen
F3-Exit
Press    to return to View Screen 4.  Press    to exit to the.Handler View Main
Menu.  Press  < ENTER > to continue to the next screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                       HID-83
                                           11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
 ****************************
                           »»«***************i
                                            »•••••>***••••*•**••••»**•**
                      RCRIS:  Part A View Screen 6 of 10
EPA Id: 1
Permit Type
S
S
R
N
K
L
Y
Q
Enter-Continue
.A0053783445 Other Id:
Permit Number Description
E 108/15/80
GO-232-I1
LAD053783U5
LA0005487
LA01295
00100LA01
007454H
19128000007
Fl-Previous Screen F3-Ex1t
F9-First FlO-Kext
******************************************************
Press   to return to View Screen 5.   Press  to exit to  the Handler View Main
Menu.  To scroll through each specific permit, use   to go to the first one and 
to the next permit.  Press < ENTER > to continue.
            f                                                            .-».«*.»
 a*****************************************************************************
 *                    Part A View Screen 7 of 10                       *
 a*****************************************************************************
                EPA Id: LAD053783445 Other Id:   .                      *
           Facility (ISO) Indicator (N,X):             X

           RCRA Regulatory Status (A, R, P or N):       R

           RCRA Regulatory status Description (1-7}:

           Cross Reference Id (If Regulatory Status-A):
     Enter-Continue   Fl-Previous Screen    F3-£xit
    ************************************************

Press    to return to View Screen 6.   Press  to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu.  Press  < ENTER > to continue to the next screen.
11/82
HID-84
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER roENTOTCATION MODULE
 •«*<••••«••«««»»**•*•«••***«**•••*«****«*«*«•••••***•*•*•••«•»*•«•««•*•••**•«*
                   RCRIS: Part A View Screen 8
*





EPA Id: LAD053783445 Other Id:
Comnercfal Process • Process Process
Indicator





Code
080
SOI
S02
$04
T03
Seq
1
1
1
1
1
Amount
92.901
28000.000
2516000.000
5000000.000
1.000
UOM
A
G
G
G
0
Total Units





       Enter-Continue     F1-Previous Screen     F3-Exft                 *
                        F9-Mext Process                               *
 it*****************************************************************************
Press    to return to View Screen  7.  Press   to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu. To scroll through the next Process Code, press  . Press  < ENTER > to continue.
 ******************************************************************************
 *                 RCRIS: Part A View Screen 9 of 10                .   *
 ******************************************************************************
            EPA Id:  LAD053783445  Other Id:

     Waste      Waste      Waste  Waste Amount         Waste
   Stream No.     Amount     UOM      in Tons        Description
        IT
       Please List all Waste Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                0001 -
  •A**************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue F1-Prev^ Screen  F3-Exit   F5-F5rst Waste Stream
   F6-Mext Waste Stream           F9-First Waste Code   FIO-Next Waste Code
 it****************************************************************************

Press    to return to View Screen 8.  Press   to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu.  The  function key takes you to waste stream Number 1.  The   function
key will take you to the next waste stream. To view all waste codes for the  applicable waste
stream use the   function key to move to the first screen of waste codes, then use the
   function  key to scroll through  each subsequent screen  of  waste codes.   Press
 < ENTER >  to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-85
11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
••MM**************************
                   RCRIS: Part A View Screen 10 of 10
                                                      k********M
 *»»«**«****»»*»***••******** *****************************i
            EPA Id:  LA0053783445  Other Id:
     Waste      Waste      Waste  Waste Amount        Waste
   Stream No.     Amount      UOH      in Tons        Description
        1                   T
       Please List all Process Codes Associated with this Waste Stream
                D81  501      S02  T04
       Comment:
 ********************lHr*************«**»i
                                    »*»*»*********************»»»»»»»*»**
   Enter-Continue F1-Prev. Screen  F3-Exit   F5- First Waste Stream
   F6-Next Waste Stream              F9- First Process    FIO-Next Process
 a*****************************************************************************
Press    to return to View Screen 9.  Press   to exit to the Handler View Main
Menu.    takes you to waste stream Number 1. The  function key will take you
to the next waste stream.  To view all waste codes for the  applicable waste stream,  use the
  function key to move to the first screen of waste codes, then use the  function
key to scroll through each subsequent screen of waste codes.   Press  < ENTER > to continue.
11191
HTO-86
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

5     REPORTS
                            RCRIS
                             Handler
        Database: K4DB.KSR
                    Handler Id Main Selection Menu
                     Notification
                     Part A
                     Maintenance
                     Views
                     Reports
                     Calculate Handler Universes
                     Return to RCRIS Menu
The reports section of the Handler module offers a variety of reports. They are to assist you
in reviewing the status and activities applicable to one or more handlers.  Menu options can be
selected two ways.  The first letter of the option in the menu can  be typed and then press
< ENTER >.   Another way of selecting a menu option is to use the arrow up/down keys to
highlight the selection and then pressing < ENTER >.
                            RCRIS
             ....4

              ***!
                         Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: K40B.MSR                 Ver: 4.#.# ##/##/## j
                    j Select Handler Report Option j

                    I  Customized Handler Reports j
                    j  TabletaU               j
                    |  Return to Previous menu    j
                    !  Return to RCRIS Main Menu  |
                    +	.	'	+
                   j  Return to RCRIS Menu        J
After selecting "Reports" from the Handler ID Main Selection Menu the next screen is the Select
Handler Report Option Menu. There are two types of reports available in this module:

       o     Customized Handler Reports providing a comprehensive set and format of handler
             data. Various predetermined selection criteria are available to you to customize
             your report.

       o     Tabletalk - FOCUS reports that allow you to create  "on-the-spot"  customized
             reports.  Consult the FOCUS manuals for information regarding Tabletalk.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-87
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1    CUSTOMIZED HANDLER REPORTS
                                      RCRIS
                                    Welcome to RCRIS
                              Environmental Protection Agency
                    Database: KZHQ.ARR                 Ver: *.#.# **/##/##
                             Handler General Reports Menu System
                             Dump Reports
                             Activity Report
                             Form Letter Report
                             Acknowledgement Report
                             Label Report
                             Facility History
                             Potential TSD  Universe Data
                             Universe Data - All Facilities
                             Return to previous Menu
                             Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Selecting the "Customized Handler Reports" option allows you to customize your own report
for one or more handlers. There are eight reports that RCRIS will guide you through with a
series of screens to select the report criteria.
5.1.1  DUMP REPORTS MENU
                                      RCRIS
                                    welcome to RCRIS
                              Environmental Protection Agency
                    Database: K4DB.MSR                 Ver: «.#.#









Ham
H
Du
Ac
Fo
Ac
La
Fa
Un
Un
Re
Re
+ —

4
Her General Reports Menu System
Handler Dump Selection Menuj ~
Handler 1 File - All Data
Contact Segment
Owner/Operator Segment
SIC Code Segment
Other Permits Segment
Source/Activity Segments
Waste Segment
Process Segment
All Segments
Return to Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
t
i

i


j
i
i
i
i









j -+
j

Select the "Dump Reports" option from the Handler General Reports Menu System and press
< ENTER >.  The Handler Dump Selection Menu will provide you with a data dump of all
handlers or selected handlers from the HANDLER! and HANDLER2 databases. After making
your menu selection the following screen will appear.
11/92
HID-88
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
 ********<»**»<«**1M»***«M***«»***»***»M************* •»•*•*****•******»•»*•**

                    RCR1S: Handler Selection Screen 1

                    i*********************************
             •****••*•*******************»•******•****•**•*•**
                Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1.  Individual Handler
                     2.  All Handlers
                     3.  Universe of Handlers
                     4.  File of Handlers

                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
             A************************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 **1M****************************A*********************************************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

If you choose the Individual Handler option, RCRIS displays the Handler Selection Screen 2.
Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

If you choose the option for All Handlers, press < ENTER > and RCRIS  moves directly to the
Mainframe Report Destination screen or the PC Device Selection screen.

The Universe of Handlers option allows  you to select a specific universe of handlers on the
Handler Selection Screen 2. Mark your universe selection with an 'X' and press < ENTER >
to move to the Mainframe  Report Destination screen or the PC Device Selection screen.

The File of Handlers options displays the Handler Selection Screen 2.  Enter the selected
Handler filename for your report.  The filename must not exceed 36 characters, including quotes
and a member name (if a pds). Press < ENTER >  to move to the mainframe Select a Report
Destination  screen or the PC Device Selection screen.

After you have entered all the requested information on the Handler Selection  Screen 1 screens,
RCRIS displays the Select A Report Destination screen below is displayed on the Mainframe.
The following overview will guide you through  this screen as you compile your reports.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-89
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
                         RCRIS
                 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                      *
                      *
                      *
 it***************
                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                 1. VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                 2. SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                 3. SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                 4. RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                 R. RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                    ENTER SELECTION »
Option one allows you to View the Report on the Screen.

Choose option two to Send the Report to the Fruiter.  RCRIS will prompt you to designate
the number of the printer where you want your report sent.

If you wish to Send the Report to a File, choose option three.

Option four allows you to Run the Report in Batch. NOTE: Due to the extensive amount of
time required to run a report, and the capacity of the RCRIS system to generate a lot of reports,
whenever possible you should run your report in batch. This option allows you to continue
working while the job is being processed; a message will appear on the screen indicating that
the report is being processed.          .                     '

If you want to abort the processing of your report and return to the Handler Dump Selection
Menu, press 'R.'

After you have entered all the requested information on the Handler Selection Screen 1 screens,
RCRIS displays the Device Selection Screen below is displayed on the PC.
11/92
HID-90
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                          RCR1S: DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                                 1 * Screen
                                 2 « Printer
                                 3 = File

                              Enter Your Selection =
                   Enter-Continue
                                           F4-Exit
To view the report on the screen type * 1* and press < ENTER >. You can page through the
report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys. To
send the report to your printer, type '2' and press .  You can also have the option
to save the report to a file for later use. To save to a file type '3* and press < ENTER >. The
system will ask you for a file name. This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of
eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well For example:  C:\FILENAME
or ArFILENAME.
5.1.1.1
HANDLER SELECTION SCREEN 2
The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed, on the PC, after selecting option one from
"Handler Selection Screen 1". Enter the requested information and press  to move
to the "HID Device Selection Screen" where you indicate where you want,the report printed or
stored.
                  RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 2
                 Enter Handler ID:
        Enter-Continue
                                F4-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0
                        HID-91
11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1.1.2
HID FILE SELECTION
The HID File selection Screen is only displayed, on the PC, if you select option three (File) on
the HID Device Selection Screen.
NOTES;
             To enter the file name for which you want to store your customized report, type
             the appropriate file name and press  < ENTER >.

             After the report is stored in the selected file, RCRIS will return you to Handler
             ID Report Generator Screen 1.
               RCRIS: HID FILE SELECTION SCREEN
        Enter-Continue
                                F4-Exit
11/92
                         HID-92
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

5.1.1.3      MAINFRAME REPORT DESTINATION
                                      •A*****************************
 *                       R C R I S                             *
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    *
 »                                                        .   *
                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1.  VIEU THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH .

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
On the mainframe, the above screen appears.  To view the report on the screen, type "1" and
press .  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and
press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a file, type "3" and press < ENTER >.  To run the
report in batch, type "4" and press < ENTER >. To return to the previous menu, type "R" and
press .

If Hie report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 *                      R c R i s                             *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/«#/## *
 *•                                              TIME: ##:##   *
 *****************************************************************************

                -  ENTER FILE NAME


                  NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »


                  CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y       (M FOR MENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press  < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N"  for No and press . To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-93                                  11/92

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE
The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                        AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
                                                                   *            *
AAA represents the User's TSO ID.  BBBB represents the User's TSO Logon  account.
XXXXXXXX represents the file name.  Only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed.

After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press  < ENTER > to continue.
11/92
HID-94
RCRIS 4.0.0'

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.
 *                       R c R i s                       .      •
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                VERSION  4.#.«  mimim           TIME: ##:##   *
                  ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
.COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C80Z
» N3
» 1 •

» 1
» 59
                  FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                  CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y
Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press < TAB >.  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box  number and press .  Enter the destination  and press
.  Enter the number of copies and press . If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press < TAB >, then enter the seconds
and press .  The default values are 1 minute and 59 seconds, this should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter "Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press .  The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.  To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue  field and press < ENTER >. To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press < ENTER >.                        .

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.


 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPTCJOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE. THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER > to continue.
                                                                                  it MfcVft'
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-95                                  11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1.2  ACTIVITY
Select "Activity" from the Handler General Reports Menu and press  < ENTER >.  The next
screen will appear.
 •••«>*»«»••**•*•«««««*•«•••••«••••«•««««»»
  ****************************************************************************
                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
             ••*»»»««*****••»»*••**•**•*•**********»**********

                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1. Individual Handler
                     2. All Handlers
                     3. Universe of Handlers
                     4. File of Handlers

                  Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
             »***»»*****»***********»«****»•*•»************
 A******************************
                                                           >*******
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
           •A****************************************************************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.
 "   =                      f
       o      All Handlers: The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o      Universe of Handlers:  The  "Handler Selection  Screen 2" is displayed if you
              select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected
              group of handlers belongs in.

       o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers  Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list  of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.                                                       .

Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.
11/92
HID-96
RCRIS 4.0.6

-------
HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                 RCRIS: HID DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                         1 « Screen
                         2 • Printer
                         3 = File

                     Enter Your Selection =
         Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
On the PC, to view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press  < ENTER >.  You can page
through  the report either  by using  the  < ENTER >  key  or by using the  and
  keys.  To send to your printer type <2> and press .  You also have
the option to save the report to a file for later use. To save to  a file type < 3 >  and press
 < ENTER >.  The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose
to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example:
C:\FILENAME or AiFILENAME.   See  Section 5.1.1.3  for  mainframe device selection
information.
5.1.3  FORM LETTER

Select "Form Letter Report" from the Handler General Reports Menu and press < ENTER >,
The next screen will appear.
 ***************
                            **********************************************
                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
  ****************************************************************************
             *************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate' a Report for:

                     1. Individual  Handler
                     2. All Handlers
                     3. Universe of Handlers
                     4. File of Handlers
                     5. Date Selection       •

               Please Enter 1, 2, 3,  4, or 5:
             *************************************************
  A***************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-97
11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE


Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:
                                                                                 >

       o     Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one

             was  selected above.  Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER >  to

             continue.


       o     All Handlers: The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option  two.

             This screen is used to direct your report to a device.


       o     Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed if you

             select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected

             group of handlers belongs in.


       o     File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.

             This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs

             you want a report on.


       o     Date Selection:  Enter the date  for the acknowledgement  in the YYMMDD

             format.  For example, June 17, 1991 would be 910617.


Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS

will move you to the next screen.


ENTER TEXT LINES- TAB KEY  TO MOVE BETWEEN LINES -PRESS ENTER AT END

 1.
 2.
 3.                                 .                            .
 4.                                                '
 5.                            .                                               .  -
 6.
 7.
 8.
 9.
 10.
 11.
 12.
 13.
 14.  .                                                         .
 15.
 16.
 17.
 18.

Enter the acknowledgement text. Use   to move between lines.  Press < ENTER >  to

continue to the next screen.
11/92
HTO-98
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
               RCRIS: HID DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                      1 « Screen
                      2 = Printer
                      3 = File

                   Enter Your Selection =
        Enter-Continue
       F4-Exit
 On the PC, to view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press < ENTER >.  You can page
 through the report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys;  To send to your printer type <2> and press .  You also have the
 option to save the report to a file for later use.   To save to a file type <3>  and press
 < ENTER >. The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose
 to a maximum of eight characters., Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example:
 C:\FTLENAME or A:FILENAME.... See Section 5.1.1.3 for mainframe device selection
 information.
5.1.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REPORT

Select "Acknowledgement Report"  from the Handler  General  Reports Menu and press
 .  The next screen will appear.                    •    •  '-   .
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-99
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
 ft**********************
                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
                Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1.  individual Handler
                     2.  All Handlers
                     3.  Universe of Handlers
                     4.  File of Handlers
                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
            •a***********************************************
                                                   *****«»*******»
  **»***»»»*******»1HH»»»»***»*********«******«»«***«******
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 ********************<
                       »**********«*»*«»1M>1>«********«**«*******************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o      All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o      Universe  of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed if you
              select option three.  This screen is  used to  indicate the universe your selected
              group of handlers belongs in.

       o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.

Type tiie number of the selection and press < ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.
11/92
HID-100
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER roENnFTCAlTON MODULE
 •'   '                    R C R I S                          (    *
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/**/## *
 *                 VERSION  4.*.*  m/m/m           TINE: m-.m   *
 **M**********««* A***********************************************************

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FINAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
>> 1

» 1
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   {SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y
Use   to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press . The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.  Enter the User's box number and press .   Enter the destination and press
 < TAB >.  Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >.  If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press . The default values are 1 minute arid 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter "Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.  To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue field and press < ENTER >. The next screen appears. To
discontinue, enter ."N" for No and press .
 *                        R c R i s                              *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                 VERSION *.#.#  mimm         .   TIME: m-.m   *
 ft****************************************************************************
                   SPECIAL FORM INFORMATION
                   FORM ID        »

                   FORM NAME       »
  F1=HELP     F2=SPLIT    F3=ENO      F4=RETURN   F5=RFIND     F6=RCHANGE
  F7=UP      F8=DOWN     F9=SWAP    F10=LEFT    F11=RIGHT    F12=RETRIEVE
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-101                                   11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE

NOTE:  The preceding screen displays only sample data (i.e., do not enter ACKS).  All the
information on the Acknowledgement Special Form is implementer-defined and, your appropriate
form id and form name descriptions can be obtained from your Regional DBAs.

To complete the form, first enter the Form ID and press < TAB >. Then, enter the Form Name
and  press  < ENTER >.   The report will now be submitted as a batch job and the following
system message appears.
 1KJ56250I  JOB EPURPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB  SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER > to continue.
5.1.5  LABEL

Select "Label" from the Handler General Reports Menu and press  < ENTER >.   The next
screen will appear.
 •A****************************************************************************

                     RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
                     **********************************
             *************************************************

                 Dp You Vish to Generate a Report for:

                      1.  Individual Handler
                      2.  All Handlers
                      3.  Universe of Handlers
                      4.  File of Handlers

                  Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
             ••••••••••A**************************************
  A***************************************************************************
         Enter-Continue
         F4-Exit
 ••••••A***********************************************************************
11/92
HID-102
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o     Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o     All Handlers: The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o     Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed.if you
              select option  three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected
              group of handlers belongs in.

       o     File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.

 Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, RCRIS
 will move you to the next screen.

             Please Enter Type of Labels You Wish to Use.                                       ;
                    1-Up Small Form: 2301
                    3-Up Small Form: 2303
                    3-Up Large Form: 2305

            Label form Selection:  2301
        PF4 to abort and return to menu, or press ENTER to proceed -
Enter the label form size and press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-103                                  11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
            Please Enter Contact Type You Wish to Selection
                  -  A: Part a Data
                    E: Emergency Information
                    F: Fee Information
                    N: Notification Data
                    ft: Biennial Report Data
                  G-N: Implementor Defined
                    2: All Contact Types,

            Contact Type Selection:  Z
       PF4 to abort and return to menu, or press ENTER to proceed -
Biter the contact type and press < ENTER >.
                RCRIS: HID DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                  j    1 = Screen'
                  j    2 • Printer
                  I    3 = file

                  | Enter Your Selection
 i
Enter-Continue
F4-Exit
On the PC, to view the report on the screen type T and press < ENTER >.  You can page
through the report either by  using the  < ENTER > key or by using the   and
 keys.  To send to your printer type <2>  and press .  You also have
the option to save the report to a file for later use.  To save to a file type <3> and press
< ENTER >.  The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose
to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example:
C:\FDLENAME or ArFILENAME.  See  Section 5.1.1.3 for mainframe device selection
information.
11/52
                               HID-104
                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 5.1.6  FACILITY HISTORY
                                       v

 Select "Facility History" from the Handler General Reports Menu and press < ENTER >. The
 next screen will appear.          •


                    Enter selections (TAB through fields; Press. ENTER when finished.
                    Select 1-3 states

                                                 (All blank for all states.)
                  Select facility types (at least one). Enter x for types desired.           ;

                    j	Calculated Universes	J  j— As notified -j
                    Land Store/Trt Incin. , LOG   SQG Trans    Gen-3  BBL
                   Select sort order.  Choices: (S)tate. (H)ame, (DO. (D)istrict
                    (If you select one state,    1st       2nd      . 3rd                    ,
                    S is still first sort.)     S        N                  '   . ,
                        (PF04 to abort, return to menu.} Press ENTER to proceed.

Press   to move between the fields.  Press < ENTER > only when you have finished
making all your selections.   Enter up to three State  Codes using the  key to move
across the field.  If all fields are blank, then the RCRIS default is all states.  Select at least one
facility type by marking the field with an 'X.'  Select the sort order by typing 'S' for State, 'N'
for Name, T for ID, and 'D' for District.  There are three sort orders.  Press  < ENTER > to
proceed.
                             RCRIS:  DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                               +....--.....................
                               !     1  * Screen
                               j     2  • Printer
                               |     3  = File.
                               !               "        i
                               |  Enter  Your Selection s  .j
                    Enter-Continue            j                 F4-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0                           HID-10S                                   11/92'

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE

On the PC, to view the report on the screen type T and press .  You can page
through the  report either by  using the < ENTER > key or by  using the  and
 keys.  To send to your printer type '2' and press < ENTER >.  You also have the
option  to  save the report to  a  file for later use.   To  save to a file type '3'  and press
< ENTER >. The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose
to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example:
C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.   See Section  5.1.1.3 for mainframe device selection
information.
5.1.7 POTENTIAL TSD - UNIVERSE DATA

Select the POTENTIAL TSD-UNIVERSE DATA option from the Handler General Reports
Menu and press < ENTER >.

On the MAINFRAME, RCRIS displays the "Select A Report Destination" screen.
 •A****************************************************************************
 *                      RCRIS                            *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                   *
 *                                                         .*
 I******************************************************************************

                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                 1.  VIEU THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                 2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                 3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                 4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                 R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                    ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER>. To send the report to a
file,  type "3" and press < ENTER >.   To run the report in batch, type  "4"  and press
.  To return to the previous menu, type "R"  and press < ENTER>.
11/92
HID-106
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.

 *****************************************************************************
 •                      R C R I $                            *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY       DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                      -                      T1HE: ##:##   *
 *****************************************************************************

                  ENTER FILE NAME

                  NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »                 .

                  CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y       (M FOR MENU)
    . -                                                        •>


 Biter the file name and press  .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
 field and press .   To discontinue, type "N"  for No and press  < ENTER >.  To
 discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press .

 The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

 Where:
      AAA is the User's TSO ID,
      BBBB is the User's TSO Logon account and,                               .
      XXXXXXXX is the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE.  . .
Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         HID-107                                11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

 I*****************************************************************************
 *                       RCRIS                             *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: *#/##/#**
 *                VERSION  *.#.#  m/mim           TIME: ##:*#   *
                                    *>»»«
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y
Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press . The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box number and press  .  Enter the destination and press
< TAB >.  Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >. If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press .  The default values are 1 minute and 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter "Y" for Yes in the FILE OPTION
field and press .  The default value is  "N" for No, send report to the device.  To
continue, enter "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE field and press < ENTER >. To discontinue,
enter "N" for No and press < ENTER >.

After pressing , the following message appears on the screen.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPTCJOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER > to continue.
11/92
HID-108
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

 On the PC, RCRIS displays the "Device Selection Screen".
                          ACRES:  DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                                1 " Screen  •
                                2 « Printer
                                3 = File

                             Enter Your Selection =
                  Enter-Continue
                                                      F4-Exit
 To view the report on the screen type "1" and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the
 report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys. To
 send to your printer type "2" and press  < ENTER >.  You also have the option to save the
 report to a file for later use.  To save to a file type "3" and press < ENTER >.  The system will
 ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight
 characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example: C:\FTLENAME or
 A:FILENAME.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-109
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1.8  UNIVERSE DATA - ALL FACILITIES
Select "Universe Data - All Facilities"  from the Handler General Reports  Menu and press
            •.  The next screen will appear.
             •*•»•••**********»•••••**»•**•*••*****•*****************«*••••**•*******<

                                RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
             **•*******************••*••«••************************»•»»••••»*******•******
                        «««««**»••>>••*•••••******»»******•»•******•••••>
                            Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                                 1.  Individual Handler
                                 2.  All Handlers
                                 3.  Universe of Handlers
                                 4.  File of Handlers

                             Please Enter 1, 2, 3,  or 4:
                        *************************************************
              »***************»***»**»•»»»**»•*»*•
                    Enter'Continue
   *****************************************
    *                F4-Exit
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o      All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o      Universe  of Handlers:   The "Handler Selection  Screen 2" is displayed  if you
              select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected
              group of handlers belongs in:

       o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you  selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.

Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.
11/92
HID-110
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE

      This report shows all data used by the universe calculation -

      All sources: state, EPA, Part A, Notification.
      Select one facility name or part of name (no embedded-blanks)
        - Or leave blank to use only previous selected items -

       •Name:
      If you're in the Merge database, choose one state:
                                             PF4 to abort
                                             Enter to proceed
 Use < TAB > to move between fields.  Select the source and press < TAB >. Enter the facility
 ID or name of the facility and press < ENTER >.  Part of a name is allowed, but embedded
 blank spaces are not.  If you are in the Merged Database, enter one State Postal Code.  Press
 < ENTER >. Your report will  now proceed.
                RCR1S: HID DEVICE SELECTION SCREEN
                       1 « Screen
                       2 * Printer
                       3 = File

                    Enter Your Selection
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
On the PC, to view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press  < ENTER >.  You can page
through the report either by using the   key or by using the   and
 keys. To send to your printer type <2> and press .  You also have
the option to save  the report to a file for later use.  To save to  a file type <3> and press
< ENTER >.  The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose
to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example:
C:\F1LENAME or ArFILENAME.  See Section  5.1.1.3  for  mainframe device selection
information.                                      -       ;•
RCRIS 4.0.0
HED-111
11/92
                                                                                          if.U

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
       CALCULATE UNIVERSES
On entry to the Handler ID Main Selection Menu, RCRIS provides seven options.  The sixth
option, CALCULATE HANDLER UNIVERSES, is selected by highlighting this option using
the up/down arrow keys and pressing < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu.
                       Report Processing Menu

                        Run Batch Job
                        Run Online Job
                        Exit Report Program
On the mainframe, there are two ways to process the calculation of universes.  The first way
is to process online, the way PC RCRIS does in real-time. The second way is process in batch,
where a JCL file is sent to  SDSF for off-line processing.
6.1    BATCH PROCESSING ON THE MAINFRAME

To process the Universe calculations in batch, select the Run Batch Job option from the Report
Processing Menu and press  < ENTER > to display the "Handler Universe Calculation Screen
1".

 »*«****«»**********(«•*************»«**********************************»*»****
 •              RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1           *
 ***•*«»»«******«**»•••*•»»*»**«****»**************************««*«*«***
               Do you want to Calculate Universes for:
                1. The Whole Database
                2. A Particular state
                     SELECTION:
 (MERGE only):
            Universes Were Last Calculated:  10/15/92    15.24.46
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                           F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
Type "1" to calculate The Whole Database, and press < ENTER >.  If the database is the
Merged Database, a particular State can be calculated. Type "2" to calculate A Particular State
and enter the State Postal, then press < ENTER >.  Notice that the date and time of the last
Universe calculation is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
11/92
HID-112
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                                    ***********************
 *               RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation                   *
 ••a***************************************************************************
        Submitting Batch Job to Calculate Universes For All Handlers
                         Hit ENTER to Continue
 * Enter-Continue    .                                F3-Cancel Submit *
 ft*****************************************************************************
The batch job is now ready to be submitted.  Press  to cancel the submission and exit
to the Handler Id Main Selection Menu.  Press < ENTER >  to continue the processing.
                          RCRIS
                  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                   VERSION  *.#.*  m/m/m
                 DATE: *#/##/## *
                 TIME: ##:##    *
                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
                   FIMAS ID
                   PRIORITY
                   BOX NUMBER
                   DESTINATION
                   COPIES
                   TIME ==>
                       MINUTES
                       SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » Y   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y
Press  to move between fields.  Enter the FIMAS ID.  Enter the processing priority,
"1"  is low priority  and "2" is high priority.   Enter the User's Box  number and the device
destination.  Enter the number of copies of the report to be printed.  (It is recommended that
only 1 copy should be selected for calculating universes.)  Enter the maximum amount of CPU
time that the job  will run, the parameters are minutes and seconds.  The  default value is 1
minute and 59 seconds.  Enter "Y" for Yes in the FILE OPTION field if you want to save the
report to a file.  The default value for this field is  "N" for No.  When  all fields have been
entered,  press  < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
      HID-113
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
 1KJ562501 JOB XXXUCALC(JOB06801) SUBMITTED       '
 RECORD JOB NUNBER ABOVE AND PRESS  TO CONTINUE >
This message verifies that the job has been submitted for processing in batch. Record the job
number for tracking in SDSF.  Press < ENTER > to continue.  When "***" appears on the
screen, press < ENTER > again.

If you choose the FILE OPTION, you will need to enter the file name.
 *****************************************************************************
 *                       R C R 1 S                              *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                VERSION  4.#.#  m/m/m           TIME: m-.m   *
wmww m mm •««««»w»www wwwww»wwwwwwwwwwwwwwirwwwirwirwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww»w»wwwwwwwwwww
ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME «»>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » Y   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y

                   ENTER'FILE NAME (XXXXXXXX)
The file name can only have eight characters.  The naming convention is as follows:

                           AAABBBB.FILENAME.REPORT

Where:
       AAA is the User's TSO ID,
       BBBB is the User's TSO account,
       and FILENAME is the User defined name of the file.

After typing the name of the file,  press < ENTER > and the following message appears:
 IKJ562501 JOB EPUUCALCCJ0811554) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE EPWRCRT.HCALC.REPORT
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
This message verifies that the job has been submitted for processing. Record the job number
for tracking in SDSF.  Note that the name of the file is also displayed.  Press < ENTER > to
continue.
11/92
HID-114
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER roENTEFlCATION MODULE

 6.2   ONLINE PROCESSING ON THE MAINFRAME

 To process the Universe calculations online, select the Run Online Job option from the Report
 Processing Menu and press < ENTER > to display the "Handler Universe Calculation Screen
 1".          ..                 .                        ,             '
 6.2.1  HANDLER UNIVERSE CALCULATION SCREEN 1 .

 The "Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1" provides four options to generate universes for
 transporters, large quantity generators, small quantity generators, land disposal, incinerators, and
 storage/treatment facilities.  On entry to the screen, RCRIS displays the date and time universes
 were last calculated.
                RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1
               Do you want to Calculate Universes for:

                1. The Whole Database

                2. The Updated Handlers only (Not Available On MERGE)

                3. A Particular Handler ID  (Not Available On MERGE)

                4. A Particular State      (MERGE only):  '

                     SELECTION:

            Universes Were Last Calculated:
 (  Enter-Continue
                 F3-Exit
There are four different options to calculate Handler Universes:"       ;     '

       o     The Whole Database - By typing "1" for the first option,  "The  Whole
             Database", RCRIS will-initiate a process which will calculate universes for each
             handler in the RCRIS database.  The length of time required for this process will
             be directly proportional to the number of handlers in the database. Thereafter,
             selecting Option 2, "The  Updated Handlers Only", or Option 3,  "A Particular
             Handler ID", are the recommended selection options. After selecting this option,
             press < ENTER > and RCRIS will bring you to the Handler Universe Calculation
             Screen.      .
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-11S
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

              The  Updated Handlers Only -  By typing "2" for the second option, "The
              Updated Handlers Only*, RCRIS will initiate a process which will calculate
              universes for each handler that has been updated by data entry since the last time
              universes were calculated. It is advisable to select this option prior to generating
              reports that show universes or prior to the Data Base Administrator extracting
              data for the Merged Database. After selecting this option, press < ENTER > and
              RCRIS will bring you to the Handler Universe Calculation Screen.

              A Particular Handler ID - By typing "3" for the third option, "A Particular ID",
              RCRIS will move you to the "Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1" where you
              can input the Handler.ID of the Handler you desire to calculate a universe (see
              section 6.2.1 for a more detailed explanation).

              A Particular State - By typing "4" for the fourth option, "A Particular State",
              RCRIS will execute universe calculations for that particular State.  NOTE: This
              can only be done on the Merged Database.
 ******************************************************************************
 *              RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation                   *
                                  *************************************
 •a***********************************
        Submitting Batch Job to Calculate Universes For All Handlers
                        Hit ENTER to Continue
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue          •                         F3-Cancel Submit *
Press  to exit to the Handler Id Main Selection Menu and cancel the submission. If you
wish to continue the universe calculations, press  < ENTER >.
6.2.2  HANDLER UNIVERSE SELECTION SCREEN 2

The "Handler Universe Calculation Screen 2" is displayed only if option "3",  "A Particular
Handler ID", was selected on the "Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1".
                                       HID-116
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 HANDLER IDENTIFICATION MODULE
                 RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation Screen 2
                inter Handler Id:
 * Enter-Continue                                          F3-Exit *
 ****  to exit  to  the  Handler Id Main Selection  Menu and  cancel  the  universe
 calculations. On entry to the screen, type the Handler Id of the handler you wish to calculate
 a universe and press < ENTER > to execute the processing. RCRIS then calculates the universe
 for the selected Handler.  On completion, the screen reappears allowing you to input another
 Handler ID. After entering the last ID, press < F3 > to return to the Handler ID Main Selection
 Menu.

 NOTE:  If FOCUS Error 415 (FOC415) appears on the screen, check your data.  The Handler
 1 file is not in the Handler! file.  You must delete the handler or add in the handler to correct
 the data.  To  verify the universe process, the Handler Activity Report should be  run.  This
 report displays the activity and universe fields.
RCRIS 4.0.0
HID-117
11/92

-------
                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
                THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11/92
HID-118
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------

-------

-------
PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    THE PERMTITING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE MODULE	  1
     1.1   INTRODUCTION	 1
     1.2   KEY TERMS	 2
     1.3   FUNCTION KEYS	 3
     1.4   USING PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE 		  3
          1.4.1 DATA ENTRY	 .		 3
          1.4.2 REPORTING		 3
          1.4.3 UTILITIES	 4
     1.5   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE	. . . .	 4
     1.6   EMPLEMENTER OF RECORD (IOR)	• . '.	  4
     1.7   MERGED DATABASE		 4

2    DATA ENTRY OPERATIONS	 5
     2.1   UNIT GROUP DATA ENTRY	 5
          2.1.1 UNIT GROUP HANDLER ID	6
          2.1.2 UNIT GROUP PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER  	  7
          2.1.3 UNIT GROUP PERMIT AUTHORITY		  8
          2.1.4 UNIT GROUP ADD/UPDATE . . .	  9
     2.2   EVENT DATA ENTRY .	. i	10
          2.2.1 EVENT HANDLER ID	 .	10
          2.2.2 EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER	  11
          2.2.3 EVENT PERMIT AUTHORITY  . .	11
          2.2.4 EVENT ADD/UPDATE	12
          2.2.5 EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING	13
          2.2.6 PERMnTTING:  EVENT PATH UTILITY ,	15
          2.2.7 LINK UNIT GROUP/EVENT DATA ENTRY	17
          2.2.8 LINK HANDLER ID	18
          2.2.9 LINK PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER	18
          2.2.10     LINK ADD/UPDATE  ..'...-	19
     2.3   DELETE UNIT GROUP	20

3    VIEW	22
     3.1   EVENT HANDLER ID VIEW SCREEN 1	22
     3.2   EVENT HANDLER ID VffiW SCREEN 2  	:	23
     3.3   EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER VffiW SCREEN 3	24
     3.4   EVENT VffiW SCREEN 4	;	-. .  25
     3.5   EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING VffiW SCREEN 5 .  . J	26

-------
4    REPORTS	 27
     4.1  DATA DUMP	28
     4.2  PERMITTING STARS	30
         4.2.1 STARS 1992	30
         4.2.2 STARS 1993	34
     4.3  BASELINE PERFORMANCE MEASURES	37
     4.4  PERMIT UNIT GROUPS BY EVENTS 	38
     4.5  PERMIT EVENTS BY UNIT GROUP	:	42
     4.6  EVENT MILESTONE  	46
     4.7  COMPREHENSIVE	.50
     4.8  ORPHAN REPORT BY EVENTS	54
     4.9  ORPHAN REPORT BY UNIT GROUP 	; . . . 56
     4.10 RUN USER PROGRAM	59

5    UTILITY MENU	 .	. .	60
     5.1  RENAME UNIT ID IN UNIT GROUP	 61
         5.1.1 UNIT GROUP RENAME HANDLER ID	62
         5.1.2 UNIT  GROUP  RENAME  PERMIT  PROCESSING
              NUMBER	62
         5.1.3 UNIT GROUP RENAME PERMIT AUTHORITY	63
     5.2  UNIT GROUP SPLITTING UTILITY	 64
         5.2.1 UNIT GROUP SPLITTING HANDLER ID  	65
         5.2.2 UNIT GROUP SPLITTING PERMIT PROCESSING	66
         5.2.3 UNIT GROUP SPLITTING PERMIT AUTHORITY  	66
                              11

-------
 PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
       THE PERMTTT1NG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE MODULE
 1.1    INTRODUCTION

 The RCRIS Main Menu includes the Permitting/CIosure/Post-Closure module.  To select this
 module, use the up and down arrow keys to highlight Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure or type
 

and press . RCRIS Welcome to RCRIS j j Environmental Protection Agency | Database: K40B.NSR Ver: 4.#.# ##/##/## | j Please Select Desired Work Package | Handler Identification Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement Corrective Action Program Management Facility Management Planning Data Assessment.' . Database Administration - FOIA Reports Exit RCRIS The Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure module of RCRIS is designed to record the progress of RCRA permit applications. Numerous events must occur prior to a hazardous waste facility receiving a final permit. The progress of a facility's permit may be followed using this module. Progress regarding facility Closure and Post-Closure plans is also followed using this module. Hazardous waste facility owners must submit a closure plan prior to closing a facility. The plan certifies how the facility will be closed and that following closure any remaining contaminants will not endanger the environment. The plan also states that the owners will monitor the facility for any environmental contamination following closure. The events regarding these plans can be recorded using this module of RCRIS. The amount of hazardous waste processed or stored by unit groups of treatment, storage, and disposal Facilities can also be recorded with the Permitting module. RCRIS 4.0.0 PMT-1 11/92


-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.2   KEY TERMS
There are numerous terms contained in the Permitting module. Terms specific to Permitting are
listed below. These codes are found in your Data Element Dictionary.
CURRENT ACTIVITY TRACK
EVENT ACTIVITY TRACK
PERMIT AUTHORITY
PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER
UNIT
UNIT GROUP IDENTIFICATION
      A series of RCRIS codes describing current
      or future operations for a unit group.

      A series of RCRIS codes describing the
      activity track for.an event.  The codes are
      used to differentiate between an event which
      can take place on several different tracks.

      Code indicating the agency authorized to
      issue a permit/closure plan approval.  The
      State, EPA, or both agencies (S,E,or J) will
      have authority over the permit.

      Number  assigned  by  the  implementing
      agency to uniquely identify a  permit  or
      permit application.

      A unit defines the  individual members of a
      unit group.   Unit  groups  contain units
      having the  same  process  code,  unit  of
      measure, and the same activity track.

      This is the unit group name consisting of a
      ten character identification code uniquely
      identifying each unit group at the facility. A
      unit group may contain one or more units.
      For example, a unit group may consist of
      one lagoon or five  storage tanks.
11/92
PMT-2
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTnNG/CLOStJRE/POST-CLOSURE

 1.3   FUNCTION KEYS

 Several function keys are available to assist you through the screens.

       o       Find or Previous Screen
       o       Not Used
       o       Beit
       o       Finish current process and return to first screen
       o       Move to previous screen
       o       Move to path utility
      .o       Move to previous Help Screen
       o       Help
       o       Move left to right
       o      Move top to bottom
 1.4    USING PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 There are three major parts to Permitting.  They are: Data Entry, Reporting, and Utilities.
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                          R C R I S
                          Permitting •*
             Pertnitting/Ctosure/Post-Closure Selection Menu

                    Data Entry Menu
                    View Menu
                    Reports Menu
                    Utility Menu
                    Return to RCRIS Main Menu
1.4.1 DATA ENTRY

This part of the module is used to actually enter the events and unit group information regarding
a facility's permit application or closure/post-closure plan.


1.4.2 REPORTING

Users will find a variety of reports available in this module to assist in managing their RCRA
program. Reports may be printed, viewed on screen, or saved to a file for use later.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-3
11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.4.3  irriLITIES
This feature of the Permitting module allows you to split a facility into smaller groups and
rename a unit group ID.
1.5   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS operates  the same on the mainframe as on the PC.   There are, however,  some
differences in the screens and how you make selections from the menus.  When using RCRIS
on the mainframe select from the menu by typing the number of the selection and  press
Function keys and other keyboard capabilities operate differently depending on the terminal
being used or when using a PC with communication software.  Your DBA or local computer
support staff can tell you which keys on your equipment create the function keys in RCRIS.
1.6   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD (IOR)

Through a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), an agreement between each State and EPA
region, the ownership of data is negotiated and the IOR assignments are made.  The agency
assigned as the IOR for a piece of data is responsible for data maintenance and integrity.
Individuals working with Permitting should be aware of the IOR agreements that pertain.
1.7   MERGED DATABASE

Following the merge process, co-implementer data is available for DBAs to load onto your
RCRIS software.  This means some of your implementer data is now available for sharing with
the applicable co-implementers in your Region and their data is available for sharing with you.
If the data sharing, or refresh option, is selected, you now have data in your database that was
not entered by your agency.  When entering data to your database, do not delete data for which
you are not the IOR.  Consult your DBA for more information regarding this process.
11/92
PMT-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITnNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 2     DATA ENTRY OPERATIONS
 2.1    UNIT GROUP DATA ENTRY

 The Unit Group Data Entry section is used to enter and revise permit data for a unit group. A
 unit defines the individual members of a unit group. Unit groups contain units having the same
 process code, unit of measure, and the same contiguous location.  A unit group may contain one
 or more units. For example, a unit group may consist of one lagoon or five storage tanks.

 On Permitting data entry screens certain information is core and some  is system required.

 CORE                                      SYSTEM REQUIRED
 Handler ID
 Permit Sequence Number
 Permit Authority
 Process Code
 Unit ID
 Capacity
 Unit of Measure
 Number of Units
 Current Track
 Event Code
 Status Code
 Actual Date
 Link Unit
 Schedule Date
 Event Sequence Number
         EPA or State Responsible Person
         Permit Sequence Number
         Permit Authority
         Process Code
         Unit ID
         Capacity
         Unit of Measure
         Number of Units
         Current Track
         Event Code
         Responsible Agency
        1 Event Sequence Number
         State Responsible Person
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-5
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

Select from the menu by moving the highlight bar with the arrow up and down keys to UNIT
GROUP DATA ENTRY and press < ENTER >.  (You can also use the first letter of the menu
option to select, then press < ENTER>).
        I Database: K4DB.HSR
                             RCRIS


                             Permitting
              Permit  j  Select Permitting Option
                       Unit Group Data Entry
                       Event Data Entry
                       Link Unit Group/Event
                       Delete Unit Group
                       Return to Previous Menu
                       Return to RCRIS Nain Menu
    ion Menu
2.1.1         UNIT GROUP HANDLER ID

This selection takes you to the following screen. Enter a valid Handler ID number to continue.
 *           RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Handler ID Screen 1            *
 ******************************************************************************
                   Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id:
 *********************
                        ft**************************************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Permit Processing Number Screen 2     F3-Exit *
                                                            *******
11/92
PMT-6
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 NOTE:

        o      The Handler ID must be established in the Handler Identification module before
               entry into other modules.   Refer to that section in the User Guide for more
               information.


 2.1.2  UNIT GROUP PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER

 The next screen is shown below.  You may enter a new permit processing  number for this
 handler if one does not exist.  Press  < ENTER >'.  To revise an existing permit processing
 number enter the number and press  < ENTER > to display Permit Authority Screen 3.
 ******************************************************************************
 *     RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Permit Processing Number Screen 2       *
 •A***************************************************************************
   Handler Id:    MS6210809871
   Facility Name:  UATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
     Permit Processing Number
           APP01
           APP02
           APP03
           APP04
           APP05
           APP06
           APP07
         ,  APP09

     Permit Processing Number:
Event Activity Tracks
(  CL            )
(OP
(OP
(  CL
(OP
(OP
(OP
  A***************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Permit Authority Screen 3           F3-Exit
   FS-Previous Screen  F9-First Permit Groups  FIO-More Permits
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
       PMT-7
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.1.3  UNIT GROUP PERMIT AUTHORITY

The following screen is used to enter identifying information about the permitting authority;
 *        RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Permit Authority Screen 3          *
 «•>«««««««•«»«•>•»»»•*«««««•*•*••>*«>*»»**••«*<»»»»•««••••»»**»«««•«««•«•*••••
   Handler Id:             LAD0537S3445
   Facility Name:           CIBA-GE1GY CORP
   Permit Processing Number:  APP02
      Please Review, Add or Change the Following Information:

              Permit Authority (E/S/J):        J
              EPA's Responsible Person:        R6
              State's Responsible Person:      R6
              iPA's Responsible Attorney:      R6
              State's Responsible Attorney:     R6

              Change Permit Processing Number:  APP02
 ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Add/Update Screen 4               F3-Exit
   F5-Previous Screen
 ******************************************************************************
Press  to exit to the Select Permitting Option menu.  Press  to return to Screen
2. Press  to move between fields.

The Permit Authority values are:  E for Federal, S for State and J for Joint authority.  In the
PERMIT AUTHORITY field, type an "S" if the State has authority for the permit or "E" if the
Federal government has authority for the permit. In some instances, both the State and Federal
government have joint authority over the permitted facility.  In this case, enter "J" for Joint.

Next, enter the code for the person having overall responsibility for the EPA  and/or STATE
permit in the PERMIT AUTHORITY field and press   to move to RESPONSIBLE
ATTORNEY field.  Again, type a code for the EPA and/or State responsible attorney and press
.  NOTE:  The  Responsible Person and Responsible Attorney codes are both five-
character fields. The first two characters default to the Region or State abbreviations, and the
last three characters are user-defined. Upon data entry, you may modify the data for any of the
five characters.

You  may also change the existing Permit Processing Number on this screen.  Type the new
number in the CHANGE PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER field and press < ENTER >.
NOTES:
             The Responsible Person and Responsible Attorney codes must be in the name
             table file, but the DBA can add or modify these codes for you.
11/92
PMT-8
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTITING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

       o     Joint permit authority requires event code OP200 indicating "Permit Issued" in
              the order for the permit to be considered issued.

 Once you have modified all the Permit Authority information, press  to continue
 to Add/Update Screen 4.
2.1.4 UNIT GROUP ADD/UPDATE

The next screen is used to add or modify unit groups for the selected permit processing number.
The top portion of the screen shows the record identification information.  The lower part of the
screen is used to change unit group information.  Use the  key to move through a blank
field.  The cursor will move  to the next field automatically when the maximum number of
characters for the current field are entered.

 ******************************************************************************
 *           RCR1S Permitting: Unit Group Add/Update  Screen 4            *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id: MS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number:  APP01
  ************************  /^ meH process umt Group ************************
    Process Code  Unit Id       Capacity      UOH  # Units   Current
    /Comments                                              Track
 ************************* Update Process Unit Groups ************************
   1. SOI      01               510.00       G      1        CL

   2. S02      02               3640.00       G      1        CL

   3.

   4.
 it*****************************************************************************
   Enter-Add/Update Unit Groups F3-Exit       F4-Finish Entering Unit Groups
   FS-Help                  F9-First Unit Groups   F10-Next Unit Groups
 ******************************************************************************

NOTES:

       o      Use the  key to move through fields.  Don't press < ENTER >  until.
              you are ready for the system to accept the additions or changes.

       o      Press < ENTER >  to save the changes before moving on to another group or
              screen.

       o      Add a new unit group by completing the "Add New Process Unit Group" section
              and press  < ENTER >.

       o      Refer to the RCRIS Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of valid Federal
              Process codes.   State codes  you need can be obtained by  printing the lookup
              table.  Contact  your Data Base Administrator for assistance.

       o      Update existing unit groups by using the  and  keys to move the
              unit group onto the screen. Then, use the  key to  move to the field(s)
              you want to change.  Press < ENTER > to save the changes.

RCRIS 4.0.0                            PMT-9                                   11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2    EVENT DATA ENTRY
The EVENT DATA ENTRY function of Permitting is selected from the Permitting selection
menu.  This portion of the Permitting module is used to record the various events occurring
during the permitting/closure/post-closure process.
t 	 .. 	 . 	 .... 	
***
Database: KADB.NSR
RCRIS
Permitting
Permit ! Select Permitting Option ! ion
i :
j Unit Group Data Entry |
! Event Data Entry
j Link Unit Group/Event
I Delete Unit Group
j Return to Previous Menu
j Return to RCRIS Ha in Menu
**•
Menu
i
i
i
2.2.1  EVENT HANDLER ID

The first screen displayed after selecting EVENT DATA ENTRY is the "Event Handler ID"
screen. Enter the Handier ID for the facility you want to update.  (Handler ID is established
in the Handler module of RCRIS.  Please consult the Handler section of the user's guide for
more information.) Press   after entering the Handler ID.
 *            RCRIS Permitting:  Event Handler ID Screen 1    .           *
 ******************************************************************************
                   Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
             Please Enter an EPA Handler Id: MS6210809871
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue To Event Permit Processing Number Screen 2        F3-Exit *
 ••«•»****«*««•»»***»»«««*••••••»*•••*»»*****»*•***************************«*«*
11/92
PMT-10
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST.CLOSURE

2.2.2  EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER

You may enter a new Permit Processing Number or an existing number on the following screen.
The screen is displayed with the Handler ID and Facility name displayed at the top.  The first
eight existing permit processing numbers for the Handler ID selected are displayed as well.   .
 •ink***************************************************************************
 *       RCRIS Permitting: Event Permit Processing Number Screen 2         *
vwwwwwwwwwwirwirwvwwwwwwwwwwwivifififwv.
Handler Id: MS621 0809871
rmmmmwwmuwmm m n»wwww»»wi
•wwwmtwwwifwwwwvwwirffiririrww
Facility dame: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Permit Processing Number
- APP01
APP02
APP03
APP04
APP05
APP06
APP07
• APP09
Permit Processing Nunber:
(Mfc ifc fe^tft AA4Hk AMHMMMMriMMHMMMMlMMMt (M
Enter-Continue To 'Event Permit
F5-Previous Screen • F9-Firat
Event Activity
( CL
(
(OP
(OP
( CL
(OP
(OP
-(OP
Tracks
)
)
)
}
)
)
)
>
'
4t (HHMfc ^HHHHkHIHHHHJ^If ifr^rt *1MHMHk* #^lMlf  to exit to the Select Permitting Option menu.
2.  Press   to move between fields.
                                                           Press   to return to Screen
The Permit Authority values are:  E for Federal, S for State and J for Joint authority.  In the
PERMIT AUTHORITY  field, type an "S" if the State has authority for the permit or "E" if the
Federal government has authority for the permit. In some instances, both the State and Federal
government have joint authority over the permitted facility.  In this case, enter "J" for Joint.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                         PMT-11
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

Next, enter the code for the person having overall responsibility for the EPA and/or STATE
permit in the PERMIT  AUTHORITY field and press  to move to RESPONSIBLE
ATTORNEY field.  Again, type a code for the EPA and/or State responsible attorney and press
.  NOTE:  The  Responsible Person and Responsible Attorney codes are both five-
character fields.  The first two characters default to the Region or State abbreviations, and the
last three characters are user-defined.  Upon data entry, you may modify the data for any of the
five characters.

You may also  change the existing Permit Processing Number on this screen.  Type the new
number in the  CHANGE PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER field and press  < ENTER >.

NOTES:

       o      The Responsible Person and Responsible Attorney codes must be in the name
              table file, but the DBA can add or modify these codes for you.

Once you have modified all the Permit Authority information, press < ENTER >  to continue
to Add/Update Screen 4.
2.2.4  EVENT ADD/UPDATE

This next screen is used to add or modify the events for the selected permit processing number.
The top portion of the screen displays the identification information for the facility and permit.
******************************************************************************
*            RCRIS Permitting: Event Add/Update Screen 4               *
******************************************************************************
•Handler id: MS6Z1 0809871   Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Permit/Closure Processing Number:  APP01
************************** 444 new Event Information
*  Event Name         Act  Evt   R. Seq Resp  Stat  Sehed.    Actual
*  /Comment           Trk  Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (MHODYY)  (MMDDYY)
                                              ***********************
 ************************** Existing Event Information ***********************
 *  Event Name         Act  Evt   R. Seq Resp  Stat  Sched.    Actual U/D/
 *  /Comment           Trk  Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (MMDDYY)  (MMDDYY) L/P
 *1. PLAN RECD. - CLOS/PC  CL  310   S   1                   123185  U
 *
 *2. PUBLIC NOTICE - CLOS  CL  340   S   1                   012886  U
 *
 *3.
 *
 *****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Add/Update/Delete/Link Events  F3-Exit  F4-Finish Entering Events
 * F5-Prev Scrn F6-Path Utility F8-Help    F9-First Events F10-Next Events
 ******************************************************************************
The lower portion of the screen is used to revise existing event information. The fields are the
same as the Add Ngw Event Information section of the screen with one additional field:
11/92
                                        PMT-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 U/D/L/P field. This field controls how the existing event is affected. Press < ENTER > after
 entering your selection in the field.

       o     U  This is the automatic value. Upon pressing < ENTER > all changes made to
             the event will occur.

       o     D  This deletes the event upon pressing  < ENTER >.

       o     P  This starts the Permitting Path Utility (see below) from this event forward
             upon pressing .  The links are created to the associated unit group.

       o     L  This  starts the  Event/Unit Group Linking (see below) capability for the
             selected event upon pressing < ENTER >'. This allows you to relink an existing
             event to a unit group.

 NOTES:

       o     The   Help Screen shows the valid combinations of activity tracks, event
             codes and status codes.

       o     Links to  unit groups will be deleted if an event is deleted.

       o     You  must press  < ENTER >  to save revisions  made in the "Existing  Event
             Information" area.

       o     Add a new event by completing the "Add New Event Information" and press
             < ENTER>.  (There wouldn't be any existing  information to  modify in the
             lower portion of the screen.)                 -•     .   •

       o     Refer to the RCRIS Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of valid Federal
             codes.

       o      Update existing events by  using the    and   keys to move the
             existing events onto the screen.  Then,  use the  key to move to the
             field(s) you want to change. Press < ENTER > to save  the changes.
2.2.5 EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING

There are two ways to arrive at the following screen.  Enter a new event or use the 
key to move to an existing event  on the  add/update screen, type an    and press
< ENTER >. This RCRIS feature allows you to link a permitting event to one or more unit
groups.  This must be performed by you.  IT IS NOT AN AUTOMATIC PROCESS.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         PMT-13                                11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
 •a*********************************
                                         »*•**********«
         RCRIS Permitting: Event/Unit Group Linking Screen 5

Handler td: MS6210809871    Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
Track/Event Code: CL310 Seq No.: 1  Responsible Agency: S
Scheduled Date:         Status:          Actual Date: 123185
Event Name:      PLAN RECD. • CLOS/PC
r************************» Link process Unit Group *********** **********««««

*** Place An 'X' Next To Appropriate Unit Groups ***

                           Capacity
     Link  Process  Unit Id
     Unit   Code
   1.  X    SOI  01
   2.  X    S02  02
   3.
                               510.00
                              3640.00
UON   # Units

G
G
Current
 Track
  CL
  CL
 *****************«i»**********************************************««**«******«
   Enter-Link Event To Unit Groups    F3-Exit
   F9-First Unit Groups  FIO-Next Unit Groups
                    ^^^^^^'"^^^^">"'"	~~~~.~~~L
                                       F4-Finish Linking Events
Place an "X" on the line under "link unit" corresponding to the unit group you want to link to
the event.  Press  < ENTER > to lock in your link.
EXAMPLE:
NOTES:

       o

       o
           A facility with several storage tanks and a closed landfill has telephoned in
           information for Part B of their permit application.  You may use this RCRIS
           feature to link this one event to all applicable unit groups.
           Links to unit groups will be deleted if an event is deleted.

           You must press  < ENTER > to save the links.  Press < ENTER > to save the
           link before moving on to another set of unit groups.

           Make the links by using the    and   keys to move the existing unit
           groups onto the screen.  Then, use the  key to move to the "Link Unit"
           field. Place an   in the field on the same line as the unit group and press
           < ENTER >  to save it.

           REMEMBER:   IF  YOU LEAVE  THE SCREEN OR SCROLL  TO
           ANOTHER  UNIT GROUP BEFORE  PRESSING  < ENTER >,  YOUR
           CHANGES WILL NOT BE SAVED.

           After using the   key to save your link use the   and 
           keys to display the other unit groups.  Follow the above steps to link any other
           groups to this event.

           Every event is linked to at least one unit group.  Link the event to ALL the unit
           groups for the permit if the event applies to the whole permit and  not to an
           individual unit.  For example, an OP 100 Notice of Deficiency (NOD) applies to
           the permit as a whole, not a particular group.
11/92
                                     PMT-14
                                RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTnNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 2.2.6  PERMTnTING: EVENT PATH UTILITY

 This feature allows your permit staff to establish ideal schedules for permits having a standard
 sequence or "path" of events to follow.  The permit staff identifies this standard path of events
 and provides the events to the DBA. The DBA in turn creates the path and assigns a path name.
 This standard  event path can then be selected by name on the Event Path Utility Screen 6.

 On  the Permitting Event Add/Update Screen  4,  the "base event* is  added and linked to the
 appropriate unit group.  The "base event" is used to determine the point where the utility will
 begin populating  and  updating  Scheduled Completion Dates for events.   On  the Event
 Add/Update Screen 4 enter a 'p' in the U/D/L/P field and press .

 A**************************************************************************
 *             RCRIS Permitting: Event Add/Update Screen 4             *
 •A*************************************************************************             .
 •Handler Id: ARD123412348   Name:  JONES  UNLIMITED
 •Permit/Closure Processing Number:  PERMITS
 ************************** Ad0 j|ew  Event Information *********************
 *   Event Name       Act  Evt   R. Seq Resp  Stat  Sched.    Actual
 *   /Cortment         Trk  Code Agy #  Pers  Code (MMOOYY)  (MMDOYY)
 *                                  R6
 *
                                         lation **********************
                                         Stat  Sched.   Actual U/0/
                                                      (MMDDYY) L/P
                                                      080188  p
A*********************** Existing Event Infoi
*   Event Name       Act Evt  R. Seq Resp
*   /Comnent         Trk Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (MMDDYY)
•1.  PART B CALL-IN     OP 010  S    1 R6CAB      080188
*
*2-
*
*3.
*
**********************************************«**************************i
* Enter-Add/Update/Delete/Link Events F3-Exit F4-Finish Entering Events
* F5-Prev Scrn F6-Path Utility  F8-Help F9-First Events  F10-Next Events
A**************************************************************************
The Event Path Utility Screen 6 appears.  Enter the name of the path and press < ENTER >,
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                         PMT-15
11/92

-------
                                                                          RCRIS USER GUIDE
 *             RCRIS Permitting: Event Path Utility Screen 6             *
 •••••••••a*****************************************************************
   Handler Id: ARD123412348  Name:  JONES UNLIMITED
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: PERMIT2

   Enter Permit Event Path Name: operatel
 *
 *
 * Enter-Populate Path Events    F3-Extt       F4-Finish Populating Events *
 ************************************* ««•••••••• «««•«•*•*****«»«»«*********«
After the path has been selected the system generates the predetermined events in the database.
Scheduled completion dates for each event are calculated automatically starting with completion
of the first in a sequence of events.  Dates for each subsequent events are determined by the
number of days predefined in the path.

The Event Add/Update Screen  4 appears containing the events which make up the 'path'.
 A**************************************************************!
 *             RCRIS Permitting: Event Add/Update Screen 4
               ***********
 •Handler Id: ARD1Z34123AB   Name: JONES UNLIMITED
 •Permit/Closure Processing Number: PERMIT2
 ************************ Add New Event Information  **********************
 *   Event Name       Act Evt   R. Seq Resp Stat  Sched.    Actual
 *   /Comment         Trk Code Agy  #  Pers Code (MMDDVY)  (MMDDYY)
 *                                   R6

 ************************ Existing Event Information **********************
 *   Event Name       Act Evt   R. Seq Resp Stat  Sched.    Actual  U/D/
 *   /Comment         Trk Code Agy  #  Pers Code (MMDDYY)  (MMDDYY) L/P
 *1.  PART B CALL-IN     OP 010   S   1 R6CAB       080188    080188   U
 *
 *2.  PART 8 RECEIVED    OP 020   S   1 R6CAB       103088            U
 *
 *3.  DETERMINED TO BE   OP 150   S   1 R6CAB       112988            U
 *
 **************************************************************************
 * Enter-Add/Update/Delete/Link Events  F3-Exit F4-Finish Entering Events
 * F5-Prev Scrn F6-Path Utility  F8-Kelp  F9-First Events FIO-Next Events
 ***************************************************************************
Review all the events that have been set up for this permit. You have the option of deleting any
unnecessary  events, adding additional events, updating  Scheduled Completion Dates,  Status
Codes, Comments and Responsible Persons.  The Permitting Path Utility does not automatically
link events and  unit groups.
11/92
PMT-16
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 POUVOTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 To use the rescheduled feature, go back to the Event Add/Update Screen 4 and enter a revised
 scheduled completion date for an event. A public meeting, for example, has been rescheduled.
 Since a public comment period must be open sixty days following the public meeting, all of the
 dates following the public meeting are going to be affected.  The system will recalculate all the
 dates following the public meeting. Once you have revised the scheduled completion date press
   then enter a 'p' in the U/D/P/L field and press.. ..When the Event Pathx
 Utility screen is displayed enter the path name.  RCRIS will do the rest.
 NOTES:
             Your Data Base Administrator creates and maintains the paths based on the needs
             of the permit staff.   The Data Base  Administrator and permit staff should
             establish these paths together.

             Occurrences may be added, changed, or deleted by using the Event Add/Update
             Screen 4.

             When using the reschedule feature be sure the path you select contains the correct
             events.

             Only the  open (no actual  date)  events following  a revised  event will  be
             rescheduled since the prior occurrences are unaffected.
2.2.7  LINK UNIT GROUP/EVENT DATA ENTRY

This function lets you link events to unit groups, just like in EVENT/DATA ENTRY. However,
this feature allows you link the events without going through the data entry screens.

Select LINK UNIT GROUP/EVENT from the selection menu. -
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                           RCRIS
                          Permitting
             Permit   Select Permitting Option    ion Menu

                     Unit Group Data Entry
                     Event Data Entry
                     Link Unit Group/Event
                     Delete Unit Group
                     Return to Previous Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-17
11/92

-------
                                                                        RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2.8  LINK HANDLER ID

On the following screen enter the Handler ID for the facility.
 ••*««»»**********•••**••••«>•******•»***»**«*«••••••••*******««««««««»•»**•**•*
 *              RCRIS Permitting: Link Handler  ID Screen 1                *
 •*»»»»•«««•*****•••*«»*•»••*«•*•••»«««•««*********•••••••••**••*******•*•*••«
                    Permi tting/Closure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id: MS6210809871
 •••••Ik************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue To Link Permit Processing Number Screen 2          F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
2.2.9  LINK PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER

On the next screen enter the valid permit processing number.

 ******************************************************************************
* RCRIS Permitting: Link Permit Processing Number Screen 2 *
^MMMMMMMHMMMMMMr •
>
>
>
)
>
>

F5 -Previous Screen
F9- First Permit Groups FIO-Hore Permits
^^^.^.^Adu^^. .b Jt^.^.k..l..A.^d..A A A ^^A^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^..*..* A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A * * Ad.^^^^^
11/92
PMT-18
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 2.2.10        LINK ADD/UPDATE

 On the following screen place an "X" on the line corresponding to the unit group you want to
 link to the event.
  ******************************************************************************
  *             RCR1S Permitting: Link Add/Update Screen 3              . *
  *******************•*********«*••»**•**************•***•»••••••***•»******»»**
   Handler Id: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
   Track/Event Code: CL310  Seq No.: 1  Responsible Agency: S
   Scheduled Date:          Status:           Actual Date: 123185
   Event Name:      PLAN RECD. • CLOS/PC
  *************************** Link Process Unit Group *************************
      Link
      Unit
       X
       X
Process  Unit Id
 Code
               Capacity
 SOI
 S02
01
02
 510.00
3640.00
UOH  # Units

G
G
Current
 Track
   CL
   CL
  ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Link Event To Unit Groups   Fl-Find Event        F3-Exit
   F4-Finish Linking Evnts  F6-Nxt Evnt  F9-First Unit Grps FIO-Nxt Unit Grps
 After linking the event above with the unit group the linking screen is again displayed with the
 next event shown.   Follow the procedures above to link this event  with the appropriate unit
 groups.
NOTES:
               Use  the    key to move to  the  desired event or move the cursor to the
               "Track/Event Code" field.  Enter the desired event code and press the 
               key;  This will display the event.  Press < ENTER > to verify that this is the
               correct event.

               Events and Unit Groups are sorted in a particular order based on the codes used.
               This means you may have to use the function keys to move through the events or
               unit groups to find a particular item.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                               PMT-19
                                                                      11/92


-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.3    DELETE UNIT GROUP
This option takes you to the Delete Permit Unit Group Screen 1.
                   RCRIS: Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 1
      a**********************************************************

                   Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id: MS6210809871
 * Enter-Continue
 **************************
                              F3-Exit *
*********************************************
Enter a valid Handler Identification number.  Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 2 provides the

name of the handler and lists all active unit groups.
*           RCRIS: Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 2
********************************************************
  Handler Id:
  Facility Name:



    Permit Processing Number
 Current'Activity Tracks
                                                     **************
    Permit Unit Group:
*  ENTER-Continue     F3-Exit     F5-Previous Screen     MO-More Permits  *
A*****************************************************************************
Enter the permit  unit group that you wish to delete.   Permit Unit Group Delete  Screen 3

provides additional detail on the  permit unit group.   Verify that you want to delete this

information by placing a Y in the 1st column of the unit ID.


WARNING:  SELECTING  Y  AND  < ENTER >  DELETES  ALL  INFORMATION

              RELATIVE TO THIS PERMIT UNIT GROUP.
11/92
            PMT-20
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
 *           RCRIS:  Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 3                    *
 ******************************************************************************
  Handler Id:                   Name:
  Permit/Closure Processing Nunber:
  •--		Delete Process Unit Group-
     Delete
     Unit?
     
Process Code
/Comments
Unit  Id    Capacity  UOM  MJnits
Current
Track
  2

  3

  4

  5
   K
   ENTER-Delete Unit Groups
   FS-Previous Screen
•••••A************************************************************************
              F3-Exit               F4-Finish Deleting
              F9-First Unit Groups   F10-Next Unit Groups
An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                            PMT-21'

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
       VIEW
                              RCRIS
        I

        | Database: MDB.MSR
Permitting
               Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure View Menu
                       Event View
                       Return to Previous Menu
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
The View option is used to browse Permit Event, Unit Group, and Event/Unit Group Link data.
This option does not allow for adding or updating the event information.  To select View form
the   Permitting  Main   Menu,   highlight  "View"   and  press   < ENTER >.     The
Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure View Menu will  appear.  Select  "Event View"  and press
 to go to the first screen.
3.1    EVENT HANDLER ID VIEW SCREEN 1
       ***********************************************************************
             RCRIS Permitting: Event Handler ID View Screen 1             *
                   *********************************
                    Perraitting/CLosure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id:
              Note:  Leave Handler ID blank for F1 Scan
 •A****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue To Event Permit Processing Nuifcer Scrn 3   Fl-Scan F3-Exit *
 ******************************************************************************
11/92
             PMT-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTITNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 The Event Handler ID View Screen 1  allows the entry of a Handler ID for further processing.
 To view an individual Handler ID, enter the Handler ID and press  < ENTER >.  Event Permit
 Processing Number View Screen 3 will appear.
 NOTES:
               The  key is used to scan the database for all Handler Ids.  Do not enter
               an individual Handler ID in the EPA Handler ID field if you wish to  use this
               function.  This field must be blank before pressing .  After pressing
               , the Event Handler ID View Screen 2 will appear.

               To exit, press .
 3.2    EVENT HANDLER ID VIEW SCREEN 2
 ******************************************************************************
             RCRIS Permitting: Event Handler ID View Screen 2
            ********************»***»***••***••**•"""""-"
    Place an 'X' next to the record and press ENTER
    Set  Handler 10     Site Mame
        MSD00027Z385   RED PANTHER CHEMICAL COMPANY
        MS0000623017   KMBERLY-CLARK CORP CORINTH KILLS  '
        MSD000644617   SERI GRAND GULF
        MSD000648329   FOAMEX- A DIVISION OF KIHI
        MSD000693176   ENTERPRISE RECOVERY SYSTEM
        MSD000735670   CORHART REFRACTORIES
        MSD000742668   GE PLASTICS, BAY ST. LOUIS PLANT
        HSD000776765   SAFETY KLEEN CORP.
        HSD000798819   CONTINENTAL CAN COMPANY PLANT 459
        MSD000824854   GEORGIA PACIFIC RESINS, INC.
        MSD000829150   ASHLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY
        MSD000831271.   RECOVERY SYSTEMS INC
                          (    More     )
       ***********************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    Fl-Prev Screen     F3-Exit    F9-Top  F10-Dqwn      *
 A*****************************************************************************


The Event Handler ID View Screen 2 is only displayed if the < Fl > key was used to scan the

database in the Event Handler ID View Screen 1.  A list of Event Handler IDs that are in the

Permit Event file are displayed.  Place an "X" next to the record that you wish to view and

press < ENTER > to continue.


NOTES:


       o      Pressing the  < Fl > key will take you back to Event Handler ID View Screen 1.


       o      To exit, press  .


       o      The first  12  Handler IDs  are listed on the screen.  To move up the list, press

               .
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-23
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
              To move to the next 12 Handler Ids, press  .
3.3    EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER VIEW SCREEN 3

 •«*•«»••••«••••••>»»•***««««««««««*«>«>•>>»••»***•******•***•••*••••••••««««**
 *     RCRIS Permitting: Event Permit Processing Number View Screen 3       *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id:   MS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number
          APP01
          APP02
          APP03
          APP04
          APP05
          APP06
          APP07
          APP09

     Permit Processing Number:
                    Event Activity Tracks
                    <   CL
                    <   CL
                    (OP
                    {OP
                    (   CL
                    COP
                    COP
                    .
The Event View Screen 4  will appear.
NOTES:

       o

       o

       o

       o
Press  to return to the previous screen.

To exit, press .

To go back to the Event Handler ID View Screen 1, press .

The  first  10 Permit Groups are displayed. To move to the first Permit Group,
press .

To move  to the next 10 Permit Groups, press .
11/92
                           PMT-24
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
•PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE


 3.4    EVENT VIEW SCREEN 4


  ••OX******************************************* ****«**••••****«•»»««********
  *            RCRIS Permitting: Event  View Screen 4                     *
  MM**************************************************************************
  •Handler Id: LAD053783445   Name:  CIBA-GEIGY CORP
  •Permit/Closure Processing Hunter:  APP02
  *            Permit Authority (E/S/J):        J
  *            EPA's Responsible Person:        R6
  *            State's Responsible Person:      R6
  *            EPA's Responsible Attorney:      R6
  *            State's Responsible Attorney:     R6
  ******************************  Event Information  ***************************
  *  Event Name          Act  Evt   R. Seq Resp  Stat  Sched.   Actual  Link
  *  /Comment           Trk  Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (MMDDYY)  (MHDDYY) (L)
  *1. FINAL DETERMINATION  PC  200   S   2       PI           010192
  *
  *2.                  ,                -
  *
  •3.
  *
  *****************************************************************************
  * Enter-Link Events    F1-Prev Screen   F3-Exit    F4-Finish View Events
  * F5-ID Screen        FB-Help   F9-First Events   FIO-Next Events
  A*****************************************************************************.        .      ..


Event View Screen 4 displays event information for an individual Handler ID  and the Permit

Processing Number  that was specified. . In addition,  you can choose one Permit Processing

Number to browse Event/Unit Group Linking information for a particular event.  To do this,

type "L" in the Link field for the particular  event and press < ENTER >.  The Event/Unit

Group Linking View Screen 5 will appear.


NOTES:
                                                             "w


       o      To return to the previous screen, press .


       o      To exit, press .


       o      To finish viewing  an  event,  press  .  This will take you to the  previous
              screen.
       o

       o



       o
To access Help, press  .


The first 3 sets of event information are displayed on the screen. To display this
information, press .


To display the next 3 sets of event information, press .
RCRIS 4.0.0                             PMT-25                                    11/82

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.5    EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING VIEW
 *        RCRIS Permitting: Event/Unit Group Linking View Screen S         *
 •*****•*******«•*•**•*************••*•*••******•***»••*»***•************••****
   Handler Id: MS6210809871    Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIHENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01

   Track/Event Code: CL310  Seq No.:  1   Responsible Agency: S
   Scheduled Date:          Status:           Actual Date: 123185
   Event Name:      PLAN RECD. - CLOS/PC
 *************************** Link Process Unit Group ****•*****••******"*******
     Link Process  Unit Id
     Unit  Code
   1.  X    S01  02
   2.  X    S01  12
   3.  X    S02  02
                 Capacity
UON  # Units
                     510.000
                     450.000
                    3640.000
Current
 Track
  CL
  CL
  CL
  A**********************************************************A****************
   F1-Prev Screen            F3-Exit           F5-IO Screen
   F9-First Unit Groups       F10-Next Unit Groups
The Process Unit Group data for a specified event is displayed on this screen.  The linking
between Event and Unit Groups is indicated with an "X" in the Link Unit column.
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o

       0
To return to the previous screen, press .

To exit, press  .

To return to Event Handler ID View Screen 1, press .

The first 3 sets of Unit Group information is displayed on the screen.  To display
this information, press .

To display the next 3 sets of Unit Group information, press  .
11/92
                            PMT-26
                                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSimE

4      REPORTS

There are three types of reports available in the Permitting module. They are:

       o     Implemented reports providing comprehensive information regarding events, unit
             groups, and milestones.

       o     STARS  reports providing information on  major  permitting activities  and
             accomplishments of the RCRA program.

       o     FOCUS  reports that  allow  you to create  "on-the-spot" customized reports.
             Consult the FOCUS manuals for information regarding Tabletalk and Plottalk.

Refer to the RCRIS Reports Library for  specific information regarding  report format and
contents.

Menu options can be selected two different ways.  The first letter of the menu option in the
menu can be typed and then press  < ENTER >.  Another way of selecting a menu option is to
use the arrow up/down keys to highlight the selection and then pressing .

Reports are found in the Reports Menu option of the Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure Selection
Menu.   Select "Reports Menu" and press < ENTER >.
                            RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.LAR
                           Permitting
                      PHT/CL/PC Report Menu
               Data Dump
               Permitting STARS
               Baseline Performance Measures MOT
               Permit Unit Groups By Events
               Permit Events By Unit Group
               Event Milestone
               Comprehensive
               Orphan Reports Menu
               TABLETALK
               PLOTTALK
               Run User Program -
               Return to Previous Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu .
   AVAIL
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-27
11/92

-------

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
                 RCRIS: Permit Management Report Selection
  *****************************************************************************
                Ptease Enter Handler I0(s) or 'All'  to Dump File

                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
                      Handler ID:
  A*****************************************************************************
  *       Enter-Continue
  **************************
          F4-Exit           *
*******************************
 The last screen is the Permitting Segment Selection Screen.
  ******************************************************************************

                   RCRIS: Permitting Segment Selection Screen

  ****************************************************************************
                     1. PEVENT - Permit Proc.  Segment Only
                     2. PEVEMT - Permit Seq/Event/Unit
                     3. PEVENT - All Permit Segments
                     4. POMIT
                     5. All of the above

                     Enter Your Selection -
 *****************************************************************************
 *        Enter-Continue         .                        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Enter  the  numeric  menu  value of the  database/segment  listed  in  the  menu  and press
 .
RCRIS 4.0.0
 PMT-29
11/92

-------

                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2    PERMITTING STARS

To run the Permitting  STARS ieport(s), select  the  "Permtting STARS"  option  from  the
PMT/CL/PC Report Menu and press < ENTER >  to display the Permitting STARS Report(s)
Menu.  Two STARS reports are available in RCRIS:  1992 and 1993.
4.2.1  STARS 1992
                             RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.IAR
                            Permitting
                       PMT/CL/PC Report Menu
                        Permitting STARS Report(s)
                         STARS
                         STARS
                  T992
                  1993
Data Dun +-
Permitti
Baseline
Permit U
Permit E
Event Mi
Comprehensive
Orphan Reports Menu
TABLETAU
PLOTTALK
Run User Program'
Return to Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To run a STARS report for 1992, select the "STARS 1992" option from the Permitting STARS
Report(s) Menu and press  < ENTER > to display the 1992 PMT STARS Main Menu.
 ••••A*************************************************************************
 *                   RCRIS:  1992 PMT STARS Main Menu                  *
 ********************************************»*********************************p
   CURRENT SETTIHGS=>
                     ***********************************************
  MEASURES :  ALL
  QUARTER

  REGION

  STATE    :

  CUMULATIVE
1

6

ALL

  Y
            Change the Measures(s)
            Change the Region/State
            Change the Quarter
            Save Current Defaults as Permanent
            Run The Report with Current Criteria
                                      *
                                      *
                                      *
                                      *
                                      *
      Enter Your Selection =              *
***********************************************
 ***********************************
 * Enter-Continue
                         ***********************************
                                             F4-Exit  *
 ******************************************************************************
The current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If these settings are appropriate for
your  STARS  report, then type "A"  in the ENTER  YOUR  SELECTION field and press
.
If you need to change any of the STARS settings before running the report, type the numeric
value of the item you wish to change in the ENTER  YOUR SELECTION field and press
. Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate screens to change the
11/92
                             PMT-30
                                                             RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FERMTTITNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 selected settings.                  ,
                 RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
                     1 s Screen
                     2 = Printer
                     3 = File

                  Enter Your Selection
  }       Enter-Continue                           F4-Exit          |
  +......„............(.................................4.

 On the PC the Device Selection Screen is displayed.  To view the report on the screen, type "1"
 and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER >  key
 or by using the  and  keys. To send the report to the printer, type "2"
 and press < ENTER >.  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.  To
 save to a file, type "3" and press < ENTER >. The system will ask you for a file name. This
 can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive
 and path as well, for example:  C:\FILENAME or AtFILENAME.

  ******************************************************************************
  *                        RCRIS                             *
  *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                   *
  *                                               .,-*..
  •A****************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1.  .VIEW THE REPORT OK THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
On the mainframe the Select A Report Destination Screen is displayed. To view the report on
the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset
for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER >. To send the report to a file, type "3" and press
.  To run the report in batch, type  "4" and press . To return to the
previous menu, type "R" and press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-31                                  11/92

-------
                                                           .  RCRIS USER GUIDE

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen is displayed.
 »                      RCRIS                            *
 *              ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                                             TINE: «#:##   •
                  ENTER FILE NAME


                  NAME (XXXXXXXX) »


                  CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y       (M FOR MENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press .

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

Where:

      AAA is the user's TSO ID
      BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
      XXXXXXXX is the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press < ENTER > to continue.
11/92                                PMT-32                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PERMITTING/CLOSUEE/POST-CLQSURE

If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

 *****************************************************************************
 *                       R C R I S                            *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                VERSION *.#.*   ##/#*/#*           TIME: ##:##   *
                  ***********************************

                  ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
.TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 2
» 59
                  FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                  CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y

Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press . The priority levels are "1" for low and "2" for high. The
default is "1".  Enter the box number and press .  Enter the destination and press
< TAB >. Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >.  If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press . The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds.  This should be sufficient
for most reports.  If the report is to be sent to a  file, enter "Y" for Yes in the FILE OPTION
field and press  .  The default value is  "N" for No,  send report to the device.  To
continue, enter "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE field and press  < ENTER >.  To discontinue,
enter "N" for No in the CONTINUE field and press  .

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.


 IKJ56250I JOB. EPURPTCJOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.HSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO  CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-33                                  11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
 4.2.2  STARS 1993
                              RCRIS
          Database: KHDB.LAR
                             Permitting
                        PNT/CL/PC Report Menu
                         Permitting STARS Report(s)
                          STARS 1992
                          STARS 1993
Data Dun +-
Perroitti
Baseline
Permit U
Permit E
Event Hi
Comprehensive
Orphan Reports Menu
TABLETALK
PLOTTALK
Run User Program
Return to Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
 To run a STARS report for 1993, select the "STARS 1993" option from the Permitting STARS
 Report(s) Menu and press   to display the PMT STARS Main Menu below.
 ******************************************************************************
 *                 RCRIS: 1993 Permitting STARS Main Menu               *
   CURRENT SETTINGS'*

   MEASURES : ALL

   QUARTER  : 1

   REGION   : 6

   STATE    : ALL

   CUMULATIVE : Y
      A**********************************************
        1 «  Change the Measures(s)
        2 *  change the Quarter
        3 =  Change the Region/State
        4 =  Save Current Defaults as Permanent
        A =  Run The Report with Current Criteria

            Enter Your Selection =
      ***********************************************
 ******************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue                                          F4-Exit  *
 ******************************************************************************
The current settings for the STARS report appear on the left side of the screen. If these settings
are appropriate for your STARS report, then type "A" in the ENTER YOUR SELECTION field
and press  .

If you need to change any of the STARS settings before running the  report, type the numeric
value of the item you wish to change in the ENTER YOUR SELECTION field and press
-< ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate screens to change the
selected settings.
11/92
                         PMT-34
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTmNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
                     1 s Screen
                     2 " Printer
                     3 = File
                 ! Enter Your Selection =    j
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
On the PC the Device Selection Screen is displayed. To view the report on the screen, type "1"
and press < ENTER >. You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER > key
or by using the  and  keys. To send to your printer, type "2" and press
 < ENTER >.  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.  To save to a
file, type "3" and press < ENTER>. The system will ask you for a file name. This can be
any file name you choose  to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and
path as well, for example: C:\FILENAME or A:FH-ENAME.
 A*****************************************************************************
 *                        RCRIS                          -"*
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    *
 *                                                        •    *
 ******************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
On the mainframe the Select A Report Destination Screen is displayed.  To view the report on
the screen, type "1" and press  < ENTER >.  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset
for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a file, type "3" and press
.  To run the report in batch, type "4" and press .< ENTER >.  To return to the
previous menu, type "R" and press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-35
11/52

-------
                                                             RCRK USER GUIDE

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
                       R C R 1 5
                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                 ENTER FILE NAME
                 NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »
                 CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y       (M FOR MENU)
          DATE: mimim *
          TINE: m-.m   •
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
discontinue and return to  the previous menu, type "M" and press .

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT                         ,

Where:

      AAA is the user's TSO ID
      BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
      XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

After the report has been  sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.

 REPORT OUTPUT  SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS   KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press  < ENTER > to continue.
11/92
PMT-36
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

  **************************************************** ***************
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» Z
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE   (Y/N) » Y


Use  to move between fields,  Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press .  The priority levels are "1" for low and "2" for high. The
default is "1".  Enter the User's box number and press  .  Enter the destination and
press < TAB >.  Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >.  If the running time of the
batch processing needs to be increased,  enter the minutes and press , then enter the
seconds and press .  The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds. This should be
sufficient for most reports.  If the  report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes in the FILE
OPTION field and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.
To continue,  enter  "Y" for Yes in the  CONTINUE field and  press  < ENTER >.  To
discontinue, enter "N" for No in the CONTINUE field and press < ENTER >.

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.


. IKJ562501 JOB EPURPTU0805588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER > to continue.


4.3    BASELINE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Reports are not currently available.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-37                                 11/92


-------
                                                                       RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.4    PERMIT UNIT GROUPS BY EVENTS
                              RCRIS
          Database: KHDB.LAR
                              Permitting
                        PHT/CL/PC Report Menu
                 Data Dunp
                 Permitting STARS
                 Baseline Performance Measures NOT AVAIL
                 Permit Unit Groups By Events
                 Permit Events By Unit Group
                 Event Milestone
                 Comprehensive
                 Orphan Reports Menu
                 TABLETAU
                 PLOTTALK
                 Run User Program
                 Return to Previous Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Select the "Permit Unit Groups By Events" option from the PMT/CL/PC Report Menu and press
< ENTER > to display the Handler Selection Screen 1.
          ***********************
  ****************************************************************************
                     RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
             *************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                      1.  Individual Handler
                      2.  All Handlers
                      3.  Universe of Handlers
                      4.  File of Handlers

                  Please Enter 1, Z, 3, or 4:
             *************************************************
         Enter-Continue
         F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o      All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.
11/92
PMT-38
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

        o      Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed if you
               select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected
               group of handlers belongs in.

        o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
               This screen is used to enter the name of .the file containing the list of Handler Ids
               you want a report on.    -.

 Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
 will move you to the next screen.
                RCRIS: Permit Management Report Selection
               •A*****************************************
               Please Enter Event Code(s) or 'All' To Duip File
                         Ex: OP010   .

                         Event Code:
               .,         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
                         Event Code:
 A*****************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue             *     .           f4-Exit          *
 ••"••••A******************************************** *************************
Now the Permit Management Report Selection Screen will ask for Event Codes.  Use 
to move between fields.  Enter the Event Code(s).   You can enter up to ten different Event
Codes. If all events are to be included, type "ALL".  Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-39
11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE
                        RCRIS
                 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                           "
                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                 1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                 2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                 3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                 4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                 R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                    ENTER SELECTION »
On the mainframe, the above screen appears. To view the report on the screen, type "1" and
press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and
press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a file, type "3" and press < ENTER >.  To run the
report in batch, type "4" and press < ENTER >.  To return to the previous menu, type "R" and
press .

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 *************
 *
 *
 *
       RCRIS
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
DATE: m/m/m *
TIME: ##:##   *
                 ENTER FILE NAME

                 NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »

                 CONTINUE (Y/N/H) » Y       (M FOR MENU)


Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press  < ENTER>.  To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press < ENTER >.

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
Where:
      AAA is the user's TSO ID
      BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
      XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).
11/92
                     PMT-40
                       RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
  REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
  PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE.  . .
 Press  < ENTER > to continue.

 If the  report is run in batch, the following screen appears.
 »********************************»*****«****************tk**********»«********
 *                       8 C R J S                             *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                 VERSION 4.#.#   m/m/rn.          TIME: m-.m   *
 *****************************************************************************

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIKAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

». 2 '
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press < TAB >.  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box number and press .   Enter the destination  and press
.  Enter the number of copies and press .  If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press .. The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter "Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.  To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press < ENTER >.

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.
                                             f "                   . .
 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED                     •             .
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR            '        "           '            '
 RECORD JOB NUMBER  ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.                                         '

Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           PMT-41                                   11/52

-------
4.5    PERMIT EVENTS BY UNIT GROUP

Select "Permit Events By Unit Group" and press
appears.
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
                  '.  The Handler Section Screen 1
                             >*••••*««««««««««**«****«******•••••••******
                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
  ••MM***********************************************************************
             *************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1.  Individual Handler
                     2.  All Handlers
                     3.  Universe of Handlers
                     4.  File of Handlers

                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
             •••it***************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o      All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o      Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed if you
              select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your  selected
              group of handlers belongs in.

       o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2"  is displayed if you  selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.

Type the number of the selection and press  < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.

Now the Permit Management Report Selection Screen will ask for Process  codes.  Enter the
Process Code.  You can enter up to ten different Process Codes.  Press   to get to the
next Process Code.  If all Process Codes are to be included, type "ALL". Press 
to continue.
11/92
PMT-42
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
                RCRIS: Permit Management Report Selection
               •A*****************************************
               Please Enter Process Code(s) or 'All' To Dump File

                         Process Code:  ALL
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
                         Process Code:
 A**************************************'
 *       inter-Continue             *
                                            r******»»*i
                                                        >***********
                                                 F4-Exit          *
 ******************************************************************************

The Permitting Device Selection Screen is now displayed. On the PC, to view the report on the
screen type  < 1 > and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the report either by using the
< ENTER > key or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys.  To send to your printer type
<2> and press .  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later
use. To save to a file type <3>  and press .  The system will ask you for a file
name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be  sure to
specify the drive and  path as well.  For example:  C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
                 RCRIS: Permitting Device Selection Screen
                 j     1  = Screen
                 |     2  ~ Printer
                 |     3  - File
                 i
                 |  Enter  Your Selection =
         Enter-Continue
                                                 F4-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        PMT-43
11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
 ************
                         RCRIS
                 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                 1.  VIEW THE REPORT OH THE SCREEN

                 2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                 3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                 4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                 R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                    ENTER SELECTION »
On the mainframe, the above screen appears.  To view the report on the screen, type "1" and
press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and
press .  To send the report to a file, type "3" and press  < ENTER >.  To run the
report in batch, type "4" and press < ENTER >. To return to the previous menu, type "R" and
press .

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 *                      RCRIS                             *
 *              ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/«# *
 *                  .  •                          TIME: ##:##   *
 *****************************************************************************

                  ENTER FILE NAME
                  NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »


                  CONTINUE (Y/N/H) » Y
   (H FOR MENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press  < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >. To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press .
The naming convention of the saved report file is:
                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
Where:
      AAA is the user's TSO ID
      BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
      XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).
11/52
PMT-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMnTTNG/CLOSURE/POST-CIX)SURE

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
  REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
  PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
 Press   to continue.

 If the  report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

 A**************************************************************************..
 *                        R C R I S                              *
 *              .  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE:  **/##/## *
 *                 VERSION *.#.#  ##/##/##            TIME:  ##:##   *
 ***•**••**************••#***»•***********•**************•*•«*••*»•*********•*

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 2
» 59 _
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
Use   to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press < TAB >.  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.  Enter the User's box  number and press .  Enter the destination and press
 < TAB >.  Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >.  If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , men enter the seconds
and press. < TAB >, The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device. To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue* field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press .                                   .

After pressing  < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.

 IKJ56250I JOB EPURPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED                       '
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.HSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.

Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           PMT-45            .                      11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.6    EVENT MILESTONE
Select "Event Milestone" and press  < ENTER >.  The Handler Section Screen 1 appears.

 a*****************************************************************************

                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
  a****************************************************************************
             *************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1.  Individual Handler
                     2.  All Handlers
                     3.  Universe of Handlers
                     4.  File of Handlers

                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3,  or 4:
             *************************************************
        Enter-Continue
                                                 Ft-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:

       o      Individual Handler:  RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
              was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o      All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
              This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o      Universe  of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection  Screen  2" is displayed if you
              select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the  universe your selected
              group of handlers belongs in.

       o      File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
              This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
              you want a report on.

Type the number of the selection and press  < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.

Now the Permit Management Report Selection Screen will ask for Event Codes. Enter the Event
Code.  You can enter up to ten different Event Codes. Press  to get to the next Event
Code.  If all Events are to be included, type "ALL".  Press   to continue.
11/92
PMT-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTITING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
                RCRIS: Permit Management Report Selection
  *********************************************************»*****************i
                Please Enter Event Code(s) or 'All' To Dump File
                           Ex:  OP010
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
                           Event
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
Code:
         Enter-Continue             *                 F4-Exit          *
        A**********************************************************************
Hie Permitting Event Scheduled Date Selection Screen will appear.  You must enter the Low
and High Test Range in MMDDYY format. To move from the Low Scheduled Date to the High
Scheduled Date just enter the date and press < TAB >.  You can now enter the High Scheduled
Date and  press < ENTER >.  If you wish to use the whole data file, type "ALL" and press
 .
 ******************************************************************************
              RCRIS: Permitting Event Scheduled Date Selection
  A***************************************************************************
                  Please Select a Low and High  Test Range
                        or 'All' To Dump The File
                    Lou Scheduled Date (MMDDYY):

                    High Scheduled Date (MMDDYY):
 A*****************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue              *                 F4-Exit           *
 A*****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
           PMT-47
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
                         RCRIS
                 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
 •••I***************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER>. To send the report to a
file,  type "3" and  press < ENTER >.   To  run  the report in batch, type "4" and  press
.  To return to  the previous menu, type "R" and press  < ENTER>.

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 a***************************************************
 *                      RCRIS
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                            **********************
          DATE: ##/##/## *
                                                 TIME: m-.m    *
                     ****************************************************

                  ENTER FILE NAME
                  NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »
                  CONTINUE (V/N/K) » Y
   (K FOR KENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press  < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
discontinue and return to  the previous menu, type "M" and press .

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                          AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
Where:
       AAA is the user's TSO ID
       BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
       XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).
11/92
PMT-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTTIING/CLOSURE/I'OST-CLOSURE

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
 Press < ENTER > to continue.

 If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.
 *                       R C R I S            '                 *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/#* *
 *                 VERSION *.#.#  mimim           TIME: m-.m   *
                  ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 2
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                  -CONTINUE    »'V
Use < TAB > to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press < TAB >.  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box  number and press .  Enter the destination and  press
 .  Enter the number of copies and press . If the running time of the  batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press . The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press .  The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.  To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue  field and press . To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press .

After pressing , the following message appears on the screen.  -
 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.KSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE,  THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.

Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           PMT-49                                  11/92


-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.7    COMPREHENSIVE
Select "Comprehensive".and press .  The next screen that is displayed is the PMT.
Handler Selection Screen 1.
                              HCHIS: FT1T Handler Selection Screen 1
                           DO YOU HISK TO GENERATE A RETORT FOR:

                               1. Indiuldual Handler
                               2. All Handlers
                               3. Universe of Handlers
                               4. File of Handlers

                            Please Enter 1. 2, 3, or 4:
                  Enter-Continue
                    rt-Extt
The PMT Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you with the option to generate a report for the
following types:

       o     Individual Handler: RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
             was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o     All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if you select option two.
             This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o     Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection  Screen 2"  is displayed if you
             select option three.  This screen is used to indicate the universe your selected
             group of handlers belongs in.

       o     File of Handlers:  "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
             This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
             you want a report on.

Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >. Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.
11/92
PMT-50
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
             PERIMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

             Hie Selection Criteria screen will now appear.  Use  to move between fields.  Use
              < ENTER > only after you have finish making all of your selection. A blank field will use the
             default value of that field for the report.  Use  to abort the report and to return to the
             Reports Menu.
                  ---	Selection Criteria	--
                  TAB to next field, press ENTER when finished. Leaving a field
                  blank accepts any value for that field.        •         •
i                  ......I	.—......_........_....,«,,,,,,.,..........b	
                  Select a.facility name or part of a name:
I                      (No embedded blanks, please.)        	r
I
:                  Select up to three facilities by ID number:      (Start at
!                          '                                 left.)
                  State:          Legislative District:
                  Select one event (enter 5 char, code):
                  State responsible person:       EPA responsible person: .
                  Customize your own Heading - Accept default or overwrite.          .                      ;

                                 PF4 to abort and return to menu, or ENTER to proceed -


             Enter the facility name or part of the name and press .   No embedded blanks are
             allowed. (NOTE: Leave facility name blank if you selected "Individual Handler" on Selection
             Screen 1).  Enter up to three facilities by ID number, starting at the left field, using 
             to move between each field.  Enter the State ID and'press .  Enter the Legislative
             District and press .  One Event Code can be entered, press  after you have
             entered your code.  State Responsible Person and the EPA Responsible Person  can also be
             entered, press   after you have entered  each code. Enter the custom report heading.
             A blank field will accept the default heading, a new heading will overwrite the default heading.
             After pressing < ENTER >  the new screen appears.
             RCRIS 4.0.0                           PMT-51                                   11/92


-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
 A*****************************************************************************
 *             *           RCRIS                              *
 .*                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY         '           *
 '*                                   .                .          *
 «««««««««>«<*««***»•*»»«*««»»»»»»»»»«»»«•«•••««•««*•*••*******••••«•••••»«««»
                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1. VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2. SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3. SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4. RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R. RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press  < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a
file, type "3"  and press < ENTER >.   To run the report in batch, type "4" and  press
 < ENTER >. To return to the previous menu, type "R"  and press < ENTER >.

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 *****************************************************************************
 *         '.              RCRIS                              *
 *            '   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/**/## *
 *                                         "       TIME: ##:##   *
 A****************************************************************************

                   ENTER FILE NAME
                   NAME (XXXXXXXX) »
                   CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y
   (M FOR MENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N"  for No and press  < ENTER >.  To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press  < ENTER >.

The naming convention of the saved report file is:
                           AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
Where:
       AAA is the user's TSO ID
       BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and
       XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).
11/52
PMT-52
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMTITING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
  REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
  PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE.  . .
 Press  to continue.


 If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

  ••A**************************************************************************
  *.                       RCRIS                             *
  *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
  *                VERSION *.#.#   «#/##/«#           TIME: ##:##   *
                         t***********************************************

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 2
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
 Use   to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press  .  Enter the
 priority level and press .  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
 is 1.  Enter the User's box number and press .   Enter the destination and press
. .  Enter the number of copies and press .  If the running time of the batch
 processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
 and press . The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds.  This should be sufficient
 for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes in the File Option field
 and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device. To continue,
 enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue field and press < ENTER >. To discontinue, enter "N" for
 No and press < ENTER >.

 After pressing  < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.

 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPT(JOB05588> SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.                 '

 Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-53                                  11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.8    ORPHAN REPORT BY EVENTS
Select "Orphan Report By Events" and press < ENTER >.  The next screen that is displayed
is the Device Selection Menu.
                          RCRIS
                  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
*
*
*                                     •                        *
******««**oo*****************************************»»«)m*i» ******************
                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                  1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press  < ENTER >. To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a
file, type "3"  and press < ENTER >.   To run the report in batch, type "4" and press
 .  To return to the previous menu, type "R"  and press < ENTER>.

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
 A****************************************************************************
 *                       RCRIS                              *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: *#/##/#* *
 *  -                                              TIME: m-.m   *
 *****************************************************************************

                   ENTER FILE NAME
                   NAME (XXXXXXXX) »
                   CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y
                                          (M FOR MENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press .  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press < ENTER >.
11/92
                                       PMT-54
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                          AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

 Where:

       AAA is the user's TSO ID
       BBBB is the user's TSO Logon account and                              .
       XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.

 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .                                ..                . .   •

 Press  to continue.

 If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.

 A****************************************************************************
 *                       R C R I  S                            *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                VERSION «.#.#  m/m/m        •.  TIKE: ##:##   *.
                  ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
iOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME «>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1-

» 2
» 59
                  FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                  CONTINUE   (Y/N).» .Y            .
Use   to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
priority level and press . The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box number and press .  Enter the destination and press
.  Enter the number of copies and press . If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press , The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds.  This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes  in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device. To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press  < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-55                                 11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPURPT(JOB05S88> SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press
to continue.
4.9    ORPHAN REPORT BY UNIT GROUP                                    -   .  .

Select "Orphan  Report By Unit  Group" and press  < ENTER >.  The next screen that is
displayed is the Device Selection Menu.
                          RCRIS
                  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
 ******************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  .1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press .  To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER>. To send the report to a
file,  type "3"  and  press < ENTER >.  To run  the report in batch, type "4" and press
.  To return to the previous menu, type °R" and press  < ENTER >.
11/92
                     PMT-56
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PEKMTTI1NG/CLOSIJRE/POST-CLOSURE

 If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.

  *****************************************************************************
  *                       R C R I S                          '   •
  *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/#*/#* *
  *                                               TINE:-##:##   *
  A****************************************************************************
                  ENTER FILE NAME

                  NAME (XXXXXXXX)  »

                  CONTINUE (Y/N/H) » Y       (N FOR MENU)


 Enter the file name and press  .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
 field and press < ENTER >.   To discontinue, type "N" for No and press < ENTER >.  To
 discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press  < ENTER >.

 The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                          AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

 Where:

       AAA is the user's TSO ID
       BBBB is the user's TSO Logon .account and
       XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

 After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          PMT-57                                 11/92


-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.
 **********************
                        t************************************************
•*                       RCRIS                          -    *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                 VERSION  «.#.#   mimim           TINE: m-.m    *
 a****************************************************************************

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME «>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 2
» 59
                   FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N  (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                   CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Biter the
priority level and press < TAB >.  The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter the User's box number and  press  .  Enter the destination and press
.  Enter the number of copies and press . If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the  minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press . The default values are 2 minute and 59 seconds. This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter "Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device. To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue  field and press < ENTER >. To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press .

After pressing < ENTER >, the following  message appears on the screen.
 1KJ56250I JOB 6PWRPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.


Press < ENTER > to continue.
11/92.
PMT-58
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMI1TING/CIX)SURE/POST-CLOSIJRE

 4.10  RUN USER PROGRAM

 This is a selection from the Permitting Reports Menu.  Select this option to actually run your
 custom designed report. Consult the FOCUS manuals for information regarding producing user
 designed reports.
j*** R C R I S *•*
j Permitting
j Database: K4DB.HSR
4
Permitting PMT/CL/PC Report Menu
i
i
j Please enter Program Name j -
i i
i i
i i -
i i s
.4.. 	 ._.„.......... 	 i
+ 	 	 +
. j Event Milestone
I Comprehensive
! Orphan Report By Events
j Orphan Report By Unit Group
} TABLETALK
I PLOTTALK
j Return to Previous Menu
! Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Menu


Enter the program name and press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-59
11/92

-------
       UTILITY MENU
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
        ! Database: K4DB.NSR
                             RCRIS
                            Permitting
              Permftting/Closure/Post-Closure Selection Henu j

                      Data Entry Henu                  |
                      View Menu                      j
                      Reports Menu
                      Utility Menu
                      Return to RCRIS Main Henu
                       Return to Previous Henu
                       Return to RCRIS Hain Henu
The utility function provides you the ability to rename a unit group identifier and to split a unit
group into two new unit groups. The letter in the parenthesis indicates that the menu can be
selected by pressing that letter and then pressing  < ENTER >.  Menu selections can also be
made by using the arrow up/down keys to highlight the selection and then pressing < ENTER >.

On Permitting utility screens certain information is required. The information may be required
by EPA for reporting (Core Elements) or required by RCRIS to continue through the system
(Mandatory Elements).
11/92
PMT-60
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PERMmiNG/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

5.1   RENAME UNIT ID IN UNIT GROUP
|«Ht
1
1
1
1 Database: X49B.RSK
11 C R I S
Pemittlng
Ternitting/Closure/Post-Clasiire IHility flenu
Rename Unit IB In Unit Croup
Split Unit Group Utility
Return to Preuious Menu
Return to BCBI3 Main nenu
1 -
1
1
1
1
~
1
l
»
l
1
J
1
l
The RENAME UNIT ID IN UNIT GROUP option allows you to rename the Unit Group
Identifier within the unit group if the existing identification is not sufficient.

EXAMPLE: The unit group with a Unit Group Identifier of 007 needs to be renamed in order
            for the identification to be more descriptive and therefore more informative. The
            existing ID is then changed to TANKS.

You must first choose the RENAME UNIT ID IN UNIT GROUP option and press < ENTER >.

The EPA Handler ID is then requested on the  "Unit Group .Rename Handler ID Screen 1".

NOTE:      If you re-name and/or split the unit groups on the implementer level, you should
            notify your co-implementer to also re-name or split the unit groups. Otherwise,
            your merge extract could show duplicate unit groups.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-61
11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1.1  UNIT GROUP RENAME HANDLER ID
 • ««****«i>*«««««**** **••*****«**•»»»*«*••*******••****************************** •
 *       RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Rename Handler ID Screen 1            •
 ••••••a***********************************************************************
                    Permi tt i ng/CIosure/Post-CIosure
             . Please Enter an EPA Handler Id:
 *****************************************************************************
   ENTER-Continue to Unit Group Rename Screen 2
   F3-Exit
   r*************************************»**************************************
Type the Handler ID and press  < ENTER >.
5.1.2  UNIT GROUP RENAME PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER

The next screen, the ?Unit Group Rename Permit Processing Number Screen 2", asks for the
Permit Processing  Number.  Type the number and press  < ENTER >.
 * RCRIS Permitting; Unit Group Rename Screen 2                         *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id:   MS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIHENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number
          APP01
          APP02
          APP03
          APP04
          APP05
          APP06
          APP07
          APP09

     Permit Processing Number:
Event Activity Tracks
(  CL             )
(OP
{OP
(  CL
(OP
(OP
(OP
 **************************<
                           k**********************************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Rename Screen 3
   F3-Exit     FS-Previous Screen    F9-First Permit Groups  FIO-More Permits
11/92
       PMT-62
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 54.3  TOOT GROUP RENAME PERMIT AUTHORITY

 The "Unit Group Rename Permit Authority Screen 3" is next. This screen is used to designate
 which Unit Group needs to be renamed by placing a  < Y >  next to the appropriate Unit Group.
 Type  and press .
  >>**>*«>«»>1>«1>»««««> > » « > t ******•••••••«•»*»•

  *    RCR1S Permitting: Unit Group Rename Screen 3                -        *
Handler Id:   HS6210809871
Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT  STATION
Permit/Closure Processing Number:  APP01

*** Place A 'Y' Next To The Appropriate Unit Group •**

                    Unit Id       Capacity        UOM
    Rename  • Process
   Unit Group   Code
       N       S01     01
       N       S02     02
                                       510.00
                                      3640.00
       # .Of  Current
       Units   Track
             .  CL
               CL
 *****************************************************************************
   Enter-Rename Unit Group       F3-Exit                FS-Previous Screen
   F9-First Unit Groups         F10-Next Unit Group
 ••••••I************************************************************************
You will then  be asked to  update the Unit  ID  name.   Type  the new  Unit ID and press
 .
 **«
 *
 ******************************************************************************
   *************************************************************************
    RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Rename Screen 3                        *
   Handler Id:   NS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01

   *** Place A 'Y1 Next To The Appropriate Unit Group ***

                                   Capacity
 Rename    Process
Unit Group   Code
   Y        SOI
   N        S02
 Unit  Id

01
02
                                         510.00
                                        3640.00
UOM

 G
 G
#  Of  Current
Units   Track
         CL
         CL
    Update the Unit Id:
               S01     01
 *****************************************************************************
 •Enter-Continue With Unit Group Rename     F5*Previous Screen       F3-Exit
 ***<«»***************************•****************** iMMk************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                         PMT-63
                                          11/92


-------
The new Unit ID is then displayed.
                                                                       RCRIS USER GUIDE
      RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Rename Screen 3
     **«•****•                  	
   Handler Id:   HS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIHENT STATION
   Pennit/Closure Processing Number: APP01

   *** Place A 'Y» Next To The Appropriate Unit Group ***

                                  Capacity       UOH
 Rename    Process   Unit Id
Unit Group  Code
   N       S01    11
   N       S02    02
                                        510.00
                                       3640.00
#  Of  Current
Units   Track
         CL
         CL
   Enter-Rename Unit Group       F3-Exit                FS-Previous Screen
   F9-First Unit Groups         F10-Next Unit Group
 ******************************************************************************
5.2    UNIT GROUP SPLITTING UTILITY

The SPLIT UNIT GROUP UTILITY option allows you to split a single unit group into two
or more unit groups.

This option is useful when it is necessary to split a unit group on an activity track into two
distinct unit groups with a common history but with different future activity tracks.
          Database: K4DB.MSR
                              RCRIS
                              Permitting
                Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure utility Menu

                       Rename Unit ID in Unit Group
                       Split Unit Group Utility
                       Return to Previous Menu
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
11/92
                                        PMT-64
                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE

 EXAMPLE;  TANKFARM is a unit group of thirty tanks currently on a closure activity track.
              It is determined that ten of the tanks will not reach clean closure and will require
              post-closure  care.    TANKFARM can  be split  into  two  unit groups:
              TANKFARM1 with twenty of the original  tanks going to clean  closure and
              TANKFARM2 with the remaining .ten tanks requiring post-closure care. The unit
              group splitting utility will  automatically copy the original event history from
              TANKFARM to TANKFARM1 and TANKFARM2.  This reduces data entry
              effort and effectively tracks the complete.event history for all tanks.

 Select SPLIT UNIT GROUP UTILITY  from the Utility Menu and press .
 5.2.1  UNIT GROUP SPLITTING HANDLER ID

 The "Unit Group Splitting Handler ID Screen 1" is then displayed.  Enter a valid Handler ID
 number to continue.                          -
 ******************************************************************************
 *      RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Handler ID Screen 1        *
 ft*****************************************************************************
                  Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure *
             Please Enter an EPA Handler Id: MS6210809871
  ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Splitting Permit Processing Number Screen 2
   F3-Exit
 A*****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
PMT-65
11/91'


-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.2.2  UNIT GROUP SPLITTING PERMIT PROCESSING
The "Unit Group Splitting Permit Processing Number Screen 2" is displayed next. You may
enter a processing number for this handler if one does not already exist. To split a unit group
for an existing permit enter the processing number and press  < ENTER >.
 *  RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Permit Processing Number Screen 2  *
  K*********************************************
   Handler Id:    HS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number
          APP01
          APP02
          APP03
          APP04
          APP05
          APP06
          APP07
          APP09
Event Activity Tracks
(  CL

(OP
{OP
(  CL
(OP
(OP               )
(OP               )
     Permit Processing Number:

 **************1Ht**************************»*********************************
   Enter-Continue To Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3
   F3-Exit     FS-Previous Screen    F9-First Permit Groups  FIO-Morc Permits
 ik*******************************************************************
RULE:  You may only split one unit group at a time.
5.2.3  UNIT GROUP SPLITTING PERMIT AUTHORITY

The next screen is the "Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3". The Split Unit Group
column is the only field that can be modified. Y for yes and N for no are the only options.

       o     Y  to indicate Yes

       o     N  to indicate No  (This is the default value and appears each time the screen is
             displayed. You must change the value to < Y > in order to split the unit group.)
11/92
      PMT-66
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PERMITTING/CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE
  ******************************************************************************
  *    RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3      *
  ******************************************************************************
    Handler Id:   HS6210809871
    Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
       Place A 'Y' Next To The Appropriate Unit Group

                        Unit Id       Capacity
  Split    Process
Unit Group  Code
    N       SOI     11
    N       502     02
                                           510.00
                                          3640.00
   Enter-Split Unit Group
   F9- First Unit Groups
                            F3-Exit
                            FIO-Next Unit Group
                             UON

                              G
                              G
       # Of  Current
       Units   Track
                CL
                CL
                               F5-Previous Screen
 The "Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3" continues by asking you to update any
 of the data elements.  This is where the old unit group must be changed to produce 2 new unit
 groups.
 *************»***************i
                             I***********************************************
 *     RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3      *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id:   HS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
       Place A 'V Next  To The Appropriate Unit Group ***

                                    Capacity
  Split    Process
Unit Group   Code
    Y       SOI
    N       S02
 Unit  Id

11
02
                                           510.00
                                          3640.00
UOM

 G
 G
#  Of Current
Units  Track
         CL
         CL
    Enter Unit Id and Update any of the data elements:
               SOI    11                   510.00    G             CL
  ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue With Unit Group Split      f5-Previous Screen       F3-Exit
 *****************************************************************************
The following screen, again named "Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3", requires
the new unit information.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                          PMT-67
                                                                       11/92

-------
                                                                           RCRIS USER GUIDE
This data is the second half or remaining unit group information you must enter.
 ••••••a***********************************************************************
 *     RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3       *
 ******************************************************************************
   Handler Id:   MS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01

   **• Place A 'V Next To The Appropriate  Unit Group

                                    Capacity
  Split    Process
Unit Group   Code
    Y       SOI
    N       S02
 Unit  Id

11
02
                                          510.00
                                         3640.00
UOM

 G
 G
#  Of  Current
Units   Track
         CL
         CL
    Enter the New Unit Information:
               S01     12           450.00           G      3       CL
 *****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue           F3-Exit
 ******************************************************************************

The result is a split unit group with common history, but now with separate activity tracks.

At this point, you can split yet another unit group if necessary using the function keys.
      RCRIS Permitting: Unit Group Splitting Permit Authority Screen 3
Handler Id: MS6210B09871
Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
*** Place A 'Y' Next To The
Split Process Unit
Unit Group Code
N SOI 1
N SOI 12
N S02 02
Enter-Split Unit Group
F9- First Unit Groups
Appropriate Unit Group
Id Capacity
1.00
510.00
3640.00
F3-Exit
F10-Next Unit Group
***
UOM # Of Current
Units Track
G 1 CL
G 4 CL
G CL
F5-Previous Screen
11/92
                                          PMT-68
                                                               RCRIS 4.0.0

-------

-------

-------
t
           COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT
f

-------
t

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT . '.	  1
     1.1  INTRODUCTION	  1
     1.2  MAINFRAME USERS NOTE	  2
     1.3  IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD . .	*	  2
  .   1.4  CO-IMPLEMENTER REFRESH	  3
     1.5  KEY TERMS	  3
     1.6  FUNCTION KEYS  	  5
     1.7  CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA . '.	  6
     1.8  USING CM&E	  6
         1.8.1 EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE .	  7
         1.8.2 VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE  	  7
         1.8.3 ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE	  7
         1.8.4 LINK VIOL/EVAL/ENFORCE	  7
         1.8.5 EVAL, VIOL, AND ENFORCE DELETION 	  7
         1.8.6 REPORTS	  7
         1.8.7 TICKLER EVENT TRACKING	  8
         1.8.8 HANDLER NARRATIVE	»...."	  8
            i
2    EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE	  9
     2.1  EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1	  9
     2.2  EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2	11
     2.3  EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3 ;	13
     2.4  EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4	14

3    VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE	15
     3.1  VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1  	16
     3.2  VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2  .	18

4    ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE	20
     4.1  ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1  	21
     4.2  ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2  ;  . .	23
     4.3  ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3	24
     4.4  ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4	 25

5    LINK VIOLATION/EVALUATION/ENFORCEMENT	26
     5.1  LINK SCREEN 1	27
     5.2  LINK SCREEN 2	28
     5.3  LINK SCREEN 3	 . 29

6    EVALUATION DELETION	,	30
     6.1  EVALUATION DELETE SCREEN 1	31
     6.2  EVALUATION DELETE SCREEN 2	 .	32

                             I

-------
7    VIOLATION DELETION	33
     7.1   VIOLATION DELETE SCREEN 1	34
     7.2   VIOLATION DELETE SCREEN 2	35

8    ENFORCEMENT DELETION  	36

     8.2   ENFORCEMENT DELETE SCREEN 2	38

9    REPORTS	39
     9.1   CM & E REPORTS MENU	39
     9.2   DUMP REPORTS	40
          9.2.1 HANDLER SELECTION SCREEN 1	41
          9.2.2 DEVICE SELECTION - PC . '.	44
          9.2.3 DEVICE SELECTION - MAINFRAME  	45
     9.3   STARS REPORTS	46
     9.4   END-OF-YEAR REPORTS  . .	49
     9.5   MANAGEMENT REPORTS	50
          9.5.1 CM & E VIOLATION REPORT	 50
          9.5.2 FOIA REPORT OF NON-SENSITIVE CM & E DATA-
              FORMAT 1  	50
          9.5.3 FOIA REPORT OF NON-SENSITIVE CM & E DATA-
              FORMAT 2	50
          9.5.4 CM & E TIMELY AND APPROPRIATE REPORT-
              HIGH PRIORITY VIOLATIONS	54
          9.5.5 CM & E TIMELY AND APPROPRIATE REPORT-
              MEDIUM PRIORITY VIOLATIONS  	54
          9.5.6 CM & E TARGET INSPECTION REPORT	55
          9.5.7 CM & E TIMELINESS TICKLER REPORT	56
          9.5.8 CM & E MULTIPLE ENFORCEMENT ACTION REPORT  . .  56
          9.5.9 CM & E MULTIPLE INSPECTION REPORT	58
          9.5.10     FACILITY MANAGEMENT REPORT 	58
          9.5.11     TABLETALK	59
     9.6   COMPREHENSIVE CM&E REPORT	 62
     9.7   FIND THE "CONTROL NUMBER" REPORT	67
          9.7.1 EVALUATION	67
          9.7.2 VIOLATION	69
          9.7.3 ENFORCEMENT	70
     9.8   HANDLER EVALUATION INFORMED FORMS	 .	71
     9.9   HANDLER ENFORCEMENT INFORMED FORMS	76

10   TICKLER EVENT TRACKING 	80
     10.1   EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY SCREEN 1	81
     10.2   EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY SCREEN 2	81
     10.3   EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY SCREEN 1A	83

                              ii

-------
11    HANDLER NARRATIVE	84
     11.1  NARRATIVE MENU SCREEN	85
     11.2  CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE  	85
     11.3  LOAD FROM ASCII FILE	87
     11.4  REPORT	90
                               •

-------

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
1     COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT


1.1   INTRODUCTION

EPA and State personnel maintain RCRA regulation compliance evaluation, violation, and
enforcement action information for hazardous waste handlers in RCRIS with the Compliance
Monitoring and Enforcement module.  The CM&E module also produces standard reports
which may be generated and reviewed prior to a facility inspection. The CM&E module also
produces STARS reports, a comprehensive CM&E History Report, and a Violation Report that
is particularly useful as a management tool because it quickly shows any unaddressed violations.

Other CM&E module functions are:

      o    Add or change evaluation, violation, or enforcement action data.

      o .    Link violations to enforcement action or evaluation  records.

      o    Delete previously entered evaluation, violation, or enforcement action data.

      o    Generate reports.

      o    Create a suspense file of important events.

      o    Create and maintain comprehensive  narrative information about evaluations,
            violations, or enforcement actions.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-1                                11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

The RCRIS  Main  Menu,  presented  below, includes  the  Compliance Monitoring and
Enforcement module.  Select CM&E  by using the arrow up/down key or typing   to
highlight Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement and pressing < ENTER >.
                          RCRIS
                        Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: K4DB.MSR                 Ver: «.#.# ##/##/##
                 Please Select Desired Uork Package
                Handler Identification
                Pertni tting/Closure/Post-Closure
                Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
                Corrective Action
                Program Management
                Facility Management Planning
                Data Assessment
                Database Administration
                FOIA Reports
                Exit RCRIS
1.2   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS mainframe software and PC software are the same.  However, mainframe RCRIS
function keys and other mainframe keys (such as "attention") operate differently depending on
the terminal being used or when using a PC with communication software. Your RCRIS DBA
or computer support specialist can tell you which keys on your equipment create the mainframe
function keys.


1.3   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD

The State and its EPA Region define data ownership in the Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU).  The MDBA then'enters the values for the Implements of Record (IOR) assignments
in the IOR table of RCRIS based on the Memorandum of Understanding.  The agency assigned
as the IOR for a block  of data "owns" the data and  has  responsibility for data collection,
maintenance, and quality. Data ownership carries the responsibility of ensuring quality data
because only data collected by the owner passes to the National Oversight database for reporting
to EPA Headquarters and the United States Congress.

RCRIS uses a filter called the IOR filter during the merge process that removes all data from
die flat files that your agency does not own. You should be careful when entering data in this
module that you use any appropriate codes that tells the IOR filter which agency owns the block
data.  The IOR filter knows who owns a block of data in any of the three CM&E files based on
the IOR Table (See the Merged Database Administrator Guide for information about the IOR
table) settings and the value in the responsible agency field.  For example, in most cases, EPA
owns  "E" responsible agency events and the State owns "S" responsible agency events.
11/92
CME-2
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                                                                     •'"N '
                                                                                     " f f ^

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.4    CO-IMPLEMENTER REFRESH

When EPA Regional offices and their State counterparts carry out the RCRA program jointly
it becomes necessary for both of the agencies to see the information collected  by each other.
In other words, coordinating RCRA activities requires data coordination between agencies.  Your
DBA performs co-implementer refresh. Contact your DBA or see the RCRIS Merged Database
Administration Guide for more information about co-implementer refresh.
1.5    KEY TERMS
Key terms specific to CM&E are as follows:
Universes
Tickler
Informed Forms
Coverage Areas
Violation Area
A group  of  handlers having  similar characteristics, such  as
incinerators.   RCRIS automatically  puts  handlers  into  their
appropriate universes based on certain criteria when specific values
are in the fields the system checks during universe calculations.

Tickler/event tracking is a reminder service.  Any CM&E event
may  be placed in this suspense  file. Each responsible person in
your agency may have a tickler  file. The tickler file can be used
to remind you of future enforcement action, evaluation,  or any
other activity  simply by running a report showing the scheduled
events.

Forms  used to collect CM&E data. The forms are generated in
the reports section of the module.  They are then completed by
field/program staff and used to enter data into the RCRIS database.
"Informed" because the forms  contain a variety of information
such as process information, outstanding and pending  violations,
enforcement actions, etc.

A term defining the part of a facility evaluated.  This is not* a
geographical area,  but a RCRA program area.  For example,
"GER" means "Generator - All Requirements".  The RCRIS Data
Element Dictionary (DED) contains a complete list of coverage
areas under the CEJEVAL section of the CM&E chapter.

Same as  coverage  areas,  but when used these codes denote a
violation discovered in the area.  Violation area codes are the same
as coverage area codes.  The DED contains a complete list of
violation  areas  under the CEV_AREA  section of the  CM&E
chapter. .
RCRIS 4.0.0
             CME-3
11/92

-------
Orphans
Natural Orphans
Unnatural Orphans
STARS
CM&E
        COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

A term describing a data element that is  dependent on another
piece of data and is missing that other piece of data. For example,
in CM&E an enforcement action requires a violation record or the
enforcement action is considered to be orphaned.

Some orphans occur naturally during data  entry.  These orphans
may exist in any database without creating a problem.   For
example, entering a corrective action RCRA Facility Assessment
(RFA) event before entering a corrective action instrument (such
as a permit or corrective action order) is common.  The RFA is
never linked to the corrective action instrument or area, therefore
it is a natural orphan.

These orphan types are caused either by a system error or data
entry error.  There are two types of unnatural orphans. The first
type is called "expected".  That is, you would "expect" to see this
orphan because  there is a reason for this orphan to occur.  For
example, an EPA Region enters an enforcement action addressing
a State-discovered violation, but the violation information does riot
exist.on the Region's RCRIS database.  The Region enters the
enforcement action, but can  not  link the enforcement to the
violation (because the violation  is not there).  Technically the
enforcement action is an orphan, but the Region knows it can not
link the enforcement action and therefore "expects"  to see the
enforcement action unlinked, or orphaned.

"Unexpected" orphans describe data that was supposed to be linked
but is not linked because of a system problem or through incorrect
data entry.

Acronym for the Strategic Targeted Activities for Results System.
Process and system EPA Regions and Headquarters uses to report
progress on the  RCRA program.

Standard abbreviation  for   the  Compliance  Monitoring  and
Enforcement module of RCRIS.
CME


CEI
Acronym for Compliance Groundwater Monitoring With Sampling.
This is a type of facility inspection.

Acronym for  Compliance Evaluation Inspection With Sampling.
This is a type of facility inspection.
n/92
             CME-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

CES*             .  •.-    Acronym for Compliance Evaluation Inspection Without Sampling.
                         .This is a type of facility inspection.  May be used by inspectors
                         when, for whatever reason, sampling was not done as part of the
                         inspection, but should have been. Whenever the sampling is done
                         an "SPL" evaluation type should be entered into RCRIS in order
                         for the inspecting agency to receive STARS credit.

CMS*                   Acronym  for  Compliance  Groundwater  Monitoring  Without
                         Sampling.  This is  a type of facility inspection. May be used by
                         inspectors when, for whatever reason, sampling was not done as
                         pan of the inspection.  Whenever the sampling is done an "SPL"
                         evaluation  type should be entered into  RCRIS in order for the
                         inspecting agency to receive STARS credit.

*      These evaluation  type will be removed from RCRIS as part of the fall 1991 software
       release.       :                      '                               -    ;

Other codes are found in your data element dictionary.
1.6   FUNCTION KEYS

       Scan (Not FOCUS scan).

       Not used.

       Exit to CM&E Main Menu.

       Exit to first screen or return to ID screen.

       Help Screen (narrative function only), coverage areas (Evaluation Add/Update),
             or payments (Enforcement Action Add/Update).

       Add Area in Evaluation Add/Update Screen 3 and Cancel Add in Evaluation
             Add/Update Screen 4. •

     _/ Exit Help Screen or move back one screen in Help

       Help Screen or move forward one screen in Help       *                .

       Page back'or top of listings

      Page forward one screen or return to Evaluation Add/Update from the Violation
             Add/Update screen


RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-5                          <      11/92

-------
                                COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

     Go to  Violation  Add/Update  Screen  from Evaluation  Add/Update  or  to
            Enforcement Action Add/Update from Violation Add/Update (on some keyboards
            without , use ALT -  keys).

< F12 >     Go to link screen from Evaluation or Violation Add/Update (on some keyboards
            without , use ALT -  keys).

END  Deletes from cursor to end of field (PC only).

         Save data entered and/or continue to next screen.
1.7   CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA

CM&E data entry screens contain core data elements, system required elements and some data
elements that are both core and system required. The table below lists the core elements and
the system required elements.  Consult the DED for correct values for these and all RCRIS
fields.
      Core

      Type of Evaluation
      Actual Resolved Date
      Scheduled Response Date
      Penalty Assessed
      Settlement Amount
      Evaluation Coverage Area
      Area Of Violation
System Required

Primary ID #
Evaluation Control #
Evaluation Responsible Agency
Area of Violation
Date Violation Determined
Class of Violation
Scheduled Response Date
Enforcement Control #
Enforcement Responsible Agency
Type of Enforcement Action
1.8   USING CM&E

The RCRIS CM&E module stores RCRA compliance data in three files, the Evaluation file, the
Violation file, and the Enforcement Action file. While not a file per se, the link function is also
a key component of the CM&E module.  This module also offers several reports and a data
delete function. Two functions for the RCRA program staff are also available in CM&E. One,
the Tickler Event Tracking, is a suspense file function used to keep track of future events for
a facility. The other is the Handler Narrative function, a word processing function used to store
text descriptions of the facility, unusual compliance history, or other textual information. You
can select any of these functions directly from the CM&E Main Menu.
11/92
CME-6
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.8.1  EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE

You add or revise  facility inspection information, such as a CEI,  through the CM&E
Evaluation Add/Update option.  The information entered in this section includes type of
evaluation, evaluation date, reason for evaluation, and coverage areas.


1.8.2  VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE

You enter violation information for facilities found to be out of compliance during an inspection
through the Violation Add/Update option. Normally, you enter the violation information after
entering the evaluation information into RCRIS.                                <


1.8.3  ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE

After entering the evaluation and violation information into RCRIS you can enter an enforcement.
action into CM&E using the Enforcement Add/Update option.


1.8.4  LINK VIOL/EVAL/ENFORCE

Although  not a relational database, RCRIS looks relational because  of the link function.  The
link function allows RCRIS to use the three separate files for storing  CM&E data.   After
entering evaluation and violation information, for example, the link function lets you "show" in
the database that the evaluation "discovered" the  violation.  Likewise,  after entering the
enforcement action information, the link lets you show that this enforcement action "addresses"
the violation.
1.8.5 EVAL, VIOL, AND ENFORCE DELETION

The Evaluation, Violation and Enforcement deletion option is used to delete unwanted data
from previously entered CM&E records.
1.8.6 REPORTS

The Reports function is used to generate CM&E reports.  Reports available in CM&E are:
Dump reports; STARS Reports; Management Reports; Comprehensive CM&E Report; Find the
"Control Number" Report;, Handler Evaluation Informed Forms;  and Handler Enforcement
Informed Forms. Reports may be viewed on screen, saved to an ASCII or flat rile, or printed
on your printer.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-7                               11/92

-------
                               COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

1.8.7  TICKLER EVENT TRACKING

RCRA Program Managers and Compliance Officers can  use the Tickler Event Tracking
function in CM&E as a suspense file of future events. After entering the events into the system
you can generate a report showing the events and their scheduled dates.


1.8.8  HANDLER NARRATIVE

The Handler Narrative function lets you create an ASCII text file with any word processor and
then pull it directly into RCRIS. The narrative can contain comments and other compliance-
related information about this handler.
11/92
CME-8
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2     EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE

You use the Evaluation Add/Update function  for recording  and revising evaluation data
collected during facility inspections.  When the CM&E Main Menu first comes up on the screen,
you see Evaluation Add/Update highlighted. To select this option press < ENTER >.
                           RCRIS
                  Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
         Database: K4DB.MSR
        	+			+	
                        CM ft E Main Menu     !
                     Evaluation Add/Update
                     Violation Add/Update
                     Enforcement Add/Update
                     Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                     Evaluation Deletion
                     'Violation Deletion
                     Enforcement Deletion
                     Reports Menu
                     Tickler Event Tracking
                     Handler Narrative
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu.)
2.1    EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1

Now the system displays the "CM&E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 1" and prompts you for
a Handler Identification Number (HID), an evaluation control number, and a responsible agency
code. All these fields must be completed in order to continue.  You must have entered the HID
in the RCRIS Handler Identification module before you can use the HID here.

The evaluation control number contains the date of the evaluation system converted to a year-
month-day format (YYMMDD) and three optional alphanumeric characters sequence ID of your
choice.   Data entry, however, for the date is in  the MMDDYY format.  Make sure the
evaluation control number matches this format. You  may use some other number for the control
number,  but it must conform to the correct format.   The screen  edit would not allow for
example, 983145 because this is not a valid date format. When revising evaluation information
enter the previously assigned evaluation control number.

You may use the scan file feature from this  screen.  Simply enter the HID and press .
The next screen displays a list of the evaluations with the evaluation date, sequence number,
responsible agency, responsible branch and person, evaluation  type, and the evaluation reason.
You can  then select an evaluation by placing an   and pressing . This takes
you directly to Evaluation Add/Update Screen 2.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-9
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
                 RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 1
                                                  •
                                            r*******
                  Please Enter Handler ID:

                Evaluation Control Nuifcer

                                 Date:
                               Seq. ID:

                      Responsible Agency:
                            MS6210809871
                            MMDDYY
                            021590
                            021
 •«<><>»<>««•«»»»««**•••••••«•••*•*•••••••
 *   Enter-Continue     F1-Scan File
                                   ************************************
                      F3-Exit
FS-Help
NOTES:
       o

       0

       o

       0
Required fields for this screen are a valid HID, evaluation control number, and
responsible agency code unless using the scan feature. RCRIS uses the evaluation
control number as part of the key.  This is how RCRIS keeps track of the record.

The HID must be established in the Handler Identification module.

Press   for a list of evaluations already in the system for this handler.

Press   exits without saving changes.

Press   for the Help Screen containing the valid responsible agency codes.
The  key exits help.
11/92
                          CME-10
                             RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

If Scan File was selected, the following screen appears.
* Handler ID: NS6210809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
"Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD City: VICKSBURG
Place an 'X' next to the record and press ENTER.
Action Date Seq Agency Br. /Person Type Reason
021590
021590
032189
032189
020589
102588
010488
110487
110487
111886
* ENTER- Continue
021
001
018
009
007
006
005
013
004
012
X
S
t
3
S
S
S
E
S
J
F3-Exit
BMO CEI
GEM CEI
HH CEI
KR CEI
KR NRR
DJB NRR
CSE
JG CEI
NEJ CEI
JH CEI
F4-ID Screen F9-Up FIO-Down *
To exit, press .  To return.to Screen 1, press . Type an "X" next to the record
and press  < ENTER >.  To move up the record list, press  .  To move down the list,
press .    .-
2.2    EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2

Displayed on the "CM&E Evaluation  Add/Update Screen 2" are the HID, handler  name,
evaluation control number and responsible agency.  Enter the evaluation date if this is  a new
entry.  Already displayed is the evaluation date if you entered an existing evaluation control
number or came from screen 1 using the scan feature. Below this information are the fields for
the type of evaluation, the reason for evaluation, and the initials and branch of the individual
performing the evaluation. The "Type of Evaluation ".and "Evaluated By" fields display current
information if you entered an existing control number on screen 1.  Also provided is an optional
comment field for you to enter any further information about the evaluation. Press < ENTER >
to save your changes before continuing.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-11
11/92

-------
                                COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
            MM>« »««><>«)»«>•••«•••••
                RCR1S: CM & E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 2
* Handler ID: MS621 0809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD City: .yiCKSBURG
Evaluation Control Nutter: 900215021
Responsible Agency: X
Date of Evaluation(NMDDYY): 021590
Please Enter The Following Evaluation Information:
Resp. Branch:
Resp. Person: BMO
Type of Evaluation: CEI
Reason of Evaluation:
Evaluation Garment:
ENTEft-Save F2- Cancel F3-Exit F4-ID Screen
FS-Cov. Areas F8-Hclp F11-Viol F12-Link '



NOTES:
         t
      o
      o
      o
      o
      o
      o
The type of evaluation must be completed in order to continue.
Use  to cancel.
Use the  key to exit to  the CM&E Main Menu without saving your.
changes.
The  key returns you to the first screen if you want to enter a different
handier or evaluation control number.  Press < ENTER > to save your changes
before using the  key.
The    key  moves  you  to  the next  screen showing  coverage area
information. Press < ENTER >  to save your changes before using the  
key.
The  key displays the Help Screen containing valid codes. The  
key exits help.
The  key takes you directly to violation data entry.
The  key takes you directly to the link function screen.
To revise existing data use the   key to move to the  fields needing
revision and simply type over the data.  Press < ENTER > to save your changes.
The system does  not  require responsible person  and  branch, however the
individual's name* must exist in the name file look up table should you choose to
use the responsible person field.  Only a DBA can add names to  the name file.
11/92
                        CME-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.3    EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3      -

Use this screen for entering or revising coverage area information.  Already displayed at the top
of the screen 3 are the HID, handler name, and descriptive information about the evaluation.
Below this information are fields for area, coverage area description, and status.  Only those
coverage areas marked as "E" for evaluated or "NE" will be saved.  Any marked with "NA"
or blank status will be deleted.  Pressing the  key takes you to the screen for adding
areas. This way you can enter only those coverage areas actually inspected.
 ********************************«*****************************************•*+*
 *                RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 3       • -   *
 •••••«««••«•«>«*»»•»•«««»«•«**•«««»*«•«*««•«*•«»»*««««•*•««••«««**•••*»««»*»••
 * Handler ID: MS6Z10809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: V1CKS8URG
 * Control No: 900215021   Agency: X Type: CEI On: 021590 Br./Person:     BNO
 «««*«**«»»*»«»»*«**«*«»««««*«<>«»**»« «t «•«!>««>«« t *«»•« t«« «*»1HHHlHHMHHr*«««
    Please enter Status (E, NE) to save or  (NA, blank) to delete:
           Area  Coverage Area Description              Status
           DGW   TSD-GRQUNDWATER MONITORING REQUIREMENTS   E
           DCL   TSD-CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS     E
           DOT   TSD-OTHER REQUIREMENTS                  E
           FEA   FORMAL ENFORCEMENT AGREEMENTS            E
           CAS   CORRECTIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE     E
           GLB   GENERATOR-LAND BAN REQUIREMENTS          E
           OLB   TSD-LAND BAN REQUIREMENTS               E
 *****************************************************************************
     ENTER-More    F2-Cancel     F3-Exit     F4-ID Screen    F5-Return
     F6-Add Area    F9-1st       Fll-Viol    F12-tink
 ••A****************************************************!***********************
NOTES:

       o

       o

       o
       o

       o

       o

       o

       o
The < ENTER >  key displays more areas of evaluation.

Use   to cancel.

To exit to the CM&E Main Menu without saving your changes, use the 
key.

The  key  returns  you to  screen  1.  (This  is  only if you do not need
additional screens of coverage  areas.)   Press    before using  the
 key to save your changes.
Use the  key to return to the previous screen.

The   key takes you to the next screen for adding coverage areas.

The   key will take you back to the first screen of coverage areas.

Use the   key to go directly to the .violation data entry.

The  key takes you to the CM&E Link/Unlink  Screen  1.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           CME-13
11/92

-------
                                     COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT


2.4    EVALUATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4


Use this screen for entering coverage area information that was actually inspected.

To reach this screen, press   while in Screen 3.


 •««««>«•••••**»<>>*«««««**»•••••*«••«<>«*•*••»«»««>»««•«»»•*«>»»»•••«««****«««•
 *                RCRIS: CM ft E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 4           *
 a*****************************************************************************
                 RCRIS: CM ft E Evaluation Add/Update Screen 4
                                     **********

* Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG


  Control No: 900215021   Agency: X Type: CEI On: 021590 Br./Person:    BNO
•a**************************************«« « ****«»»*«***«************i>«** «»« » ««
      Please enter coverage area to be added:
 a*****************************************************************************

 *ENTER-Continue  F2-Cancel  F3-Exit   F4-1D Screen   F9-1st Coverage Areas *
 ••it***************************************************************************
Use   to cancel.  Press  to exit. Press   to return to Screen 1.  Enter the

coverage area and press  < ENTER >.  To go to the first coverage area, press .
11/92
                                         CME-14
RCRIS 4:0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

3     VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE

The Violation Add/Update function maintains violation data found during a facility evaluation.
Hie violation file is the second of the three files RCRIS uses to maintain facility compliance
information.

Remember three important things about violation data entry.  The first  is that the sequence
number generated by the system becomes part of the key.  That is, RCRIS uses that sequence
number to keep track of the violation record, such as during Unking.

WARNING!      Only information  entered  through  RCRIS data  entry  software
                    guarantees correct sequence' numbers.

Secondly, prior to RCRIS the violation determined date was the same as the evaluation date and
was entered that way in HWDMS.  In RCRIS you can record the actual date the violation was
determined.  For example, if your agency performs a CEI and several weeks pass before
receiving the sampling results from the lab you can enter the determined date following review
of the sampling results.

Third,  in the past, it was  said that the enforcement action  returned to  compliance and the
scheduled and actual dates was  entered as part of the enforcement action  in HWDMS.  In
RCRIS, the violation is said to return  to compliance. Therefore, RCRIS  keeps the scheduled
compliance date and the actual resolved date in  the violation file.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-15                                 11/92

-------
                                     COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
                              R C R I S
                    Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
         Database: K4DB.NSR
                          CM & E Main Menu
                       Evaluation Add/Update
                       Violation Add/Update
                       Enforcement Add/Update
                       Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                       Evaluation Deletion
                       Violation Deletion
                       Enforcement Deletion
                       Reports Menu
                       Tickler Event Tracking
                       Handler Narrative
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Select violation data entry from the CM&E Main Menu using the arrow up/down key or type
 < V> once to highlight Violation Add/Update and press .


3.1    VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1

Now displayed is the "CM&E Violation Add/Update Screen 1."  Enter an HID, a responsible
agency code, and a violation sequence number.
 ******************************************************************************
 *                RCRIS: CM & E Violation Add/Update Screen 1           *
 ******************************************************************************
                   Please enter Handler ID:  MS6210809871

                       Responsible Agency:
                         Sequence Number:
        **** NOTE ****   Leave Sequence Number Blank For Hew Entry
 ••••••si**********************************************************************
 *     Enter-Continue     F1-Scan File     F3-Exit        F8-Help       *
 it****************************************************************************


Leave the violation sequence number blank if this is a new violation for this handler.  The
system generates a violation sequence number for new violations. Enter the previously assigned
violation sequence number if you are revising a violation record.  You also have the option of
entering a violation sequence number assigned by your co-implementer and obtained by you
manually—but please exercise caution in entering mis number because the system has no way to
check whether you have entered the correct number.
11/92
CME-16
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
NOTES:

       o
       o

       o
You must enter a valid HID, sequence number (or blank for a new violation), and
a responsible agency code.

It is important  to exercise caution in. data entry  when entering a  violation
sequence number manually obtained from a co-implementer.  The capability of
entering these numbers eliminates the need to perform a co-implementer refresh.
However, the system has  no way of checking these numbers.  Any incorrectly
entered numbers will prevent the proper linkage of events in the merge database.

The HID is established in the Handler Identification module.  Refer to that section
in this guide for more information on entering a handler identification number.

The  key displays the Scan Screen. Note:  Because of PC DOS/FOCUS
memory limitations, only 50 violations can be retrieved for  a single Handler ID
using the Scan utility. The mainframe version will show more than SO violations.

Exit with the < F3 >  key to the CM&E Main Menu without saving your changes.

The  key displays  the Help  Screen containing valid responsible agency
codes for this screen. The  key exits help.                    .

Be sure to record the violation sequence number for new violations for future use
when revising the record.

  »«*********•»»*********»*»«
    RCRIS: CM & E Violation Add/Update Scan Screen
Handler
Location
Agency
X
X
X
X
E
E
. E
E
E
S
ID: MS621 0809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD 	 C i ty: VI CKSBURG 	 .
Place an 'X' next to the record and press ENTER.
Seq. Area L Type Prty Determined Br. Pers. Scheduled
0029 DOT i
0028 DLB
0027 GLB
0026 DOT
0023 DLB
0022 GLB
0021 DOT
0017 DOT
0016 DOT
0015 DCS <
!
SR
021590
021590
021590
1 021590
032189
. 032189
032189
110487
110487
021590
032890
032890
032890 ~
032890
010588
010588
GEM -032890
Resolved
032690
032690
032690
032690
011588
011588
032690
 *!«»****************************•******»»*••****»«*************************»*
 * Enter-Continue  F3-Exit    F4-ID Screen          F9-up"
 ************»*****************»****************************«******i
                                          F10-Down *
                                         >***•*******
You may use the scan file feature from this screen.  Simply enter the HID and press  .
The next screen displays a list of the violations with the violation determined date, sequence
number, responsible agency, responsible branch and person, violation type, schedule and actual
date, and the priority.  You can then select a violation by placing an   next to the record
and pressing < ENTER >.  This takes you directly to Violation Add/Update Screen 2.
RCRJS 4.0.0
                          CME-17
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

3.2    VIOLATION ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2

Now RCRIS displays the "CM&E Violation Add/Update Screen 2." On this screen you enter
descriptive information about the violation.  On the top of the screen is the HID, facility name,
agency, and sequence number previously entered on screen 1.  The required data fields for
violation area,  class, regulation, type, priority, responsible branch/person, date determined
(unless a pending violation), and scheduled response date and actual resolved date are below this
information.  Also provided are optional comment fields for you to enter narrative information
about tiie violation.  Press  < ENTER > to continue after entering the required fields.
         ***«**«*****************************«*****»***************»****** to cancel.

Use the    key to exit to the CM&E Main Menu without saving  your
changes.

The  key returns you to the first screen.  Saving your changes before
using the  key.  Once you reach the first screen you can enter a new HID
or a new violation number or both.

The  key displays the Help Screen containing valid codes for this screen.
The  key also pages forward and the   key pages back within the
Help Screens.    exits help.

The  key takes you directly to evaluation data entry.

The  key takes you directly to enforcement action data entry.

The  key takes you directly to the link function screen.

Use the  key  to move from field to field and type over the existing

                          CME-18                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

              information to revise data.  Pressing < ENTER > saves your changes.

        o      You may enter 

for pending violations in the class field. You cannot enter a violation determined date for a pending violation. Pending violations converted from HWDMS ("Z" in the violation area in HWDMS) have violation determined dates. This is not a problem for the system, but the screen edit will not let you off screen 2 if a date determined exists for a pending violation. Simply delete the date determined or change the class to one or two. o Enter dates in month, day, year (MMDDYY) format. o Values for the priority field are: High = 9, Medium - 5, and Low = 1. A class 1 violation with a blank priority field is considered a medium priority violator. o The Regulation Violated Field does retain lower case letters. RCRIS 4.0.0 CME-19 11/92


-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

4      ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE

The Enforcement Add/Update function maintains enforcement action data for facilities. This
is the third of the three files RCRIS uses for storing compliance information.
       I***                  RCRIS
       j          Compliance Monitoring * Enfo
       ! Database: K4DB.NSR
       +	+	+
                    I    CM & E Main Menu     j

                    'Evaluation Add/Updatej
                     Violation Add/Update     |
                     Enforcement Add/Update   j
                    I Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                    j Evaluation Deletion
                    j Violation Deletion       j
                    j Enforcement Deletion     |
                    j Reports Henu           j
                    ! Tickler Event Tracking   j
                    ! Handler Narrative       {
                    I Return to RCRIS Main Menu j
Select this function by using the arrow up/down key or type "E" once highlighting Enforcement
Add/Update and press < ENTER > to display the "Enforcement Add/Update Screen 1".
11/92                                 CME-20                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.1    ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 1

Enter the Handler ID, the  Enforcement Control Number Date (in MMDDYY format) and
Sequence Number (three optional alphanumeric characters of your choice), and a Responsible
Agency code. Data entry, however, for the issue date is in MMDDYY format.  You may enter
all the fields or any combination, but you must enter at least the HID and enforcement control
number.                                                                   '

 ••**»»•*****••****«*******•**••****»*»***•**•***•*•***••*****************»**••
 *               RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Add/update Screen 1          *
 ******************************************************************************
                  Please Enter Handler 10:.

                Enforcement Control Nunber

                                 Date:
                               Seq. ID:

                      Responsible,Agency:
                             MS6210809871
                             MMDDYY
 ft*****************************************************************************
 *     EMTER-Continue     F1-Scan File     F3-Exit       F8-Help       *
 nut****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
 You must enter a valid HID, enforcement control number, and responsible agency
''• code (or the HID and press < Fl > ) to continue processing.

 The HID is established in the Handler Identification module of RCRIS. Refer to
 that section in this guide for more information on establishing handler records.

 The enforcement action control number consists of the date of the enforcement
 in month-day-year format followed by an optional number (000) or letter code
 (DEB). The control number is assigned and maintained by your agency. RCRIS,
 however does make the control number part of the record key.   This is how
 RCRIS keeps tracks of the record when making updates to it. You can leave the
 optional part of the number blank, using only the enforcement action date, if you
 wish.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           CME-21
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

             Use the   key for the scan file feature.  Simply enter the HID and press
              < ENTER >.  Note: Because of PC DOS/FOCUS memory limitations, only 40
             enforcement actions can be retrieved  for a single Handler ID using the Scan
             utility.  The mainframe version will show more than 40 enforcement actions.

             Use the  key to exit to the CM&E Main Menu without saving your
             changes.

             The < F8 > key displays the Help Screen containing the valid responsible agency
             codes for this screen. The  key exits help.
              RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Add/Update Scan Screen           *
     ***im*«*****»************************************************************
* Handler ID: LAD053783445 Name: CIBA-GEIGY CORP
•Location St: 3905 HWY 75 City: ST GABRIEL
Place an 'X' next to the record and press ENTER.
Action Date
072192
031291
042390
021789
102186
Seq.
£62
591
003
002
004
Agency
S
S
S
S
S
Action Type Br.
310 CA
120 CA
120
120
310
Person Attorney
R6HMP
R6RKP
R6CGS
R6RGG
R&ALH
 ••It***************************************************************************

 * ENTER-Continue  F3-Exit    FA-ID Screen     .    F9-Up       FlO-Doun *
                 •«** ««•»•»»•*• *«*»*»««*««1M>1> «•*****»•****»««««******••••**
You may use the scan file feature from this screen.  Simply enter the HID and press .
The next screen displays a list of the enforcement actions with the action date, sequence number,
responsible agency, responsible branch, person, attorney and enforcement action type. You can
then select an enforcement action by placing an  next to the desired record and pressing
< ENTER>.  This takes you directly  to Enforcement Action Add/Update Screen 2.
11/92
CME-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.2    ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 2
             —'
Now the system displays the "CM & E Enforcement Add/Update Screen 2". At the top of the
screen is the facility identifying information.  Below this information are the fields for entering
enforcement action type, responsible branch, responsible person, responsible attorney, penalty
assessed, and settlement amount agreed upon. In order to continue processing, the enforcement
action type field must be completed.
 *             RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Add/Update Screen 2            *
 *******M********«*****************************************************«******

 * Handler ID: UD053783U5   Name: CIBA-GEIGY CORP
 'location St: 3905 HUY 75       •         City: ST GABRIEL
 *»*»**************•*•••#*****************»*****«******•*********************»*
        Enforcement Control Nuifcer: 900322CRM
              Responsible Agency: E
          Enforcement Action Date: 032290  .

   Please Enter The Following Enforcement Information:
              Responsible Branch:  .
              Responsible Person: R6        Responsible Attorney: R6
        .  Enforcement Action Type:
                Penalty Assessed: $                           .;
     Settlement Amount Agreed Upon: •$•
   Enforcement Cowments:     .        •     .       .
  ****************************************************************************
    Enter-Save      F2-Cancel    F3-Exit  F4-IO Scrn  -  FS-Save/Payment
    F6-Pollut Prev   F8-Help     F11-Violation Screen    F12-Linlc Screen
NOTES:

       o      Penalty assessed and settlement amounts are conditionally core data.  The system
              extracts and sends  this information  to  the merged and National Oversight
              databases if the enforcement action type is a federal enforcement action type.

       o      Use the  key to move to the fields needing revision and simply type
              over the data.      .

       o      Amounts must end in the farthest position to the right of the field.  If a zero is
              displayed in the field delete it before entering amount.

       o      Use  to cancel.

       o      The   key  takes you to the CM&E Main Menu  without saving your
              changes.              ..-•'••

       o      The  key takes you  to the Handler ID screen (Screen 1). There you can
              enter a hew HID,  enforcement control number, or both.

       o      The  key takes you  directly to Screen 3 for adding payment information.

RCRIS 4.0.0                            CME-23                                   11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
       o

       o
It also saves your data.

Press  to display the "Pollution Prevention Data Entry" screen (see section
4.3 for a more detailed explanation.)

Hie  key displays the Help Screen containing  the valid codes for this
screen. Use  to page forward and  to page back or exit Help.

Hie  key takes you directly to the Violation Add/Update Screen 1.

The  key takes you directly to the CM & £ link function screen.
4.3    ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 3

Use this screen to record penalty payments made to your agency by a handler.  The handler
information is displayed at the top of the screen.  Below this information are the fields for
entering the date and amount of payments received.  You are limited to  18  actual payments
made. Proposed or scheduled payments are recorded in the Tickler Event Tracking section in
this chapter.  Press < ENTER > and save your changes before exiting the screen.
 *             RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Add/Update Screen 3
 ****************••******«*»«*»*»*»»***»»»»*»»»************************
 * Handler ID:  MS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG
 *****************************************************************************
   Control Number: 900315001
         Agency: S
                  Penalty Assessed: $
                 Settlement Amount: $
         Please enter Payment information:
   Date MMDDYY      Amount         Date MMDDYY
                                               Amount
 * Enter-Save F2-Cancel  F3-Exit F4-ID Screen  F5-Return Fll-Viol Fl2-Link
NOTES!
       o     Payment amounts (settlement and penalty) must end in the farthest position to the
             right of the field.

       o     Payment information is non-core data and is never sent to the Merged or National
             Oversight databases.
11/92
                          CME-24
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
       o      Use the < END > key to delete an existing zero, then enter the payment amount.
              The number will automatically move to the right when you press < ENTER >.
       o      Dollar amounts are entered without commas or decimal points.
       o      Use  to cancel.
       o      The  key exits to the Main Menu without saving your changes.
       o      The  key takes  you back to screen 1.  Save your changes by pressing
              < ENTER > before using the   key.
       o      The  key returns to Screen 2.
       o      The  key takes you directly to the Violation Add/Update Screen 1.
       o      The  key takes you directly to the CM & E link function screen.
       o      To revise existing data use the   key to  move to the fields needing
              revision and simply type over the data.
4.4    ENFORCEMENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4
 *             RCRIS: CM ft E Enforcement Add/Update Screen 4            *
 ••A***************************************************************************
 * Handler ID: LAD053783445   Maine: crBA-GEIGY CORP
 "Location St: 3905 HWY 75                City: ST GABRIEL
 *****************************************************************************
                Enforcement Control Number: 900322CRH
                       Responsible Agency: E
                   Enforcement Action Date: 032290
                Pollution Prevention Data Entry Screen
                   EAE - Environmental Auditing
                   EPE - Environmental Public Awareness
                   ERE - Environmental Restoration
                   PPE • Pollution Prevention
                   PRE - Pollution Reduction
                Place an  to cancel your enforcement add/update functions. To exit to the CM & E Main
Menu without saving your changes, hit .  Press   to return to. the Handler ID
screen (Screen 1).
Type an "X" in the column on the left of the screen to flag all appropriate pollution prevention
indicators for this handler and press  < ENTER > to return to Screen 2.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                  CME-25
                                              11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

5     LINK VIOLATTON/EVALUATION/ENPORCEMENT

RCRIS is not a relational database.  However, RCRIS does "look" relational because records
are connected with links.  You show in your database the relationship between evaluations,
violations, and enforcement actions  by using the Link Violation/Evaluation/Enforcement
function.                                                             •

Up to this point in the CM&E module you have entered information regarding evaluations and
violations found for the facility, as well as enforcement action information.  With the link
function you are now going to connect the violations to either the evaluation information or the
enforcement information.
                           RCRIS
                  Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
        Database: K4DB.NSR

                        CM & E Main Menu
                     Evaluation Add/Update
                     Violation Add/Update
                     Enforcement Add/Update
                     Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                     Evaluation Deletion
                     Violation Deletion
                     Enforcement Deletion
                     Reports Menu
                     Tickler Event Tracking
                     Handler Narrative
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
To select this function use the arrow up/down key or type  once to highlight Link
Viol/Eval/Enfor and press < ENTER >.

NOTE;     Remember you can go directly to the link screen from Evaluation, Violation, or
             Enforcement Action data entry.
11/92»
CME-26
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

5.1    LINK SCREEN 1

Now displayed is the "CM&E Link/Unlink Screen 1."  On this screen enter an HID number,
responsible agency code, and either a valid evaluation control number with or without sequence
number or a valid enforcement control  number with  or without sequence number.  Press
  to continue.                          .          .               .
                  RCRIS: CM ft E Link/Unlink Screen 1
                     Handler ID:
                        Agency:
                                YYMMDD
           Evaluation Control No.:
                          -or-
           Enforcement Control No.:
 ••»*•******«**•••**»******************•**•****«»********»*******••******»*•***
 *     Enter-contfnue          F3-Exft            F8-Help          *
 ***»*»***•»**••••***«*********•*«•*»«•••***•»*••**•*<>••«••*******•****•*•••***
NOTES:
              You must enter an existing evaluation control or enforcement control number to
              perform a link.                        -

              If an Evaluation Control Number and an Enforcement Control Number both are
              entered, only the Evaluation record will be retrieved for linking.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-27
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
5.2   LINK SCREEN 2
Now displayed is the "CM&E Link/Unlink Via Evaluation Screen 2."  Shown at the top of the
screen is the HID, facility name, control number, type of evaluation, date, and agency.
Enter an  in the field on the line corresponding to the violation to link the violation to the
evaluation number you entered on screen 1.  Press  < ENTER > to continue.
Handler ID: MS6210809871 WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Evaluation Control Mo. 861209008 Type: 120 Date: 120986 Agency: J
Violation
LINK No.
S0009
S0008
S0007
S0006
S0005
S0002
S0001
Area
GER
GER
GER

GER
GER
GER
mmm-mmm wm mm wm wm w wmmmmw
C Regulation
L Violated
P
P
1

P
9
1
Reg
Typ

FR
FR

FR
FR
FR
WWWm
PR
TY

A
0

0
1
1
Date Sch. Actual
Determ. Date Date

092089
091989

091989
080888 090188
080888
 1Mk****************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue   F3-Exit    F4-Previous Screen    F9-Top    F10-Hore  *
 ******* to save your links before leaving the screen.
Entering any character in the "link" column performs the link.  The system
changes whatever character you typed to an "L."
Delete links by erasing the "L" in the "link" column and press < ENTER >.
The  key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu without saving the links.
The  key returns you to screen 1 without saving the links.
The  key moves you to the top page of violations.
The   key moves forward one page.
             After saving your links you may return to screen 1 to enter a different control
             number and then link violations to the new control number.
             The  LINK  field  displays  "0"  when   violations  are  linked  to another
             Evaluation/Enforcement.
11/92
                         CME-28
                                             RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.3    LINK SCREEN 3
Now displayed is the "CM&E Link/Unlink Via Enforcement Screen 3." Shown at the top of
the screen is the HID, facility name, control number, type of enforcement, date, and agency.
Enter an  in the field on the line corresponding to the violation to link the violation to the
enforcement number you entered on screen 1.  Press  < ENTER > to continue.
             RCRIS: CM & E Link/Unlink Via Enforcement Screen 3
Handler ID: NS6210809871 WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Enforcement Control No. 861209008 Type: 120 Date: 120986 Agency: J
Violation C Regulation
LINK No. Area L Violated
hl-OOOOOO
X0029
X0028
X0027
X0026
S0015
S0014
S0013
S0009
S0008
S0007
J0014
DOT
DLB
GLB
DOT
DCS
DPP
DOT
DOT
DOT
DCL
DOT
2
1
1
1
2 265.15CD)
2 265.35
1
1
1
1
2
Reg PR Date Sch. Actual
Typ TV Determ. Date Date
021590
021590
021590
021590
SR 021590
SR 021590
032189
110487
110487
110487
111886
032890
032890
032890
032890
032890
032890
081589
050188
050188
050188
050188
032690
032690
032690
032690
032690
032690
081589
050188
050188
050188
121986
* Enter-Continue F3-Exit F4-Previous Screen
NOTES:
o Press < ENTER > to save your
o Entering any character in the "
F9-Top F10-Hore *

links before leaving the screen.
link" column performs the linl
             changes whatever character you typed to an "L."
       o     Delete links by erasing the "L" in the "link" column and press < ENTER >.
       o     The  key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu without saving the links.
       o     The  key returns you to screen 1 without saving the links.
       o     The  key moves you to the top page of violations.
       o     The  key moves forward one page.
       o     After saving your links you may return to screen 1 to enter a different control
             number and then link violations to the new control number.
       o     The  LINK  field  displays   "0"  when violations are  linked  to  another
             Evaluation/Enforcement.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-29
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

6      EVALUATION DELETION

The Evaluation Deletion function is used  to delete evaluation information.  To select this
function use the arrow up/down key or type   twice to highlight Evaluation Deletion and
press
                            R C R I S
        |           Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
        I Database: K4DB.MSR
        +.	...... +.	.........	+ ....
                    !    CM & E Main Menu   '
                      Evaluation Add/Update
                      Violation Add/Update
                      Enforcement Add/Update
                      Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                      Evaluation Deletion
                      Violation Deletion
                      Enforcement Deletion  .
                      Reports Menu
                      Tickler Event Tracking
                      Handler Narrative
                      Return to RCRIS Main Henu
11192
CME-30
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

6.1    EVALUATION DELETE SCREEN!

After selecting Evaluation Deletion, the "CM&E Evaluation Delete Screen 1" is displayed and
prompts you for the HID, evaluation control number, and responsible agency code.  In order
to continue processing, all these fields must be completed.
 >«*l> »>»*••*«»*•«**•••*«»«*>*«••>«»«••«••*•*»«»»**••***;

 • '             RCRIS: CH & E Evaluation Delete Screen 1              *
                 Please Enter Handler ID:
                Evaluation Control Nuifcer:
                     Responsible Agency:
                                        YYNNDD
 *••••*****•**********««*••*«»******•••«••»*•******«***************************
 *      ENTER - Continue       F3 • Exit     F8 - Help           .     *
 ****«**»«l»»**************«««**«***»»«*(Hnr*«**«*******»***»«*******************
NOTES:
             You must enter a valid HID, evaluation control number, and responsible agency
             code to continue processing.

             The HID is established in the Handler Identification module of RCRIS. Refer
             to that section in this guide for more information on establishing handler records.

             The evaluation control  number contains the date of the evaluation in a year-
             month-day format (YYMMDD) and  three optional alphanumeric characters of
             your choice. Make sure the evaluation control number matches this format.  You
             may use some other number for the control number, but it must conform to the
             correct format. The screen edit would remove, for example, 983145 because this
             is not a  valid date format.  When  revising evaluation information enter the
             previously assigned evaluation control number.

             The  key displays the Help Screen containing the valid Responsible
             Agency codes. The  key exits help.      :

             The  key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-31
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
6.2    EVALUATION DELETE

Now shown is the "CM&E Evaluation Delete Screen 2."  You see on this screen identifying
information from the particular record you selected. This ensures you have selected the correct
record. The system confirms your delete request with "Do you still wish to delete?" Enter a
< Y> and press  if you want to delete this record.  The system then confirms the
delete by displaying a message stating the record has been deleted and you return to "Delete
Screen 1." Enter an  to cancel the delete request and return to the first screen.  RCRIS
displays a message stating no records  were deleted.  Enter  or  before pressing
< ENTER >.  RCRIS displays an error message if you press < ENTER >  without entering a
or.

 «»**»»*««*•*«•»***••••««*»***««« * «»•«»» 11 >««««*«* t *•«««* «««I>«******»*****<>««IH»
 *               RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Delete Screen 2               *
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 09 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
   Control No: 851121005  Agency: E Type: CEI On: 112185 Br./Person:

           Area  Coverage Area Description             Status
           DCL   TSO-CLOSURE/POST-CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS     E
           DFR   TSD-FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENT  E
           DOT   TSD-OTHER REQUIREMENTS               .  E
                                                MS
                                               JC
    Do you still wish to delete?   (Y or N)
 ******************************************************************************
 *      ENTER - Continue        F3 • Exit       F4 - ID Screen        *
 A*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o
The  key cancels the delete and returns you to the CM&E Main Menu.

The  key cancels the delete and returns you to the first screen.

Note you must select each file (evaluation, violation, or enforcement action)
individually from the CM&E Main Menu.

When you delete data any links established are also deleted.
11/92
                          CME-32
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 7      VIOLATION DELETION                                             <

 The Violation Deletion function is used  to delete incorrect or unneeded violations from an
 evaluation or enforcement record.  To select this function use the arrow up/down key or type
 < V> twice to highlight Violation Deletion and press  .
                              RCRIS
        I    .   .
       ' I            Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
        j  Database: K40B.MSR
        +--............ +.........-.....„.....-„...+ ....
                           CM & E Main Menu     j
                       Evaluation Add/Update    j
                       Violation Add/Update     |
                      j Enforcement Add/Update   j
                       Link Viol/Eval/Enfor     |
                       Evaluation Deletion      !
                       Violation Deletion
                       Enforcement Deletion
                       Reports Menu
                       Tickler Event Tracking
                       Handler Narrative
                       Return to RCRIS Main Menu
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-33

-------
7.1    VIOLATION DELETE
                     COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

                          1
After selecting Violation Deletion, the "CM&E Violation Delete Screen 1" is displayed and
prompts you for the HID, responsible agency, and violation sequence number.  All these fields
must be completed in order to continue processing. Press  to continue.
 •••••a************************************************************************
 *               RCR1S: CM & E Violation Delete Screen 1               *
 «**•****••«**«*»•••******»«*«*»«***********••****»**************••*•****«•••**
                  Please Enter Handler ID:

                     Responsible Agency:
                        Sequence Number:
 ******************************************************************************
 *  EMTER-Continue             F3 - Exit                   F8 - Help *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o
You must enter a valid HID, evaluation control number, and responsible agency
code to continue processing.

The HID is established in the Handler Identification module of RCRIS.  Refer
to that section in this guide for more information on establishing handler records.

The  key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu.

The   key displays the Help Screen containing the valid responsible agency
codes and a description of control numbers. The  exits help.
11/92
                          CME-34
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                                                                         r\

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE                            '

.7.2    VIOLATION DELETE SCREEN 2

 Now shown is the "CM&E Violation Delete Screen 2."  You see on this screen identifying
 information from the particular record you selected.  This ensures you have selected the correct
 record.  The system confirms your delete request with "Do you still wish to delete?" Enter a
 < Y>  and press  if you want to delete this record. The system then confirms the
 delete by displaying a message stating the record has been deleted and you return to "Delete
 Screen 1."  Enter an   to cancel the delete request and return to the first screen.  RCRIS
 displays a message  stating no records were deleted.   Enter   or    before pressing
 < ENTER >:  RCRIS displays an error message if you press < ENTER > without entering a
   or  .
*                RCRIS: CM & E Violation Delete Screen 2
A*************************************************************************
* Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Location St: 09 HALLS FERRY ROAD          City: VICKSBURG
                                                              MS
   Agency/Sequence Number: X / 0029
                              MMDDYY
                    Determined: 021590
                                         Resp. Branch:
                                         Resp. Person:
    Area: DOT Class: 2 Regulation:

             Priority:
                                                  MMODYY
                                 Scheduled Response: 032890
                                         Resolved: 032690
                                                       Type:
             . Do you still wish to delete? (Y or N) N
 ******************************************************************************
 *       ENTER - Continue       F3 - Exit       F4 - ID Screen         *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       6
             Please note that each type of delete is selected individually from the CM&E Main
             Menu.

             The   key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu.

             When you delete the violation records any links to evaluation or enforcement (or
             both) records are automatically deleted.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                       CME-35
11/92

-------

8
                           COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

ENFORCEMENT DELETION
The Enforcement Deletion function is used to delete unwanted enforcement information from
a record.  To select this function use the arrow up/down key or type   three times to
highlight Enforcement Deletion and press < ENTER >.
                           R C R I  S
                  Compliance Monitoring ft Enforcement
       !  Database: K4DB.MSR
                        CM & E Main Menu
                     Evaluation Add/Update
                     Violation Add/Update
                     Enforcement Add/Update
                     Link Viol/EvaL/Enfor
                     Evaluation Deletion
                     Violation Deletion
                     Enforcement Deletion
                     Reports Menu
                     Tickler Event Tracking
                     Handler Narrative
                     Return to RCR1S Main Menu
11/92
                                CME-36
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
ROUES USER GUIDE

8.1    ENFORCEMENT DELETE SCREEN 1

After selecting Enforcement Deletion, the "CM&E Enforcement Delete Screen 1" is displayed
and prompts you for the HID, enforcement control number, and responsible agency code.  All
these fields must be completed in order to continue processing. Press < ENTER > to continue.
 **••«**•*******»»»***•»**•*•****************•***********•*••*****»************
 *            RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 1               *
 t * « « < *<******•«« * * «*!>•**••••«•»««**««••*••«*«••*«*••«<>««***••*•**«•*>«*****«««
                 Please Enter Handler 10:  Iad053783445

               Enforcement Control Number:
                                      MMDDYY
                                Date:  032290
                              Seq. ID:  crm

                     Responsible Agency:  e
 *      ENTER - Continue        F3 - Exit        F8 • Help      -   .   *
 **«**************»«1H» I*********************************************************
NOTES;

       o     The Handler ID is established in the Handler Identification module of RCRIS.
             Refer to that section in this guide for more information on establishing handler
             records.

       o     The  key returns you to the CM&E Main Menu.
                              '         •'          '                        -
       o     The  key  displays the  Help Screen containing the valid codes and  a
             description of control numbers.  The  exits help.

Enter a valid Handler ID, Enforcement Control  Number Date (in MMDDYY format) and
Sequence ID, and Responsible Agency code to continue the enforcement delete processing.
After you have completed all four fields on the screen,  press  to display Delete
Screen 2.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-37
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

8.2    ENFORCEMENT DELETE SCREEN 2

The "CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 2" identifies information from the particular record
you selected and ensures you have selected the correct record.  The system confirms your delete
request with "Do you still wish to delete?". Enter a "Y" and press < ENTER > if you want to
delete  this record.  The system then confirms the delete by displaying a message stating the
record has been deleted and you return to "Delete Screen 1."

Enter an "N" to cancel the delete request and return to the first screen.  RCRIS displays a
message  stating no records were deleted.  Enter "Y" or "N" before pressing < ENTER >.
RCRIS displays an error message if you press < ENTER > without entering a "Y" or "N".
               RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 2

   Handler ID: LAD053783AA5 Name: C1BA-GE1GY CORP
   Location St: 3905 HWY 75               City: ST GABRIEL
  A****************************************************************************
       Enforcement Control Number: 900322CRM
             Responsible Agency: E
         Enforcement Action Dote: 032290
             Responsible Branch: E
             Responsible Person: R6
         Enforcement Action Type: 120
                       Responsible Attorney: R6
               Penalty Assessed: $       210
    Settlement Amount Agreed Upon: $       310
     Do you still wish to delete?  (Y or N)  N

 ft**********************************************A******************************
 *      ENTER - Continue       F3 - Exit       F4 • ID Screen         *
NOTES:
       o

       o
The  key cancels the delete and returns1 you to the CM&E Main Menu.

The  key cancels the delete and returns you to the first screen to enter a
different handler or evaluation control number.
       o      Note that each deletion is selected individually from the CM&E Main Menu.

       o      When you delete the enforcement record any links to violations are also deleted.
11/92
                          CME-38
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 9     REPORTS

 Hie Reports function is used to generate CM&E reports.  Refer to the RCRIS Reports Library
 for specific information regarding report format and contents.

 To select this function use the up/down arrow keys or type 'R' to highlight Reports Menu and
 press .
                                       RCRIS
                              Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
                    Database: K40B.MSR

                               j    CM & E Main Menu     !
                                 Evaluation Add/Update
                                 Violation Add/Update
                                 Enforcement Add/Update
                                 Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                                 Evaluation Deletion
                                 Violation Deletion
                                 Enforcement Deletion
                                 Reports Menu
                                 Tickler Event Tracking
                                 Handler Narrative
                                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
9.1    CM & £ REPORTS MENU

The following reports are available in the CM&E module:

       o     Dump Reports
       o     STARS Reports
       o     Management Reports
       o     Comprehensive CM&E Report
       o     Find the "Control Number" Report
       o     Informed Forms Reports
             o      Handler Evaluation
             o      Handler Enforcement
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-39
11/92

-------
                                     COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
                                           RCRIS
                                Compliance Monitoring ft Enforcement
                      Database: KHDB.LAR
                                    CM & E Reports Menu System
                              Dump Reports
                              STARS Reports
                              End-of-Year Reports    MOT AVAILABLE
                              Management Reports
                              Comprehensive CM S E Report
                              Find the "Control Number" Report
                              Handler Evaluation Informed Forms
                              Handler Enforcement Informed Forms
                              Return to Previous Menu
                              Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Menu options can be selected in two different ways.  One way to make your selection is to use
the up/down arrow keys to highlight the desired option, or you can type the first letter of the
report option and press < ENTER >.
9.2   DUMP REPORTS

Select the Dump Reports option and press < ENTER >  to display the CM&E Dump Reports
Selection screen.
             A*****************************************************************************
                              RCRIS: CM & E Dump Reports Selection
             A****************************************************************************
                          PLEASE SELECT ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING REPORTS

                              General Report  :

                                         Dump Reports
                              Evaluation :
                              Enforcement:
                              Narrative  :
                                   Violation
                                   Tickler
                         If You wish to Select All Dump Reports :
A*********************!

*       Enter-Continue
A*****************************************************************************
                                                             **********************
                                                               F4-Exit          *
Press  to move between the different fields. Type 'X' in the field next to your Dump
Reports' selection and press < ENTER >.  If you wish to run a report for All Dump Reports,
type an 'X* next to this option and press < ENTER >.
11/92
                             CME-40
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 9.2.1  HANDLER SELECTION SCREEN 1

 After you make your selection from the CM&E Dump Reports Selection screen, the Handler
 Selection Screen 1 is displayed.  This screen appears in all the Dump Reports series of screens.

 •«««••«»««««««»•«•••«•**»««•*•••««*••••*•••«*«««••««••**••*«««******•««****•*•

                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
  to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-41
11/92

-------
                                     COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

If you choose the Individual Handler option, RCRIS displays the Handler Selection Screen 2
below.
a*****************************************************************************

                   RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 2
 it**************************************************************************
                 *«******«****««***l>«« « « « « >«•**•*«« « « «t to
                 *
                 *
                 *   Enter Handler ID :
                 *
                 *
                 ****************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
••I****************************************************************************                     •  ., •

Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue to the mainframe Select a Report
Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.

If you choose the option for All Handlers, press < ENTER > and RCRIS moves directly to the
mainframe Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your
report.                                                                                       -

The Universe of Handlers option lets you select a specific universe of handlers on the Handler
Selection Screen 2.
                   RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 2
                   Mark with X to Select UNIVERSE(S)
          ********************************************************
             :Transporter
             :Large Qty Generator (LOG)
             :Small Qty Generator (SQG)
:Land Disposal
:Incinerator
:Store/Treatment
:ALL TSOS
          •••A****************************************************
*****************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
******************************************************************************

Mark your universe selection with an 'X' and press  < ENTER > to move to the mainframe
Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.
11/92,
CME-42
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

The File of Handlers options displays the Handler Selection Screen 2 below.


      •*»**•••«*««««»**>«•»« *««***»»innt***««««« to move to the
mainframe Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your
report.                    -
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-43

-------
                                COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
9.2.2  DEVICE SELECTION - PC
                         RCRIS: DBA Device Selection Screen
                                1 = Screen
                                2 = Printer
                                3 - File

                             Enter Your-Selection
                  Enter-Continue
                  F4-Exit
After your selection from the above options has been processed, the Device Selection Screen is
displayed on the PC.  To view the report on the screen, type T and press < ENTER >. You
can page through the report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and
 keys. To send your report to the printer, type '2' and press < ENTER >. You also
have the option to save the report to a file for later use.  To save to a file type '3' and press
< ENTER >.  The system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose,
with  a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as  well.  For
example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
U/92
CME-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

9.2.3  DEVICE SELECTION - MAINFRAME

After you have entered all the requested information on the screens for your designated report,
RCRIS displays the Select A Report Destination screen on the mainframe.  This is the final
screen in the report screen series before your report is processed.  The following overview will
guide you through this screen as you select your CM&E report.
**************************»***************i
*         .               RCRIS                  '  .         *
*                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    *
*                      '                                   '    *
•***«******•*•••*••«**»*•*******************««»**»*«**•*«**»***************»**

                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                 1. VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN
               •  2. SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER                             .
                 3. SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE              .                   '       , .
                 4. RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH             ,
                 R. RETURN TO PREVIOUS NENU               -       .
                    ENTER SELECTION »            .

Option number one allows you to View The Report on the screen.

You may choose option number two to send the report to the printer. RCRIS will prompt you
to designate the number of the printer where you want your report sent.

If you wish to send the report to a file, choose option three.
                                                                               *  ,

Option number four allows you to run your report in batch.  NOTE: Due to the amount of
time required to run some reports, whenever possible you should run your report in batch.  This
option allows you to continue working while the job is being processed; a message will appear
on the screen indicating that the report is being processed.

If you want to abort the processing  of your report and return to the CM&E Reports Menu
System, press 'R.'                     "
RCRIS 4.0.0                          CME-45                                  11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

9.3    STARS REPORTS

Select "STARS Reports" from the CM&E Reports Menu and press < ENTER >.  The CM&E
STARS Main Menu will appear. This menu has the following options:

       o      Change the measure(s)
       o      Change the Region/State
       o      Change the quarter
       o      Change the Fiscal Year for this report
       o      Change the Summary/Detail Option
       o      Save the current defaults permanently
       o      Run the report with the current criteria
 *************»»»»********»*******»»»»»»*********»******•»****»****«**********
CURRENT SETTINGS^
MEASURES: ALL ****<
QUARTER: 3 1
REGION/STATE: 2
04 / MS 3
REPORT STYLE: 4
SUM/DETAIL 5
FY: 1993 A
RCRIS: CME STARS Main Menu
* Change the Measures(s)
e Change the state
« Change the Quarter
= change the Fiscal Year For This Report
= Change The Summary/Detail Option
s Run the Report with Current Criteria
Enter Your Selection =
 *****************************************************************************
 *         Enter-Continue        *        F4-Exit              *
Notice that the current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If the current settings fit
your needs then type < A> and press  and you will be taken directly to the Device
Selection screen.  To make a change to any settings enter the number of the item that you wish
to change and press < ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate
options to change the settings.  When you have made your change the CM&E STARS Main
Menu will reappear.  After all changes have been made press < A> and  to run
the report.
11/92
CME-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
 +-
 I
               RCRIS: DBA Device Selection Screen
                  I    1 * Screen
                      2 * Printer
                      3 " File

                   Enter Your Selection =
        Enter-Continue
The Device Selection Screen is now displayed. On the PC, to view the report on the screen type
<1>  and press  .   You  can .page through  the report either by using the
< ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys.  To send to your printer type
<2> and press .  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later
use. To save to a rile type < 3 > and press . The system will ask  you for a file
name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to
specify the drive and path as well.  For example: C:\FTLENAME or A:FBLENAME.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-47
11/92

-------
                                COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

On the mainframe, the following device selection menu appears.
                    +.,	+
                    !  Report Processing Menu  j
                       Run Batch Job
                       .(tun Online Job
                       Exit Report Program
To process the report as a batch job, select Run Batch Job and press < ENTER >.  To process
the report online, select Run Online Job and press  < ENTER >. To exit the report program,
select Exit Report Program and press  < ENTER >.  If the report was batch processed, the
following screen will appear.

*
RCR1S: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION
FINAS ID: RCRST
PRIORITY: 2
BOX: C802
DEST: HOLD
COPIES: 1
ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN
Enter* Cont j nue *
FA-EX; t
To exit, press .  Use  to move between fields. Enter the TSO FIMAS ID and
press . Enter the priority number and press .  The values are 1 for low and
2 for high.  Enter the User's Box number and press . Enter the destination and press
.   Enter the number of copies of the report that are  to be  printed and press
< ENTER >. The following screen will now appear.
 IKJ56250I MOB EPHCJ0818266) SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        »>» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Notice the job control number.  Make a note of this number for tracking the report in SDSF.
Press < ENTER > to continue.  When  *** appears, press < ENTER >.
11/92
CME-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE



If the "Run (Mine Job" option was selected, the Device Selection Screen is displayed.


     «>««««****»**********l>«*«*****«****««*««*««******«*******************»****


                 RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
 *«**************«*«««l>***«**»«********»»***********«l>l>***«««*«*****»«*****«*«
                 *****************************

                      1 = Screen

                      2 = Printer
                   Enter Your Selection =
                 *****************************
 it*****************************************************************************

 •       Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exit          *
 •••I***************************************************************************
To view the report on screen, type  "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the

printer, type "2" and press < ENTER >.  To exit, press < F4 >.
9.4    END-OF-YEAR REPORTS
The CM&E End-of-Year Reports are not available at this time.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-49
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT


9.5    MANAGEMENT REPORTS


Select  the 'Management Reports' option from the CM & E Reports Menu System and press
 to display the following screen.
                    CM ft E Management Reports Menu

     A. CM & E Violation Report
     B. FOIA Report of Non-Sensitive CM & E Data - Format 1
     C. FOIA Report of Non-Sensitive CM & E Data - Format 2
     D. CM & E Timely and Appropriate Report • High Priority Violations
     E. CM  E Timely and Appropriate Report - Medium Priority Violations
     F. CM  E Target Inspection Report
     G. CM  E Timeliness Tickler Report
     H. CM  E Multiple Enforcement Action Report
     I. CM  E Multiple Inspection Report
     J. Facility Management Report


                    T - TA8LETALK

              Please Enter Your Selection:

                        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************


There are ten reports to choose from on the CM&E Management Reports Menu. To select a

report from the menu, type the corresponding alpha character of the desired report option in the

field at the bottom of the screen  and press < ENTER >  to display  the CM & E Universe

Selection Screen.


For a more detailed explanation of the reports' descriptions and logic, see the RCRIS Reports

Library.


If you choose one of the first three report options on the menu,




9.5.1  CM & E VIOLATION REPORT

9.5.2  FOIA REPORT OF NON-SENSITIVE CM & E DATA-FORMAT 1

9.5.3  FOIA REPORT OF NON-SENSITIVE CM & E DATA-FORMAT 2


the reports follow the next sequence of screens.  A detailed explanation of the D-J menu reports

options will appear after this screen series introduction.
11/92
CME-50
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
 >**«««*>«>«*****««*»»»»***»**«**»*«**1>1>*««**««********««**«>*««*****«**«*«*»l>«
           >      RCRIS: CM ft E Universe Selection Screen
   ***••«****••««•«»«***«•******««*«« «««••«»*••**»*•*««ttt«*«***•«•***••**
               PLEASE ENTER CHOICE:
      1. EPA ID'S to enter now
      2. EPA IP's in a file
      ENTER  TSO DATASET NAME =>
      5. All Handlers
      6. Land Disposal
      7. Inspectable Land Disposal
      8. Treat/Store U/0 Incinerators
      9. Treat/Store/Incinerators
     10. TSD's
     11. Inspectable TSD's
     12. Incinerators
  3. Zip Codes in a file
  4. State/County Codes in a file
   •FOR OPTIONS 5 - 19, SPECIFY
 13. LQGs
 H. Transporters
 15. Handlers Currently but of Compl
 16. Significant Non Compilers (SNC)
 17. SNCS Currently Out of Compl
 18. High Priority Violators
 19. HPV's Currently Out of Compl

STATE => ALL
*       Enter-Continue            *              F4 - Exit
• ****«»•• «»***»**********«******«1><>««««*****>****«««««*****« •••*«r
To exit to the CM & £ Management Reports Menu press  .  To make a selection, enter
the numeric value of the option in the PLEASE ENTER CHOICE field.  If you choose any of
the options 2-4, you must enter  the previously-created TSO dataset name in -the TSO
DATASET NAME field and press < ENTER > to continue. If you choose any of the options
5-19, the STATE default is ALL. If you want to designate a specific state for these options,
enter the State Postal Code in the SPECIFY STATE field and press < ENTER > to display the
CM & E Date Range Selection Screen.
                               RCRIS: CM & E Date Range Selection
              ****************************************************************************
                             Please Select a Low and High Test Range
                             or blank for default value of all
                              Beginning Date (MMDDYY):

                                 Ending Date (MMDDYY):
             ******************************************************************************
             *      Enter-Continue            *                F
To exit to the CM & E Management Reports Menu press .  Press   to move
between the fields.  Enter the requested date information for both fields in MMDDYY format.
The date default on this screen is ALL dates in the test range.  To  test the entire date range,
leave both fields blank and press < ENTER >.  If you want to specify a date range, enter the
BEGINNING DATE of the test range and press < TAB > to move to the ENDING DATE field.
Enter the ending date of the test range and press  < ENTER > to display the CM & E Violation
Class Selection screen.                                                   .
RCRIS 4.0.0
         CME-51
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
            ******************
                              RCR1S: Of ft E Violation Class Selection
             *********************************

                   Mark (with any character) the violation class(es) to be
                   included in the report (blank for default value of all)

                    Violation Class 1
                    Violation Class 2
                    Violation.Class P
            *
            *
            *      Enter-Continue
            ************************
                   F4-Exit
                                   ***************************
To exit to the CM & E Management Reports Menu press .   Press  to move
between the fields.  Mark the violation class(es) to be used in the report with any non-blank
character and press   to continue to the next  screen in your report.  (NOTE:
Violation Class P is all the "Pending" violations that are in the database, but have not been
assigned a specific violation class.) To include ALL the violation classes in your report, leave
the fields blank and press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu Screen.
                                j   Report Processing Menu

                                   Run Batch Job
                                   Run Online Job
                                   Exit Report Program
To process the report as a batch job, select the Run Batch Job option and press  .
To process the report online, select the Run Online Job option and press < ENTER >. To exit
to the CM & E Management Reports Menu, select the Exit Report Program option and press
.
11/92
CME-52
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 If the Run Batch option was selected, the following screen will appear.
             *************************•********************+***<»*******************••****
                                RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION
                                      FIMAS ID:
                                      PRIORITY:
                                          BOX:
                                         DEST:
                                       COPIES:
       RCRST
       2
       C802
       HOLD
       1
                                 ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN
             •••••*)HH>«««*«««««r««««l>«« ««•••«« >*««*****»*» *««««••««*•»»***»««
             *          Enter-Continue         *         F4-Exit                *
             «*««««•**«•»• «****««l>l>««« * ***»»****»**** t« «*»»!>»»»»»«*••«***••*««»*

To exit to the CM & E Management Reports Menu press  .  Use  to move
between the fields.  Enter the TSO FIMAS ID.  Enter the priority number; the values are T
for low and '2' for high. Enter the User's Box number and the destination.  Enter the number
of copies of the report to be printed and press < ENTER > to display the following screen.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPU(JOB18266> SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        >»» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Note the job control number (in parentheses) and use this number to track the report in SDSF.
Press < ENTER > to continue. When *** appears, press < ENTER >  again.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-53
11/92;

-------
                                COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

If the Run Online option was selected, the Device Selection screen appears.
           A*********************************
                         RCSIS: Device Selection Screen
                                       HMH»***********<
                         •••NT*************************
                              1 = Screen
                              2 = Printer
                           Enter Your Selection =
                         *****************************
               REPORT DESCRIPTION:
                  Enter-Continue
             **************************
                 F4-Exit         *
To exit to the CM & E Management Reports Menu press  .  To view the report on
screen, type "1" and press . To send the report to the printer, type "2" and press
.
9.5.4 CM & E TIMELY AND APPROPRIATE REPORT-
      HIGH PRIORITY VIOLATIONS
9.5.5 CM & E TIMELY AND APPROPRIATE REPORT-
      MEDIUM PRIORITY VIOLATIONS

If you want to run the CM & E Timely and Appropriate Report - High Priority Violations, type
'D' in the field at the bottom of the screen and press < ENTER >.  If you want to run the CM
& E Timely and Appropriate Report - Medium Priority Violations, type 'E' in the field at the
bottom of the screen and press  < ENTER >.   Both of these reports display the following
sequence of screens.

On  the CM & E Universe Selection Screen (see  section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8
for  a more detailed explanation)  , enter the requested information and press < ENTER >  to
display   the  CM   &   E   Date   Range   Selection   Screen   (see  section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for  a more detailed explanation).  Enter the requested
information and press < ENTER > to display the CM & E Timely and Appropriate Category
Screen.
11/92
CME-54
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
             RCRIS: CM & E Timely and Appropriate Category Screen
    ««*••••*•*•*••»*««••••»**•«***•••«> *«****««l»*«**««««»*««««*»**«****»****
       SUMMARY ONLY (S) OR SUMMARY/DETAIL (D)

       CATEGORY SELECTION:

        1. Formal.Action Within 135 Days
        2. Formal Action Greater Than 135 Days And Within 225 days
        3. Formal Action Greater Then 225 Days and Within 315 days
        4. Formal Action Greater Than 315 Days
        5. Informal Action only Which Has Returned To Compliance
        6. Unaddressed Violation Within 135 Days
        7. Unaddressed Violation Greater Than 135 Days
        8. All Categories
 «>««>**«**«••*«*••««*** ***«****««»»****«**l>«***« *»«««•»*««« «*•»««*»********•••
 *       Enter-Continue             *               F4 - Exit          *
 *•«•***********•«•« * > » *****«'••***•*«*****••*•***«**« *««««•* *•«»***•***********


Type 'S' for a  summary report, or type 'D' for both a summary and detailed report and press

  to move to the CATEGORY SELECTION field.  Enter the number of your selection
and press  to display the Report Processing Menu Screen (see section 9.5.3 for a

more detailed explanation)


Make your selection on this screen to complete the processing of your report.
9.5.6  CM & E TARGET INSPECTION REPORT

If you want to run the CM & E Target Inspection Report, type T' in the field at the bottom of
the screen and press < ENTER > to display the CM & E Universe Selection Screen (see section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3,. 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the requested
information and press  < ENTER > to display the CM & E Evaluation Type Selection Screen.
            RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Type Selection Screen
        •  Compliance EvaI  Insp      0AM
        •  Compliance Eval  Insp      CSE
         .u/out Sampling           CDI
        •  Compl (GW) Monitoring Eval SPL
          Compl (GW) Monitoring Eval IBM
          Without Sampling         CAO
*CEI
*CES
*
*CME
*CMS
*
*FRR - Financial Record Review   OTH
*NRR - Non-Financial Record Rev  ALL
Operation and Maintenance Insp
Compliance Schedule Eval
Case Development Inspection
Sampling Inspection
LDF Restriction Requirements
On-Site CA Inspection
Other Evaluation
All Evaluations
    CENTER THE 3 CHARACTER CODE FOR EVALUATION(S) DESIRED
    *             .          '
    *
 **************************************************************************

 *       Enter-Continue             *              F4 - Exit          *
 ******************************************************************************
Enter the requested information and press < ENTER > to display the Target Inspection Print
Option Screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                       CME-55
                                                  11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
                                                     KM************
           RCRIS: CM & E Target Inspection Print Option
           ««»•••••«««««««*«»•»««««**«««••«•*•••«•«**•*«•*••*•****»>*»*••«
       MOULD YOU LIKE TO PRINT ALL HANDLERS (A) OR ONLY THOSE HANDLERS
       NOT INSPECTED DURING THE TARGET DATE RANGE (N)
Enter-Continue
                                             .FA -Exit
Type 'A' to print all the handlers in the database, or type 'N' to include only those handlers that
were not inspected during  the target date range as specified on the  previous Date Range
Selection screen.  Press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu screen (see section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).

Make your selection on this screen to complete the processing of your report.


9.5.7  CM & E TIMELINESS TICKLER REPORT

If you want to run the CM & E Timeliness Ticker Report, type 'G' in the field at the bottom
of the screen and press < ENTER >  to display the  CM & E Universe Selection Screen  (see
section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3,  9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the
requested information and press < ENTER > to display the Date Range Selection screen (see
section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3,  9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the
requested information and press enter to display the Violation Class Selection screen (see section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the requested
information and press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu screen (see section
9.5.3 for a more detailed explanation).
9.5.8  CM & E MULTIPLE ENFORCEMENT ACTION REPORT

If you want to run the CM & E Multiple Enforcement Action Report, type 'H' in the field at
the bottom of the screen and press < ENTER >  to display the CM & E Universe Selection
Screen (see section 9.5, 9.5.3,  9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more  detailed explanation).
Enter the requested information  and press < ENTER > to display the CM & E Enforcement
Type Screen below.
 ******************************************************************************
                 RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Type Screen
   ••MI********************************************************************
       MOULD YOU LIKE TO REPORT ALL (A) ENFORCEHENT ACTIONS OR
       ONLY FORMAL (F) ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS?
 *      Enter-Continue            *              FA - Exit
 •*********»•*******•»««•**•*»»************************»***»*»»***<
11/92
                                CME-56
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 Press  if you want to exit to the CM & £ Management Reports Menu. If you would lite
 to include ALL enforcement actions in your report, type 'A* and press < ENTER > to continue
 to the next screen. If you want to include only FORMAL enforcement actions in your report,
 type 'F' and press < ENTER > to display the Summary/Detail Screen.
           RCRIS: CM & E Suimary/Detail Screen
              SUMMARY ONLY (5) Oft SUMMARY/DETAIL (D)
 *************«***»*********************************»**1M**»******************«
 *      Enter-Continue           *            ^F« - Exit         *
                                                    r            v
Press  if you want to exit to the CM & E Management Reports Menu. Type *S' if you
want your report to be in Summary format and press  < ENTER > to continue. Type 'D' if you
want your report to be in Detail and press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu
screen (see section 9.5.3 for a more detailed explanation).

Make your selection on this screen to complete the processing of your report.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-57
11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

9.5.9  CM & E MULTIPLE INSPECTION REPORT

If you want to run the CM & E Multiple Inspection Report, type T in the field at the bottom
of the screen and press  to display the CM &.E Universe Selection Screen (see
section 9.5,  9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the
requested information and press  < ENTER > to display the Evaluation Type Selection screen
(see section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation). Enter the
requested information and press < ENTER > to display the Summary/Detail screen (see section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6,  9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation). Enter the requested
information and press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu screen (see section
9.5.3 for a more detailed explanation).
Mate your selection on this screen to complete the processing of your report.
9.5.10
FACILITY MANAGEMENT REPORT
If you want to run the CM & E Facility Management Report, type T in the field at the bottom
of the screen and press < ENTER >  to display the CM & E Universe Selection Screen (see
section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3,  9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the
requested information and press < ENTER > to display the Evaluation Type Selection screen
(see section 9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation). Enter the
requested information and press < ENTER > to display the Summary/Detail screen (see section
9.5, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.3, 9.5.6, 9.5.8 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter the requested
information and press < ENTER > to display the Report Processing Menu screen (see section
9.5.3 for a more  detailed explanation).

Mate your selection on this screen to complete the processing of your report.
11/92
                        CME-58
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 9.5.11        TABLETALK
                           CM & E Reporting Menu • Tabletalk

                       From Which Part Of CM & E Data Do You Wish To Query ?

                         1. Individual CHE File
                         2. Evaluation File Joined With Violation
                         3. Enforcement File Joined With Violation
                         4. Violation File Joined With Evaluation And Enforcement
                         R. Return To Previous Menu

                              Please Enter Your Selection:
            **«*•••«•«*•**************************••»*•****••»•***»*»******»**•••»»*******
            *          ENTER - CONTINUE                                     *
If TABLETALK was selected from the CM & E Management Reports Menu, the above menu
appears. There are four CM & £ data options.  They are:

       o     Run TABLETALK with an individual CM & E file

       o     Run TABLETALK with the Evaluation file (CEEVAL) joined with the Violation
             file (CEVIOL)

       o     Run TABLETALK with the Enforcement  file (CEENFOR) joined with the
             Violation file (CEVIOL)

       o     Run TABLETALK with the Violation file (CEVIOL) joined with the Evaluation
             file (CEEVAL) and the Enforcement file (CEENFOR).

To run a TABLETALK option, type in the option number and press  < ENTER >.  The
following screen appears.
    INSTRUCTIONS :  1-Move cursor to name of file with tab keys
                 2-Depress ENTER to Select a file
                 3-Depress PF3 or PF12 to QUIT
                 4-Use PF8 to go down a page, PF7 to go back up
Select
Filename
DUMMY
DUMMY
SICCODE
DUMMY
SICCODE
AGNDES
AHOLD
AREADES
CAAREA
KMHIF\ 	
Description









RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-59
11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

TABLETALK provides an easy to use window driven utility for preparing report requests.  This
FOCUS utility is designed to create reports quickly and easily. For information on how to use
TABLETALK,  consult the FOCUS Users Manual. The TABLETALK  menu option  can be
found in the following RCRIS Modules:

       o     Handler,
       o     Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure,
       o     Program Management, and
       o     Facility Management Planning.

The TABLETALK option can  also be found in the RCRIS Main Menu. TABLETALK allows
the User to create a FOCUS program to generate a report. This program can be saved to a file
with a eight character filename.  This file can be run at a later date.  On the PC, the program
is saved to the \RCRIS directory with a FEX file extension.
! Keys:
I

ENTER Select
Pf3, PF12 Undo
PF7 Scroll Up
jDo you want to -
PF1
PF4
PF8

Field Definitions
Top
Scroll Down

PF2
PF5
PF9

Revise mode
Bottom
Hulti -select

            Execute this request?
            Execute, as a test with limited records?
            Send the report to the system printer
            Save this request?
            Save thi +	+
            Retrieve {Enter 8 character file namej
            Retrieve [for this saved request:   j
            Clear th |                     j
            QUIT    !TABLETS!               j
 !TABLE FILE CAAREA
 JPRINT CAEPAID
 IEND
11/92
CME-60
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 On the mainframe, the file is saved in a different manner.  After you have built the program,
 select the "Save this request?" option and press < ENTER >.  A window will appear in the
 center of the screen that will request the filename of the program. Enter a filename that is up
 to eight characters long and press < ENTER >. The window will disappear.  Now select the
 QUIT option and press  < ENTER >.  The following screen will now appear.

                RCRIS TABLETALK SAVE UTILITY
      ENTER YOUR TABLETALK FILE NAME:  TABLETS!
         ENTER - CONTINUE
        F4- EXIT
.Enter the exact same filename that you entered for the previous screen and press .
 A message will appear on the screen telling you that the file has been saved.  The message can
 be seen in the example below.
                RCRIS TABLETALK SAVE UTILITY
     ENTER YOUR TABLETALK FILE NAME:
         ENTER - CONTINUE
        F4- EXIT
  TABLETST COPIED TO K4DB.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER
 To exit the screen, press , The file is saved as a member of a sequential dataset. On
 a Region account, the dataset name is K#DB.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER, where # is the Region
 number. On a State account, the dataset name is KZss.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER, where ss is
 the State code.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-61
11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

To execute the saved program, select the "Go to the FOCUS prompt." option on the RCRIS
Main Menu and press < ENTER >.  When the FOCUS prompt appears, type EX and the saved
program's filename and press < ENTER>.  For example, in our screen samples the filename
is TABLETST.  To execute this file, the User would type EX TABLETS! and pressed
 < ENTER >.  The program will now execute.
9.6    COMPREHENSIVE CM&E REPORT

Select  "Comprehensive  CM&E  Report"  and  press  < ENTER >,
Compliance and Enforcement Report Screen will appear.
                                    The Comprehensive
   ******** comprehensive Compliance and Enforcement Report **********

   Select a state:

   Select a facility name or part of a name:
     (start at left; no spaces, please)     		
   Select a facility by entering its ID number:
   Evaluation date range (mmddyy)  from:  100189  to:  052491   (today)
     (Accept default or overwrite.)     	      	

   Only evaluations with violations (Y/N):  N  (default N - all evaluations)
   Select evaluating agency:
E • EPA          S* State
C - EPA contractor B - State Contractor
X - EPA oversight  blank - all
        PF4 to abort and return to menu or press ENTER to proceed -
Use  to move between fields. Press  to abort the report and return to the menu.
Press  < ENTER >  only after you have made your selections.  Enter the State ID and press
.  Enter the facility name or part of the name and press  .   Do not leave
spaces and start on the left side of the field. Enter the facility ID number and press .
Enter  the evaluation date range and press  for each field.  The default start and end
dates will be displayed.  They can be overwritten. Next, if you want evaluations with violations
to be  reported, type "Y" for Yes and press  . The default is "N" for No and all
evaluations will be reported.   Enter  the type of evaluation  agency,  by  typing in the
corresponding letter, and press < ENTER >.  A blank field will select all evaluating agencies.
11/92
         CME-62
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
1

Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:
1. Individual Handler
2. All Handlers
3. Universe of Handlers
4. File of Handlers
p
Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:




Enter-Continue * F4-Exit
*
                             « « «ttt **t »««>«>*•
Handler Selection Screen 1 provides you the option to generate a report for the following types:
                                                                        v      *
       o     Individual Handler: RCRIS displays "Handler Selection Screen 2" if option one
             was selected above. Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

       o     All Handlers:  The "HID Device Selection" is displayed if. you select option two.
             This screen is used to direct your report to a device.

       o     Universe of Handlers:  The "Handler Selection Screen 2" is displayed if you
             select option three. This screen is used to  indicate the universe your selected
             group of handlers belongs in.

       o     File of Handlers:   "Handlers Screen 2" is displayed if you selected option four.
             This screen is used to enter the name of the file containing the list of Handler IDs
             you want a report on.
Type the number of the selection and press < ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, RCRIS
will move you to the next screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-63
11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
•*
*
*
                        R C R I S
                 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                 1.  VIEU THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                 2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                 3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                 4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                 R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                    ENTER SELECTION »
On die mainframe, the above screen appears.  To view the report on the screen, type ."1" and
press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and
press .  To send the report to a file, type "3" and press .  To run the
report in batch, type "4" and press < ENTER >. To return to the previous menu, type "R" and
press .
11/92
                                     CME-64
RCRIS 4.6.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

If the report is sent to a file on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
       R C 8 I S
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                               DATE: *#/##/#* *
                                               TIME: 15:50   *
                  ENTER FILE NAME
                  NAME (XXXXXXXX) »
                  CONTINUE (Y/N/K) » Y
                        (M FOR MENU)
Biter the file name and press . To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press .  To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press < ENTER >.

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

AAA represents  the User's TSO ID.  BBBB represents the User's  TSO Logon account.
XXXXXXXX represents the file name.  Only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed.

After the report has been sent to a file, the following message  appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press < ENTER > to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                     CME-65
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

If the report is run in batch, the following screen appears.
 *                      R C R I  S                             *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY       DATE: *#/«#/## *
 *                VERSION *.*.«  «#/##/«*          TINE: 15:52   *
                  t»««««««««««*« «•«««*« «>*<•«••«««**»••••««•««««

                  ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FINAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TINE ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
                  FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                  CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
Use  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press  .  Enter the
priority level and press < TAB >. The priority levels are 1 for low and 2 for high. The default
is 1.   Enter  the User's box number and press  .   Enter  the  destination and press
.  Enter the number of copies and press .  If the running time of the batch
processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the seconds
and press . The default values are 1 minute and 59 seconds.  This should be sufficient
for most reports. If the report is to be sent to a file, enter " Y" for Yes in the File Option field
and press . The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device. To continue,
enter "Y" for Yes in the Continue field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, enter "N" for
No and press < ENTER >.

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.

 1KJ56250I JOB EPWRPT(JOB05588> SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD  JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press < ENTER >  to continue.
11/92                                 CME-66                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

9.7    FIND THE "CONTROL NUMBER" REPORT

Select  "Find the 'Control Number' Report" and press < ENTER >.  The find the sequence
number for updating selection screen will appear.
                |Find sequence numbers for updating
                 Evaluation          |For data.
                 Violation          {entry
                 Enforcement         jpersonnel
                 Exit to Previous Menu
Three different types of Control Number Reports can be generated:

      o     Evaluation,
      o     Violation, and                                                •
      o     Enforcement

To make a selection, highlight the type of report that you need and press < ENTER >.
9.7.1 EVALUATION
                   j  Report to -
                   i
                   j  Screen
                   j  OFFLINE for printing
Select "Evaluation" and press < ENTER >.  The Device Selection Screen will appear. To view
the report on the screen, select Screen and press  < ENTER >.   To send the report to the
printer,  select OFFLINE For  Printing and press  < ENTER >.  After making your device
selection, the Evaluation Criteria screen will appear.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-67
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
      Find the Evaluation Control Umber for Updating Evaluation Data

      Select 1 - 6 facilities by 10 number (all blanks - entire state):

       1)                2)                3)

       4)                5}                6)
      Select inspecting agency:
 to move between fields. Press < F4 > to abort the report and return to the menu.
Press < ENTER > only after you have made your selections.  You can enter up to six facilities
by  ID number, using  to  move between fields.   All blanks fields will report all
facilities in the State.  Enter the inspecting agency and press < ENTER >. They are:

       o      E-EPA,
       o      S - State,
       o      X - EPA Oversight,
       o      C - EPA  Contractor,
       o      B - State  Contractor, and
       o      blank - All.
After pressing < ENTER >, the report will proceed.
11/92
        CME-68
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

9.7.2  VIOLATION
                     j Report to -

                     j Screen
                     ! OFFLINE for printing
Select "Violation" and press . The Device Selection Screen will appear. To view
the report on the screen, select Screen and press < ENTER >.    To send the report to the
printer, select OFFLINE For Printing and press  < ENTER >.   After making  your device
selection, the Violation Criteria screen will appear.
     Find the Violation Sequence Number to Update Violation Data

     Select 1-4 facilities by ID lumbers (all blank - entire state):

    1)             2)             3)              4)
       NOTE: The report will run much faster if you select individual  ID'S.
       Enter the Agency uhich determined the violation:
         (E, S, X, C, B. or blank for all)            -

                         Press ENTER to proceed -

Use < TAB >  to move between fields. Press < F4 > to abort the report and return to the menu.
Press < ENTER > only after you have made your selections. You can enter up to four facilities
by ID number, using  to move between  fields.  All blanks fields will report all
facilities in the State.  Enter the inspecting agency and press < ENTER >. They are:

       o      E - EPA,
       o      S - State,
       o      X - EPA Oversight,
       o      C - EPA Contractor,
       o      B - State Contractor, and
       o      blank-All.

After pressing , the report will proceed.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          CME-69                                  11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

9.7.3 ENFORCEMENT
                     Report to -

                     Screen
                     OFFLINE for printing
Select "Violation" and press  < ENTER >. The Device Selection Screen will appear.  To view
the report on the screen, select Screen  and press < ENTER >.    To send the report to the
printer,  select OFFLINE For Printing  and press < ENTER >.  After making your device
selection, the Enforcement Criteria screen will appear.
     Find the Enforcement Control Number to update enforcement data.


    Select 1 - 4 facilities by ID number (all blanks - all facilities):

   1}             2)             3)             4)
    Select the Enforcement Action Agency:      (E, S, X or blank for all.)


                Press ENTER to proceed -
Use  to move between fields. Press  to abort the report and return to the menu.
Press < ENTER > only after you have made your selections.  You can enter up to four facilities
by ID number, using   to move between fields.  All blanks fields will report all
facilities in the State.  Enter the inspecting agency and press < ENTER >. They are:

       o      E-EPA,
       o      S - State,
       o      X - EPA Oversight,
       o      C - EPA Contractor,
       o      B - State Contractor,
       o      blank - All.

After pressing < ENTER >, the report will proceed.
11/92                                 CME-70                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

9.8    HANDLER EVALUATION INFORMED FORMS
Select "Informed Forms" and press
screen will appear.
          •.  The CME Evaluation Forms Part Selection
 •••••a*******************************
               RCRIS: CME Evaluation Forms Part Selection
             PLEASE SELECT ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS
                (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
                   Part 1 :
                   Part 3 :
                   Part 5 :
Part 2
Part 4
Part 6
 ******************************************************************************
 *      Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exit          *
 **************««•••*•»**********»***»****************•*****•***•»»**•****•****
You have the choice of choosing Parts 1-6. One or more can be selected by typing an 
next to the part that you wish to report.  Use   to move to any Part.  When you are
finished selecting or if you wish to use the default value of all Parts, press  < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
     CME-71
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
                   RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen 1
                Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                    1.  Individual Handler
                    2.  All Handlers
                    3.  Universe of Handlers
                    4.  File of Handlers

                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:
               Do You Wish a Report Cover Page Y/N:  N
                                                             *
                                                             *
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
                                »t >««»«***••••••
RCRIS provides you with four options to generate a report for the following types on the CME
Forms Selection Screen 1:

       o     Individual Handler                                             '
       o     All Handlers
       o     Universe of Handlers
       o     File of Handlers

Type the number of your selection and press  to move to the Report Cover Page field
on the screen.  The system default is no Report Cover Page, but if you wish to have one, type
*Y' at the prompt and press < ENTER > to move to  the next screen.
11/92
CME-72
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

If you choose the Individual Handler option, RCRIS displays the CME Forms Selection Screen
2 below.
 >*•••*«•••>••• »****»*****«**«*«<*«***«««*>***********«*>l^********»«********l

                    RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen 2
  ****************************************************************************
                      •»*»»***************«*i»**
                     Enter Handler ID :
                  ****************************************
 a****************************************************************************
         Enter-Cent inue
           . FA-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Enter a valid Handler ID and press  < ENTER > to continue to the mainframe Select a Report
Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.         •

If you choose the option for All Handlers, press < ENTER > and RCRIS moves directly to the
mainframe Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your
report.

The Universe of Handlers option lets  you select a specific universe of handlers on the CME
Forms  Selection Screen 2 below.
 ******************************************************************************

                    RCRIS: CHE Forms Selection Screen 2
  ****************************************************************************
                    Nark with X to Select UNIVERSE(S)
             *************************************************
                  :Transporter
                  : Generator.
                  :Sml Qty Generator
:Land Disposal
:Incinerator
:Store/Treatment
:ALf TSOS
                    I*****************************************
  •A**************************************************************************
         Enter-Continue '            *                 F4-Exit
                                  *
 ******************************************************************************
Mark your universe selection with an  'X* and press    to move to the mainframe
Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.
RCRIS 4.0.0
   CME-73

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

The File of Handlers options displays the CME Forms Selection Screen 2 below.
                RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen Z
           **«««««••«« «•*
                                   ••«•**«** ««>••««•
                Maximum Filename cannot exceed 36 positions
                including quotes and member name (if a pds)
                    Please Enter File
                  Ex: 'RCRS.RCRIS.DATA(DIVI)'
           ««««01>tHH>»«««»«««««**««1>«««<>«* •«••»««
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
Enter the selected handler filename for your report. The filename may not exceed 36 characters,
including quotes and a member name (if a PDS). Press < ENTER> to move to the mainframe
Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.
11/92
CME-74
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                                                    •**•
 *                        RCRIS"                             *
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    *
 *                                                             *
 *****************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION
                  1. VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2. SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3. SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4. RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R. RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
Option number one allows you to View The Report on the screen'

You may choose option number two to send the report to the printer.  RCRIS will prompt you
to designate the number of the printer where you want  your, report sent.                -   .

If you wish to send the report to a file, choose option three.

Option number four allows you to run your report in batch.  NOTE:  Due to the amount of
time required to run some reports, whenever possible you should run your report in batch. This
option allows you to continue working while the job is being processed; a message will appear
on the screen indicating that the report is being processed.

If you want to abort the processing of your report and return to the CM&E Reports Menu
System, press 'R.'
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-75
11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

9.9    HANDLER ENFORCEMENT INFORMED FORMS

Select "Handler Enforcement Informed Forms" and press  < ENTER > to display the.CME
Forms Selection Screen 1 below.
                   RCR1S: CME Forms Selection Screen 1
 >»*«>*••«*******«**»**«««*•*««« « «••«*•«**»« « «»•**•«*«« t« a********************
            **••*«**««**a*****************************«******
                Do You Wish to Generate B Report for:

                    1. Individual Handler
                    2. All Handlers
                    3. Universe of Handlers
                    4. File of Handlers

                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3,  or 4:
               Do You Wish a Report Cover Page Y/N:  N
            *************************************************
 *********************************4
                             ******************************************
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS provides you with four options to generate a report for the following types on the CME
Forms Selection Screen 1:

      o     Individual Handler
      o     All Handlers
      o     Universe of Handlers
      o     File of Handlers

Type the number of your selection and press  to move to the Report Cover Page field
on the screen. The system default is no Report Cover Page, but if you wish to have one, type
*Y' at the prompt and press  < ENTER > to move to the next screen.
11/92
CME-76
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
If you choose the Individual Handler option, RCRIS displays the CME Fonns Selection Screen
2 below.
 »****************t««>«>*********»»«^*******«***« *•«*«*«••«*«*•«*•••««*««**•*«


                    RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen 2
                 ****************************************

                                                   *
                     Enter Handler ID :
                 •a**************************************  .
 **** * ***»»»**«*•«••*«••*/*•***•*«******«**«**•**•«««* «>***»l>«»» **************
         Enter-Continue
            F4-Exit
Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER >  to continue to the mainframe Select a Report
Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.

If you choose the option for All Handlers, press < ENTER >  and RCRIS moves directly to the
mainframe Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your
report.

The Universe of Handlers option lets you select a specific universe of handlers on the CME
Forms Selection Screen 2 below.'
 A*****************************************************************************
                    RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen 2 .
                    Nark with X to Select UNIVERSE(S)
             *************************************************
                 :Transporter
                 :Generator
                 :Snil Qty Generator
             A*********************
:Land Disposal
:Incinerator
:Store/Treatment
:ALL TSDS
                                      ********************
 ••I***************************************************************************
         Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exrt
                                 *
 *<»»««*»•««»****•****»****«•**•***•«**«*«*»*••****«»*****•*****«***»****••**•*
Mark your universe selection with an  'X' and press < ENTER > to move to the mainframe
Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.
RCRIS 4.0.0
   CME-77
11/92

-------
                                    COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

The File of Handlers options displays the CME Forms Selection Screen 2 below.
 «««•<>*«•»••»<>»»•<>*««•*«««««•••••*««*••••*•*«•«****««•*»•••«>•«*»**•••**••••••»•
                 RCRIS: CME Forms Selection Screen 2
                                MM>>»««««*« *******>>••> ««****
                Naxinun Filename cannot exceed 36 positions
                including quotes and member name (if a pds)
                    Please Enter Filename
                    •
                  Ex:  'RCRS.RCRIS.DATACOIV1)'
            ••**********»******»*********»*»********#****»»******
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
Enter the selected handler filename for your report. The filename may not exceed 36 characters,
including quotes and a member name (if a PDS).  Press  to move to the mainframe
Select a Report Destination Screen or the PC Device Selection Screen to process your report.
11/92
CME-78
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                         R C R I S
                  EMVIRONNENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                  1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
Option number one allows you to View The Report on the screen.

You may choose option number two to send the report to the printer. RCRIS will prompt you
to designate the number of the printer where you want your report sent.

If you wish to send the report to a file, choose option three.

Option number four allows you to run your report in  batch.  NOTE: Due to the amount of
time required to run some reports, whenever possible you should run your report in batch. This
option allows you to continue working while the job is being processed; a message will appear
on the screen indicating that the report is being processed.

If you want to abort the processing of your report and return to the CM&E  Reports Menu
System, press 'R.'
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-79
11/92

-------
                               COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

10    TICKLER EVENT TRACKING

The Tickler Event Tracking function is an on-line reminder and scheduling service.  This
function may be used to place any CM&E or other event in a suspense file.  You can then
generate a report showing all your scheduled activities and events.

To select this function use  the arrow up/down key or type  once to highlight Tickler
Event Tracking and press < ENTER >.
                         R C R I S
       j          Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement
       ! Database: K40B.MSR

4
CM & E Main Menu
'
Evaluation Add/Update
Violation Add/Update
Enforcement Add/Update
Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
Evaluation Deletion
Violation Deletion
Enforcement Deletion
Reports Menu
Tickler Event Tracking
Handler Narrative
Return to RCRIS Main Menu

.
11/92
CME-80
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 10.1   EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY

 After selecting Tickler Event Tracking, the "CM&E Tickler/Event Tracking Data Entry Screen
 1" is displayed.  There are no required -fields on this screen.  The tickler function is oriented
 towards the responsible person so that each person needing the service in your agency may
 establish his/her own file.  You may also associate the reminder with either an evaluation or
 enforcement event.
         RCRIS: CM ft E Tickler/Event Tracking Data Entry Screen 1
                 Please Enter the following:


                       Responsible Person: EPW

      Tickler Type (E-EVAL, F-EHFOR, 0-OTHER): E

                              Handler ID: MS6210809871

                           Tickler Nunber:



        **** NOTE **** Leave Tickler Number Blank For Meu Entry

  ********»*•******•****»****#**«**»**»*******•*****•*••»»*•*•*********»***«•«*«
  *            ENTER - Continue            F3 • Exit           .      *
 In the first field in this screen enter the responsible person who is establishing the suspense file.
 Next, enter the event type.  In the field following the event type enter the HID this event is
 related to. Finally, if you are revising an event, enter the event number. Leave this field blank
 if this is a new event and the system will assign an event number for you.
 10.2  EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY SCREEN 2

 After entering the identification information on Screen 1 and pressing < ENTER >, the "CM&E
 Tickler/Event Tracking Data Entry Screen 2" is displayed.  The HID and facility name are
 displayed at the top of the screen.  On this screen you may enter any descriptive information
 about the event,  such as type or.description.  None of the fields on this screen are required.
 They are for you to use as you like.

 In the date fields you may enter a scheduled date, the number of days from a base date, or the
'actual date of the event.   If the  date of an event has been set enter the scheduled date. If the
 date has not been set, but it is known the event will occur in a specific number of days from a
 specified date, then enter the number of days and the base date.  If the event already occurred
 and you know the date, then enter the actual date.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-81
11/92

-------
                                      COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
 •«*««««*«****«*«**«*******ii •»*»••*«
                                           k********4
                                                         MMHM
                                                              *********

                                                                    *
*       RCRIS: CM & E Tickler/Event Tracking Data Entry Screen 2
ft*****************************************************************************
* Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
**************************************************************
        Please Enter Implementers' Events For CME:
                                                        **i
                                                            »**•,
   Event Type:
   Event Nuflfcer:
   Event Description:
                         EVALUATION
                          1
   Regulation/Statute:
   Scheduled Date (MMDDYY):
        Or Enter # Of Days:         From Base Date (MMDDYY):
   Actual Date (MMDDYY):
   Eval/Enfor Reference #:
   Payment Amount:       $         0
 **•«****«**»»**«»«***«**«*********•*»»**•*««»**ft******************************
 *    ENTER  - Continue      F3 • Exit      F4 - Screen 1     F8 - Help     *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o      The   key moves you from field to field.
       o      Press < ENTER > to save your information.
       o      The    key exits you from this screen without saving your changes.
       o      The    key displays a Help Screen containing valid area codes.
                                           CME-82
                                                                                 RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 10.3   EVENT TRACKING DATA ENTRY

 Use this screen to change or delete information in your tickler file.  To display this screen,
 select Tickler Event Tracking from the CM&E Main Menu and then enter an existing tickler
 event number.
  ******«********************i
                            »***********»•*»•••****»*»•••********»*«*««****
         RCRIS: CM & E Tickler/Event Tracking Data Entry Screen 1A         *
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 "Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG
         Implemented' Events For CM & E:

    Event Type:            EVALUATION
    Event Number:            1
    Event Description:
    Area  Concerned:
    Scheduled Date OMDDYY):
    Actual Date    (NMDDYY):
    Do You Want To (C)hange Or .(D)elete This Event  (C/D) ?
 A*****************************************************************************
 *        ENTER • Continue        F4 - Screen 1         F3 - Exit         *
 * * * ft**************************************************************************
The current information for the tickler event is displayed on the screen. Enter  to revise
the existing data.  Use the   key to move from field to field and then  type over the
existing information.   Be sure to press  < ENTER >  to save your changes before exiting the
screen.

To delete the record, enter  and press .   A message is displayed stating the
record has been deleted.  You will also note that the next time you generate a  tickler report the
tickler number you just deleted will be gone.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-83
11/92

-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
11     HANDLER NARRATIVE
The Handler Narrative function allows your agency to record all the complex and comprehensive
information about a particular handler conveniently. You can enter any information your agency
feels is important to regulating or tracking activities for a handler.  This narrative information
may be entered directly into any of three RCRIS modules:  FMP, CM&E, or Corrective Action.
This means you can write detailed information about the handler's permit, CM&E activities,
corrective action instruments or events, or any combination of all three.  You may also write
a narrative containing general information about the facility itself.

To access this function from the CM&E Main Menu use the up/down arrow key or type 
once to highlight Handler Narrative and press < ENTER >.
                            RCRIS
                  Compliance Monitoring ft Enforcement
         Database: K4DB.HSR
                        CM & E Main Menu
                     Evaluation Add/Update
                     Violation Add/Update
                     Enforcement Add/Update
                     Link Viol/Eval/Enfor
                     Evaluation Deletion
                     Violation Deletion
                     Enforcement Deletion
                     Reports Menu
                     Tickler Event Tracking
                     Handler Narrative
                     Return to RCRIS Hain Menu
11/92
CME-84
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 11.1   NARRATIVE MENU SCREEN

 After selecting Handler  Narrative,  the Narrative  Menu. Screen  is  displayed  with the
 Create/Edit Narrative option highlighted. The option allows you to enter and edit the narrative
 information for a particular handler within RCRIS.  To select this option press < ENTER >.
                              RCRIS
          Database: K4DB.MSR
                              Narrative
                         Narrative Menu Screen
                         Create/Edit Narrative
                         Report
                         Exit To Main Menu
 11.2  CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE

 After selecting the Create/Edit Narrative option, the "Facility Narrative Screen 1" is displayed.
 This screen allows you to create or update narrative information.  Enter the HID and a narrative
 type.  The narrative type is  used to maintain comprehensive information for a handler  by
 particular type. For example, detailed information about the facility's permit (or closure/post-
 closure plans) can be included and maintained separately.  General information about the facility
 can  also be included as  well as  CM&E and  Corrective Action information.   Select the
 appropriate narrative type by entering , 

, andpress . ***1 **************************************************************** *i * ' RCRIS: Facility Narratives Screen 1 - * ****************************************************************************** Enter Handler ID: Enter Narrative Type: ************************************************ * Facility Narrative - F * * Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure - P * * Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C * * . Corrective Action - A * ************************************************ ********************** ********************************* * ENTER-Continue F3-Exit F8-Help * ****************************************************************************** RCRIS 4.0.0 CME-85 11/92


-------
                                  COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

After pressing  < ENTER > a free form screen is  displayed for you to enter the narrative
information. The top of the screen shows the HID, narrative type, date of the last revision, and
the name of the facility. Various functions are available to help you move through and edit the
narrative text.  Be sure and press  < ENTER > to save your edits before leaving the screen.
     ID: NS6210809871      RCRIS: Narrative for FMP      Updated:
 Edit    WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 I/D   F3-Exit    .  TAB-Hext Line            F7/PgUp-Backuard    PAGE 01
      F4-Next ID    ENTER-Edit/Save          F8/PgOn-Forward
11/92                                  CME-86                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE


NOTES:

       o      The  key returns you to the Narrative Menu Screen without saving your
             changes.

       o      The  key returns you to Screen 1 without saving your changes.

       o      The  displays a Help Screen or edit commands.  (Press  again to
             exit the Help Screen).

       o      The  key takes.you back one page.

       o      The  key takes you forward one page.

       o      PRESS  TO SAVE YOUR CHANGES.


11.3   LOAD FROM ASCII FILE

The Load from ASCII File feature in PC RCRIS enables you to prepare and edit the'narrative
information with any text editing software (as long as the text will convert to ASCII characters)
and then load the narrative directly into RCRIS.  This means RCRIS operations do not need to
be interrupted in order to prepare text for a handler. The only requirement is that the text must
be convertible to ASCII characters.

To use this option, log on to RCRIS (if you had to exit to prepare the text) and select CM&E
from the RCRIS Main Menu. Next, select Handler Narrative from the CM&E Main Menu.
Finally, select Load from ASCII File from the Narrative Menu Screen.

The "Facility Narrative Load Screen 1" is now displayed.  On this screen specify the location
of the file you want to load.  The file can be loaded from a PC hard disk or floppy disk drive.
Simply specify the complete location of the file. For example, A:TEXT\HANDLER.NAR might
be where your text file is stored on your "A" drive. Wild card characters such as an "*" are
unacceptable.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-87                               11/92

-------
                                   COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

4[[[-.....----...-.....-.......4

I        RCRIS: Facility Narrative Load ASCII Screen 1                 |
!                                                              !
4	...—...........		..........+
                                                               !
      Enter file from which to load:                                 j
                Example: A:FAC1LITY.DOC                             |
                                                       •  '      i
                                                               i
                                                               j
                                                               i
                                                               i

4	.				-	4
I  ENTER-CONTINUE                           F4-Return to Menu        [
4........	..—.................^

After entering the correct file name the "Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2" is displayed.  On
this screen specify the HID the narrative is going  to and the type of handler narrative. Enter
 for general facility information, 

for permitting, for compliance information, or for corrective action information and press . RCRIS will load your narrative text into the system. WARNING! THIS WILL OVERWRITE ANY EXISTING TEXT FOR THE SELECTED MODULE. +.......—[[[4 . • ! j RCRIS: Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2 4 4 j Enter Handler ID: ! j Enter Narrative Type: i * - - * Corrective Action - A j Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C j Permitting/Closure/Post Closure - P [ j Facility Narrative - F j I 4 . . 4 I 4...................... — ......-.-.-.. 4 j ENTER-Continue F4-Exit | 4 ...........................................4 After your text is loaded the text Screen 3 requesting you to choose another selection is


-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                      Please Choose Selection

                      Another Load

                      Another Handler ID Entry

                      Exit
Make your selection and press

NOTES:

      o     Only complete file names are accepted. Specify the drive, directory and any sub-
            directories and. complete file name.  Wild card characters such as an "*" are
            unacceptable.

      o     Use the narrative edit function discussed previously in this chapter to review the
            loaded text.

      o     WARNING: THIS WILL OVERWRITE ANY EXISTING TEXT FOR THE
            SELECTED MODULE.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CME-89
11/92

-------
                                 COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT

11.4  REPORT

The Report option enables you to generate a report showing which handlers have narrative
information entered  for them.  The report lists a brief summary of each narrative in your
system.  Select the Report option from the Narrative Menu Screen and press < ENTER >  to
display the screen below.   This  screen will prompt you for an handler ID.  Fill in this
information and press < ENTER > to continue to the next screen.


                         Narrative Report


                      Please Enter Handler  Id
                      Enter 'X' to exit
                  Handler 10*  >
The Narrative Report menu prompts you to make a RCRIS module selection for your Narrative
Report.  There are five module options available for the report: Facility Narrative, Corrective
Actions,  PMT/CL/PC, Compliance,  Monitoring and  Enforcement  and  All.   Type  the
corresponding letter of your selection, or type  'R' to exit from the Narrative Report screen.
Press < ENTER> to move to the Select a Report Destination screen.
                         Narrative Report
                      Please Choose Selection
                   A. Facility Narrative
                   B. Corrective Actions
                   C. PMT/CL/PC
                   D. Compliance, Monitoring, and Enforcements
                   E. All

                   R. Exit from Narrative Report Menu

      Enter selection >
11/92                                 CME-90                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

The last screen prompts you for a report output destination on the mainframe.  To send the
report to your printer type < A > and press < ENTER >. To view the report on the screen type
  and press  .

On the PC, you also have the option to save the report to a file for later use. To save the report
to a file enter  and press .  The system will ask you for a file name.  This
can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the drive
as well. For example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
   ***                   RCRIS                     ***



                   Select a Report Destination


                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen


                R.  Return to Previous Menu


  Enter selection >



After the report is finished the Narrative Menu Screen is displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         CME-91                                11/92

-------
                        COMPLIANCE MONITORING & ENFORCEMENT
               THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11/92                       CME-92                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------

-------

-------
CORRECTIVE ACTION

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    CORRECTIVE ACTION		*	;	 1
     1.1   INTRODUCTION	 .	 2
     1.2   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE  			 2
     1.3   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD (IOR)	 3
     1.4   CO-IMPLEMENTER REFRESH  	.....;	 3
     1.5   KEY TERMS . . -	 3
     1.6   FUNCTION KEYS	,				 5
     1.7   CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA		. . 6

2    USING THE CORRECTIVE ACTION MODULE		 7
     2.1   INSTRUMENT ADD/UPDATE	 7
          2.1.1 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 1	 7
          2.1.2 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 2	 8
          2.1.3 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 3		 9
          2.1.4 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 4	 10
          2.1.5 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 5 .....;	 11
     2.2   AREA ADD/UPDATE	;	: 13
          2.2.1 UPDATE AREA SCREEN 1	13
          2.2.2 UPDATE AREA SCREEN2 . . ,	 .	1	 ... 14
          2.2.3 UPDATE AREA SCREEN 3		15
     2.3   EVENT ADD/UPDATE	 .	 . 16
        "  2.3.1 UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 1		. . 17
          2.3.2 UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 2	18
          2.3.3 UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 3	19
          2.3.4 UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 5	20
     2.4   CONSTITUENT ADD/UPDATE	21
          2.4.1 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 1	.21
          2.4.2 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 2 .	22
          2.4.3 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 3	22
          2.4.4 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 4	23
          2.4.5 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 5 .	24
          2.4.6 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 6 	.24
          2.4.7 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 7		25
          2.4.8 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 8	26
     2.5   LINK INSTRUMENT/AREA/EVENT  ....'....-'.:	26
          2.5.1 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 1 .  . .	27
          2.5.2 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 2	27
          2.5.3 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 3	28
          2.5.4 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 4 .  . .	29
          2.5.5 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 5 .  . .	29
          2.5.6 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 6	 .  30
          2.5.7 LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 7	31

-------
2.8   EVENT DELETE ..'... •.	".	34
2.9   CONSTITUENT DELETE	35
2.10  REPORT MENU	36
     2.10.1      CA DUMP REPORT  (CARPD001)	41
     2.10.2      DETAIL   INSTRUMENT-AREA-EVENT
               (CARPDET1)	41
     2.10.3      ORPHAN RECORD REPORT (CARPASMT)  	42
     2.10.4      COMPREHENSIVE CA REPORT (CARPCOMP)  	43
     2.10.5      ABBREVIATED CA REPORT (CARPCCMP)	44
     2.10.6      CA INFORMED FORM (CARPINFF)	45
     2.10.7      CA PAST DUE REPORT (CARPPAST) .	46
     2.10.8      CA DUE REPORT (CARPDUE)	47
   .  2.10.9      MANAGEMENT REPORTS	49
          2.10.9.1    STARS REPORT (CARPSPMS)	49
          2.10.9.2    BASELINE PERFORMANCE MEASURES  .... 54
          2.10.9.3    FACILITY  SUMMARY  OF  CA  EVENTS
                   (CARP0005)	55
          2.10.9.4    CA ACCOMPLISHMENTS (CARP0006)	56
          2.10.9.5    ELAPSED TIME  BETWEEN CA  EVENTS
                   (CARP0007)	.59
2.11  HANDLER NARRATIVE	62
     2.11.1      CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE	 . 62
     2.11.2      LOAD FROM ASCH FILE	64
     2.11.3      NARRATIVE REPORT 	67

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
1      CORRECTIVE ACTION

The Corrective Action (CA) module is used to track the specific corrective action information
needed to regulate facilities found to have hazardous waste releases. RCRA facilities usually
fall under corrective action during the permitting process or when a release justifying action is
identified.  The process usually begins with an Agency-conducted RCRA Facility Assessment
(RFA). If the RFA finds that a release may exist then the corrective action process continues,
otherwise the process stops here. The level of investigation and corrective action will vary from
facility to facility, but the same information is tracked in RCRIS.  This includes the specific
instruments driving the corrective action activities such as permits or corrective action orders,
the areas affected by the release and the events that track the progress of the corrective action.

The instrument is the legal force driving the corrective action (the legal authority supporting the
corrective action is also tracked with.the instrument).  The area tracked in corrective action is
defined geographically rather than as types such as in the CM&E module.   The events in
corrective action are designed to track the different phase of the corrective action implementation
from the RFA  to the clean-up of the release. Also in the corrective action module is the ability
to track the constituent information for a release.  The constituent information consist of the
chemical that has been released (constituent code), to  what level it should be cleaned (media
clean-up standard) and what method is being used to clean the release (remedy code).
RCRIS 4.0.0                            CA-1                                   11/92

-------
                                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION
1.1    INTRODUCTION
The Corrective Action module of RCRIS is used to maintain corrective action instrument, area,
event,  and constituent data gathered from hazardous waste handlers having or suspected of
having a hazardous waste release.  The CA module is also used to produce standard reports that
assist in the management of the Corrective Action program.

The RCRIS Main Menu includes the Corrective Action module. To select this module from the
menu use the up/down arrow key or type < C > twice to highlight Corrective Action and press
.
                           RCRIS
       I                 Welcome to RCRIS
       j           Environmental Protection Agency
       ! Database: K4DB.MSR                Ver: 4.#.# ##/##/##
       +	+	^			+		
               | Please Select Desired Work Package  j
                 Handler Identification
               {  Pe rmi tt i ng/CIosure/Post-CIosure
               j  Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
               j  corrective Action
               I  Program Management
                 Facility Management Planning
                 Data Assessment
                 Database Administration
               I  FOIA Reports
               j  ixit RCRIS
               i
               i                  *
               i
1.2    MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS  mainframe software and PC software are the same.  However, mainframe RCRIS
function keys and other mainframe keys (such as  "attention" ) operate differently depending on
the terminal being used or when using a PC with communication software. Your RCRIS DBA
or computer support specialist can tell you which  keys on your equipment create the mainframe
function keys.
11/92
CA-2
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
ROMS USER GUIDE

1.3    IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD (IOR)

The State and its EPA region define data ownership in the Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU). The MDBA then enters the values for the Implementer of Record (IOR) assignments
in the IOR table of RCRIS based on the Memorandum of Understanding. The agency assigned
as the IOR for a block of data "owns" the data and has responsibility for data collection,
maintenance, and quality.  Data ownership carries the responsibility of ensuring quality data
because only data collected by the owners passes to the National Oversight database for reporting
to EPA headquarters and the United States Congress.

RCRIS uses a filter called the IOR filter during the merge process that removes all data from
the flat files that  your agency does not own. You should be careful when entering data in this
module that you use any appropriate codes that tells the IOR filter which agency owns the block
data. The IOR filter knows who owns a block of data in any of the three CA files based on the
IOR Table (See the Merged Database Administrator Guide for information about the IOR table)
settings and the value in the responsible agency field. For example, in most cases, EPA  owns
"E"  responsible agency events and the State owns "S" responsible agency events.
1.4    CO-IMPLEMENTER REFRESH

When EPA Regional offices and their State counterparts carry out the RCRA program jointly
it becomes necessary for both of the agencies to see the information collected by each other.
In other words, coordinating RCRA activities requires data coordination between agencies.
1.5    KEY TERMS

Instrument •



Constituent



Area


Universes
The term used for the documentation and legal authority driving
the corrective action process (e.g., an operating permit, a judicial
order, or a consent decree).

Any particular chemical found in a release at the site of facility
involved in corrective action. The codes are based on the Official
Chemical Abstracts Services Registry (CAS) number.

The  geographical extent of  the-release  at a  facility being
considered during the corrective action process.

Universe(s) is a  term denoting that a handler or handlers have
similar characteristics. RCRIS automatically puts handlers into
their appropriate universes based on certain criteria when specific
values are in the fields the system checks.
RCRIS 4.0.0
             CA-3
11/92

-------
Orphans
Natural or
Legitimate Orohans
Unnatural Orohans
STARS
                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION

A term describing a data element dependent on another piece of
data and is missing that other piece of data. For example, in CA
an area requires an instrument record or the area is considered to
be orphaned.
Some orphans occur naturally during data entry.  These orphans
may exist in  any  database without creating  a problem.   For
example, entering a corrective action RCRA Facility Assessment
(RFA) event before entering a corrective action instrument (such
as a permit or corrective action order) is common.  The RFA is
never linked to the corrective action instrument or. area, therefore
it is a natural orphan.

These orphan types are caused either by a system error or data
entry error.  There are two types of unnatural orphans.  The first
type is called "expected".  That is,  you would "expect" to see this
orphan because there is a reason for this orphan to occur.   For
example, an EPA Region enters an enforcement action addressing
a State-discovered violation, but the violation information doesn't
exist on the Region's RCRIS database.  The  Region  enters the
enforcement action, but can't link the enforcement to the violation
(because the violation isn't there).  Technically the enforcement
action  is an  orphan, but  the Region knows  it can't link the
enforcement action and therefore "expects" to see the enforcement
action orphaned.

"Unexpected" orphans describe data that was supposed to be linked
but isn't linked because of a system problem or through incorrect
data entry.

Acronym for the Strategic Targeted Activities for Results System.
Process and system EPA Regions and Headquarters uses to report
progress on the RCRA program.
Codes are found in your data element dictionary.
11/92
                                               RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.6   FUNCTION KEYS

      o           Scan File/Scan (Update constituent Screen l)/Constituents
      6           Not Used
      o           Exit
      o           Return to menu/exit (Report Selection criteria screen) '
      o           Previous screen/Scan medium
      o           Add authority
      o           Not Used
      o           Help
      o           Top
     , o          More
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-S

-------
                                                          CORRECTIVE ACTION

1.7   CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA


Core                                  System Required

Handler ID                            Handler ID
Event Code                            Event Code
Event Responsible Agency               Event Responsible Agency
Event Sequence Number                 Event Sequence Number
Event Actual Date                      Event Actual Date
Event Scheduled Date                   Event Scheduled Date
Area Code                             Area Sequence Number
Area Description                       Area Description
Instrument Type                        Instrument Type
Instrument Responsible Agency           Instrument Responsible Agency
Instrument Effective Date                Instrument Effective Date
Instrument Issue Date                   Instrument Issue Date
Legal Authority Code                   Legal Authority Code
Instrument Revocation Date              Constituent Code
Instrument Responsible Person            Type of Medium
                                      Remedy Code
                                      Media Cleanup Standard
NOTE:     Event codes are core for certain nationally defined events.  All nationally defined
            events (whether or not they are core)  end in 0 or 5 (except 999, which  is
            nationally defined as "CA process terminated1'); events terminating in 1-4 or 6-9
            (except 999) are reserved for implementer-defmed events and are not core.
11/92                                 CA-6                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 2     USING THE CORRECTIVE ACTION MODULE

 After selecting  Corrective Action  from the RCRIS  Main Menu, the CA Main Menu  is
 displayed.
!***
i
I Database:


K4DB.MSR
j
RCRIS
Corrective Action
CA Main Menu
•**

i
i
                     instrument Add/Update
                   j Area Add/Update         j
                   j Event Add/Update        |
                     Constituent Add/Update    j
                     Link Instrunent/Area/Event |
                     Instrunent Delete        [
                     Area Delete            j
                     Event Delete           |
                     Constituent Delete       j
                     Report Menu
                   I Handler Narrative
                   j Exit To RCRIS Main Menu
There are twelve options within Corrective Action as shown on the menu above. To select any
of these options, use the up/down arrow key to highlight the option and press  < ENTER >.
Each of the options is discussed below.
2.1    INSTRUMENT ADD/UPDATE           ~

The Instrument Add/Update function is used to add or revise corrective action instrument data.
Use the up/down arrow key or type  to highlight Instrument Add/Update and press
2.1.1 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 1

After making this selection, Screen 1 is displayed. Enter a valid Handler ID. If you are adding
a new instrument, enter the instrument type, agency, and effective date. If you are updating an
existing instrument, press   to view the instruments in the database.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-7
11/92

-------
                                                            CORRECTIVE ACTION
*         RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Instrunent Screen 1
******************************************************************
                                                             *
                                                       ********
            Enter Handler ID:
             Instrunent Type:
                   Agency:
             Effective Date:
Enter-Continue
F1-Scan File
                                   F3-Exit
                                                F8-Help
NOTES:
      o
      o
      o
             Use  to scan the file of instruments for a particular handler.
              shows the acceptable instrument type codes.
             Effective date format is MMDDYY.
If you complete the screen above and press < ENTER > you will go to Screen 3.  If you press
 to scan the file you go to Screen 2.
2.1.2 UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 2

If you press   on Screen 1, Screen 2 follows. A list of all instruments for this particular
handler is shown. The abbreviations are the instrument type, responsible agency, effective date,
issue date, revocation date, program, responsible person code, responsible attorney code, section
code, and repository information. The revocation date refers to the date the corrective action
activities are terminated.  The program options are R for RCRA or C for CERCLA (CA is the
only module that can track activities for RCRA or CERCLA):  The repository options are 1,2
or 3 (see Help Screen for details);

The Effective date  refers to the date the corrective action takes effect (or the date the permit
takes effect) and the Issue date is the date the instrument is actually issued (in the case  of a
permit these two dates may be the same).

If you want to update one of these instruments, at  the bottom of the screen enter a valid
instrument, agency  and effective date, and then press  < ENTER> to move to Screen 3.
n/92
                                       CA-8.
                                                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                                  WHMH»******»*********«***************
            RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Instrument Screen 2
    Inst.  Agency  Effective Issue Revocation Prog Pers. Attorney Sec Rep


                        091790          R  R4JIN
0
0
091790
101790
                         End of Fi le
 * Handler ID: HS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICXSBURG
 * Enter Instrument:      Agency:       Effective Date:
 * Enter-Continue  F3-Exit
                     F5-Previous Screen
                             F9-Top
FtO-Nore  *
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
       0
        Use  to exit without saving your changes.
        Use  to return to Screen 1.
        Use  to go to the top of the instrument list.
        Use  to view additional instruments.
2.1.3  UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREENS

Screen 3 can be reached directly from Screen 1 by entering all data and pressing  < ENTER >,
or from Screen  2 by  selecting an instrument, agency,  and effective date  and pressing
.

To add new data, type it in the fields using  to move around the screen.  For updates,
< TAB > to the appropriate position and enter or over type.

If a Legal Authority is in the database, it will be displayed  on this screen.  Legal authority is
the citation that the instrument uses to enforce a corrective action. If you wish to add or update
a Legal Authority, you must go to Screen 4 by pressing  < F6 >.  The citation field can only be
used for  the legal authority code "U", meaning other.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                    CA-9
                                                                  11/92

-------
                                                                CORRECTIVE ACTION
*          RCRIS: Corrective Action Update'Instrument Screen 3           *
««««««««0««l»lH>0««*»«*»»»«««*««««)>*****00«***««***«l>«*«
* Handler ID: LAD053783445   Name: CIBA-GEIGY CORP
•Location St: 3905 HUY 75                City: ST GABRIEL
*  Instrument: 0    Agency:  E        Date:  022290
»«•««*»**•**»*****•»***********««•««»»*»*»*•**»•#•*•*•«*•**********•*•»••»»**
*
*
Instrument Info  ==>



    Responsible ==>


Legal Authority  ==>
                       Issue Date
                        (WBDYY)
                                    Revocation Date
                                      CMMDDYY)
                   Repository
                      (1-3)
                         Program
                         (R/C)
                              Code
Person   Attorney  Section

R6      R6

       Citation
 * Enter-Continue   F3-£xit     K-Prev Screen   F6-Add Authority  FB-Help  *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
       o
       o
          Use   to exit without saving your changes.
          Use   to return to Screen 1 without saving changes.
          Use   to advance to Screen 4 and add additional legal authorities.
            displays valid legal authorities and information repository codes.
          Program codes are R = RCRA and C = CF-RCLA.
Press < ENTER >  to add this data to the database and return to Screen 1.
2.1.4  UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN 4

Screen 4 is displayed when you press  in Screen 3.  This screen is used to add or update
a legal authority code.

If you know the answer to all questions on this screen, enter the data and press < ENTER > to
complete the process.  Otherwise, press  to scan the Legal Authorities in the database
on Screen 5.
11192
                                      CA-10
                                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
            RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Instrument Screen 4
           **•**••*******************»*»***•*»**•***•*****•*•*»
 * Handler ID: HS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City:  VICKSBURG
 * Instrument: 0        Agency: E            Date: 101790
           Enter Legal Authority Code:

                    Sequence Number:

             Legal Authority Citation:
                        (Updating Only)
 A*****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue   F1-Scan File  F3-Exit    F5-Prev Screen      F8-Help  *
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o
Use  to go to Screen 5 and display the legal authority codes and sequence
numbers for this instrument.

Use  to exit without saving your changes.

Use  to return to the previous screen without saving your changes.

Use  for a Help Screen containing valid legal authority codes.
2.1.5  UPDATE INSTRUMENT SCREEN S

Screen 5 is displayed when you press  on Screen 4. Data already existing in the database
is displayed.

To change data,  enter a legal authority code, sequence number and citation (if legal, authority
code is "U") at the bottom of the screen.  A law, policy, or State statute may be cited only if
an authority code of "U" is used.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                            CA-11
11/92

-------
                                                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
            RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Instrunent Screen 5            *
                           <>«> ••»****«»••«««**•«•»»*«•*« «*««««*«»*«•*«•••
      Authority Code
                        Sequence
Citation
                        End of  File
 Handler ID: KS6Z10809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: V1CKSBURG
 Inst: 0 Agency: E  Eff . Date: 101790    Enter Authority Code:
                        Legal Authority Citation:
                                                             SEO
                     *»>**••»••****«••«« «»««*••••* **•«««««««*«**••«
 * Enter-Continue  F3-Exit    F5-Prev Screen        F9-Top       FlO-More *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
       o
            Use   to exit without saving your changes.
            Use   to return to the previous screen without saving changes.
            Use   to display the first page of codes.
            Use    to move forward one page.
11/82
                                         CA-12
                                RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

       AREA ADD/UPDATE
The Area Add/Update section is used to enter and revise area information for a handler. The
area information  is a  40 character description of the  area affected  by the release (it is
recommended that the area description used in the actual paper instrument be used here).  Also
defined in the area file is the type of medium (air, soil, ground water, surface water). To select
this function from the CA Main Menu, use the arrow up/down key, or type < A > to highlight
Area Add/Update and press
2.2.1 UPDATE AREA SCREEN 1

After making this selection, Screen 1 is displayed. Enter a valid Handler ID, and for existing
area information, the area sequence number.  If you do not know the sequence number press
   to review a list of existing areas in Screen 2. If the information is new, leave the area
sequence number blank, and the system will assign a sequence number and move you forward
to Screen 3.
              RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Area Screen 1
            inter Handler 10:
    Enter Area No. for UPDATE or Leave Blank to ADD a New Area
             Area Seq Nunber:
       Enter-Continue
F1-Scan File
F3-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0
               CA-13
                                       11/92

-------
NOTES:
       o
       o
                                                                CORRECTIVE ACTION
Use  to review a list of existing sequence numbers on Screen 2.
Use  to exit to the CA Main Menu without saving your changes.
2.2.2  UPDATE AREA

After entering a valid Handler ID and pressing  on Screen 1, the "Corrective
Action Update Area Screen  2"  is displayed.  This  screen  displays a list  of existing area
information for this handler.  If you wish to add or change information about the areas listed,
enter the area number at the bottom of the screen and press < ENTER > to continue to Screen
3.
 *             RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Area Screen 2            *
 ******************************************************************************
       Area
       Description
GU SW  Soil Air
        1   ENTIRE AREA
  •ire**************************
                                       MI****************************
   Handler ID: MS62 10809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STAT
  Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG
                                           Enter Area No.:
 •a****************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F5-Prev Screen     F9-Top     FIO-More *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o      The area number must be entered to continue.
       o      Use the   key to exit to the CA Main Menu.
       o      The  key will take you to the previous screen.
       o      The  key will move you to the top of the list.
       o      Use the  key to move forward one page of the list.
11/92.
                           CA-14
                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.2.3  UPDATE AREA SCREEN 3

After an area has  been selected from Screen 2 or a new  area  entered in Screen  1, the
"Corrective Action  Update Area Screen 3"  is displayed.  The Handler ID  and name, Handler
address, and area  sequence number  are displayed at the  top of this screen. Below this
information are the  fields for an area description and the medium affected.  Press < ENTER >
to save your changes before continuing.                                                -
 •*******************»**********»**««****»•*********»***»»*»«**»**»<
 *             RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Area Screen 3
 **•****•******•**••••*•**•************«*****•**********•********
 * Handler ID: HS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STAT
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD   ,      City: VICKSBURG
 * Area Sequence No. s •  1                             •
 ««••> »**t ««1>I> **«•>«
                         Area Description
                ENTIRE AREA
          Mark an 'X' At.the Release(s) That Apply to This Area
                        Ground   Surface.
                        Water    Water    Soil   Air
          Release
 A*****************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue   F3-Exit   F5-Prev Screen  F6-Comments Screen   F8-Help *
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
       o
 Press < ENTER > to continue and return to Screen 1.
 Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu without saving changes.
. The  key will take you to the previous screen without saving changes.
 The  key will take you to the help screen for area data entry.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                             CA-15
11/92

-------
                                                           CORRECTIVE ACTION

2.3   EVENT ADD/UPDATE

The Event Add/Update section is used to enter or revise information about a corrective action
event for a handler.  Events track the progress of a corrective action so that management and
program staff can review the status of a facility under corrective action. To select this option
from the CA Main  Menu, use the  up/down arrow key or type   to highlight Event
Add/Update and press < ENTER >.

The Corrective Action Path Utility is accessible from Update Event Screen 3 as F6 - Path Utility
key. With CA Path  Utility, CA events and schedule dates can be created and projected based
on the base event and event paths specified.

Its functionality is similar to Permit Path Utility and they all access the same Path Event file
(PERMPROJ). However, there is a slight difference.  In CA Path Utility, when you add a
second base event or reschedule the base event and then use the Path Utility, new events with
the next highest sequence number will be created for each event in the path.  They will have a
projected schedule date related to the base event chosen.

NOTE:  In order to revise a sequence of events (actually create new ones) by changing the
scheduled or actual date of the event, you must access the path utility again  by pressing 
from the Update Event Screen 3.  A new sequence will be created for all path events following
the revised event.

Before using the CA Path Utility, a CA/Permit Path Event file must be created. The CA/Permit
Path Event file is accessed and maintained from the DBA lookup File Maintenance menu.

For complete details on how to create or update the PMT/CA Event Path File see the DBA
module of this User Guide. Contact your DBA to create an event path file.
11/52                                 CA-16                          RCRIS 4lO.Q

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.3.1  UPDATE EVENT

After selecting Event Add/Update, the "Corrective Action Update Event Screen 1" is displayed.
Biter a valid Handler ID, and for existing event information, the event code, agency and
sequence  number.  If you do not have a sequence number, press   to review a list of
existing events for the handler in Screen 2. If no events exist for the handler type in a valid CA
event and a responsible agency, then press < ENTER > to create a sequence number (if it is a
duplicate event). The system will move you forward to Screen 3.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 1
            Enter Handler ID:
                 Event Code:  CA
                    Agency:
             Sequence Number:    (Updating Only)
 ******************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue     Fl-Scan File      F3-Exit      F8-Help  '        *
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-17
11/92

-------
NOTES:
       o

       o
                                                               CORRECTIVE ACTION
The Handler ID  must be established in the Handler Identification section of
RCRIS before entry into other modules.  Refer to that section in this guide for
more information.

The  key displays Screen 2 containing a list of existing sequence numbers
for the handler.

Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.

The  key brings up the help screen.
2.3.2  UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 2

After entering a valid Handler ID and pressing   on Screen 1, the "Corrective Action
Update Event Screen 2" is displayed.  This screen displays a list of existing event information
for this handler. The Handler ID, name, and address, are displayed at the bottom of the screen.
To add or change information for the listed events, enter the event code, agency and sequence
number at the bottom of the screen and press < ENTER > to move to Screen 3.

 ******»»•««*»**************«**«******************•••******••*******»»»**»*****
 *             RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 2          *
Code
CA050
CA100
CA104
CA110
CA110
CA150
* CA180
•
None
RFA COMPLETED
RFI IMPOSITION
CONFIRMATORY SAMPLING WOR
RFI WORKPLAN RECEIVED
RFI WORKPLAN RECEIVED
RFI WORKPLAN APPROVED
RFI IMPLEMENTATION BEGUN
Agency Sequence Schedule
E
B
p
E
E
E
E
051688

102990
021791
>
021791
121190
Actual
122988
091790
111990
111990
031991
121190
121190
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKS8URG
 * Enter Event Code:CA      Agency:     Seq. No.
 ******************************************************************************
    Enter-Continue
       F3-Exit
F5-Prev Screen    F9-Top    F10-More *
11792
                           CA-18
                                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

NOTES:

       o      The event code, agency and sequence number must be entered to continue.
       o      Press < ENTER > to continue to Screen 3.
       o      Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu.
       o      The  key will take you to the previous screen.
       o      The  key will move you to the top of the list.
       o      Use the   key to move forward one page of the list.
2.3.3  UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 3

After an event has been selected from Screen 2 or a new event has been entered on Screen 1,
the "Corrective Action Update Event Screen 3" is displayed.  The Handler ID and name, event
code and name, agency, and sequence number are displayed at the top of this screen.  Below
this information are the fields for event scheduling, actual dates, program responsible person,
section, and event status code. Enter your data and press < ENTER > to save your changes
before continuing.  Dates are entered in MMDDYY format.
 *             RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 3            *
 «•***•******************••••*•******•*»**»***********••••••**»*•********•*•***
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG
   Event Code: CA050 Event Name: RFA COMPLETED
   Agency:  E    Sequence Number:  t

              Schedule Date      Actual Date

   Event Info  =  051688            122988

               Program     Person      .    Section     Status

   Responsible =>              JOB                    '
   Comment:                                                  •

 •••AM************************************************************************
    Enter-Continue
F3-Exit
F5-Prev Screen  -  F6-Path Utility
RCRIS 4.0.0
                     CA-19
                                                      11/92

-------
                                                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTES:
       o
       o
       0
       o
       o
Press < ENTER > to save your data and return to Screen 1.
Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu.
The  key will take you to Screen 1.
The  key will take you to the Corrective Action Event Path Utility screen.
Program is either "R" for RCRA or "C" for CERCLA.
2.3.4  UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 5

If  - Path Utility was pressed while in Screen 3, the following screen will appear.
 *   RCRTS: Corrective Action Event Path Utility Screen 5
 •A***************************************************************
   Handler ID: ARD000022186   Name: GREAT LAKES CHEH CO SOUTH PIT
   Enter CA Event Path Name: capath!
                                                  *
                                                »***
 ••A************************************************************************
 * Enter-Populate Path Events    F3-Exit       F4-Finish Populating Events *
 **************************************************************************
Enter the CA Event Path name that was created previously.  Press < ENTER >  which will
populate path events.  Press   to return to screen 2 which will then display the populated
events created by using the utility.
 *              RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 2 •        *
 *****************
-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.4    CONSTITUENT ADD/UPDATE

The Constituent Add/Update section is used to enter and revise constituent information. This
is optional information to track during a corrective action.  The constituent information includes
the chemical composition of the release, the media cleanup standard (what is clean?) and the
remedy code (how will it be cleaned?). To select this function from the CA Main Menu use the
arrow  up/down keys or type  once  to highlight Constituent Add/Update and press
.
2.4.1  UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 1

After selecting Constituent Add/Update from the menu the "CA Update Constituent Screen 1"
is displayed.  Enter a valid Handler ID, and for existing constituent information, the constituent
code and media cleanup standard code.  If you do not have a constituent code press  to
review a list of the constituent codes for this record in Screen 3.  The Medium Cleanup Standard
is user defined and can be entered before proceeding.  Press  to review a list of media
cleanup standards.  Press < ENTER > to continue after entering the required information.
 *            RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 1     - .            *
 ******************************************************************************
                    Enter Handler ID:

                    Constituent Code:
               Media Cleanup Standard:
 * Enter-Continue   F1-Scan Constituents    F3-Exit    FS-Scan Medium,     *
 ••A***************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o     The  key takes you to Screen 3, which contains a list of the constituent
             codes currently in the record for this handler.

       o     Use  to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.

       o     The < F5 > key displays the next screen containing a list of the medium cleanup
             standards currently in the record for this handler.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-21
11/92

-------
                                                               CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.4.2  UPDATE CONSTITUENT
The "CA Update Constituent Screen 2"  is displayed if you  press    on  Screen 1.
Displayed on this screen are the current constituents for this handler record. This screen is used
to add or revise the type of medium.  Biter an existing medium from the list if you are revising,
or a new medium if this is a new entry.  Press  < ENTER > to continue.
               RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 2                  *
          »*************••*••***•****»*»*»»»************»**»*•************»**
                  Type of Medium
  •A**************************************************************************
   Handler: MS6210809871 Constituent Code: 100-01-6      Enter Medium:
   Location: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
 *•***«•**********•************•*******»••••******•*»**•**»•»*»****************
 * Enter-Continue         F3-Exit        FS-Previous Screen           *
NOTES:
       o
       o
Use  to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.
Use  to return to the previous screen without revising the record.
2.4.3  UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 3

Screen 3 appears if you press . This screen is used for adding or revising the medium
type and clean up standard.  The constituent code and selected medium are displayed at the top
of the screen.  The Handler ID  is displayed at the bottom of the screen.  Also at the bottom of
the screen are the fields to enter the constituent code and medium clean-up standard.  After
entering the information in those fields press  < ENTER > to continue.
11/92
                           CA-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
 •«««««»»**************O«*««M*****************« ••>«*****•*«•»*•***•«*«•***•*>
 *              RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 3                    *
           Constituent Code


             100-01-6
Media Clcan-Up Standard


    G
                           END OF FILE
                       r****'
    Handler: MS6210809871   Enter Constituent Code:  100-01-6
                         Media Cleanup Standard:
   Location: 3909 HALLS FERRY  ROAD          City:  VICKSBURG
 *«>•«««*******•***««*««**••*****»**••*****•****•*»*******•***
 * Enter-Continue     F3-Exit       F5-Prev Screen      F9-T
                     r****************
 *************************************************************
                    :*?..
   FIO-More  *
**************
NOTES:
        o      Use   to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.
        o      Use   to return to the previous screen without revising the record.
        o      The   key displays the top of the list of codes.
        o      The  key moves forward one page.
2.4.4 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 4                            .

The next screen displayed is the "CA Update Constituent Screen 4".  This screen is used to
revise the media cleanup standard for the selected constituent.  Displayed on top of the screen
is the Handler ID, name, address, and constituent code.  Displayed in the center of the screen
is the list of the current cleanup standards for this code. Cleanup standards can be entered with
commas and with the unit of measure following.  For example, GW50.000 ppm  (ground water
50,000 parts per million). Enter your revisions and press < ENTER > to save your changes and
continue.
 A*****************************************************************************
 *              RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 4                    *

    Handler ID:  MS6210809871    WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Location:  3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD          City: VICKSBURG
    Constituent Code:  100-01-6
                      Media Cleanup Standard
 ******************************************************************************
 *   Enter-Continue       F3-Exit        FS-Prev Screen       '            *
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
          CA-23
                                11/92


-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
 »*******^*«******»************«««*******«««•««»«•*«•**•***»»*****»•***»***••*
                RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 6
               ******** - -      	
    Handler: MS6210809871  Constituent:  100-01-6      Medium: G
   Locatfon; 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD           City:  VICKSBURG
  ****»*»»*******«*«l>«*****«««*l« ******* * *««««•«««*»«*««•*****»»****»•»*********
            Enter Remedy Code:

                   Conments:
 *   Enter-Continue
                     Fl-Scan File
F3-Exit
F5-Prev Screen
NOTES:
       o

       o
              Use   to  display  Screen 7 containing a list of the  remedy codes  and
              comments for this constituent.

              Use  to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.

              Use  to return to the previous menu without saving the changes.
2.4.7 UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 7

The "CA Update Constituent Screen 7" is displayed next if you pressed  from Screen 6.
This screen is used to revise the remedy codes and comments for this constituent.  This screen
can also be used to examine the file to see what codes are already entered.  Use the  or
   keys to page through the codes, typing over the ones you want to change.  Press
 < ENTER >  to save the changes once you have revised the desired codes on  a page.
 ******************************************************************************
 *              RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 7                   *
 A*****************************************************************************
' "Remedy
 *.,„...
                     Conments
                          END OF FILE

      ID: MS6210809871 Const: 100-01-6

   Location: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
                                                Enter Remedy:
                                       Medium:  G       Comments:

                                       City: VICKSBURG
 * Enter-Continue    F3-Exit  .  F5-Prev Screen        F9-Top    F10-Nore *
 •A****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                          CA-25
                                                 11/92

-------
                                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTES:

       o     Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu without saving your changes.
       o     the  key returns you to the previous menu without saving your changes.
       o     The < F9 > key takes you to the top of the list of remedy codes.
       o     The  key takes you to the next screen of remedy codes.


2.4.8  UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 8

From  Update Constituent  Screen  6, if you  enter  an existing Remedy Code and  press
 you will reach Update Constituent Screen 8.  Enter comments.


 *            RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 8                  *
 *******»••*******************<««»«*•********•*•*»*****•*•*********************

   Handler ID: MS6Z10809671   WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
  Location: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
  Constituent: 100-01-6    Medium: G  Remedy: RW1
 **********************«<«****»********************»*«*****************»******
  Comment
 ******************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue        F3-Exit          F5-Prev Screen            *
 ****»*•»*»*******«•»•»*»*»**********«**»****•*•*•*»*******«•*********•*»*•****
NOTES:
       o     Use the  key to exit to the CA Main Menu without saving your changes.
       o     The  key returns you to the previous menu without saving your changes.
2.5    LINK INSTRUMENT/AREA/EVENT

The Link Instrument/Area/Event Data option is used to link or unlink specific instrument, area,
and event information for a handler.  Instruments, areas and events should be linked so that the
relationship between each can be clearly seen by management and the program staff.  An
instrument must exist in order to link an area, and an area (therefore an instrument) must exist
in order to link events.  (NOTE:  Legitimate orphans - e.g., events CA010, CA050, CA070,
CA07S, CA225, CA210 and CA999 - do not need to be linked to instruments and areas because
they may legitimately exist without an instrument.) To select this option from the CA Main
Menu, use the up/down arrow key or type  to highlight Link Instrument/Area/Event and
press .
11/92:                                  CA-26                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.5.1  LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 1

After selecting Link, the "CA,link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 1" is displayed. Enter a valid
Handler ID, area, agency and date to be linked, and press  to go to Screen 4. You
may review a list of instruments for this handler before specifying a record to revise by pressing
  to go  to Screen 2.  A Handler ID is required on this screen before you can proceed.


             RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 1
            Enter Handler ID:  MS6210809871
                Instrument Type:
                       Agency:
                         Date:
 I******************************************************************************
 *     inter-Continue        F1-Scan File           F3-Exit    '   -   •*
 A*****************************************************************************

NOTES:

       o     The   key displays on  Screen  2 a list  of current instruments for this
             handler.

       o     Use the  key to exit to the CA  Main Menu.
2.5.2  LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 2

After entering a valid Handler ID with an instrument and area, and pressing   on Screen
1, the "CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 2" is displayed.  This screen displays a list of
current instruments for this handler. The Handler ID is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
If you wish to link an area and events to one of the instruments listed, enter the instrument,
agency and effective date at the bottom of the screen and press < ENTER > to move to Screen
4.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-27
11/92

-------
                                                                      CORRECTIVE ACTION
 a*****************************************************************************
 *            RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 2               *
 ••>***««***»»«**«***«*****««******»*«**«««««<><»»****«*>*««««*»«>«*>*»*»*******«*««*«**
 *  Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F5-Prev Screen      F9-Top     FIO-More  *
 ••••a*************************************************************************
NOTES:
        o      The instrument, agency and effective date must be entered to continue.
        o      Press  < ENTER > to continue to Screen 4.
        o      Use the < F3 > key to exit to the "CA Main Menu" without updating the record.
        o      The < F5 > key will take you to the previous screen without updating the record.
        o      The < F9 > key will move you to the top of the list.
        o      Use the  key to move forward one page of the list.                '    •
2.5.3   LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 3

If a facility ID exists with only an instrument and you try to link an area on Screen 1 or 2 that
has not yet  been defined, Screen 3  will appear warning you that the link function cannot be
performed.
 ******************************************************************************
 *            RCRIS:  CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 3                *
 A*****************************************************************************
 * Handler ID:  LAD123412348   Name: TEST TEAM
 •Location St:                             City:
 * Instrument;  0   Agency: E     Eff. Date : 010192
 *****************************************************************************
           Currently,  There Is No Area Defined For This Facility

           Areas Must  Be Defined Through The Area Maintenance

           Function Before Any Relationship Can Be Established)


                     Press ENTER To Continue

 *****************************************************************************
Press   to continue.
11/92
                                   CA-28
                                                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.5.4  LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 4

After* entering a valid instrument type on Screen  1 or Screen  2,  the "CA  Link/Unlink Via
Instrument Screen 4" is  displayed.  This screen  displays a list of facility area codes and
descriptions.  You can then link, unlink, or examine any existing links associated with this
handler. The Handler ID, name, address, instrument, agency and instrument date are displayed
at the top of the screen to ensure that you are using the correct handler.  In the center of the
screen the status, area code, and area description are displayed. At the bottom of the screen you
select the action you  want.  Type 'L' to link the instrument and the area, and move to Screen
7.  Type 'IT to unlink the instrument and the area,  and move to Screen 5.  After typing your
selection, press  < ENTER > to continue.
 *           RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrunent Screen 4             *
 A*****************************************************************************
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871   Name: WATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
 * Instrunent: 0   Agency: E    Inst Date: 053091
    Link
          Area Code      Area Description          •  '

              1     ENTIRE AREA




                            END Of FILE

    Please Select The Area Code:     Action (L/U):
************************ to exit to the "CA Main Menu" without revising the record.
       o      Press  to return to the previous screen without revising the record.
       o      Press  to move to the top of the list.
       o      Press  to move forward one page of the list.
2.5.5  LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 5

If you type 'U' on Screen 4, the "CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 5" is
displayed.  This screen is used to unlink all events from a particular instrument and
area.  If you wish to delete an area link, type *Y' and press < ENTER >. This deletes the link
between the events, area and instruments.  A message is then displayed stating the links have
been deleted.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        CA-29
11/92

-------
                                                                 CORRECTIVE ACTION
 •«««««*«««*»*******«««»»«*****»««««««****»*«i>«**«*****«*««»««*««>«* **»»*«««>••
 *           RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrunent Screen 5              *
* Handler ID: MS621 0809871
Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
•Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD City: VICKSBURG
Instrument: 0 Agency: E
Area Ho: 1 Descri
Notice That The Following
Eff. Date : 053091
ption: ENTIRE AREA 	
Events Are Linked to The Above
Area, Enter 'Y' To Confirm Deletion of Area Link:  »•*•«««*«*««•••«««« «t**»»»«**»*****«***»***«********l>*»««*******************
NOTES:

       o

       o
       o
       o
       o
              Type 'Y' and  press  < ENTER >  to perform the unlink action and return to
              Screen 4.
              Press  to cancel the unlink operation and return to the "CA Main Menu".
              Press  to cancel the unlink operation and return to Screen 4.
              Press  to move to the top page of the list.
              Press   to move forward one page of the list.
2.5.6  LINK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 6

If a facility ID exists with only an instrument and area, and you try to link an event on Screen
4 that has not been entered for  this facility, Screen 6 will appear warning you that the link
function cannot be performed.
             RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 6
             *************
 * Handler ID: LAD123412348  Name: TEST TEAM
 •Location St:            '              City:
   Instrunent: 0   Agency: E     Eff. Date: 010192
   Area No:  1     Description: TEST
 *****************************************************************************
          Currently,. There Is No Event Defined For This Facility

          Events Must Be Defined Through The Event Maintenance

          Function Before Any Relationship Can Be Established!


                   Press ENTER To Continue
Press < ENTER > to continue.
UI92;
                                          CA-30
RCRIS 4.0,0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.5.7  UNK/UNLINK VIA INSTRUMENT SCREEN 7                               :

If you type 'L* on Screen 4, the "CA-Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 7" is displayed. This
screen is used to link, unlink or review existing links to an event for a particular instrument and
area.  The handler information is at the top of the screen. The link information, such as link
status, event, agency, sequence number, schedule date, and actual date are displayed below this
information.   To link the event(s) type 'L' next to your selection(s) in the LINK column and
press . To unlink the event(s), press < Del > or hit the < spacebar > next to your
selection to leave a blank in the LINK column and press ,

 •a********************************* * a*****************************************
             RCRIS: CA Link/Unlink Via Instrument Screen 7
 ***********************
                     >•«•»»<«*«*•«•«•>»»•»>»*•••*»*******•****•******•••«
* Handler ID: MS62 10809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERINENT STATION
•Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD City: VICtCSBURG
Instrument: 0 Agency: E Eff. Date : 053091
Area No: 1 	 Description: ENTIRE AREA 	
Please Mark 'L -
Link Event
CA050
CA100
CA104
CA110
CA110
CA150
Link' Next to All
Agency Seq.No.
E
E
E -
E
E
E
1
1
1
1
2
1
Events That Apply
Schedule Date Actual Date
051688
102990
021791
021791
122988
091790
111990
111990
031991
121190
Br/Per.
JOB
R4JDB
R4JDB
R4JDB
R4JOB
 A*****************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue   F3-Exit     FS-Prev Screen      F9-Top    FIO-More  *
 ******************************************************************************
Note:  You must press < ENTER > to execute the selected link or unlink action. If you do not
want to save your selections), do not press .  Continue with one of the following
options:.                     .

       o      Press  key to exit to the "CA Main Menu".
       o      Press  key to return to Screen 4.
       o      Press  to move to the top of the list.
       o      Press  to  move forward one page of the list.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-31
11/92

-------
                                                               CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.6    INSTRUMENT DELETE
When you are deleting instruments, areas, or events remember to unlink the appropriate areas
and events before you do the deletes - failure to do so will result in orphaned data and will
affect data quality.

The Instrument Delete function is used to delete corrective action instrument data.  To select
this function from the CA Main Menu, use the up/down arrow key or type   to highlight
Instrument Delete and press  < ENTER >.   You will go to the Corrective Action Delete
Instrument Screen below.                                            •

 >«««»»««««>«««»«»•••««*«**»»••*•*•»»»»*••*»•«*«»«««»***»>**•*****«••••*****•«
            RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Instrument Screen
            Enter Handler ID:
                  Inst Code:
                    Agency:
                 Inst. Date:
            Press F1 to Return To Menu
                                                 t »*•»•••«******««•
Enter a valid Handler ID  for which you wish to delete information.  You must  know  the
Instrument Code, Agency and Instrument Date that you want to delete.  When you have entered
all data, press < ENTER > .  You will be taken directly to a screen report that will show  the
data mat you are planning on deleting. When you press < RETURN >  you will be taken to the
screen below.                                      .
            RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Instrument Screen

           ***********************************
  Enter the Word YES to Confirm Delete Process:


                 Handler ID: HS6210809871
             Instrument Code: 0
                    Agency: E
             Instrument Date: 053091
 I******************************************************************************
If you type 'YES* and press < ENTER > you will get a confirming message that the data has
been deleted.
                                         CA-32
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.7   AREA DELETE

The Area Delete function is used to delete corrective action area data.  To select this function
from the CA Main Menu,  use the up/down arrow key or type  twice to highlight Area
Delete and press < ENTER >.  You will  go directly to the Corrective Action Delete Screen
below.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Area Screen

              it*****************************



            Enter Handler ID:  MS6210809871


                  Area Code:  01



            Press F1 to Return to Previous Screen
Enter a valid Handler ID for which you wish to delete information. You must know the Area
Code that you want to delete. When you have entered all data, press < ENTER >.  You will
be taken directly to a screen report that will show the data that you are planning on deleting.
When you press < RETURN > you will be taken to the screen below.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Area Screen


   Enter The Word YES to Confirm Delete Process:


                 Handler ID:  HS6210809871


                 . Area Code:  01
 A*****************************************************************************
If you type YES and press  < ENTER > you will get a confirming message that the data has
been deleted.  .

NOTE:  When you are deleting areas, remember that you also need to unlink the area from the
instrument — failure to do so will result in orphaned data and will affect data quality.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-33
11/92

-------
                                                                CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.8    EVENT DELETE
The Event Delete function is used to delete corrective action event data. To select this function
from the CA Main Menu, use the up/down arrow key or type   twice to highlight Event
Delete and press < ENTER >.   You will go directly to the Corrective Action Delete Event
Screen below.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Event Screen

 a*****************************************************************************
            Enter Handler ID:  MS6210809871
                 Event Code:  CA 050
                     Agency:  E
             Sequence Nuifcer:  01
            Press F1 to Return to Previous Screen
 *******************»***************************1
Biter a valid Handler ID for which you wish to delete information.  You must know the Event
Code, Agency and Sequence Number that you want to delete.  When you have entered all data,
press < ENTER >.  You will be taken directly to a screen report that will show the data that
you are planning on deleting. When you press < RETURN > you will be taken to the screen
below.
 ******************************************************************************

               RCR1S: Corrective Action Delete Event Screen
               •A*****************************
   Enter the Word YES to Confirm Delete Process:


                 Handler ID:  MS6210809871


                 Event Code:  CA 050
                     Agency:  E
             Sequence Number:  01
 w w w ww w w w w w w w w w w w w ww w w w w w w w w w JTIT WITWITIT w ITWW wiv inrw wwir w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w

If you type YES and press < ENTER > you will get a confirming message that the data has
been deleted.

NOTE:  When you are deleting events, remember that you also need to unlink the events from
the instruments — failure to do so will result in orphaned  data and will affect data quality.
                                         CA-34
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE



 2.9    CONSTITUENT DELETE



 The Constituent Delete function is used to delete corrective action constituent data.  To select

 this function from the CA Main Menu, use the up/down arrow key or type    twice to

 highlight Constituent Delete and press < ENTER >.   You will go directly to the Corrective

 Action Delete Constituent Screen below.
              ****** « « >****»»*************«***«»***»**l>*l>** »••••••**•*****«*••« « « »«*****••**




                         RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Constituent Screen
              *«*******«****«*««*«««***«**********»>««IH>«I>**«»*******«**«»***»****«*******«
                          Enter Handler ID:
                             Constituent Code:
              ******************************************************************************

              *      Enter-Process        *   F3-Exit   *        F4-Scan File       *
              A*****************************************************************************



Enter a valid Handler ID for which you wish to delete information.  If you know the Constituent

Code that you want to delete you may enter it. If you do not know the code, press   and

you may scan the constituent file.   When you have entered the requested information, press

 < ENTER >. If you press   you  will see the screen below.



              ******************************************************************************

              *         RCRIS: Corrective Action Constituent Scan File Screen            *
                       Constituent Code
                         100-01-6
  Media Clean-up Standard
                                       END OF FILE
             ft*****************************************************************************

             * EPA ID: HS6210809871     Enter Constituent Code:                       *
             ******************************************************************************

             * Enter-Continue  * F1-Previous Screen * F3-Exit *  F9-Top  *   FIO-Nore *
             ******************************************************************************



Select the Constituent Code you want to delete from the table and enter it at the bottom of the

screen.  Press < ENTER > to go to the delete screen below.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-35
11/92

-------
                                                           CORRECTIVE ACTION
           ««••*•*•••••*»»»«»«*•*••***
                        RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Constituent Screen
                     EPA ID:  NS6210809871
              Constituent.Code:  100-01-6
           * Enter-Continue *  F1-Return   *  F3-Exit  *   F6-Delete Constituent   *

Press  and < ENTER > to delete the Constituent Code.  The screen displays a message
that the data has been deleted.
2.10  REPORT MENU

The report section of the Corrective Action Module offers a variety of reports to assist you in
managing your RCRA program. Refer to the RCRIS Reports Library for specific information
regarding report format and contents.

Menu options can be selected in two different ways. One way to make your selection is to use
the up/down arrow keys to highlight the desired option, or you can type the first letter of the
report option and press < ENTER >.

The RCRIS Corrective Action (CA) Reports can be found on the CA Main Menu.  To access
the CA Reports, select the Report Menu option and press < ENTER > to bring up the CA Main
Report Menu.

The CA Main Report Menu has eight primary report options to choose from. Five additional
CA reports can be found under the CA Management Report Menu option:

      o    STARS
      o    Baseline Performance Measures
      o    Facility Summary of CA Events
      o    CA Accomplishments
      o    Elapsed Time Between CA Events
11/92
CA-36
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                      R C R  I S
                   Corrective Action
 Database: (CZHQ.ARR
                   CA Main Report Menu
         CA Dunp Report              (CARPD001)
         Detail Instrument-Area-Event  (CARPDET1)
         Orphan Record Report         (CARPASMT)
         Comprehensive CA Report      (CARPCOMP)
         Abbreviated CA Report        (CARPCCMP)
         CA Informed Form            (CARPINFF}
         CA Past Due Report          (CARPPAST)
         CA Due Report               (CARPDUE)
         CA Management Report Menu
         Exit To CA Main Menu
         Return to RCR1S Nain Menu
Select the appropriate report and press < ENTER > to continue to the Handler Selection Screen
1.  Select the CA Management Report Menu option to go to a subsequent menu at which you
can  select  the  following  reports:    STARS,  Facility  Summary  of  CA  Events,  CA
Accomplishments or Elapsed Time BAV CA Events.
HANDLER SELECTION SCREEN 1

After you make your selection from the CA Main Report Menu or the CA Management Report
Menu,  the Handler Selection Screen 1 is the first in a series of screens.
                    RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
 A***************************************************************************
            *************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1.  Individual Handler
                     2.  All Handlers •
                     3.  Universe of Handlers
                     4.  File of Handlers
                 Please Enter 1, 2, 3,  or 4:
            in******************************************
*****************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue
*
*
F4-Exit
******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
           CA-37
                                      11/92

-------
                                                                 CORRECTIVE ACTION

The following overview will guide you through this screen as you select your Corrective Action
reports.

RCRIS provides you with four options  to generate a report for the following types on the
Handler Selection Screen 1:

       o      Individual Handler
       o      All Handlers
       o      Universe of Handlers
       o      File of Handlers

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER >  to continue.

If you choose the Individual Handler option, RCRIS  displays the Handler Selection Screen 2
below.
***********************
                       ft**************************************************
*****************************************************************************
                  RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen Z
                ****************************************
                                                *
                                                *
                                                *
                                                *
                                                *
                ****************************************
Enter Handler ID :
 ****************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue             *                F4-Exit
Enter a valid Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue to the next screen of the selected
report.

If you choose the option for All Handlers, press < ENTER > and RCRIS moves directly to the
next screen of the selected report.

The Universe of Handlers option allows you to select a specific universe of handlers on the
Handler Selection Screen 2.
11192
                       CA-38
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 2
Nark with X to Select
: Transporter
: Large Oty Generator (LOG)
:Small Oty Generator (SOG)
*
*
*
UNIVERSE(S)
iLand Disposal
: Incinerator
;Store/Treatment
* :ALL TSOS


Enter-Continue
*
*
F4-Exit

************************************
                                     ************************************
Mark your universe selection with an 'X' and press < ENTER > to move to the next screen in
the selected report.                                                                    •

The file of Handlers options displays  the Handler Selection Screen 2 below.
**********************************************************
*****************************************************************************
                 RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 2
            A****************************************************
                Maximum Filename cannot exceed 36 positions
                including quotes and member name (if a pds)
                    Please Enter File	
                   Ex:.'RCRS.RCRIS.DATA(DIVI)'
                   A********************************************
 A***************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue             *                 F4-Exit

  !>*****»*»******•****************************•**************•***********•«***
Enter the selected Handler  filename  for  your  report.  ' The filename may  riot exceed 36
characters, including quotes and a member name (if a PDS).  Press < ENTER > to move to the
next screen in the selected report.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-39
11/92

-------
                                                            CORRECTIVE ACTION

SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION SCREEN

After you have entered all the requested information on the screens for your designated report,
RCRIS displays the Select A Report Destination screen below.  This is the final screen in the
reports' screen series before your report is processed.  The following overview will guide you
through this screen as you select your Corrective Action reports.


»                       RCRIS                            *
*               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                   *
*                       '                                   *
                   SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION


                1. VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                2. SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                3. SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                4. RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                R. RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                   ENTER SELECTION »
Option one allows you to view the report on the screen.

You may choose option two to send the report to the printer.  RCRIS will prompt you to
designate the number of the printer where you want your report sent.

If you wish to send the report to a file, choose option three.

Option four allows you to run  your report in  batch.  NOTE:  Due to the amount of time
required to run some reports, whenever possible you should run your report in batch.  This
option allows  you to continue working while the job is being processed; a message will appear
on the screen  indicating that the report is being processed.

If you want to abort the processing of your report and return to the CA Main Report Menu,
press 'R.'
11/92                                  CA-40                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.10.1        CA DUMP REPORT  (CARPD001)

Select the CA  Dump Report (CARPD001) from the CA Main Report  Menu and press
 < ENTER > to display the CA Dump Reports Selection screen.
                               RCRIS: CA DUMP REPORTS SELECTION
             *«»*»»************«****»*«**«««*»****«********»*************«i»«***«********
                        PLEASE SELECT ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING REPORTS


                                      Dump Reports

                         .   IF YOU WISH TO SELECT ALL DUMP REPORTS :
                           Event     :
                           Area      :
                           Instrument :
                               Constituent  :
                               Narrative    :
            **********************
            *      Enter-Continue
                      *************************************************
                             *               F4-Exit          *
            ******************************************************************************

If you want to print all the  CA  Dump Reports,  press  < ENTER >  to display the Handler
Selection Screen 1. You can  select one or more dump reports.  Press   to move from
one selection.to another. Type an 'X' next to each reports that you want to print.  When you
have finished, press < ENTER > to display the  Handler Selection Screen 1.  (See section
2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a detailed description of the Handler Selection screens.)

After you complete the Handler Selection Screens, the Select a Report Destination screen is
displayed (see section 2.10, 2.10,  2.10 for a more detailed explanation).  Enter your selection
and press  to run  the report, or type 'R* and press < ENTER > to return to the CA
Main Reports Menu.
2.10.2
DETAIL INSTRUMENT-AREA-EVENT  (CARPDET1)
Select the Detail Instrument-Area-Event (CARPDET1) report from the CA Main Report Menu
and press < ENTER > to display the Handler Selection Screen 1.  See section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10
for a detailed description of the Handler Selection screens.  After the Handler Selection Screens
have been processed, the system displays the "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           CA-41
11/92

-------
                                                            CORRECTIVE ACTION
   10/26/92     RCR1S: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
      <>»*««»*««««>«««»*«Hl«««»«»«»»»«»»*«««««>«*»»»««««*
            PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOU1KG SELECTION CRITERIA
             (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
       Select a Handler Name or part of a name (no embedded blanks)
       State, EPA, or Joint Instruments only (S,E, or J):

       Instr Resp Person (initials): ,    Attorney (initials):  •

       Section:       Instrument Type:    Federal IDs only (Y/N): N

       Orders only or Permits only:    (0 for orders, P for permits)
                              •«•> »•••«•••••••••**•« * t * IHMHHMHHHMMMMHt
 *      Enter-Continue
Press  to exit to the "CA Main Report Menu".

Hie "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" allows you to customize your report. If you chose
All Handlers, Universe of Handlers, or File of Handlers on the "Handler Selection Screen" , you
may enter a handler name (or part of a handler name) to limit the report to a few specific
handlers (Note:  Do not enter anything  in the HANDLER NAME  field if you selected the
Individual Handler option on the preceding screen.).

You can leave all fields blank, or you can Mil in one, more than one, or all of the fields to tailor
your report to a specific group. Anything left blank will give you all data of the type called for
(for example, if you leave the INSTRUMENT TYPE field blank you .will get all instrument data
for the group of handlers you selected). Press   to move between fields.  NOTE:  If
you select Orders  only or Permits only in the last field, the INSTRUMENT TYPE field must
be left blank.

After you have entered  the desired information, press < ENTER >  to display the  "Select a
Report Destination"  screen (see section 2.10, 2.10,  2.10 for an explanation of this screen).

Enter your  selection  and press  < ENTER >  to  run the  report, or type  "R" and press
< ENTER >  to return to the "CA Main Report Menu".
2.10.3       ORPHAN RECORD REPORT (CARPASMT)

Select the Orphan Record Report (CARPASMT) option from the "CA Main Report Menu" and
press  < ENTER >  to display  the  "Select  a Report  Destination"  screen  (see  section
2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a more detailed explanation).

Enter your  selection  and press  < ENTER >  to  run the report, or type  "R" and  press
< ENTER > to return to the "CA Main Report Menu"

NOTE:  RCRIS no longer allows the user to designate a specific instrument type. When you
select the Orphan Record Report, the system automatically defaults to all orphan options and
displays the  "Select a Report Destination" screen.


11/92                                  CA-42                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.10.4        COMPREHENSIVE CA REPORT (CARPCOMP)

Select the Comprehensive CA Report option from the "CA Main Report Menu" and press
  to display the "Handler Selection Screen 1". (See section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
detailed description of die Handler Selection screens.)

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER >.  After your selection from the
"Handler Selection Screen 1" has been processed, the "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" is
displayed.
   10/26/92
RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
            PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SELECTION CRITERIA
              (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
       Select a Handler Name or  part of a name (no embedded blanks)
       State, EPA, or Joint-Instruments only (S,E, or J):
       Instr Resp Person (initials):      Attorney (initials):
       Section:       Instrument Type:    Federal IDs only (Y/N): N
       Orders only or Permits only:    (0 for orders, P for permits)
 •*»»«**********«**«*««**«««»**»1>1»***«««*«««*****************************»**
 *      Enter-Continue            *     '         F4-Exit          *
 ******************************************************************************

Press  to exit to the "CA Main Report Menu".

The "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" allows you to customize your report.  If you chose
All Handlers, Universe of Handlers, or File of Handlers on the "Handler Selection Screen", you
may enter a handler name (or part of a handler name) to limit the report to a few specific
handlers (Note:  Do not enter anything in the HANDLER NAME  field if you selected the
Individual Handier option on the preceding screen.).

You can leave all fields blank, or you can fill in one, more than one, or all of the fields to tailor
your report to a specific group. Anything left blank will give you all data of the type called for
(for example, if you leave the INSTRUMENT TYPE field blank you will get all instrument data
for the group of handlers you selected). Press    to move between fields.  NOTE:  If
you select Orders only or Permits only in the last field, the INSTRUMENT TYPE field must
be left blank.

After you have entered the desired information,  press  < ENTER >  to display the "Select a
Report Destination" screen (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for an explanation of this screen).

Enter your  selection and press  < ENTER >  to run  the  report,  or type  "R" and press
 to return to the "CA Main Report Menu".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         CA-43
11/92

-------
                                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.10.5
ABBREVIATED CA REPORT (CARPCCMP)
Select the  Abbreviated  CA Report option from the  "CA  Main Report Menu" and press
 to display the "Handler Selection Screen 1".  (See section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
detailed description of the Handler Selection screens.)

Type the number of your selection and press  < ENTER >.   After your selection from the
"Handler Selection Screen 1" has been processed, the "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" is.
displayed.
   10/26/92
 RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
            PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SELECTION CRITERIA
              (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
       Select a Handler Name or  part of a name (no embedded blanks)
       State, EPA, or Joint Instruments only (S,E, or J):

       Instr Resp Person (initials):     Attorney (initials):

       Section:       Instrument Type:    Federal IDs only (Y/N): H

       Orders only or Permits only:    (0 for orders, P for permits)
 *      Enter-Continue            *               F4-Exit
 A******************************»*»*»»****«******»«*»»*********************«Ol
Press  to exit to the "CA Main Report Menu".

The "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" allows you to customize your report.  If you chose
All Handlers, Universe of Handlers, or File of Handlers on the "Handler Selection Screen", you
may enter a handler name (or part of a handler name) to limit the report to a few specific
handlers (Note:  Do not enter anything in the HANDLER  NAME field if you selected the
Individual Handler option on the preceding screen.).

You can leave all fields blank, or you can fill in one, more than one, or all of the fields to tailor
your report to a specific group. Anything left blank will give you all data of the type called for
(for example, if you leave the INSTRUMENT TYPE field blank you will get all instrument data
for the group of handlers you selected).   Press  to move between fields. NOTE:  If
you select Orders only or Permits only in the last field, the INSTRUMENT TYPE field must
be left blank.

After you have entered  the desired information, press < ENTER > to display the "Select a
Report Destination" screen (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for an explanation of this screen).

Enter your  selection and press  < ENTER >  to  run the  report,  or type  "R"  and press
            to return to the "CA Main Report Menu".
11/92
                          CA-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRK USER GUIDE

2.10.6        CA INFORMED FORM (CARPINFF)

Select the CA Informed Form option from the "CA Main Report Menu" and press < ENTER >
to display the "Handler Selection .Screen 1".  (See section 2.10, 2.10,  2.10  for a detailed
description of the Handler Selection screens.)

Type the  number of your selection and press  < ENTER >.  After your selection from the
"Handler Selection Screen 1" has been processed, press < ENTER> to display the "CA Report
Selection Criteria Screen".
10/26/92
              RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
            PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SELECTION CRITERIA
              (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
       Select a Handler Name or  part of a name (no embedded blanks)
       State, EPA, or Joint Instruments only «*********«********* '
 *      Enter-Continue            *               F4-Exit         *
 «»********«****«**«*****••»**********************»»»****••****!»»*»•*•»***•»**

Press  to exit to the "CA Main Report Menu".

The "CA Report Selection Criteria Screen" allows you to customize your report.  If you chose
All Handlers, Universe of Handlers, or File of Handlers on the "Handler Selection Screen", you
may enter a handler name (or part of a handler name) to limit the report to a few specific
handlers (Note:  Do not enter anything  in the HANDLER NAME field  if you selected the
Individual Handler option on the preceding screen.).

You can leave all fields blank, or you can fill in one, more than one, or all of the fields to tailor
your report to a specific group.  Anything left blank will give you all data of the type called for
(for example, if you leave the INSTRUMENT TYPE field blank you will get all instrument data
for the group of handlers you selected).   Press  to move between fields.  NOTE:  If
you select Orders only or Permits only in the last field, the INSTRUMENT TYPE field must
be left blank.

After you have entered the desired information, press  < ENTER > to display the "Select a
Report Destination" screen (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for an explanation of this screen).

Enter your  selection and press    to run  the report,  or type  "R" and press
 to return to the "CA Main Report Menu".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                    CA-45
                                                                                11/92

-------
                                                                  CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.10.7
CA PAST DUE REPORT (CARPPAST)
Select the CA Past Due report from the CA Main Report Menu and press  < ENTER >  to
display the Handler Selection Screen 1 (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a detailed description
of the Handler Selection screens). Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER >.
After your selection from the Handler Selection Screen 1 has been processed, the CA Report
Selection Criteria screen below is displayed.
«•««»«*«««•*« « It**************** « « «»«**********»******»**»»«***••••*•******«**


   06/19/92     RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen

««»««««««« «***«***«»»*****•*»*»******«****«**•»•••••*<****««»*****«*•*******•
              PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SELECTION CRITERIA
                (Leave Blank For the Default value of All)
         Event Responsible Person:
                     Event Code:
*****************
                  I***************************** Mr**************************
*       Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exit          *
******************************************************************************

Press  to move between the fields or press  to return to the CA Main Report
Menu.  Type the requested information in each field. If you leave any select criteria field blank,
all values are selected.   Enter an appropriate value for the Event Responsible person and/or
Event Code fields.  After you have entered the requested information,  press  < ENTER >  to
display the next CA Report Selection Criteria screen.
   06/19/92     RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen

*****************************************************************************
                 1 & All Past Due Information
                 2 = Past Due is Less Than 30 Days
                 3 = Past Due is Between 30-60 Days
                 4 = Past Due is Between 61-90 Days
                 5 = Past Due is Greater Than 90 Days
                 6 = Specify The Date

                     =  Option Selected
******************************************************************************
*       Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exit          *
******************************************************************************

Type the number of your selection, and  press    to display the Select a Report
Destination screen.  Or press   to exit to the CA Main Report Menu.  .
11/92
                            CA-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

If you type '6' for the Specify the Date option, the system displays the next screen.
                t         •    '.
 . ***••••**•*•***««*«*«••«*««•*****••«•••***««***•***••>« « « t »*•«**«« »«>««>••>•

    09/30/92      RCRIS:  CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
              ****************************************************
                  Please Provide the Range of Due Date        *
                  woorr                       .          ' *
                                                         *
                           For Beginning Period of Due Date * *
                          'For Ending Period Of Due Date      *
              ****************************************************
 ******************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue            *                 F4-Exit           *

Press  to move between the fields. Enter the requested date information for both fields
in MMDDYY format and press < ENTER >  to display the Select a Report Destination screen.

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER > (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
more detailed explanation) to run the report, or type 'R' and press < ENTER > to return to the
CA Main Report Menu.                                                           '
2.10.8
CA DUE REPORT (CARPDUE)
Select the C A Due report from the C A Main Report- Menu and press < ENTER > to display the
Handler Selection Screen  1 (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a detailed  description of the
Handler Selection screens). Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER >.  After
your selection from the Handler Selection Screen 1 has been processed, the CA Report Selection
Criteria screen is displayed.

******************************************************************************

   06/19/92    RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
 ****************************************************************************
              PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SELECTION CRITERIA
                (Leave Blank For the Default value of All) .
         Event Responsible Person:
                     Event Code:
***************************<
                         r************************************************
*       Enter-Continue            *          .      F4-Exit          *
******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                            CA-47
11/92

-------
                                                                 CORRECTIVE ACTION

Press  to move between the fields, or press   to return to the CA Main Report
Menu, Type the requested information in each field.  If you leave any select criteria field blank,
all values are selected.  Enter an appropriate value for the Event Responsible person and/or
Event Code fields.  After you have entered the requested information, press  < ENTER >  to
display the CA Report Selection Criteria screen.
   06/22/92
RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
                    All Event Due Information
                    Events Due Within Next 30 Days
                    Events Due For Next 30-60 Days
                    Events Due For Next 61 - 90 Days
                    Events Due Over Next 90 Days
                    Specify The Range of Events Due

                     = Option  Selected
        Enter-Continue
                                  F4-Exit
Type the number of your selection,  and press  < ENTER > to display the Select a Report
Destination screen.  Or, press  to exit to the CA Main Report Menu.

If you type '6* for the Specify the Date option, the system displays the next screen.
   09/30/92       RCRIS: CA Report Selection Criteria Screen
             ft***************************************************
                  Please Provide the Range of Due Date         *
                  M0DYY                                 *
                                                        *
                          For Beginning Period of Due Date    *
                          For Ending Period Of Due Date      *
             A***************************************************
 •a****************************************************************************
 *      Enter-Continue             *                F4-Exit          *
Press the   key to move between the fields.  Enter the requested date information for
both  fields in MMDDYY  format and  press  < ENTER > to display the  Select  a Report
Destination screen.
n/n
                            CA-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER > (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
more detailed explanation) to run the report, or type 'R' and press < ENTER > to return to the
CA Main Report Menu.
2.10.9
MANAGEMENT REPORTS
To run the CA Management Reports in RCRIS, select the CA MANAGEMENT RETORT
MENU option from the "CA Main Report Menu" and press < ENTER > to display the "CA
Management Report Menu".  There are five additional Corrective Action reports available from
the Management Menu:

      o      STARS
      o      Baseline Performance Measures   .
      o      Facility Summary of CA Events
      o      CA Accomplishments
      o      Elapsed Time Between C A Events
                          R c R i s
                       Corrective Action
        Database: KHDB.LAR
                     CA Management Report Menu
               STARS Report              (CARPSPMS)
               Baseline Performance Measures NOT AVAIL
               Facility Summary of CA Events {CARP0005)
               CA Accomplishments       .  (CARP0006)
               Elapsed Time B/W CA Events    (CARP0007)
               Exit To CA Main Report Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Menu options can be selected in two different ways.  One way to make your selection is to use
the up/down arrow keys to highlight the desired report option and then press < ENTER >.  Or
you can type the first letter of the report option and press  < ENTER >.
2.10.9.1      STARS REPORT (CARPSPMS)

Select the STARS Report (CARPSPMS) from the "CA Management Report Menu" and press
 to display the "CA STARS Main Menu".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         CA-49
11/92

-------
                                                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
                        RCRIS: CA STARS Main Menu
   CURRENT SETTINGS**
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER:  1
   REGION/STATE:
      06  / ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
      SUM/DETAIL
   FY: 1993
                      >****««*«>•••<
   1 •   Change, the Measures(s)
   2 »   Change the Quarter
   3 =   Change the State
   4 •   Change The Sunmary/DetatI Option
   5 =   Change the Fiscal Year  For This Report
   A =   Run the Report uith Current Criteria

         Enter Your Selection = 3
*************************************************
            Enter-Continue
                         F4-Exit
The current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If these settings select the appropriate
data for your STARS report, then type "A"  and press  < ENTER >  to move directly to the
Report Processing Menu screen.

If you need to change any of the STARS  settings before  running the report, choose one of the
five items that you wish to change and press < ENTER>.  Depending on your selection, you
will be given appropriate screens to change the selected settings.

Option "1" lets you change the  Measure(s) on the "CA STARS Measure Selection Menu".
                 RCRIS: CA STARS Measure Selection Menu
   CURRENT SETTIMGS=>
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER:  1
   REGION/STATE:
     ALL/ ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
     SUM/DETAIL
   FY:  1993
                    A***********************************************
    1 = R/J1 (CA Stages I and  II)
    2 s R/JZ (Stabilization Evaluations)
    3 - R/J3 (Stabilization -  Stage III)
    4 = R/J4 (ME/LO Stages I - III)
    A = All Measures
                                Enter Your Selection =
                    ************************************************
            Enter-Continue
                           F4-Exit
Make your selection and press < ENTER > to return to the "CA STARS Main Menu"
11/92
                        CA-50
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
 Option "2" lets you change the year's Quarter on the "CA STARS Quarter Selection Menu*
  ******************
                               ****************
                                                      ****************
                  RCRIS: CA STARS Quarter Selection Menu
   CURRENT SETTINGS**
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER: 4   *
   REGION/STATE:
   06  /* ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
      SUN/DETAIL
   FY: 1993
                    ********«*****»***««»«»»*i>******
    1 = Quarter 1
    2 = Quarter 2
    3 •= Quarter 3
    4 = Quarter 4  (All)

Enter Your Selection =
                    ••******«**««**»**»»>«*«>«••••••*•*
 •A**************************
 *           Enter-Continue
         »*««»*«******** *««>«««>»« ***•»*******<

         *          F4-Exit
          I*******************************************************************

 Mate your selection and press    to return to the "CA STARS Main Menu".   .

 Option "3" lets you change the State.                  .                             .

 NOTE:  The State option can only be changed .for a Merged database or from the Oversight
 database.  If you attempt to change the State option for an Implementer database, RCRIS will
 give you an error message.                                              .                  •  •

 If you are running CA STARS from a Merged or-Implementer database, RCRIS takes you
 directly to the State Selection Menu when you choose option "3".  For more information on the
 State option from the National Oversight database, see the National Oversight User Guide.
 ******************************************************************************
 *               RCRIS: CA STARS Region 10 State Selection Menu           *
 ******************************************************************************
   CURRENT SETT1MGS=>
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER:  1
   REGION/STATE:
      10  / ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
      SUM/DETAIL
   FY: 1993
 **********************************
     1 = Alaska
     2 - Idaho
     3 = Oregon
     4 = Washington
     A > All States in Region

      Enter Your Selection =
                          **********************************
        A*********************************************************************
              Enter-Continue         *          F4-Exit                "
                     *******************************************************
Type in the number indicating your State selection or "A" to include All States in the Region,
and press    to return to the "CA STARS Main Menu".
RCRIS 4.0.0
                   CA-51
11/92

-------
                                                                 CORRECTIVE ACTION

Option  "4" lets you change the Summary/Detail option on the *CA  STARS Report Style
Selection Menu".
 *

 *
RCRIS: CA STARS Report Style Selection Menu
   CURRENT SETTIHGS=>
   MEASURES: ALL
   QUARTER: 4
   REGION/STATE:
    06  / ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
     SUN/DETAIL
   FY: 1993
     *      IB suimary Only
     *      2 = Summary and DetaiI
     *
     *    Enter Your Selection **
     *
     •••************•*••»*«*****•»*»»**
             Enter-Continue
                        F4-Ex1t
Make your selection and press   to return to the "CA STARS Main Menu".

Option "5" lets you change the Fiscal Year on the "CA STARS Fiscal Year Selection Menu"
 ******************************************************************************
                    RCRIS: CA STARS Fiscal Year Selection Menu
   CURRENT SETTIHGS=>
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER:  1 *
   REGION/STATE:
    ALL /  ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
     SUM/DETAIL
   FY:  1993
              Enter-Continue
        *****************************
                               *
                1 = 1992
                2 = 1993

          Enter Your Selection =
        *****************************
                        Ft-Exit
Make your selection and press  < ENTER > to return to the "CA STARS Main Menu"
11/92
                      CA-52
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

PRINTING STARS REPORTS ON THE MAINFRAME
                      i
Report Processing Menu

 Run Batch Job
 Run Online Job
 Exit Report Program
To process the report in batch, select the Run Batch Job option and press  < ENTER >.  To
process the report online, select the Run Online Job option and press < ENTER >.  To abort
the report processing and exit the Report Processing Menu, select the Exit Report Program
option and press < ENTER > to return to the "CA Main Report Menu".

If Run Batch Job was selected, the following screen appears.
                  ««••«**««««*••«**««««»***«•••*•*••«»**«••****»*»»**••••
                   RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION

                     F1MAS ID:   RCRSP
                     PRIORITY:   2   .
                     BOX NUMBER:  MUJB
                     DESTINATION: HOLD
                     COPIES:     1
                     TIME:
                      MINUTES 40
                      SECONDS 00
                    ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN
           Enter-Continue
                F4-Exit
If you wish to cancel your print job and exit to the "CA Main Report Menu", press .
Press  to move between the fields.  Type your FIMAS ID.  Type the priority number;
the values are T for low and '2' for high. Type the destination of the output and the number
of copies of the report to be printed. If the running time of the batch processing needs to be
increased, type the minutes and press < TAB >, then type the seconds and press < TAB >. The
default values is 5 minutes. This should be sufficient time for most reports.  After you complete
typing the requested information, press < ENTER > to continue.  The following message now
appears to confirm that your print job has been submitted.
IKJ56250I JOB EPU(JOB13152) SUBMITTED
PLEASE HAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        >»» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Please note the job number (in parentheses) and use this number to track the job in SDSF. Press
. When *** appears on the screen, press  again. This completes your
STARS report.
RCRIS 4.0.0
               CA-53
11/92

-------
                                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Run Online Job was selected, the following screen appears.
            iMMMM>****»***********************«*******«**««****«***i»*>*********** **********
             *»•*****************•****•***•••** >***>*»O>**«****»**«»«^*»****************
                           RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
                                1 = Screen
                                2 = Printer
                           * Enter Your Selection »
                           *****************************
            «*••••******•*****•«««««*»»**«««••«»»««*••**>*«••*»•»»»****««*•**••*»»**«*****
            *      Enter-Continue            *               F4-Exit          *
To abort the STARS reports processing and exit, press .  To view the report on the
screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  WARNING:  Option "1" can tie up your terminal for
lengthy periods of time.  Use of this option can also interfere with other users.

To send the report to the printer, type "2" and press . This completes your STARS
report.
2.10.9.2
BASELINE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Reports are not currently available.
11/92
                          CA-54
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 2.10.9.3      FACILITY SUMMARY OF CA EVENTS (CARP0005)

 Select the Facility Summary of CA Events report from the CA Management Report Menu and
 press < ENTER > to display the Handler Selection Screen 1.

 Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER > (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
 detailed description of the Handler Selection screens).  After your selection from the Handler
 Selection Screen 1 has been processed, the CA Selection Screen 1 below appears.

               »»»»»**««««««••««•««««««««««•«
               RCRIS; CA Selection Screen 1
               •••••**********»********»»
 *      Enter-Continue            *              F4-Exft         •

 Type the number of your selection in the field at the top of the screen.   Press  to
 move down through the fields. Do not press < ENTER > until you have made your final entry.

 There are four options on this screen:                   .

 Program to Date Through - Enter the last day that the report should cover in MMDDYY date
 format.                                      ._•-•.

 Fiscal Year - Enter the last two digits of the selected year.

 Current Fiscal Year Quarters - Up to four quarters can be entered for this option.  Starting
 at the first field on the left, enter the quarter (1, 2, 3, or 4).  Again, press   to move
 across the field.

 Other Timeframe - Enter the start date on the left side of the field and press  to move
 to the field on the right and enter the end date of the report.  These dates must be in MMDDYY
 date format.

 After you've completed entering the requested information, press < ENTER > to display the CA
 Core Events or All Events Selection screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-55
11/92

-------
                                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION
»*********** to display the Select a Report
Destination screen.
Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER > (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for
more detailed explanation) to run the report, or type 'R' and press < ENTER >  to return to tt
CA Main Report Menu.
                                                            a
                                                          the
2.10.9.4     CA ACCOMPLISHMENTS (CARP0006)

Select the CA Accomplishments report from the CA  Management Report Menu and press
 to display the Handler Selection Screen 1.

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER>  (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
detailed description of the Handler Selection screens).  After your selection from the Handler
Selection Screen 1 has been processed, the CA Selection Screen 1 appears.
11/92
               CA-56
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 RCRIS USER GUIDE
                RCRIS: CA Selection Screen 1
                Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:

         1.  Program to Date Through (HMDDYY):

         2.  Fiscal Year (YY):

         3.  Current Fiscal Year Quarters (1,2,3,4):     ,

         4.  Other Timeframe (MMDDYY to MMODYY):        to
        Enter-Continue            *   .             F4-Exit
Type the number of your selection in the field at the top of the screen.  Press < TAB > to move
down through the fields. Do not press < ENTER > until you have made your final entry.
There are four options on this screen:

Program to Date Through - Enter the last day that the report should cover in MMDDYY date
format.

Fiscal Year - Enter the last two digits of the selected year.

Current Fiscal Year Quarters - Up to four quarters can be entered for this option. Starting
at the first field on the left, enter the quarter (1, 2, 3, or 4). Again, press  to move
across the field.

Other Timeframe - Enter the start date on the left side of the field and press  to move
to the field on the right and enter the end date of the report. These dates must be in MMDDYY
date format.

After you've completed entering the requested information, press < ENTER > to display the CA
Core Events or All Events Selection screen.  -
RCRIS 4.0.0                           CA-57                                   11/92

-------
                                                                CORRECTIVE ACTION
            RCRIS: CA Core Events or All Events Selection

                                       «•*««>«•»>«•>••*»•••••*•••«**
            Do You wish CA Core Events Only or All CA, Events?


                       1.  CA Core Only

                       2.  All CA Events

                Please Enter Selection:
        Enter-Continue
       F4-Exit
If you type'!,' only CA Core Events will be reported in your Facility Summary.  Select option
'2' to report All CA Events in the Summary.  Press  to display the CA Management
Report 6 Selection screen below.
                 RCRIS: CA Management Report 6 Selection
            Do You Wish to Generate A Detail Report (Y/N):  N

      Note:  If You Enter 'N', a Summary Report will be Generated
        Enter-Continue
       F4-Exit
Type ' Y' to generate a detailed CA Accomplishments report. The default value for this screen
is 'N' for No and RCRIS automatically generates a summary report. Make your selection and
press < ENTER > to display the CA Event Description Report Selection screen.
11/92;
CA-58
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
               RCRIS: CA Event Description Report Selection
       Do You wish to print the CA Event Description Report? (Y/N): N
        Enter-Continue
If you wish to include a CA Event Description report when you run the CA Accomplishments
report,  type *Y' for Yes and press  < ENTER >  to display the Select a Report Destination
screen.

Type the number of your selection and press  < ENTER >  (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
more detailed explanation) to run the report, or type 'R1 and press < ENTER >  to return to the
CA Main Report Menu.
2.10.9.5      ELAPSED TIME BETWEEN CA EVENTS (CARP0007)

Select Elapsed Time B/W CA Events report from the CA Management Report Menu and press
< ENTER >  to display the CA Handler Selection Screen 1.   After your selection from the
Handler Selection Screen 1 has been processed, the CA Selection Screen 1 below is displayed.
               RCRIS: CA Selection Screen 1
               »»*************************•*<

               Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                Please Enter 1, 2, 3, or 4:

        1. Program to Date Through (MMDDYY):

        2. Fiscal Year (YY>:

        3. Current Fiscal Year Quarters (1,2,3,4):    ,

        4. Other Timeframe (MMDDYY to MMDDYY):       to
       Enter-Continue
      F4-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-59
11/92

-------
                                                               CORRECTIVE ACTION

Type the number of your selection in the field at the top of the screen. Press < TAB > to move
down through the fields.  Do not press < ENTER >  until you have made your final entry.
There are four options on this screen:

Program to Date Through - Enter the last day that the report should cover in MMDDYY date
format.

Fiscal Year - Enter the last two digits of the selected year.

Current Fiscal Year Quarters - Up to four quarters can be entered for this  option. Starting
at the first field on the left, enter the quarter (1, 2, 3, or 4).  Again, press  to move
across the field.

Other Timeframe - Enter the start date on the left side of the field and press < TAB > to move
to the field on the right and enter the end date of the report.  These dates must be in MMDDYY
date format.

After you've completed entering the requested information, press < ENTER > to display the CA
Core Events or All Events Selection.

******************************************************************************

            RCRIS: CA Core Events or All  Events  Selection
     ***********************************************************************
           Do You wish CA Core Events Only or All CA Events?


                       1. CA Core Only

                       2. All CA Events

               Please Enter Selection:
******************************************************************************
*      Enter-Continue            *                F4-Exit          *
******************************************************************************

If you select option '!,' only CA Core Events will be included in the report.  Type T and
press < ENTER > to display the CA Events Code Selection screen below.
11/92                                   CA-60                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                    RCRIS: CA Event Codes Selection
            Please Enter Two Event Codes for Elapsed Time Analysis


            First Event Code:

            Second Event Code:
        Enter-Continue
       F4-Exit
Press  to move through the fields on the screen.  Select two CA Event Codes for your
Elapsed Time and press < ENTER >  to display the CA Management Report 7 Selection screen
below.

If you select option '2' from the CA  Core Events or All Events Selection screen to report All
Core Events, RCRIS moves directly  to the CA Management Report 7 Selection screen below!
               RCRIS:.CA Management Report 7 Selection
         Do You Also Wish to Generate a Summary Report  to display the Select a Report Destination screen.

Type the number of your selection and press < ENTER > (see section 2.10, 2.10, 2.10 for a
more detailed explanation) to run the report, or type 'R' and press < ENTER > to return to the
CA Main Report Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
CA-61
11/92

-------
                                                           CORRECTIVE ACTION

2.11   HANDLER NARRATIVE

The Handler Narrative function allows your agency to record all the complex and comprehensive.
information about a particular handler conveniently.  You can enter any information your agency
feels is important to regulating or tracking activities for a handler. This narrative information
may be entered through the Handler Narrative option found in any of three RCRIS modules:
Facility Management Planning, Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement, or Corrective Action.
This means you can write detailed information about the handler's permitting activities,
compliance monitoring & enforcement activities, corrective action activities, or any combination
of all three.  You may also write a narrative containing general information about the facility
itself.  To select this function, use the up/down arrow key or type  to highlight Handler
Narrative from the CA Main Menu and press  < ENTER >.


2.11.1        CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE

To create or edit narrative information for a handler within RCRIS, select Create/Edit Narrative
from the Narrative Menu Screen by typing < C> or using the arrow up/down key to highlight
the selection and press < ENTER >.
                                     RCRIS                  ***j
                                                                 °
                  |                   Narrative                    J
                  ! Database: K40B.MSR                               j
                                ! Narrative Menu Screen |
                                 Create/Edit Narrative |
                                 Report             !
                                 Exit To Main Menu    |
After selecting the Create/Edit Narrative option, the "Facility Narrative Screen 1" is displayed.
This screen allows you to create or update narrative information. Enter the Handler ID and a
narrative type.  The narrative type is used to store the narrative for a handler by particular type.
11/92                                 CA-62                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

For example, detailed information about the facility's permit (or closure/post-closure plans) can
be included and maintained separately under Permitting.  Select the appropriate narrative type
by entering   for Facility Narrative, 

for Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure, Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement, or for Corrective Action, and press . . . > «»»*****»**«»<><>**«*««**««*»* ***»««••«*•••«•«««««* * " RCRIS: Facility Narratives Screen 1 •••••••••a************************************************** Enter Handler ID: Enter Narrative Type: *****•••• • • »************************************ * Facility Narrative - F * * Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure - P * * Compliance Monitoring end Enforcement - C * * Corrective Action - A * ************************************************ * ENTER-Continue F3-Exit F8-Help A******************************************** i******************************** A free-form screen is now displayed for you to enter the narrative information. The top of the screen shows the Handler ID and the Narrative Type. Various function keys are available to help you move through and edit the narrative text. Just type each line as you would in a word processor and use the function keys and Help Screens to edit the text. Be sure to press < ENTER > to save your edits before leaving the screen. The narrative screen will not wrap- around your text, so press < TAB > to move to the next line (remember to tab past the edit space before continuing to type). ID: NS6210809871. RCRIS: Narrative for FHP Updated: Edit WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION I/D F3-Exit F4-Next ID TAB-Next Line ENTER-Edit/Save F7/Pgl)p- Backward FB/PgDn-Forward PAGE 01 RCRIS 4.0.0 CA-63 1-1/92


-------
                                                          CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTES:

       o     Press < ENTER > to save your changes.

       o     Use the  key to exit to the narrative menu without saving your changes.

       o     The  key displays a Help Screen or edit commands, (Press  again
             to exit the Help Screen.)

       o     The  key is used to backup one page.

       o     The  key is used to move forward one page.


2.11.2       LOAD FROM ASCn FILE

The Load from ASCII File feature lets you prepare and edit the narrative information with any
text editing software (as long as the text will convert to ASCII characters) and then load the
narrative directly into RCRIS. This means RCRIS operations do not need to be interrupted to
prepare text for a handler.

To use this option, log on to RCRIS (if you had to exit RCRIS to prepare the text) and select
the FMP, CM & E or CA module from the RCRIS Main  Menu.   Next,  select Handler
Narrative from the from module Main Menu you selected. Finally, select Load from ASCII
File from the Narrative Menu Screen.

The "Facility Narrative Load Screen 1" is now displayed.  On this screen specify the location
of the file you want to load.  The file can be loaded from a PC hard disk or floppy disk drive.
Simply specify the complete location of the file.  For example, A:\TEXT\HANDLER.NAR
might be where your text file is stored on your "A" drive. Wild card characters such as an "*"
are unacceptable.
11/92                                CA-64                         RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE
                    RCRtS: Facility Narrative Load ASCI! Screen 1
                 Enter file from which to load:

                          Example: A:FAC1LITY.OOC
              ENTER-CONTINUE
                                                   F4-Return to Menu
After entering the correct file name the "Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2" is displayed.  On
this screen specify the Handler ID the narrative is going to and the type of handler narrative.
Enter   for  general facility information, 

for Permitting, * for Compliance information, or < A> for Corrective Action information and press . RCRIS will load your narrative text into the system. WARNING! THIS WILL OVERWRITE ANY EXISTING NARRATIVE TEXT FOR THE MODULE. RCRIS: Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2 Enter Handler ID: . Enter Narrative Type: ! Corrective Action - A I Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C j Permitting/Closure/Post Closure - P j Facility Narrative - F ENTER -Continue F4-£xit Screen 3 is displayed after your text is loaded. On this screen you may elect to load another file, select another handler, or exit. RCRIS 4.0.0 CA-65 11/92


-------
                                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                Please Choose Selection      '  j

                                Another Load                |

                                Another Handler ID Entry       j

                                Exit                      j
Make your selection and press < ENTER >.

NOTES:

      o     Only complete file names are accepted.  Specify the drive, directory and sub-
            directories and complete file name.  Wild card characters such as an  "*" are
            unacceptable.                                                  ,

      o     Use the narrative edit function discussed previously to review the loaded text.

WARNING; THIS WILL OVERWRITE ANY EXISTING NARRATIVE TEXT FOR THE
           MODULE.
11/921                              CA-66                        RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.11.3       NARRATIVE REPORT

The Report option is used to generate  a report showing which handlers have narrative
information entered for them.   The report lists a brief summary of each narrative in your
system.
                  j***                RCRIS
                  !                   Narrative                    |
                  ! Database: K4DB.HSR                               |
                  •••—	+		* --		+
                               j Narrative Menu Screen j
                               i                 i
                               | Create/Edit Narrative |
                               I Report            I
                               ! Exit To Nain Menu   |
Select the Report option from the Narrative Menu Screen by using the arrow up/down keys or
typing   and press .

The first screen displayed will prompt you for a Handler ID. Fill in this information and press
                                    Narrative Report



                                 Please Enter Handler Id

                                 Enter 'X' to exit menu
                            '*"          -, "   ' •»


                            Handler ID*  >




NOTE: Enter "X" and press < ENTER > to exit to the Narrative Main Menu.


The next screen displayed is used to select a narrative type.  Choose the RCRIS module you
want for your narrative report.  You have five options:    Facility Narrative,  
Corrective Actions,  PMT/CL/PC,  Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement, and
 All.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          CA-67                                 11/92

-------
                                                              CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                      Narrative Report
                 Please Choose Selection


             A.  Facility Narrative
             B.  Corrective Actions
             C.  PUT / CL / PC
             D.  Conpliance, Monitoring, and Enforc
             E.  All

             R.  Exit from Narrative Report Menu

Enter selection >
                                                                its
NOTE:  Type "R" to exit to the Narrative Main Menu.

The last screen is used to select an output destination.  On the PC, to view the report on the
screen type  and press .  To send to your printer type 

and press < ENTER >. You also have the option to save the report to a file for later use. To save to a file type and press . The system will ask you for a file name. This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the drive as well. For example: C:\FILENAME or ArFILENAME. Narrative Report {Where Do You Wish To Direct Your Output?! j . Screen j ' ! ! Printer j ! File I {Enter-Continue F3-Exit 11/92 CA-68 RCRIS 4.0.0


-------
RCRIS USER GUIDE

Chi the mainframe, the following screen appears.


              ***                    RCRIS                       ***


                               Select a Report Destination

                            A.  Queue the Report for Printing
                          .  B.  View the Report on the Screen

                            R.  Return to Previous Menu

             Enter selection >'


To send the report to the printer, type "A" and press  < ENTER >.  To view the report on the
screen, type "B" and press .  To return to the previous menu, type "R" and press
.

After the report is finished the Narrative Main Menu  is displayed.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           CA-69                                   11/92

-------
                                             CORRECTIVE ACTION
               THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11/92
CA-70
RCRIS 4.0.0


-------
™>

-------

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

-------


-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    PROGRAM MANAGEMENT				  1
     1.1  MAINFRAME USERS NOTE 	  1
     1.2  .IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD	  2
     1.3  MERGED DATABASE	  2
     1.4  FUNCTION KEYS			  2
     1.5  CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA  . . :	  2

2    COMMITMENT/PLANNING 	. . . . .		  3
     2.1  ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING DATA .	  4
         2.1.1 ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 1	  4
         2.1.2 ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 2 ....  5
        . 2.1.3 ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 3 ....  6
         2.1.4 LINKING HANDLERS TO COMMITMENT	  7
              2.1.4.1     ADD  INDIVIDUAL  HANDLERS  TO
                       COMMITMENT ;.-...	 . .	  7
              2.1.4.2     SELECT HANDLERS BY UNIVERSE	...  8
              2.1.4.3     IMPORT HANDLER LIST FROM FILE	  9
     2.2  PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING	  9
         2.2.1 PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 1	10
         2.2.2 PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 2 	 10
         2.2.3 PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 3 .	11
         2.2.4 PM  DELETE  COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN  3
              (RESOURCES)	12
         2.2.5 PM UNLINK HANDLERS FROM COMMITMENT SCREEN
            .  4  	;	13

3    PM EVENTS DATA	14
     3.1  ADD/UPDATE PM EVENT DATA	14
         3.1.1 ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 1 ... .;	15
         3.1.2 ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 2	 . . 15
         3.1.3 ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 3	16
         3.1.4 ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 3 (COST DATA) 	17
     3.2  DELETE PM EVENT DATA	 .	V	17
         3.2.1 DELETE EVENT SCREEN 1		18
         3.2.2 DELETE EVENT SCREEN 2	18
         3.2.3 DELETE EVENT SCREEN 3		19
         3.2.4 DELETE EVENT SCREEN 3 (COST DATA)	20

4    PM RESOURCE EXPENDITURES 	.	21
     4.1  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA	 21
         4.1.1 ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN
              1	22

                              i

-------
         4.1.2 ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN
              2	23
         4.1.3 ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN
              3	24
     4.2  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA 	25
         4.2.1 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1  ... 25
         4.2.2 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2  ... 26
         4.2.3 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3  ... 27


     5.1  ADD/UPDATE PMT/CL/PC RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA ... 28
         5.1.1 ADD/UPDATE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE
              DATA SCREEN 1 .	29
         5.1.2 UPDATE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA
              SCREEN 2	30
         5.1.3 UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3  ... 31
         5.1.4 UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 4  ... 32
     5.2  DELETE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA	32
         5.2.1 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1  ... 33
         5.2.2 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2  ... 34
         5.2.3 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3  ... 35
         5.2.4 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 4  ... 36

6    CM EVALUATION RESOURCE EXPENDITURES	37
     6.1  ADD/UPDATE  EVALUATION RESOURCE  EXPENDITURE
         DATA	37
         6.1.1 ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1 . . 38
         6.1.2 ADD/UPDATE  EVALUATION  EXPENDITURE DATA
              SCREEN 2		.... 39
         6.1.3 ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3 . . 40
         6.1.4 ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4 . . 41
     6.2  DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE DATA	42
         6.2.1 DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1	42
         6.2.2 DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 2	43
         6.2.3 DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3	44
         6.2.4 DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4	45
                             ii

-------
7    CM ENFORCEMENT RESOURCE EXPENDITURES	46
     7.1  CM ENFORCEMENT RESOURCE EXPENDITURE MENU	46
         7.1.1  ADD^PDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN
              1	47
         7.1.2  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE DATA
              SCREEN 2	48
         7.1.3  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN
              3		.	.... 49
         7.1.4  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EVALUATION SCREEN
              4		. . .50
     7.2  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE DATA ..	51
         7.2.1  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1 . : . . 51
         7.2.2  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 2	52
         7.2.3  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3	53
         7.2.4  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4	54

8    CORRECTIVE ACTION RESOURCE EXPENDITURES  	55
     8.1  ADDAJPDATE CA RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA	55
         8.1.1  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1	56
         8.1.2. ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN
              2	.57
         8.1.3  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN
              3	 . . ;	58
     8.2  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA 	58
         8.2.1  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1  . . .	59
         8.2.2  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2 ... 60
         8.2.3  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3 ... 60

9    IMPORT RESOURCE EXPENDITURES . .'	61
     9.1  IMPORT CA & PM EXPENDITURE	61

10   PM REPORTS MENU	  . .	.	62
     10.1 DUMP REPORTS .	.	63
         10.1.1     COMMITMENT REPORTS	64
         10.1.2     PM EVENTS DUMP 		65
              10.1.2.1    INDIVIDUAL HANDLER	66
              10.1.2.2    ALL HANDLERS	67
              10.1.2.3    FILE OF HANDLERS	67
     10.2 STARS REPORTS	 67
         10.2.1     CORRECTIVE ACTION STARS REPORTS	68
              10.2.1.1    BATCH JOB .	69
              10.2.1.2    ONLINE PRINTING	70


-------
     10.2.2      CME STARS REPORTS	 .	70
          10.2.2.1    BATCH JOB	71
          10.2.2.2    ONLINE PRINTING	72
     10.2.3      PERMITTING STARS REPORTS		72
10.3  MANAGEMENT REPORTS	76
     10.3.1      EXPORT RESOURCE EXPENDITURE	77
     10.3.2      DETAIL RESOURCE EXPENDITURE  	78
     10.3.3      COMMITMENT VS PERFORMANCE  	80
     10.3.4      HANDLER PROFILE SUMMARY	 81
     10.3.5      HANDLER PROFILE DETAIL  	83
     10.3.6      DETAIL COMMITMENT		84
     10.3.7      SUMMARY COMMITMENT	86
10.4  MYS REPORTS		87
                          iv

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
1      PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

The Program Management  module is designed to help program managers best utilize their
work force, finances, and other RCRA program resources. The Program Management module
is used to manage commitment tracking, cross-module reporting, STARS (Strategic Targeted
Activities for Results Systems) reporting, environmental priority ranking, multi-year strategy
reporting, and resource expenditure forecasting.  Commitments and planned activities, estimated
and  actual costs, and implementer event tracking  information can all be managed with this
module.   Program Management  combines the  data from Handler Identification (HID),
Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure (PMT), Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement (CME), and
Corrective Action (CA).

The RCRIS Main Menu, presented below, shows the Program Management module. To select
this module from the menu, use the up/down arrow keys or type "P" twice to highlight Program
Management and press < ENTER >.
                          RCRIS
                        Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: WOB.MSR                Ver: 4. #.#*#/##/##
               j  Please Select Desired Work Package
               | Handler Identification
               j Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
               j Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
               j Corrective Action
               j Program Management
               j Facility Management Planning
               j Data Assessment
               I Database Administration
               j F01A Reports
               ! Exit RCRIS
1.1   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS operates the  same on the mainframe  as  on the PC.  There are, however,  some
differences in the screens and how you make selections from the menus.  When using RCRIS
on the mainframe select from the menu by typing the  number of the selection and  press
.

Function keys and other keyboard capabilities operate differently depending on the terminal
being used or when using a PC with communication software.  Your DBA or local computer
support staff can tell you which keys on your equipment create the function keys in RCRIS.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-1
11/92

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.2   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD
Through a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), an agreement between each State and EPA
region, the ownership of data is negotiated and the Implementer of Record (IOR) assignments
are made.  The agency assigned  as the IOR for a piece of data is  responsible for  data
maintenance and integrity.  Individuals working with Program Management should be aware of
IOR agreements that pertain.
1.3   MERGED DATABASE

Following the merge process, co-implementer data is available for the DBA to load onto your
RCRIS software. This means some of your implementer data is now available for sharing with
the applicable co-implementers in your Region and their data is available for sharing with you.
If the data sharing, or refresh option, is selected, you now have data in your database that was
not entered by your agency. When entering data to your database do not delete data for which
you are not the IOR. Consult your DBA for more information regarding this process.
1.4   FUNCTION KEYS

      Not used
      Cancel present screen activity
      Exit to preceding menu
      Return to the previous screen/Exit the reports screens
      Return to the previous screen
      Links specified events
      Takes you to the Help Screen
     Will bring up more events (if present)
1.5   CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA

The Program Management data entry screens contain information that is core (i.e. data that is
reported to Oversight) and information that is system required (which means data must be
present in order to progress through data entry screens).  The table below lists the core and
system required data.
      Core

      SPM Commitment
      MYO Commitment
      EPR Commitment
     System Required

     Type of Commitment
     Commitment Event
     Environmental Priority Ranking
11/92
PM-2*
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

2      COMMITMENT/PLANNING

The Commitment/Planning option records commitments to perform activities that support RCRA
and state-mandated activities.  These activities are based upon EPA program grants, regional
commitments,  state specific commitments, state-EPA work plans  and so on.   Input for
Commitment/ Planning will include commitments made by the implementer to perform various
RCRA activities.  The commitment may be to perform an overall number of activities or
perform activities at a specific facility.  For example, an implementer may commit to conducting
15  inspections, or conduct a CME inspection at xyz facility.  When the PM Main Menu is
initially displayed on the screen, highlight the Commitment/Planning option or type "C* and
press .
                           R C R 1 S
         Database: KHDB.LAR
                        Program Management
                          PM Main Menu
                Comnl tment/P lanni ng
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures         •
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-3
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.1    ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING DATA
If you select "Commitment/Planning" from the PM Main Menu,  you will move to the "PM
Commitment/Planning Menu" below.
                            RCRIS
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                        Program Management
                          PM Main Menu
                     PM Connitment/PL arming Menu
               i   Add/Update Coami talent/Planning Data f
               1 j Delete Commitment/Planning Data    j
                  Exit To PM Main Menu            ! !
                  Return to RCRIS Main Menu
               ! PM Reports Menu
               j Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
               +„-....-_„„..—....—....
          i i
          i i
The first option on the menu is Add/Update Commitment/Planning Data. To select this option
press .
2.1.1  ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 1

Adding or updating commitment/planning begins by entering a valid code.  These codes can be
found on the  Help Screen.  The month  and year of the commitment is required.  Press
< ENTER > to continue to Screen 2.
 *               RCRIS: PN Add/Update Commitment/Planning Screen 1       *
 ******************************************************************************
               Type of
           Corom i tment/PIarm i ng

                EPR
Fiscal Year
  (MMYY)

   1092
 ******************************************************************************
 *    ENTER-Continue     F3-Extt      F8-Help                        *
 ******************************************************************************
11/92
    PM-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 2.1.2  ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 2

'If you are entering a new  commitment,  Screen  2 will  be blank except for the type of
 commitment and fiscal year that you entered on the previous screen.  Enter the remaining data
 to record your commitment.  The  key will provide you with a list of commitment
 events. If you are updating an existing commitment, Screen 2 will exhibit all previously entered
 data.
                                                                   i
 a***************************************************************** * •• *********
                 RCR1S: PM Add/Update Commitment /PI arm ing Screen 2
    Type of Commitment: GRC     Fiscal Yr: 0891

              Please enter the following information:

   Commitment Event:       Commitment ID:

   Resp. Agency:     .     Effective Date:

   Action Due Date:       Revision Number:

   Comnitment Description:

   1st Qtr:     2ndO.tr:     3rd Otr:     4 th Qtr:
   ENTER-Continue      F3-Exit      F2-Cancel       FS-Cost Data
   F6-link Handlers     F8-Help      F9-First Event   Fid-Next Event
 ******************************************************************************

NOTES:
                            t      •  •
       o      Any Commitment Event entered for Type of Commitment EPR, SPM, or MYO
              will pass to the Oversight database because these commitment types are core data
              elements.  (However, events PM101, PM102, or PM103 entered under the EPR
              commitment type will be converted to event PM100 prior to being sent to the
              Oversight database.)  Events entered under one of the other commitment types
              will not pass from the implementer level.

       b       will cancel the activity and return you to  Screen 1.

       o       will take you to Screen 3.

       o       will take you to Screen 4.

       o      < F9 > and < F10 > will scroll you through multiple events for this commitment
              type and date.

If you press  < ENTER > to continue on Screen 2, you will see a blank Screen 2 so that you
may enter additional commitment events.  To  move off this screen, select  ,  or
  to exit back to the PM Main Menu.

RCRIS 4.0.0                           PM-5                                  11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.1.3  ADD/UPDATE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 3
This screen will be accessed by pressing the  key on Screen 2 above.


 *****IH»M******************»**************************************************
 *               RCRIS: PM Add/Update Conrnitment/Plaming Screen 3       *
 ***************************************IHk*************************************
   Type of Conmitment: GRC
   Commitment Event:  PH110
             Fiscal Yr: 0891
             Commitment 10:
              Please enter the following information:
   Funding Source:

   Hoursl:

   Costt:
          Accounting Code:

          HogrsZ:

          Cost2:
Cost3:
 A*****************************************************************************
 •ENTER-Continue  F3-Exit     F6-Link Handlers F8-Help                   *
 ****************••*»**************«************«**»*«*«************»*•*••»•»»*
NOTES;
       o
       o
 will take you to Screen 4.
 will provide additional information on these fields.
The information previously entered for this commitment type and event will be displayed on the
screen.  Enter new funding information or update the information displayed. Press < ENTER >
to return to Screen 2 or Press   to link handlers for this event.
11/92
                           PM-6
                                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

2.1.4  LINKING HANDLERS TO COMMITMENT
                                              t

This screen can be accessed by selecting   on either Screen 2 or Screen 3 above.  You
will use this screen if you wish to link handlers to this commitment type and event.  The screen
is shown below.
                 RCRIS: PN - Linking Handlers to Comnitment Screen 4
                »**»****•••*********»****•**••••«*»***«*****»*********
            1. Add Individual Handlers to Commitment
            2. Select Handlers by Universe
            3. Import Handler List from File
            R. Return to Comnitment

              . Choose one of the above
 ******************************************************************************
 * IMTER-Continue   F3-Exit                                        *
Using this screen, you can link individual handlers, all handlers within a certain universe, or a
list of handlers that you have previously saved on a file to the event.
2.1.4.1
ADD INDIVIDUAL HANDLERS TO COMMITMENT
If you choose option 1 the "Link Individual Handler Screen 5" shown below will be displayed.
Enter a specific Handler ID that you wish'to link and press < ENTER > to continue or press
 to return to Screen 1.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-7
11/92

-------
                                                                          RCRIS USER GUIDE
       •••A*******************************************************************
                  RCRIS: PM - Link Individual  Handler Screen 5            *
Type of Commitment:  GRC

Commitment Event: PM120


          Enter Handler ID:
                             Fiscal Yr: 0989

                             Commitment ID:  LANDFILLS
*********************
-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 2.1.4.3       IMPORT HANDLER LIST FROM FILE

 If you choose option 3 in Screen 4 the "Link Handlers From a File Screen 5" shown below will
 be displayed.            .

 ********•*»*****•***************»**»*********»••*••*••*********•*•»*•»»*****»*
 *                RCRIS: PM -  Link Handlers From A File Screen 5         *
                 ***********************************************************                •.
 ***************»**<
  Commitment Type: GRC     Comnitment Fiscal Year: 0891
  Coomitroent Event: PM240  Commitment Identifier: LANDFILL
  Please enter the drive and filename of ASCII file from which to load:

          Filename:

           Example: A:HANDLER.DOC
 ft*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Load File               F3-Exit                             *
 ******************************••*******•**********************•***»*****#**#**


 You will receive a confirming message if the link is completed.   •
2.2   PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING

If you choose the PM Delete Commitment/Planning option from the PM Commitment/Planning
Menu, the following screen will be displayed.             -                "      .     —
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-9
11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2.1  PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 1
This screen will ask you to enter the Type Of Commitment/Planning and the Fiscal Year.  When

you have entered the required information press < ENTER > to continue.
 ft*************************************************

 *                RCRIS: PM Delete Commitment/Planning Screen 1          *
 ******************************************************************************
                Type of
            Caimi tment/P I anni ng


                GRC
              Fiscal
              Year


              0891
 *   ENTER-Continue      F3-Exit                                     *
 ••••••••••••••••a*************************************************************
2.2.2  PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 2  .


This screen will provide you with the Type Of Commitment/Planning, the Fiscal Year and a list

of the Commitment Events and Commitment IDs that already exist in the system. If there are

more than 4 events the  key will take you to the next screen of events.
                  RCRIS: PH Delete Comni tment/P laming Screen 2
 •••I***************************************************************************
  ***********************************
                                       ***»***»****»***»»»***«**********

                                                                  *
           Type of Commitment/Planning:   GRC  Fiscal YR:   0891


        Commitment Event       Commitment ID
           PH110

           PM110
MS6210809871
                                            No more events
     Please select one of the above commitments to delete:


           PM110             MS6210809871
               :************************************«*****************
 *  ENTER-Continue  F3-Exit   F5-Commitment Screen FIO-More Comnitment Events*
 *************************************************************************
11/92
               PM-10
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 NOTES!

       o       will return you to the Delete Menu without deleting your information.
       o       will return you to Screen 1 without deleting your information.

 Enter the event you want to delete (from the list provided) and press < ENTER > to move to
 Screen 3.


 2.2.3  PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 3

 This screen will provide you with detailed information for the event you have chosen to delete.
 The prompt "Is this the commitment event you wish to delete?" is also on the screen.  Press
 < ENTER >  and the event is deleted. If this is not the correct event press < F5 > to exit to the
 PM Delete Menu without deleting the event.

 WARNING: PRIOR TO DELETING  THIS EVENT  YOU  SHOULD REVIEW THE
             RESOURCE AND LINK DATA.  YOU MAY ALSO DELETE THE EVENT
             FROM THOSE SCREENS.

                *******************************
                 RCRIS: PM Delete Commitment/Planning  Screen 3
                ****************************<
    Type of Commitment:  GRC    Fiscal Yr: 0891
    Commitment Event:  PN110   Commitment ID:  MS6210809871  .
              Is this the commitment event you wish to  delete?
    Resp. Agency:  EPA           Effective Date: 080191
    Action Due Date: 090191       Revision Number:
    Coranitment Description: 010
    1st Qtr:    2nd Qtr:     3rd Otr:    4th Qtr:  1
    Total Commitment:    1
 •A****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-To Delete    F3-Exit    FS-Cost Data         F6-Unlink Handlers *  .
 •A****************************************************************************

NOTES:

       o       will provide you with the cost data on this event.
       o       will take you to Screen 5 to unlink handlers linked earlier.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           PM-11                                  11/92


-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
2.2.4  PM DELETE COMMITMENT/PLANNING SCREEN 3 (RESOURCES)
This screen will provide you with detailed resource information for the event you have chosen
to delete.  The prompt, "Is this the commitment  event you wish to delete?", is also on the
screen.  Press < ENTER > and the event is deleted.  If this is not the correct event press
 to exit to the PM Delete Menu without deleting the event.
WARNING;  PRIOR TO DELETING THIS EVENT YOU SHOULD REVIEW THE LINK
              DATA.
*                RCRIS: PM Delete Commitment/Planning Screen 3          *
a*****************************************************************************
   Type of Commitment:  GRC     Fiscal Yr:  0891
   Coranitment Event:  PM110    Commitment  ID:  MS6210809871
             Is this the commitment event you wish to delete?
   Resp. Agency:  EPA            Effective Date: 080191
   Action Due Date: 090191       'Revision Number:
   Commitment Description: 010
                 Is this the Resource Data you wish to delete?
   Funding Source:          Accounting Code:
   Hoursl:                  Hours2:
   Costl:                   Cost2:                Cost3:
******************************************************************************
* ENTER-TO Delete    F3-Exit    FS-Cost Data          F6-Unltnk Handlers *
a*****************************************************************************
11/92
PM-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 2.2.5  PM UNLINK HANDLERS FROM COMMITMENT SCREEN 4

 This screen will provide you with detailed information on the links related to the event you have
 chosen to delete.   Type "Y" to-delete  the link.  After you have unlinked the event, press
              and the event is deleted.                                              .
 «MHHMHt»»1HHHH»1>«««l>1t1»«1HHt«»1>««1t1HHH»1»l>l>«

 *                RCRIS: PM • Unlink Handlers from Commitment Screen 4    *
    Comnftment Type: GRC
    Coamftment Nodule/Track: PM110
             Comnitment Fiscal Year: 0891
             Commitment Id:
    Handlers linked to the above Commitment:
     Type 'Y'
     to Delete
Handler
  ID
Nodule/
Cntl No
Event
Code
Resp.
Agency
Seq.No.
     No Nore Links
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-To Delete  F3-Exit    F5-Event Screen   FNHtore Events          *
RCRIS 4.0.0
                      PM-13
                                                        11/92


-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
       PM EVENTS DATA
PM Events Data screens are used to allow an implementer to track Permitting, CME, CA and
FMP events. To choose the PM EVENTS DATA option from the "PM Main Menu", use the
up/down arrow keys to highlight the selection or type "P" and press < ENTER > to display the
"PM Events Data Menu".
                            RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.LAR
                        Program Management
                           PM Main Menu
                Commitment/Planning
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu





3.1    ADD/UPDATE PM EVENT DATA


       +..................	1	.—..............	+
        ***                  RCRIS        '           "**


                        Program Management
         Database: KHDB.LAR
        	+		4.	
                           PM Main Menu

                Commitment/Planning
               +.--	..........
                   PM Events Data Menu

                 Add/Update PM Event Data
                 Delete PH Event Data
                 Exit To PM Main Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                ....	,	...........
               | Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
To select the first option on the "PM Events Data Menu",  highlight the ADD/UPDATE PM
EVENT DATA using the Up/Down arrow keys and press < ENTER > to display the "Program
Management Add/Update Events Screen 1".
11/92.
PM-14
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

3.1.1  ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 1

             ***************************************
              RCRIS: Program Management 'Add/Update Events Screen 1
             **•*••****«


            Handler ID:
 *************************
                             *********************************************
                                                                   *
 * EKTER-Contfnue   F3-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
The Handler ID screen (Screen 1) will prompt you to enter the Handler ID for which you wish
to add or update events.  After entering a valid Handler ID press < ENTER >  to display die
Add/Update Events Screen 2.
3.1.2  ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 2
 *            RCRIS: Program Management Add/Update Events Screen 2         *
 ******************************************************************************
     Handler ID:  LAD053783445
                                        Scheduled  Actual
     Event Code     Agency       Seq. No.     Date      Date
       PH100
       PH101
                  022492
  Please choose an event or enter a new event:
                                                    No Hore Events
       PM
(Updating Only)
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit    F5-Id Screen    F8-Help    F10-Hore Events *
 ******************************************************************************.

The Add/Update Screen 2 shows the Handler ID and any events in the database associated with
the Handler ID. If there are no events listed, Screen 2 gives you the opportunity to enter one
or more events. You may change the existing events or add new ones to the list.
RCRIS 4.0.0
           PM-15
11/92


-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

Press   to exit to the "PM Events Data Menu".  Press  to return to the Handler
Id screen (Screen 1). If you need Help with a list of possible Event Codes, press .  The
   key will show additional events for the designated Handler ID, if available.

Enter  one of the events listed, or add a new valid  event in  the  space provided and press
 < ENTER > to display Screen 3.
3.1.3  ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 3
     *«****••••«•**•*********«*****«******************«*«***•*•**********«»***
 *            RCRIS: Program Management Add/Update Events Screen 3        *
 ******************************************************************************
    Handler 10: LAD053783W5
    Event    : PHI01     Agency: E    Seq No:  1
    Event Name: HIGH ENVIRONMENTAL PRIORITY
          Please enter the foilowing information:

    Scheduled Date:            Actual Date:

    Resp.  Prog:         Resp. Person: R6        Resp. Section:

    Comments:
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue      F3-Exit     F5-PH Event Cost Data                 *
 ******************************************************************************
The "Add/Update Events  Screen 3" provides you with the information already stored in  the
database about this event.  It also gives you an opportunity to add or update the items in  the
lower half of the screen.

Press  to exit to the "PM Events Data Menu".  If you wish to review the PM Event Cost
Data associated with the Handler Id, press   to display another version of Screen 3.

After entering the data on  the screen, press < ENTER> to return to Screen 2 to add or update
any additional events.
                                          PM-16
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

3.1.4  ADD/UPDATE EVENTS SCREEN 3 (COST DATA)   ;              .

The Cost Data screen provides you with the cost information already stored in the database about
this event.  It will give you an opportunity to add or update the items in the lower half of the
screen.                 .
 *           RCRIS: Program Management Add/Update Events Screen 3         *
 *****************************************************************************
    Handler ID: LA0053783W5
    Event    : PHI00     Agency: E    Seq Mo:  2
    Event Name: ENVIRONMENTAL PRIORITY RANKING COMPLETED
                     Resource Expenditure Data
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hours1:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
 Funding Source:
 HoursZ:
. Cost2:
Cost3:
 A***************************************
    ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit
                                  •it************************************
                                                           .  -  *
After you have added or updated the cost data, press < ENTER > to return to Screen 2. Press
 to return to the "PM Events Data Menu" without adding or updating the event.
3.2    DELETE PM EVENT DATA

The DELETE PM EVENT DATA option allows you to delete PM event data.  To select this
option from the "PM Events Data Menu", use the Up/Down arrow keys to highlight your choice
and press < ENTER > to display the "Delete Event Screen 1".
                             RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.LAR
                        Program Management
                           PM Main Menu
                Caimi tment/P I ami ng
                   PM Events Data Henu
                 Add/Update PM Event Data
                 Delete PM Event Data
                 Exit To PM Main Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Henu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
RCRIS 4.0.0
                 PM-17
                                          11/92
                                                                                         /  /

-------
                                                                          RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.2.1  DELETE EVENT SCREEN 1
 ************
 *             RCRIS: Program Management Delete Event Screen 1             *
 a*****************************************************************************
             Handler ID:
 »«****************«i
                                     **************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue          F3-Exit                                     *
 ******************************************************************************
Press  to exit to the "PM Events Data Menu".  Enter a valid Handler ID on the "Delete
Event Screen 1" and press < ENTER > to display the Delete Event Screen 2.


3.2.2  DELETE EVENT SCREEN 2
 A*****************************************************************************
 *             RCRIS: Program Management Delete Event Screen 2             *
 A*****************************************************************************
     Handler ID:  LAD05378344S
     Event Code
       PN100
       PM100
       PM100
       PM101
Agency

  E
  E
  E
Seq. No.

   2
   3
   1
     Please choose an event:

       PM
                       No More Events
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-To Delete  F3-Exit   F4-Id Screen   F5-Entire Record  FIO-More Events*
 ******************************************************************************
11/92
                          PM-18
                                                    RCRIS 4.0.0
                                                                                                    /  if '">

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

The "Delete Event Screen 2 displays the specified Handler ID and a list of existing Event Codes,
Agency and Sequence Numbers.  If you wish to delete an event, type in an Event Code, Agency
and Sequence Number series listed on the Screen and press < ENTER > to execute the deletion.
RCRIS will display the "Delete Event Screen 2" again and you will have the opportunity to
delete another Event Code.

Press   to exit to the "PM Events Data Menu" without deleting any event(s).  To return
to the Handler ID screen (Screen 1), press .  To review the information for the entire
record, press  to display  "Delete Event Screen 3".  If there are more than four events
for this record,  press  to scroll through the remainder of events.


3.2.3  DELETE EVENT SCREEN 3

The event you selected will be displayed on Screen 3 so you may confirm that this is the correct
event for deletion.                              ,                              ,

 A*****************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: Program Hanagement Delete  Event Screen 3         '   *  •
             **************

    Handler 10: LAD053783U5
    Event     : PHI00      Agency: E    Seq. No.:  2
    Event  Mane:  ENVIRONMENTAL PRIORITY RANKING COMPLETED


    Scheduled Date:            Actual Date:
    Resp.  Prog:  R      Resp. Person:  R6       , Resp. Section:
    Comments:
 ******************************************************************************
 *  ENTER-To Delete         F3-Exit         F5-PM Event Cost Data-       *
 *************************************************************************

Press  to exit to the "PM Events Data Menu" without deleting your data.

After examining the record, press  to delete the event.  NOTE:  Prior to deleting
the event, you should review the cost data. Press < F5 > to bring up the cost data for this event
(NOTE: It will also be deleted with the event.) and display another version of Delete Screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0                            PM-19                                    11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
 3.2.4  DELETE EVENT SCREEN 3 (COST DATA)
 *            RCRIS: Program Management Delete Event Screen 3             *
 a*****************************************************************************
    Handler ID: LAD053783U5
    Event     : PH100      Agency: E    Seq. No.:  2
    Event Name:  ENVIRONMENTAL PRIORITY RANKING COMPLETED
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hours!:
   Costl:
   Total Cost: *      0
   Accounting Code:
Funding Source:
HoursZ:
CostZ:
Cost3:
 ******************************************************************************
 *   EUTER-To Delete          F3-Exit       F4-Id Screen                 *
 a*****************************************************************************
This Delete Event Screen 3 shows the event cost data for the selected record. Press   to
exit to the  "PM Events Data Menu" without deleting your event.  To return to the Handler Id
screen (Screen  1), press .  If after reviewing this event's cost data you want to continue
with the deletion, press  .
11/92
                 PM-20
                                    RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

4      PM RESOURCE EXPENDITURES

The information required for resource expenditures consists of fields for entering the cost (in
dollars and hours) needed to perform an activity. The data for resource expenditure is the same
as die information for commitment/planning.  When the Program Management Main Menu is
displayed, highlight the PM Resource Expenditures option with the up/down arrow keys or type
"P" once and press < ENTER >.
*** : R C R I S
Program Management
Database: KHDB.LAR
***

                           PM Main Menu
                Commitment/Planning
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures •
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
4.1    ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA

If you select "PM Resource Expenditures" from the PM Main Menu, you will move to the "PM
Resource Expenditure Menu" below.
                            RCRIS
         Database: MDB.MSR
                        Program Management
                 PM Resource Expenditure Menu
              Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data
              Delete Resource Expenditure Data
              Exit To PM Main Menu
              Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
The first option on  the  "Implementer Specific Event Menu" is "Add/Update Implementer
Specific Data". To select this option press  .
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-21
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.1.1  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1

"Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1" prompts you to enter the Handler ID you
wish to add/update.  Enter a valid Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >. -
 A*****************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: PN • Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1     *
 *******************************************************************************
 *                       •           '
                  Handler ID:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-£xit                                          *
 *********************************************** ************ *******************
NOTE:

       o
              Press   to exit to the PM Resource Expenditure Menu.
11192
                                         VM.-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


 4.1.2  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2              :


 If a valid Handler ID has been entered above,  Screen 2 will be displayed.  This screen will
 display the Handler ID you have entered.  If there is  no resource data, you will have the
 opportunity to enter the data.  If resource data is already in the database for this handler, it will
 all be displayed.  You may change the  existing resource data or add new data to the list.

  ******************************************************************************
  *          RCRIS: Wf - Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 2     *
  ***••*•************«*********»*»»•••**********«•*•***••••*>••*•«»»»*****»*****
    Handler ID:  LAD053783445
    Event Code
      PH100
      PN101
    Agency
     E
     E
Seq. No.

   1
                                        No More Events
    Please choose an event:
     PM

 ••••••""""•"A**************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit    F4-Id Screen    FIO-More Events           *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
Press  to exit to the Resource Expenditure Data Menu.
Press   to return to the Id Screen (Screen 1).
Press  to display more events, if available.
Enter  one of the events listed, or add  a new valid event in the space provided and press
  to continue to Screen 3.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-23
                                                    11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.1.3  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3

The last screen in this section allows you to enter or update resource expenditure data. This
includes die actual/estimated flag, funding source, hours, costs, and the accounting code.  The7
information previously entered is displayed at the top of the screen.  Hours and cost should
match the actual/estimated  flag as to whether they are  actual hours/costs  or  projected
hours/costs.
            RCRIS: PM - Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3
   Handler ID:  LAD053783445 .
   Event Code
     PM100
    Agency
Seq. No.
                Please enter Resource Expenditure Data:
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hours1:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
           Funding Source:
           Hours2: .
           CostZ:
           Cost3:
 ******************************************************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit                                        *
 A*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
       o
The actual/estimated flag must be an "A" or an "E".
Accounting Code is implementer-defined.
Hours and costs are numeric fields.
Press  to exit to the PM Resource Expenditure Menu.
Enter the data in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
11/92;
                           PM-24
                                              RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

4.2    DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA
                            R C R I  S
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                        Program Management
                 PM Resource Expenditure Menu
               Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data
               Delete Resource Expenditure Data
               Exit To PM Main Menu
               Return to RCRIS Hain Menu

               j CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
               ! Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
               j Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
               j Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
If you choose the Delete Resource Expenditure option from the Resource Expenditure Menu,
you will move to the "Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1".
4.2.1  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1

After selecting the Delete Resource Expenditure Data option, the following screen is displayed.
Enter a Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue to Screen 2.
      RCRIS: Program Management Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1
                 Handler ID:
 * IMTER-Continue   F3-Exit                          .              *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.
Press  to exit to the PM Resource Expenditure Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-25
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.2.2  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

The next screen displays your Handler ID and a list of event codes. Type the event you wish
to delete in the space provided and press < ENTER >. You will have an opportunity to confirm-
your delete.
        I************************************************************
 *    RCRIS: Program Management Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen
 *••***************•*••****************»**«*»•»***********•»*********•*•]
    Handler ID:
                                              2   *
                                          ************
    Event Code
     PM100
     PM101
LAD053783U5

   Agency

     E
Seq. No.

   1
                                        No More Events
    Please choose an event:
     PM
 if****************************************************************************
 * EHTER-Continue    F3-Exit    FA-Id Screen    F10-More Events
 *********************!
                    I*****************************************************
NOTES:
       o      Press  to exit to the PM Resource Expenditure Menu.
       o      Press  to return to the ID Screen (Screen  1).
       o      Press   to review more events, if available.
11/92
                           PM-26
                                              RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


4.2.3  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3


The last screen in this section allows you to delete resource expenditure data.  You have ah

opportunity to review the detailed data t6 ensure this is the correct event to delete.


 •A****************************************************************************
 *    RCRIS: Program Management Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3   *

    Handler ID:   LAD053783445                                     J

    Event Code     Agency       Seq. No.                *
     PM100          E             1


          Is this the Resource Expenditure Data you wish to delete?


   Actual/Estimate Flag:  A  Funding Source: RCA
   Hoursl:  100.00          Hours2:
   Costl:                  CostZ:          Cost3:
   Accounting Code:
 *  ENTER-To Delete   F3-Exit     F4-Id Screen     F5-Next Event          *


NOTES:


       o      To delete the displayed event,  press < ENTER >.  RCRIS will now return to
              Screen 2 and a message will appear on the bottom of the screen confirming that
              the resource data was deleted.


       o      If you press < F3 >, you will exit to the PM Resource Expenditure Menu without
              deleting your information.


       o      Press  to return to the ID Screen (Screen 1).


       o      Press  to return to Screen 2.  At Screen 2, you will have an opportunity
              to delete another event.  -.;.'.
RCRIS 4.0.0                            PM-27                                    11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
       PERMTTTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURES
The Permitting Resource Expenditures option is used to maintain resource expenditure data for
Permitting.  This allows you to track Permitting events for handlers by cost and hours.  When
the Program  Management  Main  Menu is displayed,  highlight  the Permitting   Resource
Expenditures option with the up/down arrow keys or type "P" twice and press < ENTER >.
        ***                 RCRIS


                        Program Management
         Database: KHDB.LAR

                           PM Main Menu

                Commitment/Planning
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu





5.1    ADD/UPDATE PMT/CL/PC RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA


If you select "Permitting Resource Expenditures" from the PM Main Menu, you will move to

the "Permitting Resource Expenditure Menu" below.



        ***                 RCRIS                  ***


                        Program Management
         Database: MOB.HSR
        	+				* -	«•
                 PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Menu

              Add/Updt PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Data
              Delete PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Data
              Exit To PM Main Menu
              Return to RCRIS Main Menu
            *....	.......	,..........+
               j CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures    [
               j Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
               j Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
               I Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
The first option on the "Permitting Resource Expenditure Menu" is "Add/Update PMT/CL/PC
Resource Expenditure Data". To select this option press .
11/92
PM-28
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


5.1.1  ADD/UPDATE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1


This screen prompts you to enter the Handler ID for the permitting data you wish to add/update.

Enter the Handler ID in the space provided and press  < ENTER >.



            BCRIS: PUT - Update Resource Expenditure Date Screen 1
            •A******************************************************
 ******************************************************************************
                 Handler ID:
 •A****************************************************************************

 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit                                       *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o


       o
You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.


Use the   function key to exit to the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure
Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          PM-29
11/92


-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

5.1.2  UPDATE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

The next screen displays your Handler ID and a list of Permit Sequence numbers.  Type the
number (1,2,3...) you wish to add in the space provided and press .           '?
            RCRIS: PMT - Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 2       *
  ft****************************************************************************
    Handler 10:  MS6210809871

                 Permit Sequence Nuntoers:

                             1
                             2
                             3
                             4
                             5
More Records
                 Please choose one of the above:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-£xit   F5-Id Screen  FIO-More Records            *              '  ••'
 ******************************************************************************


NOTES:


       o      Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.

       o      To return to the previous screen (Screen 1) press the  function key.


       o      The  function key will  display more Permit Sequence numbers if more
              exist.


If you are entering data for the first time for this handler, the screen will be blank.  If there is
previous data on this handler it will be displayed.
11/92
 PM-30
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


 5.1.3 UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3

 The next screen displays your Handler ID, permit sequence number, and a list of event codes,
 agencies, and sequence numbers.  Choose an event from the list by typing the event code and
 pressing  .                                             -
  ************
                                   r***************«******«»««»***«****«

  *                RCRIS: PMT - Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3  *
  *********************•***********»»•**********••••••«•««**»***•*•**»****••***

    Handler ID: MS6210809871    Permit Sequence Nuifcer:  1
    Event Code
     CL310
     CL340
                 Agency
                   S
                   s
Seq. No.

   1
                                        No More Events
   Please choose an event:


 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit   F5-Seq Screen    FIO-Hore Events            *
 ******************************************************************************


NOTES:


       o


       o
              Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.

              Use the   function key takes you back to Screen 2 to change sequence
              numbers.

              The  function key will display more events if more exist.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        PM-31
                                                    11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE


 5.1.4  UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 4

 When  you press  -on Screen 3  you will have the option of adding or updating
rresource expenditure data for the specific permit sequence number and event you have selected.
 Update by typing over the existing data.  Press < ENTER >  to complete this action and return
 to Screen  1.
 *M**MM************************«*4
             RCRIS: PMT - Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 4
             I******************************************************
  a**************************************
                                        ********************************
    Handler ID:  HS6210809871
    Event Code

    CL310
Agency

  S
Seq. No.

   1
                 Please enter Resource Expenditure Data:
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hourst:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
        Funding Source:
        Hours2:
        CostZ:
           Cost3:
  *   ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit                                        *
  •A****************************************************************************




 5.2    DELETE PERMITTING RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA


 If you choose the delete permitting data option from the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure

 Menu you will go to "Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1".


        +[[[+
        '***                   RCRIS                   ***!
         	1

                          Program Management
          Database: K4DB.MSR                                   j
         .... +.....	.........	...—.	.—+	+
                  PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Menu

               Add/Updt PHT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Data
               Delete PHT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Data
               Exit To PH Hain Henu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
              .................»......................!....
                j CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures   j
                 Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                 Import Resource Expenditures
                 PM Reports Menu
                i Exit to RCRIS Main Menu              \
 11/92

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 5.2.1 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 1

 "Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1" prompts you to enter your Handler ID.  Enter
 the Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
 A*****************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: PUT - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1        *
      »***********************************IMI**********************************
                  Handler ID:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit                                         *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o
You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.

Use the   function key to exit to the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure
Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-33

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE

5.2.2 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

This screen displays the Handler ID you have chosen to delete and a list of permit sequence
numbers in the database.  Type the number (1,2,3...) you wish to delete in the space provided'
and press .

           RCRIS: PUT - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 2
   Handler ID:  MS6Z10809871

                Permit Sequence Numbers:

                          1
                          2
                          3
                          4
                          5          More Records

                Please choose one of the above:
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit  FS-Id Screen   F10-More Seq
NOTES;
      o


      o

      o
Use the  function key to exit to the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure
Menu.

To return to the previous screen press the  function key.

The  function key will display more permit sequence numbers if more
exist.
11/92
                         PM-34
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 5.2.3 DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3

 This screen displays event codes that pertain to the permit sequence number you have chosen
 to delete.   Choose one of the events from the list by typing the event code and pressing
 .
 *           RCRIS: PUT - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3
 *********************************************************************
    Handler 10:  MS6210809871
    Event Code

     CL310
     CL340
    Agency

     S
     S
Permit Sequence Number:  1

  Seq. Ho.
                                        No More Events
    Please choose an event:
              **************************************************************
   ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit   F5-Seq Screen   F10-Hore Events           *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o


       o

       o
Use the  function key to exit to the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure
Menu.

To return to the previous screen press the  function key.

The  function key will display more events if more exist.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-3S
                                                      11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

5.2.4  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 4

The last screen in this section displays the resource data  on this particular permit sequence
number and event. Enter a < Y> or an  in the space provided and press .
If you enter   the information will not be deleted and you will be returned to Screen 3.
If you enter   your information will be deleted and you will be returned to Screen 3.
                                           iture Data Screen 4     *
I******************************************************************************
   Handler ID: MS&210809871          Permit Sequence Hunter:  1
              RCRIS: PUT - Delete Resource Expendi
                                     ********
                               Permit Sequence Hunter:
   Event Code
    CL310
                     Agency
                      s
Seq. Ho.
         Is this the Resource Expenditure Data you wish to delete?
  Actual/Estimate Flag: S
  Hoursl:   1.00
  Costl:   123
  Accounting code:
                      Funding Source:  SXX
                        Hours2:  2.00
                        Cost2:   123    Cost3:
               123
*   ENTER-Continue     F3-Exit
***************************************
NOTE:

       o
              You may exit to the PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure Menu without deleting
              your data by pressing the   function key.
11/92
                                         PM-3«
                                          RCRIS 4:0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

6     CM EVALUATION RESOURCE EXPENDITURES

The CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures option is used to maintain resource expenditures for
Evaluations.  When the Program Management  Main Menu is displayed, highlight the CM
Evaluation Resource Expenditures option with the up/down arrow keys or type "C" twice and
press .
                            RCRIS
         Database: KNDB.LAR
                        Program Management
                           PM Main Menu
                Comni tment/P I ami ng
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
6.1    ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA

If you select "CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures" from the PM Main Menu, you will move
to the "Evaluation Resource Expenditure Menu" below.
                            R c R i  s
         Database: K4DB.MSR
               '
                        Program Management
                 Evaluation Resource Expenditure Menu
              Add/Updt Evaluation Resource Expenditure Data
              Delete Evaluation Resource Expenditure Data
              Exit To PM Main Menu
              Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures   j
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu              \
The first option on the menu is Add/Update Evaluation Resource Expenditure Data. To select
this option press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-37
11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE

6.1.1 ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1

"Add Evaluation Expenditure Data Screen 1" prompts you to enter your Handler ID. Enter the
Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.     .
 a**********************************************************************
 *      RCRIS: CM & E - Add/Update Evaluation Expenditure Screen 1
                Handler ID:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue
                                      F3-Exit
NOTES:

      o

      o
             You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.

             Use the   function key to exit to the Evaluation Resource Expenditure
             Menu.
11/92
                                      PM-38
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 6.1.2  ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

 This screen displays the evaluation numbers that pertain to this handler.  You may update this
 data at this time. If there is no evaluation data you may add data.  Type the number (1,2,3,4,
 or 5) you wish to add or update in the space provided and press  < ENTER >.
 •A**********************************
 *  -    RCRIS: CM & E - Add/Update Evaluation Expenditure Screen 2
    Handler ID: NS6210809871

                 CE Evaluation Numbers Responsible Agency
                         1. 900215021  X
                         2. 900215001  S
                         3. 890321018  E
                         4. 890321009  S
                         5. 890205007  S  More Eval Numbers
                 Please choose one of the above (1,2,3,4,5):
 * EMTER-Continue   F3-Extt
 ***************************
             FS-Id Screen F10-More Eval timbers      •  *
              *********************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
To return to the previous screen press the. function key.
The  function key will display more evaluation numbers.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          PM-39
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE

6.1.3  ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3

This screen displays the event dates that pertain to the specific evaluation number you have
chosen.  Choose an evaluation date from  the  list by typing  the corresponding number and
pressing < ENTER >.
        RCRIS: CM & E - Add/Update Evaluation Expenditure Screen 3

    Handler ID:  MS6210809871 Evaluation Nunber:          900215021

    Event Evaluation Date

   1. 021590
   2.
   3.
   4.                                    No More Dates
   5.
   6.
   7.
   8.

    Please choose a date (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8):
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit  F5-Eval  Numbers  F10-Hore Dates               *
 ******************************************
                                        ft*****************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
To return to  the previous screen press the  function key.
The  function key will display more evaluation dates.
11/92;
                           PM-40
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 6.1.4  ADD/UPDATE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4

 The last screen in this section allows you to enter evaluation expenditure data.  This includes
 the actual/estimated  flag, funding  source,  hours,  costs,  and the  accounting  code.   The
 information previously entered is displayed at the top of the screen.  Enter the data in the space
 provided and press < ENTER >.
  ****************************************************1

  *      RCR1S: CM & E  - Add/Update Evaluation Expenditure Screen 4
  •A******************************************************************

    Handler ID: MS6210809871 Evaluation Number: 900215021

    Evaluation Date

      021590
                Please enter Evaluation Expenditure Data:
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hours!:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
funding Source:
HoursZ:
CostZ:
Cost3:
 **********
             A***************************************************************
 *   ENTER-Continue     F3-Exit                                     *
 A*******************************************!!**********************!^^^^******


NOTES:


       o      The actual/estimated flag must be an "A" or an "E".


       o      You may exit to the Evaluation Resource  Expenditure Menu by pressing the
               function key.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                PM-41
                                           11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
.


 ******************************************************************************
 *       RCRIS:  CM & E - Delete Evaluation Expenditure Screen 1            *
 ******************************************************************************
                  Handler ID:
 **************************************
                                    *************************************
 * ENTER-Continue
F3-Exit
11/92*
PM-42
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
 NOTES:
 •'     o      You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.                   •
        o      Use the   function key to exit to the Evaluation  Resource Expenditure
               Menu.
 6.2.2  DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 2
 The next screen displays the evaluation numbers in the database that pertain to this handler.  To
 continue the delete, type the number (1,2,3,4, or 5) you wish to delete in the space provided and
 press < ENTER >.
 ******************************************************************************
 *       RCRIS: CM & E • Delete Evaluation Expenditure Screen 2  .         *
 ••••ft*************************************************************************
    Handler ID: MS6210809871
                  CE Evaluation Numbers  Responsible Agency
                          1. 900215021  X
                          2. 900215001  S
                          3. 890321018  E
                          It. 890321009  S
                          5. 890205007  S  More Eva1 numbers
                  Please choose one of the above (1,2,3,4,5):
  *****************************************************************************
   ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit     F5-Id Screen MO-More Evat Numbers         *
  *****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
Use the   function  key to exit to the Evaluation Resource Expenditure
Menu.
To return to the previous screen press the  function key.
The  function key will display more evaluation numbers.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-43
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
6.2.3  DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3

This screen displays the events related to the evaluation number you chose above.  Choose an
evaluation date from the list by typing the corresponding number and pressing  < ENTER >. • :
                                       No More Dates
 t»*l»****** function key to exit to the Evaluation Resource Expenditure
             Menu.

             To return to the previous screen press the < F5 > function key.

             The  function key will display more evaluation dates if more exist.
11/92
                                        PM-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


 6.2.4  DELETE EVALUATION EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4

 The last screen in this section displays the funding data for this evaluation event date.  If you
 are satisfied that you want to delete all this data for the handler, press  < ENTER >.
 ********
              ******
                                       »****»***•*********<
                                                         *************
 *             RCRIS: CM & E - Delete Evaluation Expenditure Screen 4     *
 ******************************************************************************

   Handler ID: HS6210809B71 Evaluation Kuifcer:           900215021

   Evaluation Date
     081491

                Please enter Resource Expenditure Data:

  Actual/Estimate Flag: E  Funding Source: SXX
  Hoursl:   1.00           HoursZ:   2.00
  Costl:    123            CostZ:    123    Cost3:      123
  Accounting Code:
 ******************************************************************************
 *   EHTER-Delete       F3-Exit                                       *
 ******************************************************************************
 NOTE:
               You may exit to the Evaluation Resource Expenditure Menu by pressing the
                function, key.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-45
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
       CM ENFORCEMENT RESOURCE EXPENDITURES
The CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures option is used to maintain resource expenditures
for CM Enforcement. When the Program Management Main Menu is displayed, highlight the
CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures option with the up/down arrow keys or type "C" three
times and press < ENTER >.
                            RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.LAR
        ....... 4.......
                        Program Management
                          PM Main Menu
                Commitment/Planning:
                PH Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
7.1    CM ENFORCEMENT RESOURCE EXPENDITURE MENU

If you select this option from the PM Main Menu, you will move to the "CM Enforcement
Resource Expenditure Menu" below.
       +....
       !•**
                            RCRIS
                        Program Management
Database: K4DB.MSR

Enforcement

Resource

Expenditure

Menu

i
i
             Delete  Enforcement Resource Expenditure Data
             Exit To PH Main Menu
             Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
The first option on the menu is "Add/Update Enforcement Resource Expenditure Data"
select this option, press  < ENTER >.
                                            To
11/92
PM-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 7.1.1  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1

 "Add Enforcement Expenditure Data Screen 1" prompts you to enter your Handler ID.  Enter
 the Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.

  *       RCRIS: CM 4 E - Add/Update Enforcement Expenditure Screen 1       *
  ******************************************************************************
                  Handler ID:
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue                                F3-Exit            *
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-47
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
NOTES:

       o

       o
              You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.

              Use the   function key to exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure
              Menu.
7.1.2  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

The next screen displays the Handler ID you have chosen and lists enforcement control numbers,
and corresponding responsible agencies that are in the database.  Type the number (l,2,3,4,or
5) you wish to add in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
        RCRIS: CM & E - Add/Update Enforcement Expenditure Screen 2
   (MM*******************************************************************

   Handler ID: MS6210809871

                 CE Enforcement Control Numbers  Responsible Agency
                         1. 900315001 S
                         2. 890712007 S
                         3. 880501005 S
                         4. 871210006 S
                         5. 871210004 S   More Enf Numbers
                 Please choose one of the above (1,2,3,4,5):
 *••****************************«***«*««**«•*•*•*»**************««»******«•**•
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit     F5-Id Screen    MO-More Enf Nuifcers
 a*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
             Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
             To return to the previous screen (Screen 1) press the  function key.
             The  function key will display more evaluation numbers.
11/92
                                        PM-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT



 7.1.3  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE


 The next screen displays the event enforcement action dates that relate to the control number you

 have chosen. Choose an enforcement date from the list by typing the corresponding number and

 pressing  .


  ft*****************************************************************************
  *       RCRIS: CM & E - Add/Update Enforcement Expenditure Screen 3        *
  ft*****************************************************************************               •   •, .
    Handler 10:  MS6210809871  Enforcement Control Number:    900315001


    Event Enforcement Action Date

   1.  031590
   2.
   3.
   4.                   .                  No More Dates
   5.
   6.
   7.
   8.                                           .

    Please choose an eventd,2,3,4,5,6,7,8):


  ******************************************************************************
  * ENTER-Continue  F3-Exit FS-Control Numbers FIO-Hore Dates     .       *
  ******************************************************************************
NOTES:


       o



       o


       o
              Use the   function key to exit to the Enforcement/Resource Expenditure
              Menu.


              To return to the  previous screen (Screen 1) press the  function key.


              The  function key will display more enforcement dates.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                          PM-49
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

7.1.4  ADD/UPDATE ENFORCEMENT EVALUATION SCREEN 4

The last screen in this section allows you to enter enforcement expenditure data. This includes
the actual/estimated flag, funding source, hours, costs, and the accounting code.  Dam already
in the system is displayed.  Enter the data in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
        RCRIS: CM ft E - Add/Update Enforcement Expenditure Screen 4

    Handler ID: MS6210809871 Enforcement Control: 900315001

    Enforcement Action Date

     031590


                Please enter Enforcement Expenditure Data:
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hoursl:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
Funding Source:
Hours2:
CostZ:         Cost3:
 *  EMTER-Continue     F3-Exft                          - -          *
 A*****************************************************************************


NOTES:

       o      The actual/estimated flag must be an "A" or an "E".

       o      You may exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure Menu by pressing the
               function key.
11/92
                PM-SO
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

7.2   DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE DATA

If you choose the delete function from the "CME Enforcement Expenditure Menu, the following
screen will be displayed.
                              R c R i s
                          Program Management
          Database: K40B.MSR

                  Enforcement Resource Expenditure Menu
               Ado/Upd Enforcement Resource Expenditure Data
               Delete Enforcement Resource Expenditure Data
               Exit To PM Main Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                 CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures. T
                 Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                 Import Resource Expenditures
                 PM Reports Menu
                 Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
7.2.1  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1

"Delete Enforcement Expenditure Screen  1" prompts you to enter your Handler ID.  Enter the
Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
 ******»****************»»*»*****************»»»*»»»»»»****»***»»***********»»»
 *       RCRIS:  CM & E  - Delete Enforcement Expenditure Screen 1           *
 •A****************************************************************************
                  Handler 10:
 A*****************************************************************************
 * EMTER-Continue                                F3-Exit            *
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-51
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
NOTES:

       o

       o
              You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.             -   •   -

              Use the   function key to exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure
              Menu.
7.2.2  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 2

The next screen displays the list of enforcement numbers that pertain to this handler. Type the
number (l,2,3,4,or 5) you wish to delete in the space provided and press .
        RCRIS: CM & E - Delete Enforcement Expenditure Screen 2


   Handler ID: HS6210809871

                 CE Enforcement Control Numbers  Responsible Agency
                         1. 900315001 S
                         Z. 890712007 $
                         3. 880501005 S
                         4. 871210006 S
                         5. 871210004 S   More Enf Numbers
                 Please choose one of the above (1,2,3,4,5):
  *•»*»**»*»****•*»*»«**»***************•*»*•*•***•***•*•»•»•»*«•»•*•*•**»*»**»
   ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit     F5-Id Screen    FIO-More Enf Numbers      *
 •A****************************************************************************

NOTES:

       o      Use the  function key to exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure
              Menu.

       o      To return to the previous screen press the   function key.

       o      The  function key will display more enforcement numbers.
11/92:
                                        PM-52C.
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


 7.2.3  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 3


 This screen displays the enforcement action dates that pertain to the control number you have

 chosen to delete. Choose an enforcement date from the list by typing the corresponding number

 and pressing < ENTER >.



 *  ......"CTISi CH S E - Delete Enforcement Expenditure Screen 3           *    -

    Handler ID: HS6210809871 Enforcement Control Nunber:   900315001


    Event Enforcement Action Date

   1. 031590
   2.                                 ...;.,
   3.
   4.                                   Ho More Dates
   5.
   6.
   7.
   8.           .

    Please choose an eventd.2,3,4,5,6,7,8): .             .


 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTEft-Continue  F3-Exit  FS-Control timbers  FIO-More Dates             *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:

       o


       o

       o
              Use the   function key to exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure
              Menu.

              To return to the  previous screen press the  function key.

              The  function key will display more enforcement dates.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        PM-53
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
7.2.4  DELETE ENFORCEMENT EXPENDITURE SCREEN 4
The last screen in this section allows you to review the resource data before confirming your
delete.  To delete this data press < ENTER >.
*             RCRIS: CM & E - Delete Enforcement Expenditure Screen 4    *
IHHT***************************************************************************

   Handler ID:  MS6210809871 Enforcement Control Number:   900315001

   Enforcement Action Date
    031991
  Actual/Estimate Flag: E  Funding Source: SXX
  Hoursl:   1.00           Hours2:   2.00
  Costl:    123            Cost2:    123   Cost3:
  Accounting Code:
        123
*  EMTER-Delete      F3-Exit
••AM**********************************
                               A**************************************
NOTE;
             You may exit to the Enforcement Resource Expenditure Menu by pressing the
               function key.
11191'
PM-54
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

8     CORRECTIVE ACTION RESOURCE EXPENDITURES

The Corrective Action Resource Expenditures option is used to maintain resource expenditures
for the Corrective Action module. When the Program Management Main Menu is displayed,
highlight the Corrective Action Resource Expenditures option with the up/down arrow keys or
type "C" four times and press .
        •**                 RCRIS


                        Program Management
         Database: KHDB.LAR

                          PH Main Menu

                Comni tment/Plann i ng
                PN Events Data
                PH Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PH Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
               +......—................ — .... — ....—4.




8.1    ADD/UPDATE CA RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA


If you select Corrective Action Resource Expenditures from the PM Main Menu, you will move

to the "CA Resource Expenditure Menu" below.



        »**                 RCRIS     '             ***j


                        Program Management
         Database: K4DB.HSR                                 j
       *	+			+	+
               !           PM Main Menu            |

               +...—...	i........ —.......... — -.-+
                    CA Resource Expenditure Menu      j

                Add/update CA Resource Expenditure Data
                Delete CA Resource Expenditure Data
                Exit To PM Main Menu
               ! Return to RCRIS Main Menu            ,

               j PM Reports Menu                    |
               j Exit to RCRIS Main Menu              j
The first option on the menu is "Add/Update CA Resource Expenditure Data". To select this
option press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-55
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
8.1.1  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1
"Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1" prompts you to enter your Handler ID.
Enter the Handler ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.

      ***********************************************************************
            RCRIS: CA - Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1     *
            :*****************•**»»#*******************•*******************»*
 ******************
                 Handler 10:
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit                                       *
NOTES:
       o
       o
You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.
Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
11/92:
                          PM-56
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

8.1.2  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

The next screen displays the Handler ID you have chosen and a list of event codes, agency
abbreviations, and corresponding sequence numbers.  Type the event you wish to add or update
in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
 **************
             RCRIS: CA - Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen
             •A******************************************************!
                                            2     *
                           r*****************************
    Handler 10:  MS6210809871
    Event Code
     CA050
     CA100
     CA104
     CA110
     CA110
     CA150
     CA1BO
    Agency

     E
     E
     E
     E
     E
     E
Seq. No.
          No More Events
    Please choose an event:
 I******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue   F3-Exit   F5-Id Screen    FlO-More Events           *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
       o
Use the   function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
To return to the previous screen (Screen  1) press the   function key.
The  function key will display more event codes if more exist.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-57
                                                     11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
8.1.3  ADD/UPDATE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA
This screen permits you to add or update resource data for the event you have chosen on the
previous screen.  Type the data to be added or changed and press < ENTER >.
 ******************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: CA - Add/Update Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3     *
 •«•««•*«•*******»*•»********«******«•«*************»**•*******************•«*»
    Handler ID:  MS6210809871
   Event Code
     CA050
Agency
Seq. No.
                Please enter Resource Expenditure Data:
   Actual/Estimate Flag:
   Hoursl:
   Costl:
   Accounting Code:
        funding Source:
        HoursZ:
        CostZ:           Cost3:
 in*****************************************************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit                                         *
 ***************************************»*»*#************»*»#»*****»***********
8.2    DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA

If you choose to delete resource  expenditure data, select  the  delete option  from  the "CA
Resource Expenditure Menu".
I***
Database:
i
RCRIS
Program Management
K4DB.MSR
PM Main Menu
*•*!
1
1
                     CA Resource Expenditure Menu
                 Add/update CA Resource Expenditure Data
                 Delete CA Resource Expenditure Data
                 Exit To PM Main Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                | PM Reports Menu
                 Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
11792
                         PM-58
                                                RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
 8.2.1  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE SCREEN 1

 This option is used to delete existing resource expenditure data. Screen 1 prompts you to enter
 your Handler ID.  Type the appropriate ID in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
  ******************************************************************************
  *           RCRIS: CA - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 1         *
  A*****************************************************************************
                  Handler ID:
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue    F3-Exit                                         *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
You must enter a valid Handler ID to continue processing.
Use the  function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-59
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

8.2.2  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 2

The next screen will display the list of event codes that pertain to this handler. Type the event
you wish to delete in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
 ******************************************************************************
 *           RCRIS: CA - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 2        *
***************
Handler ID:
Event Code
CA050
CA100
CA104
CA110
CA110
CA150
CA180
*******************************v**********vw*****«wwwwwwwwwwwwv
HS6210809871
Agency T Seq. No.
E 1
E 1
E 1 No More Events
E 2
E 1
E 1
Please choose an event:
* FUTFR- Continue F3-Exit F4-ld Screen MO-More Events
 ******************************************************************************
8.2.3  DELETE RESOURCE EXPENDITURE DATA SCREEN 3

This screen displays the resource data for the event you have chosen to delete.  If you are
satisfied that this is the data you want to delete, press < ENTER >.
•a*****************************************************
               RCRIS: CA - Delete Resource Expenditure Data Screen 3
 Event Code
   CA110
 Handler ID:  HS6210809871
                                                 ********************
                                                                 *
                                                                **
                                                                 *
               Agency
                 S
Seq. No.
   1
                      Funding Source:  SXX
                       Hours2:   2.00
                       Cost2:    123    Cost3:
•Actual/EstimateFlag:
•Hours'):  1.00          	    	
*Cost1:    123          CostZ:     123    Cost3:      123
•Account i ngCode:
*
******************************************************************************
* ENTER-To Delete    F3-Exit     F5-«ext Event                          •
******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o
       o
              Pressing the ENTER key will delete the data displayed on the screen.
              Use   or < F5 > if you do not wish to delete that event.
11/92'
                                          PM-60.
                                                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 9      IMPORT

 The Import Resource Expenditures option from the PM Main Menu allows you to record and
 revise  import resource .expenditure  data.   When the  Program Management Main Menu is
 displayed on the screen, highlight the Import Resource Expenditures option with the up/down
 arrow keys or type "I" twice and press < ENTER >.
                              ft C R I S
          Database: KHDB.LAR
                          Program Management
                            PM Main Menu
                 Commitment/Planning
                 PM Events Data
                 PM Resource Expenditures
                 Permitting Resource Expenditures
                 CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                 CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                 Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                 Import Resource Expenditures
                 PM Reports Menu
                 Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
9.1    IMPORT CA & PM EXPENDITURE

Import Screen 1 asks you to enter the file name to load.  Enter the appropriate rile you wish to
load in the space provided and press < ENTER >.
 ******************************************************************************

 *          •>      RCRIS: PM - Import Resource Expenditure Screen    .     *
 ******************************************************************************
   Please enter the filename from which to load

           Filename:

           Example: 'fiCRD.RCRIS.DATA'


   File Contains Data For Which Module?:

       function key to exit to the PM Main Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                            PM-61
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
10     FM REPORTS MENU
When.you select  Program Management Reports,  you have the option  of running standard
summary and detail reports.  Reports can be directed to either the printer, the screen, or to an
ASCII file.                 ,

Menu options can be selected two different ways:  Press the first letter of the option in the menu
and then press < ENTER >.  Another  way of selecting a menu option is to use the arrow
up/down keys to highlight the selection and then to press  < BETTER >.

When the PM Main Menu is displayed on the screen highlight the PM Reports Menu and then
press .
                             RCRIS
         Database: KHDB.iAR
                         Program Management
                           PM Main Menu
                Commitment/Planning
                PM Events Data
                PM Resource Expenditures
                Permitting Resource Expenditures
                CM Evaluation Resource Expenditures
                CM Enforcement Resource Expenditures
                Corrective Action Resource Expenditures
                Import Resource Expenditures
                PM Reports Menu
                Exit to RCRIS Main Menu
11/92
PM-62
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 After selecting the PM Reports Menu from the PM Main Menu you will move to the "PM
 Reporting Menu" below.
***
Databast

,
4

s: KHDB

Coram -i
PM E
PM R
Perm
CH E
CM E
Corr
Inpo
PN R
Exit
R C R I S
Program Management
,LAR
PM Main Menu
PM Reporting Menu
Dunp Reports
STARS Reports
Management Reports
KYS Reports
Table Talk
Exit To PM Main Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu



h
fi
ures
***




The reporting menu contains a selection of five available options.  Each will be discussed in
succeeding paragraphs.

      o     Dump Reports
      o     STARS (Strategic Targeted Activities for Results System) Reports
      o     Management Reports
      o     MYS (Multi-Year Strategy) Reports
      o     Table Talk

Table Talk is used to  create custom  reports.  Consult the FOCUS Utilities Manual for
information regarding TABLETALK.


10.1  DUMP REPORTS

Select Dump Reports from the PM Reporting Menu by highlighting "1. Dump Reports" and
press < ENTER >. This selection will bring you to the PM Dump Reports Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-63
11/92

-------
                                                           PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
*** RCRIS- ***
Database: K4DB,
4

Comni-i
Imple
PM Re
Perm •<
CM E
CM E
Corr
Impo
PM R
Exit
Program Management
HSR
PM Main Menu j
PM Reporting Menu
PM Dump Reports Menu
Commitment Dump
PM Events Dump
Exit To PM Report Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
s
ures
^
The PM Dump Reports Menu has two report options:

       o      Commitment Dump
       o      PM Events Dump
10.1.1
COMMITMENT REPORTS
Select Commitment Dump from the PM Dump Reports Menu by highlighting "Commitment
Dump" by using the arrow up/down keys and press < ENTER > or by pressing  and press
< ENTER >.  This will bring you to the standard Device Selection Screen.
 ******************************************************************************

                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  ****************************************************************************
                *****************************
                     1 = Screen          *
                     2 s Printer         .*
                     3 * File           *
                                       *
                  Enter Your Selection =   *
                *****************************
 *****************************************************************************
 *       ENTER-CONTINUE            *               F4-EXIT

 A*****************************************************************************
                                         PM-64
                                                              RCRIS 4,0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 To view the report on the screen, type 1 and press  < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
 printer, type  2 and press  < ENTER >.  To  send the report  to a file,  type 3 and press
 < ENTER >.  After making your choice of report device you will be taken to the PM Dump
 Report Selection Screen.
 *             RCRIS: PM - Report Selection Screen                      *
 I******************************************************************************
       , Cornnitment Type:
               (EPR, GRC, GRP, SPM, HYI, MYO, Pxx CXX)
                                                           **********
    EMTER-Continue
       F4-Exit
 After selecting the commitment type for your report, you will run the report to the device you
 selected.
 10.1.2
PM EVENTS DUMP
To select PM Events Dump from the PM Dump Reports Menu highlight "PM Events Dump"
and press  < ENTER >.

 ******************************************************************************                    -  •

                     RCRIS: Program Management Selection Screen 1
  ****************************************************************************
             *************************************************
                  Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                      1.  Individual Handler
                      2.  All Handlers
                      3.  File of Handlers
                  Please Enter 1, 2, or 3:
             A************************************************
  ****************************************************************************
         Enter-Continue
                                    F4-Exit
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                             PM-65
11/92

-------
                                                              PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
To generate a report for an individual handler, type 1 and press < ENTER >.  To select all
handlers, type 2 and press  < ENTER >.  To generate a report for a file of handlers, type 3 and
press .
 ******************************************************************************

                 RCRIS: Device Selection Screen

 ****••••••••*********»******************** «•.•.••••«••»**•••**•* «»»*****••***•*
                 A***************************
                       1 = Screen
                       2 • Printer
                       3 = File

                   Enter Your Selection =
                 *****************************
 a****************************************************************************
 *       ENTER-CONTINUi             *                 F4-EXIT

 ******************************************************************************
To view the report on the screen, type 1 and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
printer}  type 2  and press  < ENTER >.   To  send the  report  to a file,  type 3  and press
.
10.1.2.1
INDIVIDUAL HANDLER
If you select a report for an individual handler, complete the screen below and you will receive
the report at the device you selected.
 ******************************************************************************
                                                                   *
                    RCRIS: Program Management Selection Screen 2
                 *********************************
                                                   *
                                                   *
                                                   *
                                                   *
                                                   *
                 ****************************************
      Enter Handler  ID :
  ••••I*********************************
         Enter-Continue
 ************************************************
                             ****************************

                                    F4-Exit

                             *****************************
11/92
                             PM-66
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

10.1.2.2      ALL HANDLERS

If you want a report for all handlers in the database, select this option and you will receive your
report at the device you selected.
10.1.2.3
FILE OF HANDLERS
If you have previously saved a file of specific handlers, enter the filename on the screen below
and receive your report at the device selected.
*             RCRIS: Program Management Selection Screen 2              *
******************************************************************************
         *******************************************************
         *                                            *
         *      Please Enter Filename:         "          *
         *                                            *
         *******************************************************
•at****************************************************************************
« ENTER-Continue                         F4-Exit                    *
******************************************************************************
10.2   STARS REPORTS

To select STARS Reports highlight "2. STARS Reports" from the PM Reporting Menu and
press < ENTER >.  This will bring you to the PM STARS Reports Menu.
r


I
1 Database:
RCRIS


Program Management
K4DB.HSR
***,


j
1
i

Cot
I"!
P
C
c
C
i
'
mri«- 	 +
)lej PM Reporting Menu j
PM STARS Reports
Corrective Action STARS Reports
CHE STARS Reports
Permitting STARS Reports
Exit To PM Reports Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu


•
s
i
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          PM-67
11/92

-------
                                                          PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
10.2.1
CORRECTIVE ACTION STARS REPORTS
To select Corrective Action STARS Reports, highlight "Corrective Action STARS Reports" and
press < ENTER > to display the CA STARS Main Menu.
 ******•***************<
                      I**************************************************
                       RCRIS: CA STARS Main Menu
  CURRENT SETTINGS^
  MEASURES: ALL
  QUARTER:  1
  REGION/STATE:
     06  / ALL
  REPORT STYLE:
     SUM/DETAIL
  FYs 1993
    *******************************
       1 =   Change the Heasures(s)
       2 •   '
       3 =
       4 =
       5 *
       A =
Change the Quarter
Change the State
Change The Summary/Detail Option
Change the Fiscal Year For This Report
Run the Report with Current Criteria
                        - Enter Your Selection •
                  *************************************************
 *****************************************************************************
 *         Enter-Continue         *         F4-Exit               *
 ••A**************************************************************************

The current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If these settings are appropriate for
your STARS  report, then type  "A" in the ENTER YOUR SELECTION field and press


If you need to change any of the STARS settings before running the report, type the numeric
value of the  item you wish to change  in  the ENTER YOUR SELECTION  field and press
 < ENTER >.  Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate screens to change the
selected settings.
                        Report Processing Menu
                        Run Batch Job
                        Run Online Job
                        Exit Report Program
To run the report as a batch job, select "Run Batch Job" and press .  To run an
online job, select "Run Online Job" and press < ENTER >.
11/92
                           PM-68
                                                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT


 10.2.1.1      BATCH JOB


 After selecting "Run Batch Job", the following screen appears..


  a****************************************************************************
                    RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION

                          FINAS ID:  RCRST
                          PRIORITY:  2
                               SOX:  MEPU
                              DEST:  HOLD
                            COPIES:  1

                     ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN

  *****************************************************************************
  •          Enter-Continue         *         F4-Exit               *
  A****************************************************************************


 Biter the User's FIMAS  ID  and press  .   Enter the priority number and press

 .  The values are 1  = Low Priority and 2 = High Priority.  Enter the User's Box

 number and press < TAB >.  Enter the device destination and press  .  Enter the

 number of copies of the report that you want printed and press < TAB >.  The next screen now
 appears.
  IKJ56250I JOB EPW(JOB05695) SUBMITTED
  PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
         >»» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Record the job number for tracking with SDSF.  When "***" appears, press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                             PM-69                                    11/92


-------
                                                             PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

10.2.1.2      ONLINE PRINTING

After selecting "Run Online Job", the following screen appears.

 ******************************************************************************

                 RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  ****************************************************************************
                 *****************************
                 *    1 = Screen          *
                 *    2 = Printer         *
                 *                       *
                 *                       *
                 * Enter Your Selection =    *
                 *****************************
 ******************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue             *                F4-Exit           *
 ***********************
                          *************************************************
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
online dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER >.
10.2.2
              CME STARS REPORTS
To select CME STARS Reports, highlight
display the CME STARS Main Menu.
                                            CME STARS Reports" and press  < ENTER >  to
 *****************************************************************************
                        RCRIS: CHE STARS Main Menu
   CURRENT SETTIMGS=>
   MEASURES:  ALL
   QUARTER:   1
   REGION/STATE:
     06 I ALL
   REPORT STYLE:
     SUM/DETAIL
   FY:  1993
                   *************************************************
                                                            *
                                                            *
\
2
3
4
5
A
Change the Measures(s)
Change the Quarter
Change the State
Change The Summary/Detail Option
Change the Fiscal Year For This Report
Run the Report with Current Criteria
                           Enter Your Selection «
                   *************************************************
 *****************************************************************************
 *          Enter-Continue         *          F4-Exit                 *
 *****************************************************************************
The current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If these settings are appropriate for
your STARS report, then type "A" in the  ENTER  YOUR  SELECTION field  and press
.

If you need to change any of the STARS settings before running the report, type the numeric
value of the item you wish  to change  in  the ENTER YOUR  SELECTION field and press
< ENTER>. Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate screens to change the
selected settings.
11/92
                                           PM-70
                                                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
                         Report Processing Menu
                         Run Batch JoB
                         Run Online Job
                         Exit Report Program
 To run the report as a batch job, select "Run Batch Job" and press  .  To run an
 online job, select "Run Online Job" and press < ENTER >.
 10.2.2.1     BATCH JOB

 After selecting "Run Batch Job", the following screen appears.
                    RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION

                          FIMAS ID:   RCRST
                          PRIORITY: -  2
                              BOX:   MEPU
                             DEST:   HOLD
                            COPIES:   1

                     ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN

 **********************************************«******************************
 '*          Enter-Continue          *    '     F4-Exit               *
 *****************************************************************************
Enter the User's FIMAS ID and  press  .   Enter the priority number  and press
 .  The values are 1 =  Low Priority and 2 = High Priority.  Enter the User's Box
number and press  .  Enter  the device destination and press  .   Enter the
number of copies of the report that you want printed and press < TAB >.  The next screen now
appears.
 1KJ5625DI JOB EPH(JOB05695> SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        »>» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Record the job number for tracking with SDSF.  When
                  appears,, press < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-7!
11/92
                                                                                                  7

-------
                                                          PROGRAM MANAGEMENT



10.2.2.2     ONLINE PRINTING


After selecting "Run Online Job", the following screen appears.


 ******************************************************************************


                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  •••••••••a*******************************************************************
                *****************************

                *    1 = Screen          *
                *    2 = Printer         *
                *                      *
                *                      *•

                * Enter Your Selection -    *
                *****************************
 ******************************************************************************

 *      Enter-Continue            *               F4-Exit          *
 A*****************************************************************************
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the

online dataset for printing, type"2" and press < ENTER >.
10.2.3
PERMITTING STARS REPORTS
To select the Permitting STARS reports, highlight "Permitting STARS Reports" from the PM

STARS Reports Menu and press < ENTER > to display the PMT STARS Reports menu.
                            RCRIS
         Database: KKDB.LAR
                        Program Management

Con
PM
Pe
CM
Co
Im
PM
Fv

mi
E>



PM Main Menu
* 	 +
i\ PM Reporting Menu |
PM STARS Reports
Permitting STARS Reports
.STARS 1992
STARS 1993








es

Two Permitting STARS reports are available:  1992 and 1993. Use the Up/Down arrow keys

to highlight your selection and press < ENTER > to display the Permitting STARS Main Menu.
11/92
                           PM-72
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
RCRIS: 1993 Permitting STARS Main Menu *
CURRENT SETT1NGS=>
MEASURES : ALL
QUARTER : 1
REGION : 6
STATE : ALL
CUMULATIVE : Y

* 1 • Change the Measures(s)
* 2 • Change the Quarter
* 3 n change the Region/State
* 4 = save Current Defaults as Permanent
* A = Run The Report with Current Criteria
* Enter Your Selection =

 •a****************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue                      •                   F4-Exit  *
The current settings appear on the left side of the screen.  If these settings are appropriate for
your STARS report, then type  "A" in the ENTER  YOUR SELECTION  field and press
 .
             •             *      *    k            —

If you need to change any of the STARS settings before running the report, type the numeric
value of the item you wish to change  in  the ENTER  YOUR SELECTION field and press
 < ENTER > . Depending on your selection, you will be given appropriate screens to change the
selected settings.

After the reports are finished, the Select  A Report Destination Screen  is displayed on the
mainframe.
 A*****************************************************************************
 *                        R C R I S                              *
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    •
 *   .                                 .                         *
 ******************************************************************************

                     SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION •
                  1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN

                  2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER

                  3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE

                  4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH

                  R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU

                     ENTER SELECTION »
To view the report on the screen, type "1" and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
FOCUS offline dataset for printing, type "2" and press < ENTER>. To send the report to a
file, type "3"  and  press < ENTER >. : To  run  the report in batch, type "4"  and press
< ENTER >.    To  return  to  the Permitting STARS Main  Menu,  type  "R"   and press
.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-73
11/92

-------
                                                      PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

If "Send the Report to a File" on the mainframe, the following screen appears.
      I*****************"**************** ****»**»•
 *                     R C R I S                       .     *
 *              ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: «#/##/## *
                                               TIME: 15:50   *
                 ENTER FILE NAME


                 NAME (XXXXXXXX) »


                 CONTINUE (Y/N/M) » Y       (N FOR NENU)
Enter the file name and press .  To continue, type "Y" for Yes in the CONTINUE
field and press < ENTER >.  To discontinue, type "N" for No and press  < ENTER >. To
discontinue and return to the previous menu, type "M" and press .

The naming convention of the saved report file is:

                         AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT

Where:

      AAA is the User's TSO ID,
      BBBB is the User's TSO Logon account, and
      XXXXXXXX represents the file name (only eight alphanumeric characters are allowed).

After the report has been sent to a file, the following message appears on the screen.
 REPORT OUTPUT SENT TO FILE AAABBBB.XXXXXXXX.REPORT
 PRESS  KEY TO CONTINUE. . .
Press < ENTER > to continue.
11/92                                 PM-74                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 If you "Run the Report in Batch," the following screen appears.

  *****************************************************************************
  *                      R C R J S                             *
  *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/##.*
  *                VERSION *.#.#   m/w/m  .         TIME: 15:52   *
  *****************************************************************************

                   ACCOUNT INFORMATION FOR BATCH JOB
FIKAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME *=>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
                   FILE OPTION  to move between fields, Enter the FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the
 priority level and press . The priority levels are "1" for low and "2" for high. The
 default is "1."  Enter the User's box number and press  .  Enter the destination and
 press < TAB >.  Enter the number of copies and press < TAB >. If the running time of the
 batch processing needs to be increased, enter the minutes and press , then enter the
 seconds and press  .  The default values are 1 minute and 59 seconds. This should be
 sufficient for most reports. If the report  is to be sent to a file, enter "Y"  for. Yes in the FILE
 OPTION field and press < TAB >.  The default value is "N" for No, send report to the device.
 To continue,  enter  "Y"  for Yes in the  CONTINUE field and press  .   To
 discontinue, enter "N" for No and press  < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0                           PM-75                                   11/92

-------
                                                      PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

After pressing < ENTER >, the following message appears on the screen.                :
 IKJ56250I JOB EPWRPT(JOB05588) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR RCRT.MSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEM PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
Press  < ENTER > to continue.
10.3  MANAGEMENT REPORTS

Use the Up/Down arrow keys to highlight the "Management Reports"  option on the PM
Reporting Menu, and press < ENTER > to display the PM Management Reports Menu.
                          R C R I S
                      Program Management

Com
Imp
PM
Per
CM
CM
Cor
Inp
PM
Exi
PM Management Reports Menu j
j
Export Resource Expenditure j
Detail Resource Expenditure j
Commitment VS Performance |
Handler Profile Summary |
Handler Profile Detail |
Detail Commitment j res
Summary Commitment j
Exit To PN Report Menu |
Return to RCRIS Main Menu j
11191
PM-76
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 10.3.1        EXPORT RESOURCE EXPENDITURE

 To  select Export Resource Expenditure highlight "Export Resource Expenditure" and  press
 < ENTER >.  The Device Selection Screen will be displayed.

 A*****************************************************************************

                  RCR1S: Device Selection Screen
  ****************************************************************************
                        I**********************
                       1 = Screen
                       2 » Printer
                       3 = File

                   Enter Your Selection =
                  *****************************
  ****************************************************************************
         ENTER-CONTINUE

 ***************
       *                 F4-EXIT

>***********************************************
To view the report on the screen,  type 1  and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
online dataset for printing, type 2 and press < ENTER >. To send the report to a file, select
3 and press < ENTER >.                                                  .

The PM -  Export Resources Expenditure  Report screen will appear next.  Enter the module
abbreviation and the start and end date for your report.  Entering a start and end date allows you
to specify an exact time frame for resource expenditure data.
 ******************************************************************************
 *             RCRIS: PM - Report Selection Screen                      *
 ******************************************************************************
       Module:
               (CA, PM,  OP, CL, PC, RO, CM)
  ****************************************************************************
    ENTER-Continue      F4-Exit

 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
                PM-77
11/92

-------
                                                           PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

Now enter the start date of the report in the MMDDYY format and press < TAB >.  Next enter
the end date of the report in the MMDDYY format and press .
 »*****<««*********••****************•**********•*••••******
              RCR1S: PH • Report Seclection Screen                     *
             ***************************************************************
                    (MMDDYY)
           Start Date:
                                 End Date:
(MMDDYY)
  A***************************************************************************
   EMTER-Continue      F*-Exit

 A*****************************************************************************
After the report is done the PM - Export Resource Expenditure Report screen is displayed.  To
exit from this screen press . You will return to the PM Management Reports Menu.
10.3.2        DETAIL RESOURCE EXPENDITURE

Highlight "Detail Resource Expenditure" and press  < ENTER > to use this option.

 ******************************************************************************

                RCRIS:  Device Selection Screen
  ****************************************************************************
                 *****************************
                      1 = Screen          *
                      2 = Printer         *
                      3 = File            *
                                        *
                  Enter Your Selection =    *
                 *****************************
        ENTER-CONTINUE            *                F4-EXET

 ******************************************************************************
To view the report on the screen, type 1 and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
online dataset for printing, type 2 and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a file, select
3 and press < ENTER >.  The Program Management Selection Screen 1 will now appear.
11/92
 PM-78
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
                       RCRIS: Program Management Selection Screen 1
   ***************************************************************
               *************************************************
                   Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                        1.  Individual Handler
                        2.  All Handlers
                        3.  File of Handlers
                    Please Enter 1,  2, or 3:
              *************************************************
  *****************************************************************************
          Enter-Continue
         F«-Exit
  ••A***************************************************************************

 With this screen you are asked if you wish to generate a report for:

        o      Individual Handler
        o      All Handlers
        o      File of Handlers

 To make a selection enter the appropriate number and press < ENTER >.
For an Individual Handler report, a screen is displayed asking you for the Handler's ID.  Enter
the ID and then press .
 ******************************************************************************
 *              RCRFS: PM - Report Selection Screen                        *
 ******************************************************************************
 *
 *
 *                    '                                      •      '.
 *                                                             *
 *
 *      Nodule:
 *              
-------
                                                             PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 When the PM - Report Selection  Screen is  displayed, enter the Commitment Type and the
 Module.  Failure to do so will result in a message to re-enter the type and module.
 10.3.3
COMMITMENT VS PERFORMANCE
 Highlight "Commitment VS Performance" and press < ENTER > to use this option in the PM
 management Reports Menu.  The Device Selection Screen is displayed.
  ******************************************************************************

                 RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  *********************************************ft******************************
                 *****************************
                       1 = Screen
                       2 = Printer
                       3 = File

                   Enter Your Selection =
                 *****************************
  ****************************************************************************
         ENTER-CONTINUE            *                F4-EXIT
  **************
                                      ***********************************
 To view the report on the screen, type 1 and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to the
 online dataset for printing, type 2 and press < ENTER >.  To send the report to a file, select
 3 and press  < ENTER >.
  *             RCRIS: PH - Report Selection Screen                      *
  ******************************************************************************
       Cocmi tment Type:
               (EPR, GRC, GRP, SPH, MYI,  MYO, Pxx Cxx)
    ENTER-Continue      F4-Exit
'Enter the Commitment Type and press  .  Failure to do so will result in a message
 to re-enter the type.
 11/92
                            PM-80
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
  *             RCRIS: PM - Report Selection Screen                     *
  ******************************************************************************
    .  Module:
               (EPR, CA, PM, OP. CL, PC, RO, CM)
    EKTER-Continue      F4-Exit

 ******************************************************************************
 Enter the Module press < ENTER >.  Failure to do so will result in a message to re-enter the
 module.
 10.3.4
HANDLER PROFILE SUMMARY
Select "Handler Profile Summary" and press < ENTER >.  The Device Selection  Screen is
displayed.                       .
*
*
*
******
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
******
***********************************************
RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
***********************************************
*****************************
1 = Screen
2 = Printer
3 = File :
Enter Your Selection =
****************************
ENTER -CONTINUE *
Ir***********************
..'F4-EXIT
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           PM-81
11/92

-------
                                                        PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

To view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the
report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and  toys.
To send to your printer type <2> and press .  You also have the option to save
the report to a file for later use.  To  save to a file type  <3> and press .  The
system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of
eight characters.   Be sure to specify the drive and path as well, if you are using the PC. For
example: C:\FTLENAME or A:FILENAME.  The next screen will appear.
                   RCR1S: Program Management Selection Screen 1
            *************************************************
                Do You Uish to Generate a Report for:

                    1.  Individual Handler
                    2.  All Handlers
                    3.  File of Handlers
                Please Enter 1, 2, or 3:
            ft******************************
        Enter-Cant\nue
       F4-Exit  .
 ***************************************
With this screen you are asked if you wish to generate a report for:

       o     Individual Handler
       o     All Handlers                                         . -                ,
       o     File of Handlers

To make a selection enter the appropriate number and press  < ENTER >.

For an Individual Handler report, a screen is displayed asking you for the Handler's ID. Enter
the ID and then press < ENTER >.

When selecting a report for a File of Handlers you must enter the filename that contains the data
for all the Handlers IDs.

After  the reports are completed,  the PM Management Reports Menu is displayed.
11/92
PM-82
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

 10.3.5       HANDLER PROFILE DETAIL

 Highlight "Handler Profile Detail"  and press  < ENTER > to use this option.   The Program
 Management Selection Screen 1 will be displayed.
  •••••••ft**********************************************************************
                    RCRIS: Program Management Selection Screen 1
  if****************************************************************************
             A************************************************
                 Do You Wish to Generate a Report for:

                     1. Individual Handler
                     2. All Handlers
                     3. File of Handlers
                  Please Enter 1, 2, or 3:
             *************************************************
 ******************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue            *          '      F4-Exit          *
 ******************************************************************************

 With this screen you are asked if you wish to generate a report for:

       o     Individual Handler
       o     All Handlers
       o     File of Handlers

 To make a selection enter the appropriate number and press  < ENTER >.

 For an Individual Handler report, a screen  is displayed asking you for the Handler's ID.  Enter
 the ID and then press .

 If an All Handlers report is selected, the Device Selection Screen is displayed.  To view the
 report on the screen type < 1 > and press < ENTER >. You  can page through the report either
 by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys. To send to
 your printer type < 2 > and press < ENTER >. You also have the option to save the report to
 a file for later use. To save to a file type  < 3 > and press < ENTER >.  The system will ask
 you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.
 Be sure to specify the drive and path as well, if using the PC.  For example: C:\FILENAME
 or A:FILENAME.

 The Detail Resource Expenditure Report screen will appear, then enter the module that the
 report will use.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-83
11/92

-------
                                                         PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

When selecting a report for a File of Handlers you must enter the filename that contains the data
for all the Handlers IDs.

After the reports are completed, the PM Management Reports Menu is displayed.
10.3.6       DETAIL COMMITMENT

Select "Detail Commitment" and press < ENTER >. The Device Selection Screen is displayed.
 ******************************************************************************

                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  *******************************************************
                *****************************
                *    1 * Screen         *
                *    2 a Printer         *
                     3 = File
                * Enter Your Selection =   *
                *****************************
 *      ENTER-CONTINUE            *

 **********************************************
       F4-EXIT

  **************************
To view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press  < ENTER >.  You can page through the
report either by using the  < ENTER >  key or by using the  and  keys.
To send to your printer type <2> and press .  You also have the option to save
the report to a file for later use.  To save to a file type  <3>  and press  .  The
system will ask you for a file name. This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of
eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well, if using the PC. For example:
C:\F1LENAME or A:FILENAME. The next screen will appear.
11/92
PM-84
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
  *              RCRIS: PN - Report Selection Screen
  ******************************************************************i
        Commitment Type:
                {EPR, GRC, GRP,  SPM, HYI, MYO, Pxx CXX)
  ****************************************************************************
    ENTER-Continue      F4-Exit
Enter the Commitment Type and press < ENTER >.   The next screen will appear.
 ******************************************************************************
 *              RCRIS: PH - Report Selection Screen                       *
 ******************************************************************************
                                                                       *
                                     •"                                 *
                                                                       *
        Nodule:
                (CA, PM, OP, CL, PC, RP,  CM)
                                                                      *
                                                                      *
                                                                      *
                                                                      *
  **********
                    *********************************************************
                       F4-Exit                                          *
   ENTER-Continue

*****************************************************************
                                                                       *
                                                                    *****
Enter the Module and press  < ENTER >.  The report will now proceed.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                            PM-85
11/92
                                                                                                     ..^.://

-------
                                                          PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
10.3.7
SUMMARY COMMITMENT
Select "Summary  Commitment"  and press < ENTER >.   The  Device Selection Screen is
displayed.
                        *************************************************
 *************************

                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
 A****************************************************************************
                *****************************
                     1 = Screen
                     2 « Printer
                     3 = File

                  Enter Your Selection -
                *****************************
 *      ENTER-CONTINUE            *                FA-EXIT

 ******************************************************************************
To view the report on the screen type < 1 > and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the
report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using the  and   keys.
To send to your printer type  <2> and press .  You also have the option to save
the report to a file for later use.  To  save to a file type  <3> and press  .  The
system will ask you for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of
eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive and path as well, if using the PC. For example:
C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.  The next screen will appear.
              RCRIS: PH - Report Selection Screen
      Coomitment Type:
              (EPR,  GRC, GRP. SPM, HYI, MYO, Pxx Cxx)
  *****************
   ENTER-Continue
       F4-Exit
11/92
                           PM-86
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT



 Enter the Commitment Type and press < ENTER >.. The next screen will appear.



  •A****************************************************************************

  *             RCRIS: PH - Report Selection Screen                      *
  *******1MMk*lHt*+*********************»****************************************
       Nodule:
               (CA, PN, OP, CL, PC,  RD, CM)
 •A***************************************************************************

    EMTER-Continue      F4-Exit


 it*****************************************************************************
Enter the Module and press < ENTER >.  The report will now proceed.





10.4  MYS REPORTS



MYS Reports are not available at this time.
RCRIS 4.0.0
PM-87
11/92

-------
                                        PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
               THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK
11/92                         PM-88                   RCRIS 4.0.0

-------

-------

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING  :......	  1
     1.1   KEY TERMS FOR FMP	  2
     1.2   FUNCTION KEYS		......		  2
     1.3   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE  ............;...	  2
     1.4   IMPLEMENTER OF RECORD  ....		  3
     1.5   MERGED DATABASE	  3
     1.6   CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA	  3

2    FMP MAIN MENU	..'	; . . .	  4

3    FMP ADD/INITIALIZE			  5
     3.1   INITIALIZE FMP		:-.-.. ... . . : .	. .	  5
          3.1.1 FMP - ADD MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 1 	  5
          3.1.2 FMP - ADD MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 2 	  6
     3.2   ADD PMT/CL/PC EVENT  .		 . .	  7
          3.2.1 EVENT HANDLER ID SCREEN 1		  8
          3.2.2 EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER SCREEN 2	  8
          3.2.3 EVENT PERMIT AUTHORITY SCREEN 3	  9
          3.2.4 EVENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4	 10
          3.2.5 EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING SCREEN 5	11
          3.2.6 PERMITTING EVENT PATH UTILITY .'.'.- . .	13
     3.3   ADD CM & E PLANNING EVENT .....:	 14
          3.3.1 ADD CM & E PLANNED EVENTS SCREEN 1  	14
          3.3.2 ADD CME PLANNED EVENTS SCREEN 2'		15
     3.4   ADD CA EVENT . . .	. .		16
          3.4.1 CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 1	16
          3.4.2 CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 2	17
          3.4.3 CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 3	18
     3.5   ADD FMP EVENT	19
          3.5.1 FMP ADD PLANNED FMP EVENTS SCREEN 1	19
          3.5.2 FMP ADD PLANNED FMP EVENTS SCREEN 2	20

4    UPDATE FMP	'	;	 21
     4.1   FMP UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION  	21
          4.1.1 FMP - UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 1 ..... 21
          4.1.2 FMP UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 2	22
     4.2   PMT/CL/PC EVENT SCHEDULE  	22
          4.2.1 FMP UPDATE PMT/CL/PC EVENTS	 . 23
          4.2.2 FMP UPDATE PMT/CL/PC EVENTS SCREEN 2 . .	23
     4.3   CME, CA, FMP EVENT SCHEDULE	 25
          4.3.1 FMP UPDATE CA/CM&E/FMP EVENTS	25
          4.3.2 FMP - UPDATE FMP SPECIFIC EVENTS	26

-------
5    DELETE FMP		27
     5.1  DELETE FMP MASTER INFORMATION	27
         5.1.1 FMP DELETE MASTER INFORMATION 	28
         5.1.2 FMP DELETE VERIFICATION	 .	28
     5.2  DELETE FMP OR CME PLANNING EVENT	29
         5.2.1 FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS	29
         5.2.2 FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS SCREEN 2	30
         5.2.3 FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS SCREEN 3	31
     5.3  DELETE FMP NARRATIVE	31
         5.3.1 FACILITY DELETE NARRATIVE 	32
         5.3.2 FACILITY DELETE NARRATIVE SCREEN 2	32

6    REPORTS	34
     6.1  FMP REPORTS MENU SCREEN .	34
         6.1.1  HANDLER NARRATIVE (FCRPNARR) 	35
         6.1.2  FMP HANDLER LIST  (FMRPHLST) .	37
         6.1.3  MILESTONE EVENTS (FMRPMLST)	38
         6.1.4  DETAIL FMP  (FMRPDFMP)	40
         6.1.5  WORKLOAD/GANTT CHART  (FMRPWORK)	42
         6.1.6  SPECDjlC EVENT SCHEDULING  (FMRPESCH)	44
         6.1.7  FMP AUDIT REPORT (FMRPAUDT)	45
         6.1.8  PENDING CME/CA ACTIONS (FMRPPEND)	45
         6.1.9  EVENT TABLE REPORT  (FMRPETAB) .  . . ;	46
         6.1.10      STAFF TABLE REPORT (FMRPNAME)	48

7    HANDLER NARRATIVE		49
     7.1  NARRATIVE MENU SCREEN	49
     7.2  CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE	50
     7.3  LOAD FROM ASCII FILE	51
     7.4  REPORT  	53

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
 1      FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 The RCRIS Facility Management Planning (FMP) module is an optional implemented function
 to develop, analyze, and update facility management plans. Facility management plans are used
 to define appropriate implementation plans that guide a facility to best achieve RCRA objectives
 at their sites.   The implementer portion of this work package assists in managing data on
 environmentally significant  facilities, .type  of. facility,  compliance history,  measure of
 environmental threat,  and facility assessments  and investigations through proposed permit,
 corrective action, and enforcement strategies.  FMP is highly dependent on the data maintained
 by the  Handler Identification  (HID)  module,  and  is  used in  conjunction  with  the
 Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure  (PMT/CL/PC),  Corrective  Action   (CA),   Compliance
 Monitoring and Enforcement (CM&E), and Program Management  (PM) modules.   It is
 essentially a management tool for use by the implementer.

 In order to accomplish this goal, there has been an integration in the design of the modules (CA,
 FMP, and PM, PMT/CL/PC and CM&E).  One file will store all events, and there will be one
 event description file. This will be more efficient for reporting, programming, and maintenance.
                           R C R. I S
                        Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: K4DB.NSR                Ver: 4.#.# <*/##/#»
                 Please Select Desired Work Package
                 Handler Identification
                 Permi 11 i ng/C I osure/Post - C L osure
                 Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
                 Corrective Action
                 Program Management
                 Facility Management Planning
                 Data Assessment
                 Database Administration
                 FOIA Reports
                 Exit RCRIS
The RCRIS Main Menu includes the Facility Management Planning module.  To select this
module use the up/down arrow key or type  to highlight Facility Management;Planning
and press
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-1
11/92

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.1   KEY TERMS FOR FMP

Facility Management Plans        "Plans" are needed for complex facilities or for handlers
                               that are of environmental significance in order to best
                               achieve RCRA objectives at these sites. The FMP module
                               can be used as an implementer tool to  help develop,
                               analyze, and update such plans.

Narrative                       A descriptive text containing information/comments for a
                               facility in general (95 lines of comment) or PMT, CA,
                               CM&E (35 lines of comment). It should be a summary of
                               the pertinent history of a facility that can be quickly viewed
                              • on screen or printed.

1.2   FUNCTION KEYS

             Shows the present files when updating CA events
             Exits to the FMP Main Menu or section menu
             Returns to the Handler ID screen;  finishes current process in the add
                   screens
             Returns to the previous  screen; Help Screen in the Handler  Narrative
                   screens
             Initiates the path utility as used in the Permitting module
      < F7 >       Moves up a page
             Takes you to the Help Screen; moves down a page
      < F9 >       Returns to the first screen of events
            Takes you to the next screen of events


1.3   MAINFRAME USERS NOTE

RCRIS operates the same on the mainframe as on the PC.  There are,  however,  some
differences in the screens and how you make selections from the menus.  When using RCRIS
on the mainframe  select from the menu by typing the  number of the  selection and press


Function keys and  other keyboard capabilities operate differently  depending on the terminal
being used or when using a PC with communication software.  Your DBA or local  computer
support staff can tell you which keys on your equipment create the function keys in RCRIS.
11/92                                FMP-2                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 1.4    IMPLEMENTED OF RECORD

 Through a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), an agreement between each State and EPA
 region, the ownership of data is negotiated and the Implementer of Record (IOR) assignments
 are made.  The agency  assigned as the IOR for a piece of .data is responsible for data
 maintenance and integrity.  Individuals working on Facility Management Planning should be
 aware of IOR agreements that pertain.        -                     .

 1.5    MERGED DATABASE

 Following the merge process, co-implementer data is available for the DBA to load onto their
 RCRIS hardware platform.  This means some of your implementer data is now available for
 sharing with the applicable co-implementers in your Region and their data is available for
 sharing with you. If the data sharing, or refresh option, is selected, you now have data in your
 database that was not entered by your agency.  When entering data, do not delete data for which
 you are not the IOR.  Consult your DBA for more information regarding this process.
1.6    CORE AND SYSTEM REQUIRED DATA

On FMP data entry screens certain information is core, some information is required by RCRIS,
and some of the information is core and system required.  The table below lists the core and
system required data.

       Core                                System Required

       Primary ID #                         Primary ID #
       Event Code                           Event Code
       Agency  Responsible for an Event        Agency Responsible for an Event
       Event Activity Track                   Event Activity Track
       Unit Group Process Code               Unit Group Process Code
       Event Responsible Program             Handler Permit Type
       Event Actual Date                     Next Event Code
       Agency  Responsible Person             Narrative Type
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-3                                11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
      FMP MAIN MENU
The  FMP Main Menu provides options for  adding to or initializing (creating) a facility
management plan, updating FMP information, deleting FMP information, generating reports,
and importing narrative handler information on a handler from external ASCII files. The menu
options are shown below and discussed beginning in paragraph 3. To select an option from this
screen use the up/down arrow key to highlight the appropriate section and press < ENTER >.
                           RCRIS
                    Facility Management Planning
        Database: K40B.HSR
                         FMP Main Menu
                     Add/Initialize FKP
                     Update FKP
                     Delete FKP
                     Reports
                     Handler Narrative
                     Exit To RCRIS Main Menu
11/92
FMP-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

3     FMP ADD/INITIALIZE

The FMP Add/Initialization option allows you to create a facility management plan.  This is
the first step in bringing vital information for a large or complex facility under one descriptive
file, thus allowing an implementer a full view of all events that are occurring at the facility.
Once you  have created  an FMP file,  you  can  also  add  permitting/closure/post-closure,
compliance  monitoring & enforcement, corrective  action, and  facility management planning
events to an already existing facility management plan. To select an option from this screen use
the up/down arrow key to highlight the appropriate selection and press < ENTER >.
                           R C R I  S
                    Facility Management Planning
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                    FMP Add/Initialization Screen
                     Initialize FMP
                     Add PMT/CL/PC Event
                     Add CME Planning Event
                     Add CA Event
                     Add FMP Event  .
                     Exit To FMP Main Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
3.1    INITIALIZE FMP

Initialize FMP is used to add or create a facility management plan.  If this option is selected,
the "FMP - Add Master Information Screen 1" will be displayed.
3.1.1  FMP - ADD MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 1

This is the first of two screens which allow you to create a facility management plan for each
Handler ID in the database.  In order to create a facility management plan, the Handler must
already exist in  the HID module.  If you do not wish to continue with this screen, the 
key will take you back to the FMP Main Menu.

Enter the Handler ID of the facility for which you want to create a facility management plan and
press  to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-5
11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
              RCRIS: FNP - Add Master Information Screen 1
                  Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871
 •* ENTER-Continue
 MM*******************************************
                                          F3-Exit  *
                                     >******•••****•*
3.1.2  IMP - ADD MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 2

After you have entered a Handler ID on Screen 1, the "FMP - Add Master Information Screen
2" will be displayed.  Data on this screen that already exists in the Handler database  will be
displayed.  At the bottom of the information screen there are several fields to be filled in (from
Comment to FMP Candidate).

The required areas for you to fill in are:  responsible person (must be an approved code entered
by the DBA); workload  (C-Complex, M-Moderate, S-Simple); priority (X-high priority, blank-
Not high priority); and FMP candidate (X-Yes, blank-No).
 *               RCRIS: FMP  - Add Master  Information Screen Z            *
 ••••••A***********************************************************************
   ID: MS6210809871

    UNIVERSES  LDF:
              Inc:
              TSF: X
          F R Gen: X
            Trans:
      Handler: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION

        Owner: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
      Contact: SKAFER        ,  RICHARD
        Title:              Phone:  6016342621
        Site Address: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
                          CITY/STATE:  VICKSBURG
              INDICATORS
   Comment   Resp Pers:  R4
           GEN:
         TRANS:
           GDW:
          C/PC:
 FINANCE:
 GEN/LBAN: X
 TSO/LBAn: X
.  CA Com:
           Workload:    Priority:
ZIP: 39180

      Oth TSD: X

   GWM Status:

  FMP Candidate:
    ENTER-Save
TAB-Kext Field   F3-Exit
      F4-ID Screen    F8-Help
11/92
                         FMP-6
                                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 NOTES:

       o     For additional information on this screen press  for the Help Screen (or
     -   '     refer to your DED)..   returns you to Screen 2.

       o     The Resp Pers field shows a state or region authority code. It is automatically
             entered by the system when you pull up this screen.

       o      returns you to the Handler ID screen.

       o     Press < Enter > to save the information you have entered. .

       o      takes you back to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.


 3.2    ADD PMT/CL/PC EVENT

 The Add PMT/CL/PC Event option allows you to add permitting, closure, and post-closure
 events  to your facility management plan. Any data added to or revised in the screens in this
 option will also update the PMT/CL/PC module thus saving the user from having to move from
 module to module.  There are six screens that make up the Add/PMT/CL/PC option.  These
 screens also allow you to link events and access the path utility.  The sequence and functioning
 of screens follows the Event Add/Update process in the PMT/CL/PC Module.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-7                               11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.2.1  EVENT HANDLER ID
The first screen displayed after selecting ADD/PMT/CL/PC is the "Event Handler ID Screen
1".  Enter the Handler ID for the facility you want to update.  (Handler ID is established in the
Handler module of RCRIS.)  Press  after typing the Handler ID.
 *             RCRIS Permitting: Event Handler ID Screen 1                *
 ******************************************************************************
                    Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA-Handler Id:
 * Enter-Continue To Event Permit Processing Number Screen 2
                                                          F3-Exit *
3.2.2  EVENT PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER SCREEN 2

All Permit Processing Numbers in the database that pertain to the Handler you selected will be
displayed on Screen 2.  If you enter an existing Permit Processing Number on this screen, you
will be able to update additional information.  If you enter a new number, it will be entered in
the database by this process.
 •MM*************************************************************************
 *       RCRIS Permitting: Event Permit Processing Number Screen 2          *
. ***********************************************************
   Handler Id:   MS6210809871
   Facility Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number
          APP01
          APP02
          APP03
          APP04
          APP05
          APP06
          APP07
          APP09

     Permit Processing Number:
                                 Event Activity Tracks
                                 (   CL             }

                                 (OP                )
                                 (OP
                                 (   CL
                                 (OP
                                 (OP
                                 (OP
                                                   F3-Exit
                                               F10-Next Permits
 ******************************************************************************
Enter-Continue To Event Permit Authority Screen 3
FS-Previous Screen   F9-First Permit Groups
11/92
                                        FMP-8
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 NOTES:

       o     Once you press < ENTER > your new permit processing number will be added
              to the database.

       o      returns you to the Handler ID Screen.

       o     If there are more than eight permit processing numbers < F10 > will take you to
              the next screen and   will return you to this screen.
3.2.3  EVENT PERMIT AUTHORITY SCREEN 3

Screen 3 will display the Permit Authority information that is in the database for this Permit
Processing Number.  The information may be modified  at this time by typing over the data
entered.   You may also change the permit processing number at this time by typing in the new
number.  Press < ENTER > to continue to the next screen.
 **********************************i
                                 r**************1
                                               **********************
 *           RCRIS Permitting: Event Permit Authority Screen 3           *
 A*****************************************************************************
    Handler Id:              MS6210809871
    Facility Name:           WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number:  APP01
      Please Review, Add or Change the Following Information:

              Permit Authority (E/S/J):        J
              EPA's Responsible Person:
              State's Responsible Person:



              Change Permit Processing Number:  APP01
  ****************************************************************************
   Enter-Continue To Event Add/Update Screen 4           F3-Exit
   F5-Previous Screen
 A*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
              Hie responsible person codes must already be in the name table file before being
              used on this screen.  Your Data Base Administrator can add responsible person
              codes for you.
              Enter either the State or
              held jointly.
 responsible person code when permit authority is
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-9
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

              If permit authority is held jointly then both State and Federal records must have
              an event code OP200 indicating "Permit Issued" in order for the permit to be
              considered issued.

               returns you to Screen 2.
3.2.4  EVENT ADD/UPDATE SCREEN 4

This screen is used to add or modify events for the permit processing number selected in Screen
3.  All events currently in the database will be displayed on the screen.

New events can be added by typing the information into the "Add New Event Information"
section of the screen.  Existing events can be modified by moving the cursor to the appropriate
block and typing the corrected information. When you press < ENTER >, the new information
will be added to the system but you will remain on this screen.

 ******************************************************************************
 *            RCRIS Permitting: Event Add/Update Screen 4               *

 •Handler  Id: MS6210809871   Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Permit/Closure Processing Number:  APP01
 ************************** A£J Hen Event Information  ***********************
 *  Event Name          Act  Evt   ft. Seq Resp  Stat  Sched.   Actual
 *  /Conment           Trk  Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (HHDDYY)  (HMDDYY)
 ************************** Existing Event Information ***********************
 *  Event Name         Act  Evt   R. Seq Resp  Stat  Sched.    Actual U/D/
 *  /Conment           Trk  Code Agy  #  Pers  Code (HHDDYY)  (HHDDYY) L/P
 *1. PLAN RECD. - CLOS/PC CL  310   S   1                   123185  U
 *2. PUBLIC NOTICE - CLOS  CL  340
 *
 •3.
 *
                 S
1
012886  U
 * Enter-Add/Update/Delete/Link Events  F3-Exit  F4-Finish Entering Events
 * F5-Prev Scrn F6-Peth Utility F8-Help    F9- First Events  F10-«ext Events
 **************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o
Use the   Help Screen when entering an EVT CODE or STAT CODE.
Only certain  combinations of  activity tracks,  event  codes and  status are
acceptable.  The Help Screen shows the valid combinations.

Links to unit groups will be deleted if an event is deleted.

Use the   key to move through fields.  Don't press < ENTER > until
you are ready to process the information.
11/92
                           FMP-10
                                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

       o     You must press < ENTER > to save revisions made in the "Existing Event
              Information" area.  Press < ENTER > to save the changes before moving on to
             . another event or screen.                                 *   '
       o       will take you back to Screen 2 to change to a new Permit Number.

       o       will take you back to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu without updating
              this screen.

       o       will take you back to Screen 3.

Adding  a new event and  pressing < ENTER >,  or modifying an event and typing L in the
"U/D/L/P" field will move you to Screen 5.

Pressing  or typing 

in the "U/D/L/P" field will move you to Screen 6. 3.2.5 EVENT/UNIT GROUP LINKING SCREEN 5 . There are two ways to arrive at Screen 5: enter a new event or use the . key to move to an existing event on the add/update screen, type an and press . This RCRIS feature allows you to link a permitting event to one or more unit groups. This must be performed by you. IT IS NOT AN AUTOMATIC PROCESS. ****************************************************************************** * RCRIS Permitting: Event/Unit Group Linking Screen 5 • ****************************************************************************** Handler Id: MS6210809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01 Track/Event Code: CL310 Seq No.: 2 Responsible Agency: S Scheduled Date: 081091 Status: Actual Date: 091091 Event Name: PLAN RECD. - CLOS/PC - ************************** Link process Unit Group ************************* Place An 'X' Next To Appropriate Unit Groups *** Capacity Link Process Unit Id Unit Code 1. S01 01 2. S02 02 3. 510.00 3640.00 UOM til Units. G G Current Track CL CL ******************** r*********************************************** Enter-Link Event To Unit Groups F3-Exit F4-Finish Linking Events F9-First Unit Groups FIO-Next Unit Groups ****************************************************************************** Data already in the database will be displayed on this screen when it is called up. Place an on the line under "link unit" corresponding to the unit group you want to link to the event. Press < ENTER > to lock in your link. RCRIS 4.0.0 FMP-11 11/92


-------
                                                           RCRIS USER GUIDE


EXAMPLE:  A  facility with several  storage tanks and a closed landfill has telephoned in
            information  for Part B of their permit application. You may use this RCRIS
            feature to link this one event to all applicable unit groups.

NOTES:

      o     Links to unit groups will be deleted if an event is deleted.

      o     Only three existing events are displayed at one time on the screen.

      o     Use the   key to move through fields.  Don't press < ENTER >  until
            you are ready to process the information.

      o     You must press < ENTER > to save the links.  Press < ENTER > to save the
            link before moving on to another set of unit groups.

      o     Make the links by using  the  and  keys to move the existing unit
            groups onto  the screen.  Then, use the  key to move to the "Link Unit"
            field.  Place an  in the field on the same line as the unit group and press
            < ENTER > to save it.

            R£M£MBER:     IF YOU  LEAVE THE  SCREEN  OR SCROLL TO
                              ANOTHER  UNIT  GROUP  BEFORE  PRESSING
                               ,   YOUR  CHANGES  WILL  NOT BE
                              SAVED.

      o     After using the < ENTER > key to save your link use the  and 
            keys to display the other unit groups.  Follow the above steps to link any other
            groups to this event.

      o     Every event is linked to  at least one unit group.  Link the event to ALL the unit
            groups for the permit if the  event applies to the whole permit and  not to an
            individual unit.

      o     < F3 > will  return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu  without linking your
            units.

      o      will return you to Screen 4.
11/92                               FMP-12                         RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 3.2.6  PERMITTING EVENT PATH UTILITY

 To reach Screen 6,  type a  

in the U/D/L/P field and press on the "Event Add/Update Screen 4". This RCRIS feature will automatically perform two functions: o Schedule common event occurrences in a pre-determined order. o Reschedule completion dates for existing open events. »»****«!>**•***••••**••••*****«•«««•««»« >*««««*lr*»««««l»*«««»*«« * RCRIS Permitting: Event Path Utility Screen 6 **************************************************************** Handler Id: MS6210809871 Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIHENT STATION Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01 Enter Permit Event Path Name: **************************************************************************** Enter-Populate Path Events F3-Exit F4-Finish Populating Events -^"T************************************************************************* Enter the name of the path and press < ENTER >. This feature allows your permit staff to establish ideal schedules for permits having a standard sequence or "path" of events to follow. The permit staff identifies this standard path of events and provides the events to the DBA. The DBA in turn creates the path and assigns a path name. This standard event path can then be selected, by name, on the screen shown above. After the path has been selected the system generates the predetermined events in the database. Scheduled completion dates for each event are calculated automatically starting with completion of the first in a sequence of events. Dates for each subsequent event are determined by the number of days predefined in the path. For additional information on using the Path Utility, see Section 2.2.6 in the Permitting Section of the RCRIS User Guide. NOTES: Your Data Base Administrator creates and maintains the paths based on the needs of the permit staff. The Data Base Administrator and permit staff should establish these paths together. RCRIS 4.0.0 FMP-13 11/92


-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
             Occurrences may be added, changed, or deleted by using the "Event Add/Update"
             Screen 4.

             When using the reschedule feature be sure the path you select contains the correct
             events.

             Only  the  open (no actual  date) events following a revised event will  be
             rescheduled since the prior occurrences are unaffected.
3.3   ADD CM & E PLANNING EVENT

The Add CM &  E Planning  Event option allows you to add compliance monitoring and
enforcement events to your facility management plan. These events would include evaluation
and enforcement.  Events referred to in this module correspond with the "type of evaluation"
and the "type of enforcement" codes in the CM & E module.
3.3.1  ADD CM & E PLANNED EVENTS SCREEN 1

When you select Add CM & E Planning Events the "FMP - Add CME Planned Events Screen
1" will be displayed. Enter Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.
               RCRIS: FMP - Add CME Planned Events
             Screen 1
               Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871
 ••a***************************************************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue                                       F3-Exit *
 *************
11/92
FMP-14
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

3.3.2  ADD CME PLANNED EVENTS SCREEN 2

After you have entered a valid Handler ID on Screen 1, the "FMP - Add CME Planned Events
Screen 2" will be displayed.  This screen will display all current events in the database.  You
may enter new events or modify old events.  All fields must be filled in (except schedule date
and comment).

Both Evaluation Codes (CM) and Enforcement Codes (CE) may be entered on this same screen,
unlike the CM & E Module where they are handled in separate sections.

Enter new events at the bottom section of the screen, or select an event you want to modify and
use the cursor to  move to the data you want to change and overtype.
               RCRIS: FMP - Add CME Planned Events
                                        Screen 2
   ID: MS6210809871
   Code  Description
   CMOTH OTHER EVALUATION
     Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
                        Seq         Resp.
                        No.  Agency   Pens.
                         1    S     R4
Schedule
Date
091091
   Enter new event:
    Code: CM        Resp. Agency:   Resp. Pers.: R4
   Comment:
                                   Schedule:
 *******************************
                                ****************************************
 * ENTER-To Add  F3-Exit  F4-1D Screen F8-Help F9-1st Event F10-Hore Events *
 ft*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o
  will return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.

  will provide a Help Screen with allowable codes.

  .will take you to the first screen of events..   will take you to
more events if there are more than eight events on the first screen.

You must press  < ENTER >  to add new information to  this screen.   After
pressing < ENTER > your new information will appear in the upper or middle
portion of the screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          FMP-15
                          11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE

3.4    ADD CA EVENT                                                            :

The Add CA  Event option, allows you to add  corrective action  events to your facility
management plan. This can be new corrective actions or additional corrective action information
and events..  Any changes or additions made at this time will be reflected in your CA Database.


3.4.1  CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 1

When  you select Add CA Event the "Corrective Action Update Event Screen 1" will be
displayed.  Enter Handler ID, event  code and agency. If you are updating an  existing event,
enter the sequence number and press < ENTER > to continue.  If you do not have a sequence
number press  to review a list of existing events in Screen 2. If this is a new entry, the
system will assign a sequence number and move you forward to Screen 3.
              RCRIS: Corrective Action update Event Screen 1
 A****************************************************************************
            inter Handler ID:  NS6210809871
                Event Code:  CA 010
                    Agency:  E
             Sequence Number:  1  (Updating Only)
 *  Enter-Continue     Fl-Scan File     F3-Exit     F8-Help          *
 A***************************************************************************)**
NOTES:
       o     For additional information on what event codes are valid press < F8 > for the
             Help Screen.

       o      will return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.

       o     < Fl > will take you to the "RCRIS Correction Action Update Screen 2". From
             there you can review existing CA events.
11/92                                 FMP-16                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

3.4.2  CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 2

If you hit the  key. from Screen 1 the "RCRIS - Corrective Action Update Event Screen
2" will* be displayed. This screen will list all CA events for this Handler ID.  From this screen
you can  add  a CA  event by entering the event code, agency, and sequence number.  The
Handler ID and name will be displayed at the bottom of the screen.  The top of the screen will
display the code, name, agency, sequence, schedule, date and actual date of any existing events.
              RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 2
wmwwvwwi
Code
CA050
CA100
CA104
CA110
CA110
CA150
CA180
rw*ww*wwwwwww*ww*««WM«w««w«
Name
RFA COMPLETED
RFI INPOSITION
COMFIRHATORY SAMPLING WOR
RFI WORKPLAN RECEIVED
RFI UORKPLAN RECEIVED
RFI UORKPLAN APPROVED
RFI IMPLEMENTATION BEGUN
Agency Sequence
E 1
E 1
E 1
E 1
E 2
E 1
E 1
Schedule
051688

102990
021791

021791
121190
t***********
Actual
122988
091790
111990
111990
031991
121190
121190
************
 * Handler ID: HS6210809871  Name: WATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD        City: VICKSBURG
 * Enter Event Code: CA      Agency:    Seq. No.
    Enter-Continue
       F3-Exit
F5-Prev Screen    F9-Top
FIO-More
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o

       o
 will take you to the first screen of events and  will take you to
the next screen of events if there are more than eight  CA  events listed.  The
screen will prompt you if there are more events.

 will take you back to Screen  1.

 will take you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.

 will take you to Screen 3.

The event code, agency, and sequence number must be  entered to continue.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         FMP-17
                                                11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

3.4.3  CORRECTIVE ACTION UPDATE EVENT SCREEN 3

After entering a Handler ID on  Screen 1 or after pressing  < ENTER > from Screen 2 the
"RCRIS - Corrective Action Update Event Screen 3" will be displayed.  The Handler ID, event
code and name, agency and sequence number will appear at the top of the screen.  You  may
now enter new CA events by entering a schedule date, actual date (optional), and the responsible
program and person, and section (optional) fields. You may also enter any comments you might
have.

 **•*•***************••••••••******•*•««««*«***««*****«**«»*««*****•««*********
 *             RCRIS: Corrective Action Update Event Screen 3            *
 ******************************************************************************
 * Handler ID: MS6210809871  Name: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 •Location St: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD         City: VICKSBURG
   Event Code: CA050 Event Name: RFA COMPLETED
   Agency:  E    Sequence Number:  1
 *****************************************************************************
              Schedule Date       Actual Date

    Event Info  =  051688             122988

               Program      Person          Section

    Responsible =>              JOB
    Comment:
 ******************************************************************************
 *  Enter-Continue       F3-Exit          F5-Prev Screen                *
 ******************************************************************************
NOTES:
       o      When  using these 3 screens you are working out of the  Corrective Action
              module.

       o       will return you to Screen 1.

       o       will return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.

       o      < ENTER > will add the new information and return you to  Screen 1.
11/92                                    FMP-18                            RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING                      ^

3.5    ADD FMP EVENT

The Add FMP Event option is used to add facility management planning events to the facility
management plan.  There are two screens in Add FMP Event. These screens allow you to
track the stage a facility management plan is in, from draft stage to close out.
3.5.1 FMP ADD PLANNED FMP EVENTS SCREEN 1
        c

After you select Add FMP Event, the "FMP - Add Planned FMP Events Screen 1" will be
displayed. Biter Handler ID on the screen and press < ENTER > to continue.
              RCRIS: FNP • Add Planted FNP Events
            • Screen 1
              Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871
 * ENTER-Continue                                      F3-Exit *
 it*****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-19
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
3.5.2  FMP ADD PLANNED FMP EVENTS SCREEN 2
 After you enter a Handler ID on Screen 1, the "FMP - Add Planned FMP Events Screen 2" is
 displayed. Any FMP events in the database will be shown on the screen. The lower portion
 of the screen allows you to enter new FMP events.  To modify an existing event, use the tab
 key to position the cursor on the data you want to change and overtype. Press < ENTER >  to
 add the new or modified event.
 ******
 *
 •*»•**•******«•*«««««***•«•••***«••«««•«*»««»»**«««»««««*»••>«•**•*•*•***«***«
HH>««»»««*•*•»•••**•>«***«*•****«««*****«*»*»*****•**•*••**••«««>««*«

        RCRIS: FMP - Add Planned FNP Events          Screen 2
   ID: MS6210809871

   Code  Description
   FM010 DRAFT FMP
          Hone: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
                            • Seq         Resp.   Schedule
                             No.  Agency .  Pers.   Date
                             1    E     R41     091091
    Enter new event:                                        (MMODYY)
    Code: FM      Resp. Agency:    Resp. Pers.:  R4    SCHEDULE:
    Garment:

 A*****************************************************************************
 * ENTER-To Add   TAB-Next  F3-Exit F8-Help  F9-1st Event  F10-Hore Events *
 MI****************************************************************************
NQTESt
       o       will return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu.

       o       will take you back to the first page of Screen 2 and  will take
              you to the next page if there are more man eight events.

       o      Press  < TAB > to move from field to field.

       o        will display  a Help Screen containing  the list  of event codes and
              descriptions.

       o      You must press  < ENTER >  to add new information to this screen.   After
              pressing < ENTER >  your new information will appear in the upper or middle
              portion of the screen.
11/92
                               FMP-20
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

4     UPDATE FMP

The Update FMP option allows you to update permitting/closure/post-clpsure, compliance
monitoring & enforcement, corrective action, and facility management planning events, as well
as the FMP Master Information Screen.  To select an option from this screen use the up/down
arrow key to highlight the appropriate selection and press < ENTER >.
                            R c R i s
                     Facility Management Planning
         Database: K4DB.NSR
                         FMP Update Screen
                     FMP Master Information
                     PMT/CL/PC Event Schedule
                     CHE. CA. FMP Event Schedule
                     Exit To FMP Main Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
4.1    FMP UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION

The FMP Master Information option  allows you to update a previously created  facility
management plan.


4.1.1  FMP - UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 1

After you select the FMP Master Information option, the "FMP - Update Master Information
Screen 1" will be displayed.  Enter Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.
 *****************************
               RCRIS: FMP - Update Master Information Screen 1

  A***************************************************************************
               Enter Handler ID: KS6210809871
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue                                         F3-Exit *
 •A****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-21
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE

 4.1.2  FMP UPDATE MASTER INFORMATION SCREEN 2

 After entering a Handler ID on Screen 1, the "FMP - Update Master Information Screen 2" will
 be displayed.  Existing data for this FMP will be shown on the screen.  Modifications can only
 be made to Resp Pers, Workload, Priority, FMP Candidate, and  Comments.


                 RCRIS: FMP -  update Master Information Screen 2
   ID: MS6210809871 Handler: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    UNIVERSES LDF:       Owner: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
             Inc:      Contact: SHAFER        ,  RICHARD
             TSF: X     Title:              Phone: 6016342621
          F R Gen: X     Site Address: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
            Trans:
                         CITY/STATE: VICKSBURG             , MS
                                               2IP: 39180
             INDICATORS      GEN:      FINANCE:
                         TRANS:     GEN/LBAN: X        Oth TSD: X
                           GDW:     TSD/LBAn: X
                          C/PC:       CA Com:        GUM Status:

        FMP Appr Date:  000000    Count: 000
   Conment   Resp Pers:  R4     Workload:    Priority:    FHP Candidate:

 "*••****•*•*****************************************•***********************»*
 *  ENTER-Save    TAB-Next Field    F3-Exit    F4-ID Screen     F8-Help  *
NOTES:
              < F3 > will return you to the FMP Update Menu without saving any changes you
              have made.
       o      < ENTER > will save any changes you have made.

       o       will take you to Screen 1 Handler ID.

       o     The  key will allow you to move from field to field (within the fields
             you are allowed to update).


4.2    PMT/CL/PC EVENT SCHEDULE

The PMT/CL/PC Event Schedule option allows you to update permitting, closure, and post-
closure events in a current facility management plan.
11/92                                  FMP-22                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

4.2.1  FMP UPDATE PMT/CL/PC EVENTS


After you select the PMT/CL/PC Event Schedule option, the "FMP - Update PMT/CL/PC
Events Screen 1" will be displayed.  Enter a Handler ID and press < ENTER > to continue.

 •a******************************************* **<«»«« i « «««»«•«««*•••••••*••••
 *             RCRIS: FMP - Update PNT/CL/PC Events          Screen 1  *
 a*****************************************************************************
               ************************************
               *                          *
               *  Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871  *
               *                          *
               ************************************
 * ENTER-Continue                                       F3-Exit *
NOTE:
       o     If no events are scheduled for the handler, a message will indicate that no events
             are scheduled.
4.2.2 FMP UPDATE PMT/CL/PC EVENTS SCREEN 2

After entering a Handler ID on Screen 1, the "FMP - PMT/CL/PC Events Screen 2" will be
displayed. Press the  key for the Help Screen showing what areas you may update. The
 key will return you to Screen 2 from the Help Screen: The top of the screen will list
the Handler ID, name, permit sequence number, and approved date (if approved).  Fields that
can be updated or changed are: actual (MMDDYY), pers (responsible person), approval (X-
Yes, blank-No), schedule (MMDDYY), and comment.  If you enter an "X" in  the approval
field, the computer will ask you for an approval date before saving this update (the date will be
added to the approval field).
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-23                                11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
 ******************* RCRIS FNP: wrr/CL/PC Events Screen 2  ***************
   ID: NS6210809871        Permit Seq Ho.:  1        Pmt Appv Date:
      WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION                         Cnt:  0
  OP010 PART B CALL-IN
     * 1   Responsible Agcy: S    Pera: MS     Cnt:
     Cenment:       Process: 0001         Approval:

  OP020 PART B RECEIVED
     # 1   Responsible Agcy: S    Pers: MS     Cnt:
     Comnent:       Process: 0001         Approval:
  OP150 DETERMINED TO BE COMPLETE
     * 1   Responsible Agcy: S
     Comment:        Process: 0001
                 Pers: MS     Cnt:
                         Approval:
  OP160 PUBLIC NOTICE
     # 1   Responsible Agcy: S    Pers: MS     Cnt:
     Comnent:       Process: 0001          Approval:
   Actual: 091589
0  Appv Sc:
  Schedule: 010189

   Actual:
0  Appv Sc:
  Schedule: 091679

   Actual:
0  Appv Sc:
  Schedule: 091709

   Actual:
0  Appv Sc:
  Schedule: 091769
*******.

Use  to move from field to field.

< F3 > will take you back to the FMP Update Menu without updating the screen.

 will take you back to Screen 1.

 will take you to the next event sequence screen.   will take you
to the first event sequence screen.  The bottom of the screen will prompt you if
there are more events.
11/92
                            FMP-24
                              RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

4.3    CME, CA, FMP EVENT SCHEDULE

The CME, CA, FMP Event Schedule option enables you to update compliance monitoring and
enforcement, corrective  action, and facility management planning events in a current facility
management plan. Since these events are identified by codes all updates can be done on one
series of screens.                                            .


4.3.1  FMP UPDATE CA/CM&E/FMP EVENTS

After you select the CM & E, CA,  FMP Event  Schedule option,  the "FMP -  Update
CA/CME/FMP Events Screen 1" will appear.  Enter  a Handler ID and press  < ENTER >  to
continue.
              RCRIS: FMP - Update CA/CME/FMP Events
              Screen 1 *
                 Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871
 •••••si***********************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue                                     F3-Exit  *
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-25
11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.3.2  FMP - UPDATE FMP SPECIFIC EVENTS
After entering the Handler ID  the "FMP - Update FMP Specific Events" screen will  be
displayed.  Press the  key to  find information on which areas you can update. The
  key will return you to this screen. The top of the screen will list the Handler ID and
name, an approval date.(if approved) and a count of approval dates. Events will be listed  by
type (CM, CE, CA or FM). The updates possible in this screen are:  Actual (MMDDYY), Pers
(responsible person), Prog (code of program guidance), Sect  (code of responsible office),
Approve (X-Yes, blank-No),  and Schedule (MMDDYY).
******************* RCRIS: FMP -Update FMP Specific Events ********************
ID: MS6210809871 Appv Date:
WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION Cnt: 0
FM010 DRAFT FMP
* 1 Responsible Agcy: S
Comnent: Prog:
It Responsible Agcy:
Comment: Prog:
# Responsible Agcy:
Comnent: Prog:
# Responsible Agcy:
Comment: Prog:
••a*******************************
Pers:
Sect:
Pers:
Sect:
Pers:
Sect:
Pers:
Sect:
*+****<
Actual:
MSSEN Cnt: 0 Appv Sc:
Approve: Schedule: 091989
Cnt:
Approve:
Cnt:
Approve:
Cnt:
Approve:
Actual:
Appvsc:
Schedule:
Actual:
Appv Sc:
Schedule:
Actual:
Appv Sc:
Schedule:
* ENTER-Save  TAB-Next  F3-EXIT  FA-New ID
ft******************************************
                      F8-Help  F9-1st Event  FIO-More *
                     **********************************
NOTES:
       o

       o

       o
Changes will not be saved unless you press < ENTER > after entering all the
data.

< F3 > will take you back to the FMP Update Menu.

 will take you back to the first screen (Handler ID).

 will take you to the next page of events (the bottom of the screen will
prompt you if there are more events).   will take you back to the first
events listed.
11/92
                         FMP-26
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

5      DELETEFMP

The FMP Delete Screen functions allow you to delete a facility management plan file; or facility
management  plan  and  compliance,  monitoring  and enforcement events;  and/or  facility
management plan narrative.  Exit to FMP Main Menu returns you to the main menu for FMP.
Return to RCRIS Main Menu returns you the Main Menu for RCRIS. To select an option from
mis screen use the up/down  arrow  key to highlight the  appropriate  selection and press
.
                           RCRIS
                    Facility Management Planning
         Database: K40B.MSR
                        FMP Delete Screen
                  Delete FMP Master Information
                  Delete FKP or CUE Planning Event
                  Delete FKP Narrative
                  Exit To FKP Main Menu
                  Return to RCRIS Main Menu
5.1   DELETE FMP MASTER INFORMATION
       ' .                                                                         -**
The Delete FMP Master Information option enables you to delete a facility management plan
file. You would only delete a plan upon clean closure or if the facility was no longer large
enough to  warrant FMP tracking.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-27
il/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.1.1  FMP DELETE MASTER INFORMATION
After  you select the Delete FMP Master Information option, the "FMP - Delete Master
Information Screen 1" will appear.  Enter a Handler ID and press < ENTER >  to continue.
 ••••••*•««»***«*****•*••***••••**********»*«•**>««••••••••*•••***•••*********»
 *      .          RCRIS: FMP - Delete Master Information         Screen 1 *
 •«i>«i>«**«*«*«****«******«***««*«**«***«*»**********************«***»»»****»***
             Enter Handler ID: MS6210809871
 *************************
 *  EMTER-Continue
 A*****************************************************************************
**************************************************
                         F3-Exit          *
5.1.2  FMP DELETE VERIFICATION

After entering a Handler ID on Screen 1 the "FMP - Delete Verification Screen 2" will be
displayed. This screen verifies that you are deleting the correct FMP.  The screen will list the
Handler ID, responsible person, facility name and address, FMP workload classification, priority
(X-High, blank no high priority), and comments.
 ******************************************************************************
 *                  RCRIS: FKP -  Delete Verification          Screen 2 *
 ***********************************************************************
    ID: MS6210809871                    FMP RESP. PERSON: R4
    FACILITY: WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    CITY/STATE:  VICKSBURG              ,  MS
    FMP WORKLOAD:   (S,M,COMPLEX)                 PRIORITY:
    COMMENT:

    Is this the  correct FMP to be deleted?  (Y/N)
 ******************************************************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue     F4-Handler ID                   F3-Exit           *
 ******************************************************************************

NOTES:
               will return you to the FMP Add/Initialization Menu without deleting the
              information.
11/92
                FMP-28
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING


       o       will return you to Screen 1 without deleting information.

       o       with the response  will return you to Screen 1.

       o       with the response   will delete the facility management plan
              and return you to Screen 1.


5.2    DELETE FMP OR CME PLANNING EVENT

The Delete FMP or CME  Planning Events  option allows you to delete specific facility
management planning or compliance monitoring and enforcement events from your FMP.


5.2.1  FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS

After you select Delete FMP or CME Planning Event the "FMP - Delete Planning Events
Screen 1" will be displayed.  Enter Handler ID and event type (as shown below under planning
event: F or C).  Press  < ENTER >  to continue.  Only facility management  planning and
compliance monitoring and enforcement events can be deleted from this screen.

 ******************************************************************************
 *           .          RCR1S: FMP  - Delete  Planning Events   '  Screen 1 *   '
 **••*****•**«*«*«*«***•****•••••••»•*•••*•••*•»•**»*»**•*•»•*•***•*•••»»»»»»»»

              Enter  Handler ID: MS6210809871
              Enter  Event Type: F

            Planning Events:
            ***********************************************
            *         Facility Management Planning • f *
            *  Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C *
            •A*********************************************
 * EHTER-Continue                                F3-Exit
RCRIS 4.0.0                          FMP-29                                  11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

5.2.2  FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS SCREEN 2

After entering a Handler ID and event type on Screen 1, the "FMP - Delete Planning Events
Screen 2" will be displayed.  At the prompt type in the event code you want to delete.  The
middle of the screen will display all existing events with the following information:  event code,
responsible agency, sequence number, and schedule date.
 *           RCRIS: FMP - Delete Planning Events               Screen 2 *
 ******************************************************************************
    ID: HS6210809871  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
     Event Code   Resp. Agency     Seq. No.        Schedule Date

     FN010          E             1          091091
    Enter an Event to Delete:
 !»*************«*******************************«*«****************************
 *  ENTER-To Delete     FA-ID Screen  FIO-Hore Events             F3-Exit
 A*****************************************************************************

You must enter an event code, responsible agency, and sequence number to delete an event.

NOTES:

       o      If you choose CM & E events as your event type, your CM & E codes will be
              listed on the screen.

       o       will return you to the first screen without deleting the information.

       o      < ENTER > will move you to Screen 3.

       o       will take you to the next screen of events if there are more than eight
              events.
11/92
FMP-30
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

5.2.3  FMP DELETE PLANNING EVENTS SCREEN 3

Once you have entered the event information and pressed '< ENTER>., the "FMP - Delete
Planning Events Screen 3" will appear.  This screen will list the Handler ID, event code, and
title and the sequence number.  It will also give you the following information:  responsible
agency, responsible person, schedule, approval  schedule,  actual, and comments.  When you
press   the screen will prompt  "Is this  the correct event to be deleted? (Y, N)".
Replying "N" will take you back to Screen  2. Replying " Y" will delete the event.


 *          RCRIS: FMP -  Delete Planning Events              Screen 3 *
           »•********•«•*•

   Handler 10: MS6210809871
   Event: FM010   DRAFT FMP
   Seq #:  1
   Resp. Agency: E Resp. Person:  R41
          Schedule: 091091
          Apprv Sch:
            Actual:
   Conroents
 * ENTER-To Delete            F4-ID Screen             F3-Exit     *

NOTES:

      o      will return you to the FMP Delete Menu without deleting the event.:

      o      will return you to Screen 1.                      •••


5.3   DELETE FMP NARRATIVE

The  Delete  FMP Narrative option allows  you to delete a narrative from your facility
management plan, whether the narrative is for FMP, PMT/CL/PC, CM & E, or CA.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-31                                 11/92


                                                                               '

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
5.3.1  FACILITY DELETE NARRATIVE

After you select Delete FMP Narrative,  the "Facility - Delete Narrative Screen 1" will be
displayed. Enter Handler ID and narrative type (F, P, C or A).  Press < ENTER > to continue.
                    RCRIS: Facility - Delete Narrative Screen 1
                   A****************************



                 Enter Handler  ID: MS621 0809871

              ENTER Narrative Type: f
           A***********************************************
           *                   Facility Narrative - F *
           *        Pernitting/Closure/Post-Closure - P *
           *   Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C *
           *                    Corrective Action - A *
           A***********************************************
 *  ENTER-Continue         F3-Exit
 A**********************************************************************
5.3.2  FACILITY DELETE NARRATIVE SCREEN 2

After entering the information in Screen 1, the "Facility - Delete Narrative Screen 2" appears.
The present Handler ID, name, last date added or updated, and narrative will be displayed on
the screen.  The screen will prompt you "Do you wish to delete this narrative? (Y, N)".  Once
you reply < Y> to this screen the narrative is deleted and cannot be retrieved.  "The narrative
has been deleted" will appear at the bottom of the screen.
                    RCRIS: Facility - Delete  CHE Narrative
                Screen 2  *
   ID: MS6210809871  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION

   STATE HELD A SHOW CAUSE HEARING W/ WES.
   BID 3288 CONTAINS 2 STORAGE AREAS NON MANAGED PROPERLY
           UPDATED:
       Do you wish to delete this narrative?  (Y/N)
 ******************************************************************************
 * ENTER-Continue        F3-Exit      F4-Handlcr ID   F8-Help            *
 ************************•****»»»********»»********«»»************«*•«••»*•»***
11/92
FMP-32
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

NOTES!

      o     Replying  will return you to Screen 1.
      o     Replying < Y> will delete the selected narrative and return you to Screen 1.
      o      will return you to the first screen without deleting the narrative.
      o      will return you to the FMP Delete Menu without deleting the narrative.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-33
11/92
                                                                                . -  / z."

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
       REPORTS
Hie Facility Management Planning Reports option allows you to print desired reports to aid you
in following large complex facilities at a glance.

Menu options can be selected two different ways. The first letter of the option in the menu can
be pressed and then press .  Another way of selecting a menu option is to use the
arrow up/down keys to highlight the selection and then pressing < ENTER >.

Reports can be found in the FMP Main Menu.  Select "Reports" from this menu and the FMP
Reports Menu Screen is displayed.
                           RCRIS
                    Facility Management Planning
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                          FNP Main Menu
                      Add/Initialize FNP
                      Update FNP
                      Delete FMP
                      Reports
                      Handler Narrative
                      Exit To RCRIS Main
6.1    FMP REPORTS MENU SCREEN

FMP Reports Menu Screen contains a menu that allows the selection of ten different FMP
reports.  You can also select Tabletalk FOCUS reports that allow you to create "on-the-spot"
customized reports.  Consult the FOCUS Utilities Manual for information regarding Tabletalk.
You also have the option in this menu to exit to the Facility Management Planning Main Menu
or to the Program Management Main Menu.
11/92
FMP-34
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
                             R C R I S
                      Facility Management Planning
         Database: K40B.MSR
                        FMP Reports Menu Screen
                 Handler Narrative         (Fcrpnarr)
                 FMP Handler List          (Fmrphlst)
                 Milestone Events          (Fmrpnlst)
                 Detail FMP               (Fmrpdfnp)
                 Uorkload/Gantt Chart       (Fmrpwork)
                 Specific Event Scheduling   (Fmrpesch)
                 FNP Audit Report          (Fmrpaudt).
                 Pending CME/CA Actions     (Fmrppend)
                 Event Table Report        (Fmrpetab)
                 Staff Table Report       . (Fmrpname)
                 Focus Tabletalk Utility
                 Exit To PH Main Menu
                 Exit To FMP Main Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
6.1.1   HANDLER NARRATIVE  (FCRPNARR)

Select "1. Handler Narrative  (FCRPNARR)" from the FMP Reports Menu Screen and press
 < ENTER >.  The  Narrative Report Screen is displayed.  Enter the Handler ID and press
 . If the ID is not valid, you will be asked to re-enter the Handler ID.
                           Narrative Report



                        Please Enter Handler Id

                        Enter 'X' to exit menu



                   Handler ID* >
The next screen that appears prompts you to choose a selection. Choose the RCRIS module for
the narrative report and press  < ENTER >.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-3S
11/92
                                                                                             7

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
                           Narrative Report
                       Please Choose Selection


                    A. Facility Narrative
                    B. Corrective Actions
                    C. PUT / CU / PC
                    D. Compliance, Monitoring, and Enforcements
                    E. All

                    R. Exit from Narrative Report Menu

       Enter selection >
The last screen prompts for an output destination.  To view the report on the screen type 
and press < ENTER >. You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER > key
or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys. To send to your printer type < A > and press
 < ENTER >.  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.  On the PC,
to save to a file type  and press .  The system will ask you for a file name.
This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the
drive and path as well. For example: C:\FILENAME or ArFILENAME.
   ***                    RCRIS




                    Select a Report Destination


                 A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                 B.  View the Report on the Screen


                 R.  Return to Previous Menu


  Enter selection >
11/92                                  FMP-36                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

6.1.2   FMP HANDLER LIST  (FMRPHLST)

Select "2. FMP Handler List   (FMRPHLST)" from the FMP Reports Menu Screen and press
< ENTER >. The FMP Handler List Report Menu will appear. The list report can be sorted
by the Handler's ID or by the Handler's name.  Select the sorting method that you wish for the
report and press < ENTER >.                 -  •


                     FMP  Handler List  Report


                    Please Choose Sort Selection
                 A.  By Handler Id

                 8.  By Handler Name


                 R.  Exit to FMP Reports Menu


     Enter selection >
The FMP Device Selection Screen will be displayed. To view the report on the screen type
  and press  .  You can page  through  the report either by  using the
< ENTER > key or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys.  To send to your printer type
  and press .  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later
use.  On the PC, to save to a file type < 3 > and press < ENTER >.  The system will ask you
for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be
sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
                         R c R i s
                   Select a Report Destination
                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen


                R.  -Return to Previous Menu


  Enter selection >
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-37                                11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE


6.1.3   MILESTONE EVENTS   (FMRPMLST)


Select "3. Milestone Events  (FMRPMLST)" and press < ENTER >.  The FMP Milestone
Events Report Screen is displayed.  Enter the start date of the time period in MMDDYY format
and press  < ENTER >.



                  FMP   Milestone Events Report


                Please Enter start Date Of Time Period

                    Enter  'X' to exit from menu

                         Format MMDDYY
                            123456
                       Start Date*  > 090191
You will now be asked to enter the end date of the time period in MMDDYY format and press
.
                  FMP  Milestone Events Report



                 Please Enter End Date Of Time Period

                    Enter 'X' to exit from menu

                         Format MMDDYY
                            123456
                         End Date > 090591
11/92                                FMP-38                         RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

The next screen will display a menu that will ask if the report is for one Handler ID, a category
of Handler, or for all handlers.  Make your selection and press  < ENTER >. If you choose
Handler ID, you will be asked to type in the ID and press < ENTER >. If you choose Category
of Handler, a menu will display with a list of categories to choose from. Select your option and
press ..                                                        •
                    F  M P  Milestone Events Report
                       Please Choose Selection
                    A. Handler Id

                    B. Category Of Handler

                    C. All Handlers


                    R. Exit to FMP Reports Menu


       Enter selection >
The FMP Milestone Events Report will now display a menu asking if all events are reported or
only FMP approved events.  Make your selection and press  < ENTER >.
                   FMP  Mi lestone Events. Report
                       Please Choose Selection
                    A.  All Events

                    B.  Only FHP Approved


                    R.  Exit to FMP Reports Menu


       Enter selection >
RCRIS 4.0.0                          FMP-39                                  11/92

                                                                                          '.77

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE

Next, the FMP Device Selection Screen is displayed. To view the report on the screen type
  and press  .  You can page  through  the report either by using the
 < ENTER > key or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys. To send to your printer type
 < A> and press .  You also have the option to save the report to a file for later
use. On the PC, to save to a file type <3> and press . The system will ask you
for a file name. This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be
sure to specify the drive and path as well.  For example: C:\FTLENAME or ArFILENAME.
                         RCRIS
                   Select a Report Destination

                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen

                R.  Return to Previous Menu

  Enter selection >



6.1.4   DETAIL FMP   (FMRPDFMP)

Select "4. Detail FMP (FMRPDFMP)" and press < ENTER >. The FMP Detail Report screen
will appear.  This menu will ask if the report is for one Handler ID, a category of Handler, or
for all handlers. Make your selection and press < ENTER >. If you choose Handler ID, you
will be asked to type in the ID and press < ENTER >.  If you choose Category of Handler, a
menu will display with a list of categories to choose from.   Select  your option and press
.                                                          '
11/92                                FMP-40                         RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
                        f HP  Detail Report
                       Please Choose Selection
                    A.  Handler Id
                    B.  Category Of Handler
                    C.  All Handlers

                    R.  Exit to FHP Reports Menu


       Enter selection  >
Next, the FMP Device Selection Screen is displayed.  To view the report on the screen type
   and  press  .   You can page.through  the  report either by using the
 < ENTER > key or by using the < Pg Up >  and < Pg Dn > keys. To send to your printer type
 < A> and press . You also have the option to save the report to a file for later
use. On the PC, to save to a file type < 3 > and press  < ENTER >. The system will ask you
for a file name.  This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be
sure to specify the  drive and path as well.  For example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
                          R C R I S
                   Select a Report Destination
                A. Queue the Report for Printing

                B. View the Report on the Screen


                R. Return to Previous Menu


  Enter selection  >
You will now be asked if RCRIS should run the Handler Narrative Report now or continue
normal processing.  Return to normal processing will take you out to FOCUS. Make your
selection and press  or  to exit to Reports Menu;
RCRIS 4.0.0                          FMP-41                                 11/92

-------
                                                           -   RCRIS USER GUIDE


                     F M P Facility Permit Plan


                      Please Select an Option

                   A. Run Handler Narrative Report
                   B. Continue Normal Processing

                   R. Exit to FMP Reports Menu

      Enter selection > •


6.1.5   WORKLOAD/GANTT CHART  (FMRPWORK)

Select  "5.  Workload/Gantt Chart  (FMRPWORK)" and press < ENTER>.   The FMP
Workload/Gantt Report Screen will appear.   Make a selection from the menu between the
Handler ID or the Responsible Person.  Both selections will prompt you for information. Enter
the ID or Code and press < ENTER >.


                   FMP  Uorlcload/Gentt Report


                      Please Choose Selection
                   A. Handler Id

                   B. Responsible Person

                   R. Exit to FMP Reports Menu

      Enter selection >
The next screen will ask for the starting date of the time period in MMDDYY format.  Enter
the date and press .
                                      FMP-42                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
                    F  M P  uorkload/Gantt Report


                 Please Enter Start Date Of Time Period

                    Enter 'X' to exit from menu

                          Format KMDDYY
                                    123456
                        Start Date*  > 090191
 You will then be asked for the ending date of the time period in MMDDYY format.  Enter the
 date and press < ENTER >.
                   F  H  P  Uorkload/Gantt Report



                 Please Enter End Date Of Time Period

                    Enter 'X' to exit from menu

                          Format MMDDYY
                                   1Z3456
                         End Date*  > 091091
Next, the FMP Device Selection Screen is displayed.  To view the report on the screen type
  and press  .   You can  page through the report either  by using the
< ENTER > key or by using the  and  keys. To send to your printer type
  and press .  You also  have the option to save the report to a file for later
use. On the PC,  to save to a file type < 3 > and press < ENTER >. The system will ask you
for a file name. This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be
sure to specify the drive and path as well.   For example: C:\F1LENAME or A:FILENAME.
RCRIS 4.0.0                          FMP-43                                 11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
                         R C R I S
                   Select a Report Destination


                A. Queue the Report for Printing

                6. View the Report on the Screen


                R. Return to Previous Menu
  Enter selection  >
6.1.6   SPECIFIC EVENT SCHEDULING  (FMRPESCH)

Select "6. Specific Event Scheduling  (FMRPESCH)" and press .  FMP Specific
Event Schedule Report Screen will appear.  Enter the Event Code and press  < ENTER >.
                 FMP Specific Event Schedule Report



                      Please Enter Event Code

                      Enter 'X' to exit menu
                             12345
                Enter selection  > 010
The FMP Specific Event Schedule Report Screen will appear with 3 options:

o     by Schedule Date,
o     by Event Responsible Person, and
o     by Handler Name.

Highlight your selection and press .
11/92
FMP-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 6.1.7   FMP AUDIT REPORT (FMRPAUDT)

 Select "7. FMP Audit Report  (FMRPAUDT)" and press  < ENTER >.  The FMP Device
 Selection Screen will appear.   To view the report on the screen type   and press
 < ENTER >. You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER > key or by using
 the   and   keys.   To send to your printer type   and press
 < ENTER >. On the PC, you also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.
 To save to a file type <3> and press . The system will ask you for a file name.
 This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the
 drive and path as well. For example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
                         R c R i s
                   Select a Report Destination


                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen

                R.  Return to Previous Menu

  inter selection >



6.1.8   PENDING CME/CA ACTIONS (FMRPPEND)


Select "8. Pending CME/CA Actions   (FMRPPEND)" and press  .   The FMP
Pending^CME/CA Actions Report Screen will be displayed. Enter the Handler ID and press



                 f N P Pending CME/CA Actions Report


                     Please Enter Handler Id

                     ENTER 'X' to exit  menu
                         123456789012
                Handler ID*  > MS6210S09871
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-45                               11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE

The FMP Device Selection Screen will appear.  To view the report on the screen type 
and press < ENTER >.  You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER >  key
or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys.  To send to your printer type < A > and press
< ENTER>.  You also have  the option to save  the report to a file for later use.  On the PC,
to save to a file type <3> and press  . The system will ask you for a file name.
This can be any file name you  choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the
drive and path as well. For example:  C:\FILENAME or A:FTLENAME.
                         RCRIS
                   Select a Report Destination


                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen
                R.  Return to Previous Menu
  Enter selection >
6.1.9   EVENT TABLE REPORT  (FMRPETAB)

Select "9. Event Table Report (FMRPETAB)" and press < ENTER >. The ETEMPLAT File
List Screen will appear.  Type the number that matches the appropriate member and press
.
                     RCRIS: ETEMPLAT File List
                       Tracks Selection Screen
                         1 - All Members
                         2 = PMT
                         3 = CHE
                         4 = CA
                         5 = FMP
                         6 = PM

                   Enter Your Selection =
       Enter-Continue
       F4-Exit
11/92
FMP-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 •FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 The next screen that will appear is the Milestones or Events Selection Screen.  You have the
 choice of all events or only milestone events in your report. Enter the appropriate number and
 press  .
                       BCRIS: ETEKPLAT File List
                 Milestones or Events Selection Screen
                      1 s All Events

                      2 - Only Milestone Events

                     Enter Your Selection «



        Enter-Continue                            F4-Exit
 The FMP Device Selection Screen wili appear, to view the report on the screen type 
 and press .  You can page through the report either by using the  key
 or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys.  To send to your printer type < A > and press
 < ENTER >.   Chi the PC, you also have the option to save the report to a  file for later use.
 To save to a file type  < 3 > and press  < ENTER >. The system will ask you for a file name.
 This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the
 drive and path as well. For example: C:\FDLENAME or A:FILENAME.
    ***                    R C R I S




                    Select a Report Destination


                 A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                 B.  View the Report on the Screen


                 R.  Return to Previous Menu


  Enter selection  >
RCRIS 4.0.0                          FMP-47                                 11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
(.1.10
      STAFF TABLE REPORT  (FMRPNAME)
Select "10. Staff Table Report  (FMRPNAME)" and press  .  The Responsible
Person Name File Sort Selection Screen is displayed.  There are two options to this menu:  by
staff code or by name.  Enter the appropriate number and press < ENTER >.
                   RCRIS: Responsible Person Name
                     File Sort Selection Screen
                   *****************************
                        1 " By Staff Code
                        2 = By Name

                     Enter Your Selection =
                       r***********************
Enter-Continue
                                             F4-Exit
The FMP Device Selection Screen will appear.  To view the report on the screen type 
and press < ENTER >. You can page through the report either by using the < ENTER > key
or by using the < Pg Up > and < Pg Dn > keys. To send to your printer type < A > and press
< ENTER >.  On the PC, you also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.
To save to a file type  <3> and press  . The system will ask you for a file name.
This can be any file name you choose to a maximum of eight characters. Be sure to specify the
drive and path as well. For example: C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
                         RCRIS
                   Select a Report Destination


                A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                B.  View the Report on the Screen
                R.  Return to Previous Menu
  Enter selection  >
11792
                              FMP-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING

 7     HANDLER NARRATIVE

 The Handler Narrative  function allows your  agency to record all  the complex  and
 comprehensive information about a particular  handler conveniently.  You can enter  any
 information your agency feels is important to regulating or tracking activities for a handler. This
 narrative information may be entered directly into any of three RCRIS modules:  FMP, CM &
 E, or Corrective Action.; This means you can write detailed information about the handler's
 permit, CM & E activities, corrective action instruments or events, or any combination of all
 three.  You may also write a narrative containing general information about the facility itself.

 To access this function from the FMP Main Menu  use the up/down arrow key or type 
 once to highlight Handler Narrative and press
                           R C R 1 S
                    Facility Management Planning
         Database: K4DB.NSR
                          FMP Main Menu
                      Add/Initialize FMP
                      Update FMP
                      Delete FHP
                      Reports
                      Handler Narrative
                      Exit To RCRIS Main Menu
7.1    NARRATIVE MENU SCREEN

After  selecting Handler Narrative, the Narrative  Menu Screen is displayed  with the
Create/Edit Narrative option highlighted. The option allows you to enter and edit the narrative
information for a particular handler within RCRIS. To select this option press < ENTER >.
                           R C R I S
                           Narrative
         Database: K4DB.MSR
                      Narrative Menu Screen
                      Create/Edit Narrative
                      Report
                      Exit To Hain Menu
NOTES:
      o     The screens in this section can also be found in the CM & E module.
      o     Exit to Main Menu returns you to the FMP Main Menu.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMP-49
11/92

-------
                                                                   RCRIS USER GUIDE
7.2    CREATE/EDIT NARRATIVE
After selecting the Create/Edit Narrative option, the "Facility Narrative Screen 1" is displayed.
This screen allows you to create or update narrative information.  Enter the Handler ID and a
narrative type. The narrative type is used to maintain comprehensive information for a handler
by  particular type.   For  example,  detailed  information  about  the  facility's  permit (or
closure/post-closure plans) can be included and maintained  separately.   General information
about the facility can also be included as well as CM & £ and Corrective Action information.
Select the appropriate narrative type by entering  ,  

, and press . •A**************************************************************************** * RCRIS: Facility Narratives Screen 1 * a***************************************************************************** Enter Handler ID: HS6210809871 Enter Narrative Type: F ************************************************ * * Facility Narrative - F * Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure - P * * Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C * * Corrective Action - A * ************************************************ ****************************************************************************** * ENTER-Continue F3-Exit F8-Help * MI**************************************************************************** After pressing < ENTER > a free form screen is displayed for you to enter the narrative information. The top of the screen shows the Handler ID, narrative type, date of the last revision, and the name of the facility. Various functions are available to help you move through and edit the narrative text. Be sure and press < ENTER > to save your edits before leaving the screen. 11/92- FMP-50 RCRIS 4.0.0


-------
 FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
     ID: NS6210809871      RCRIS: Narrative for FMP     Updated:
 Edit    WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
 I/D   F3-Exit     TAB-Next Line            F7/PgUp-Backward   PAGE 01
      F4-Next ID   ENTER-Edit/Save          F8/PgDn-Forward


NOTES:

       o     The  key returns you to the Narrative Menu Screen without saving your
        ,     changes.

       o     The  key returns you to Screen 1 without saving your changes.

       o     The  displays a Help Screen  or edit commands. (Press  again to
             exit the Help Screen).

       o     The  key takes you back one page.

       o     The  key takes you forward one page.

       o     Press < ENTER > to save your changes.


7.3    LOAD FROM ASCH FILE

On the PC, the Load from ASCII File option allows you to generate and maintain your handler
narratives with a word processing or text editor on a PC and then load the narrative into your
RCRIS database. The only requirement is that the text must be convertible to ASCII characters.

To use this option, log on to RCRIS (if you had to exit to prepare the text) and select CM & E
from the RCRIS Main Menu.  Next, select Handler Narrative from the CM & E Main Menu.
Finally, select Load from ASCH File from the Narrative Menu Screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         FMP-S1                                 11792

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE

Hie "Facility Narrative Load Screen 1" is now displayed.  On this screen specify the location
of the file you want to load. The file can be loaded from a PC hard disk or floppy disk drive.
Simply specify the complete location of the file.  For example, C:\TEXT\HANDLER.NAR
might be where your text file is stored on your "C" drive.  Wild card characters such as an "*"
are unacceptable.
         RCRIS: Facility Narrative Load ASCII Screen 1
      Enter file from which to load:

                Example: A:FACILITY.DOC
   ENTER-CONTINUE
 F4-Return to Menu
After entering the correct, file name the "Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2" is displayed. On
this screen specify the Handler ID the narrative is going to and the type of handler narrative.
Enter   for general facility information, 

for permitting, for compliance information, or for corrective action information-and press < ENTER >. RCRIS will load your narrative text into the system. RCRIS: Narrative Load ASCII File Screen 2 Enter Handler ID: Enter Narrative Type: j Corrective Action - A j Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C Permitting/Closure/Post Closure - P Facility Narrative - F ENTER-Continue F4-Exit After your text is loaded the text Screen 3 requesting you to choose another selection is displayed. On this screen you may elect to load another file, select another handler, or exit. 11/92 FMPrSl RCRIS 4.0.0


-------
FACILITY MANAGEMENT PLANNING
                       Please Choose Selection

                       Another Load

                       Another Handler Id Entry

                       Exit
Mate your selection and press < ENTER >.

NOTES:

       o     Only complete file names are accepted.  Specify the drive, directory and any sub-
             directories and complete file name.  Wild card characters such as an "*" are
             unacceptable.

       o     Use the narrative edit function discussed previously in this chapter to review the
             loaded text.


7.4    REPORT

The Report option is used to generate a report that lists a brief summary of each narrative in
your system. Select the Report option from the Narrative Menu Screen and press < ENTER >.
The first screen displayed will prompt you for a Handler ID. Fill in this information and press
.


                          Narrative Report


                      Please Enter Handler  Id
                      Enter 'X' to exit menu


                  Handler ID* > MS6210809871

The Narrative Report menu prompts you to make a RCRIS module  selection for your report.
There are five module options available for the report:  Facility Narrative, Corrective Actions,
PMT/CL/PC, Compliance, Monitoring and Enforcement and AIL Type the corresponding letter
of your selection, or type 'R' to exit from the Narrative Report screen.  Press  to
move to the Select a Report Destination screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
FMT-53
11/92

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
                           Narrative Report
                        Please Choose Selection


                    A.  Facility Narrative
                    B.  Corrective Actions
                    C.  PUT / CL / PC
                    0.  compliance. Monitoring, and Enforcements
                    E.  All

                    R.  Exit from Narrative Report Menu

      Enter selection >
The last screen prompts you for an output destination.  To view the report on the screen, type
'B' and press  .  To send to your printer, type 'A' and press .

On the PC, you also have the option to save the report to a file for later use.  To save to a file,
type 'F' and press < ENTER >. The system will ask you for a file name. This can be any file
name you choose to a maximum of eight characters.  Be sure to specify the drive as well.  For
example:  C:\FILENAME or A:FILENAME.
   ***                     RCRIS                       ***



                    Select a Report Destination


                 A.  Queue the Report for Printing

                 B.  View the Report on the Screen


                 R.  Return to Previous Henu


  Enter selection >



After the report is finished the Narrative Menu Screen is displayed.
11/92                                   FMP-54                           RCRIS 4.0.6

-------

-------

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT

-------

-------
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
DATA ASSESSMENT MODULE
1.1
1.2
                     	  1
RCRIS EDITOR	  1
USING THE DATA ASSESSMENT MODULE SOFTWARE	  2
1.3   EDITOR 	 3
1.4   THE EDIT ERROR REPORT 	 4
1.5   CM&E ORPHAN REPORTS	 7
     1.5.1 CM & E REPORT OF EVALUATIONS DETECTING NO
         VIOLATIONS	 . 8
     1.5.2 CM & E REPORT OF ENFORCEMENTS ADDRESSING
         NO VIOLATIONS 	11
     1.5.3 CM & E REPORT OF VIOLATIONS DETECTED BY NO
         EVALUATIONS		14
     1.5.4 CM & E REPORT OF VIOLATIONS WITH NO
         ASSOCIATED ENFORCEMENT	17
1.6   PROCESS TOTAL UNITS REPORT	20
                                                        /

-------
"  .,    ."••'*

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
 1      DATA ASSESSMENT MODULE

 The Data Assessment Module of RCRIS is a tool that should be used to check the quality of
 your data.  The Data Assessment Module is the Editor software of RCRIS.
1.1    RCRIS EDITOR

The Editor runs as part of the Merge process.  During Merge the Editor runs against the data
you have sent to be incorporated into the Merged Database.  (See the RCRIS Merged Database
Administration  Guide for more information regarding  the Merge process and the Merged
Database).  The Editor works a little differently in this case because not only does it locate
incorrectly formatted data, but also removes the incorrect data so that it cannot pass to the
Merged Database.  There is one exception.  The Editor will pass and mark an incorrect Handler
Identification record if the record has data from other modules associated with it.  In other
words,  a handler record containing incorrect  data  that also has permitting  or compliance
information associated with it will be passed to the Merged Database with the error noted on the
Editor report.  Even though the record is passed you should still correct the error prior to the
next Merge.

You can also run the Editor against your implementer database. This is known as the Data
Assessment module and is simply the Editor software previously mentioned. You should run
the Editor prior to performing a Merge extract.  By doing so you can correct any errors in your
data before the data is sent to the Merged Database.  Remember that incorrect  data the Editor
"catches" at the Merged Database is deleted.  That means you would have to  send your data
again  to place it all in the Merged Database. You are free to run the Editor any time you want
to check the integrity of the data in your database. Just remember that during  the Conversion
and Merge  processes the Editor runs automatically. You must use the Data Assessment module
to run the Editor on your database.   -                       ,
RCRIS 4.0.0                           DA-1                                  11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.2   USING THE DATA ASSESSMENT MODULE SOFTWARE
                           RCRIS
                        Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
        Database: RCRT.ARR                Ver: *.*.# ##/##/#*
                 Please Select Desired Work Package
                Handler Identification
                Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
                Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
                Corrective Action
                Program Management
                Facility Management Planning
                Data Assessment
                Database Administration
                FOIA Reports  .
                Exit RCRIS
To begin, select DATA ASSESSMENT from the RCRIS Main Menu and press
Next, the following screen will appear.
                           RCRIS
         Database: RCRT.ARR
                         Data Assessment
                   Data Assessment Selection Menu
                     Editor
                     CM & E Orphan Reports
                     Process Total Units Report
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
The Data Assessment Selection Menu gives you four options:  Tab down and select EDITOR,
CM & E ORPHAN REPORTS or PROCESS TOTAL UNIT REPORT, and press < ENTER>
to execute. To exit, select 'RETURN TO RCRIS MAIN MENU' and press < ENTER >.
11/92
DA-2
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
1.3    EDITOR
  RCRIS: IMPLENENTER CORE FUG OVERRIDE
                                                       SCREEN 1 OF 1
                          HANDLER ID:  N  (V/N)       .
                          PERMITTING:  N  (T/N)
  COMPLIANCE, MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT:  N   next to an option will only include core data in the edit.  Entering  will
include all data (including core) in the edit.  You can also select the level of edit by choosing
 for high level or  for low level.  Entering  produces a stringent edit similar
to the edits used for each data entry screen.  Each data element must virtually match the RCRIS
Data Element Dictionary in  order to pass the Editor on this setting.  Do not use the high level
edit setting until after you have run the Editor a few times and your data is near error free.  An
 provides a less stringent edit  run. This setting is similar to the Editor that runs during
conversion.  Fewer elements are checked using this setting.  You should continue using the low
level setting  until you feel comfortable that your data is nearly error free.  When all selection
have been made, press < ENTER >  to continue.  The next screen will appear.
 •a***************************************************************************
 *                        RCRIS                               *
 *                ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                  VERSION  4.#.#  05/13/91            TIME: 07:23   *
                    ACCOUNT INFORMATION  FOR BATCH JOB
FIMAS ID
PRIORITY
BOX NUMBER
DESTINATION
COPIES
TIME ==>
MINUTES
SECONDS
» RCRST
» 1
» C802
» N3
» 1

» 1
» 59
RCRIS 4.0.0
                    FILE OPTION (Y/N) » N   (SEND REPORT TO A FILE)
                    CONTINUE    (Y/N) » Y
DA-3
11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE
Use  to move between fields.  Enter the User's TSO FIMAS ID and press < TAB >.
Enter the priority number. The values are T for low and '2' for high.  Enter the User's Box
number and press .   Enter the printing destination and press  .  Enter the
number of copies of the Edit Error Report to print and press < TAB >. Enter the time (minutes
and seconds) to be allowed for batch processing. The default is 1 minute 59 seconds.  If the
batch job needs more time, increase these two fields. To send the report to a file, type 'Y' for
Yes in the FILE OPTION field.  The default 'N' for No.  To send the report to a file, the
destination field must contain the file name.  Up to eight characters are allowed in this field.
To continue, type 'Y* for Yes in the CONTINUE field and press < ENTER >. The next screen
will  now appear.  To discontinue, type  'N; for  No in the CONTINUE field and press
.
 1KJ562501 JOB EPURPTCJOB17935) SUBMITTED
 BATCH JOB SUBMITTED FOR K6DB.HSR
 RECORD JOB NUMBER ABOVE, THEN PRESS  TO CONTINUE.
The processing of the Editor has now been submitted for batch processing.  Note the job
number of the submitted.  This number should be used to track the progress of the job in
SDSF. Press < ENTER > to continue.  When *** appears, press  < ENTER > again.
1.4   THE EDIT ERROR REPORT

When you receive your edit error reports the first thing to do is remove the cover page. The
cover page lists all the error codes and their descriptions.  Save this cover page because you will
need to refer to it as you go through the report.  The report is sorted by Handler ID. The
handler identification number and facility name are listed. Under each ID are listed the data
elements in error.  The following is an example of the cover page from the Edit Error Report.
11/92                                 DA-4                           RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
 REPORT ID:


 NREDRP01
  REPORT DESCRIPTION:
MS DATA
        •** R C R I S V.4.#.# **•


         NS REGION  IMPLEMENTER


           EDIT ERROR REPORTS
    SORTED BY HANDLER ID / DATA ELEMENT
PAGE:    1

DATE:
  This report lists all edit errors on data coming into this copy of RCRIS.
  The report is available on implementer and merged databases.

  REPORT UTILIZATION:

  Database Administrators

  REPORT CODES:

  Error Code   Error Description

   00000001   Handler Id has incorrect format or checksum.
   00000002   field cannot be left blank.
   00000003   Field does not have acceptable value.       .  .
   00000004   Only one instance with this value allowed.
   00000005   Field cannot equal zero.
   00000006   Location State must be same as Handler Id state.
   00000007   Unit of Measure not appropriate for Process.
   00000008   Section of concatenated key is not in the key path.
   00000009   Date cannot be before 08/19/1980.
   00000010   Event status code not appropriate for Event.
   00000011   Record for this handler does not exist in Handler Module.


Note that to the right of the data element name the report also tells you what occurrence of that

field is in error.   This is done by showing the sequence number of the  occurrence of that

particular data. RCRIS has what are termed "repeating groups" of information.  You will be

storing more than one occurrence of some particular types of information.  For example,  a

facility may have more than one owner.  You can record each owner's information in RCRIS.

Let us suppose there were ten owners for a facility and in one occurrence there was an error in

the phone number field.  You would know by looking at the report which occurrence is the one

in error without having to go into the system and look  through each one.  Now  look another

column to the right.  This column shows the error code.  Now refer back to  the cover page you

saved and look up the english description of this error.  The last column of information on the

right is where the report displays the actual incorrect data found in a field (for example, letters

found in a zip code field).  The letters the Editor found would be printed in that last column.
RCRIS 4.0.0
     DA-5
       11/52

-------
Ed
U
S
      -i
      II
                                CM* in
                                si §
                5 SS
                o oo
                o oo
                o oo
                     g
                 IN
                 Jg"^
assess!
                                       ;§ss
3888888!
>OOOOOO(
>oooooo<
>GOOOOO<
>oooooo<
>ODOOOO<
9OOOOOO4
58888
>oooo
>oooo
9OOOO
9OOOO
9OOOO
        *IU   •
        «£  -:
         »
        -» O ZUI O
        oc<0

        OK
       «
       Is
             s
                  >aoa
                  >SSS
          oooo
           fooo
           oe? -

        iilii i

        5 iu lumui 5
        z to IA v> u> se
                                           ;S3S
                                           ISg"
                              ____§g
                                     oo<

                                   2£;
                ?gggg§S8§
                i n if ₯ n ii n n N
                illiiiiii
                                                             i55
   sfeo&  Sooo& SSgSS&fefe1f1fl?TfTfTf1fTfTFTf>.^  «».^^^^ wwjg.
                                                              •$H
                                                              m QJ
                                                              uu
                                  u
                                  •<«
                                  to
  m m     yj m uj
I  zuix «Oazuj>-  i
siletsiRSietsbs
) S a. in u N N lo. en u rsij
> o O O p pK - O p'o O ri = = = =
("ouQOoenauoooincncAin
                                                  8 8
                                                              8 8
                                                             '
                                              UI UJ liJ tU UJ LU LU LU UJ tU UJ U UJ UJ "^

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
1.5    CM&E ORPHAN REPORTS

There are four CM&E Orphan Reports. They are:

       o      CM&E Report of Evaluations Detecting No Violations
       o      CM&E Report of Enforcements Addressing No Violations
       o      CM&E Report of Violations Detected By No Evaluations
       o      CM&E Report of Violations With No Associated Enforcement

The Evaluations Detecting No Violations Report shows all evaluations performed which are
not pointed to by violations. The absence of a pointer may be legitimate, as not all evaluations
detect violations.  However, because the absence of a pointer can also be created by failure to
link the proper violations records to evaluations, this report aids in maintaining the quality of
CM&E data.                                             .

The Enforcements Addressing No Violations Report shows all enforcement actions taken which
are not pointed to by violations. The absence of a pointer is created by failure to link the proper
violation records to enforcement actions.  This report also in an aid to be used in maintaining
the quality of CM&E data.                              r        .

The Violations With No Associated Enforcement Report shows violations that are not related
to any enforcement action.  These violations may indicate data quality problems since any
violation is associated with at least one enforcement action.  However, violations may exist
where an enforcement action has  not yet been taken.  These instances would be considered a
timeliness problem, rather than a  data quality problem.

The Violations Detected  By No  Evaluations Report shows violations that are not associated
with any evaluation. These violations may indicate data quality problems since any violation is
associated with at least one evaluation.
                           R C R I S
                         Data Assessment
         Database: RCRT.ARR
                    Data Assessment Selection Menu
                     Editor
                     CM & E Orphan Reports
                     Process Total Knits Report
                     Return to RCRtS Main Menu
To run a CM&E Orphan Report,  select the CM & E Orphan Reports option from the Data
Assessment Selection Menu and press < ENTER >  to display the CM & E Data Assessment
Reports screen.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DA-7
11/52

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
 a****************************************
                                          t**»*************»«******»**1
                     CM & E Data Assessment Reports

     A. CM & E Report of Evaluations Detecting.No Violations
     B. CM & E Report of Enforcements Addressing No Violations
     C. CM I E Report of violations Detected by No Evaluations
     D. CM & E Report of Violations with no Associated Enforcement
               Please Enter Your Selection:

                                  F4-EXIT
 » «• * * *i»««*«««*«****«««»«««**««««**»«in> «««
To run the Evaluations Detecting No Violations Report, type 'A' and press < ENTER >.  To
run the Enforcements Addressing No Violations Report, type 'B' and press < ENTER >.   To
run the Violations Detected by No Evaluations Report, type 'C' and press .  To run
the Violations With No Associated Enforcement Report, type 'D' and press < ENTER>.  To
return to the CM&E Data Assessment Selection Menu, press < F4 >.
1.5.1  CM & £ REPORT OF EVALUATIONS DETECTING NO VIOLATIONS

A*****************************************************************************
                 RCRIS: CM & E Universe Selection Screen
   »»**»*******»*»*»»********»**»»»»«************«««*****«****»*«********••
              PLEASE ENTER CHOICE:
     1. EPA ID'S to enter now
     2. EPA ID'S in a file
     ENTER  TSO DATASET NAME =>
     5. All Handlers.
     6. Land Disposal
     7. Inspectable Land Disposal
     8. Treat/Store U/0 Incinerators
     9. Treat/Store/Incinerators
    10. TSD's
    11. Inspectable TSD's
    12. Incinerators
 3. Zip Codes in a file
 4. State/County Codes in a file

13. LQGs
14. Transporters   .
15. Handlers Currently Out of Compl
16. Significant Non Compilers (SNC)
17. SNCS Currently Out of Compl
18. High Priority Violators
19. HPV's Currently Out of Compl
   •FOR OPTIONS 5 - 19, SPECIFY      STATE => ALL
a*****************************************************************************
*       Enter-Continue             *              F4 - Exit          *
a*****************************************************************************

After selecting Option "A* from the CM&E Data Assessment Reports, the above screen appears.
To exit, press < F4 >. To make a selection, enter the numeric value of the option.  For Options
5 -19, enter the State Postal Code in the SPECIFY STATE field and press  .  For
Options 2-4,  enter  the TSO dataset  name  in the TSO DATASET NAME  field and press
< ENTER >. If Option T was selected, the following screen appears.
11/92
          DA-8'
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATA ASSESSMENT
              *****«***•••**••*•*•••**••••«******************************«*«*«******«***••**

                                    RCRIS: CM S E ID Input Screen '

              •A***************************************************************************
                              (Mr**************************************
                              *       ,    -
                              *
                              •Enter Handler ID
                              •(blank when finished):
                              *•*•••***••••*************«*»******•****
              *       Enter-Continue             *                F4-Exit           *
              ••A***************************************************************************

To exit, press < F4 >. Enter the Handler ID and press < ENTER >. The Handler ID that you
just entered will disappear.  Press  < ENTER > again to continue the processing.

After making any selection from the CM&E Universe Selection Screen, the following screen
appears.                            .
                                 RCRIS: CM & E Date Range Selection
               •A**************************************************************************

                  .  •          Please Select a Lou and High Test Range"
                              or blank for default value of all
                                Beginning Date (MHDDYY):

                                   Ending Date (HMODYY):
              ******************************************************************************
              *       Enter-Continue             *            .  .  F4-Exit           *
              ******************************************************************************

To exit,  press  .   To select  the beginning  date of the test range, enter  the date in
MMDDYY format and press  .  An example of MMDDYY format would be the date
June 17,  1991. It would be entered as 061791. Next enter the ending date of the test range and
press < ENTER >.  To test the entire test range, press < ENTER >.  The following menu now
appears.                          .
                                      Report Processing Menu

                                       Run Batch Job
                                       Run Online Job
                                       Exit Report Program
RCRIS 4.0.0
DA-9
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
                               \
To run the report using batch processing, select Run Batch Job and press < ENTER >.  To run
the report online, select Run Online Job and press < ENTER >.  To exit the menu, select Exit
Report Program and press < ENTER >.

If Run Batch Job was selected, the following screen appears.
              ****************
                           ************************************************************
                                RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION

                                      FIHAS ID:   RCRST
                                      PRIORITY:   2
                                          BOX:   C802
                                         OEST:   HOLD
                                      " COPIES:   1

                                 ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN

                                ••••« « • * »**«•< * * « » « >•«•**•***« t« » * a********************
                        Enter-Continue         *         F4-Exit                *
             *****************************************************************************


To exit, press < F4 >.  Use < TAB >  to move between fields.  Enter your FIMAS ID and press
 .  Enter the priority number and press . The values are T  for low and '2'

for high.  Enter the User's Box number and press .  Enter the destination and press

 .  Enter the number of copies of the report to print and press  < ENTER >.  The
following message now appears.                                                         *


 JKJ56250I JOB EPU(JOB07282> SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        >»» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
 **»


Note the job number at the top of the screen.  Record this number to track the job in SDSF.

Press < ENTER > to continue.  When *** appears, press < ENTER > again.


If Run Online Job was selected, the following screen appears.
                            RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
                            *****************************
                                  1 - Screen          *
                                  2 = Printer          *
                                                    *
                                                    *
                              Enter Your Selection =    •
                            *****************************
             ******************************************************************************
             *      Enter-Continue            *              '  F4-Exit          •
             ******************************************************************************

To exit, press . To view the report on the screen, type T and press .  To
print the report, type '2' and press < ENTER >..
11/92
DA-10
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATA ASSESSMENT
 1.5.2  CM & E REPORT OF ENFORCEMENTS ADDRESSING NO VIOLATIONS
         MM>**
      5. All Handlers
      6. Land Disposal
      7. Inspectable Land Disposal
      8. Treat/Store U/0 Incinerators
      9. Treat/Store/Incinerators
     10. TSO's
     11. Inspectable TSO's
     12. Incinerators
   •FOR OPTIONS 5 - 19, SPECIFY
                                   3. Zip Codes in a file
                                   4. State/County Codes in a file

                                  13. LQGs              '
                                  14. Transporters
                                  15. Handlers Currently Out of Conpl
                                  16. Significant Non Compilers (SNC)
                                  17. SNCS Currently Out of Conpl
                                  18. High Priority Violators
                                  19. HPV's Currently Out of Compl
                                 STATE ">  ALL
******************************************************************************
        Enter-Continue
                                                 F4 - Exit
 After selecting Option 'B' from the CM&E Data Assessment Reports, the above screen appears.
 To exit, press . To make a selection,'enter the numeric value of the option.  For Options
 5 - 19, enter the State Postal Code in the SPECIFY STATE field and press < ENTER >.  For
 Options 2 - 4,  enter  the TSO dataset name in the TSO DATASET NAME field and press
 .

 If Option T was  selected, the following screen appears.

  A*****************************************************************************

                      .RCRIS: CM & E  ID Input Screen
  MM*************************************************************************
                  ***************************************
                  *
                  *
                  •Enter Handler ID
                  •{blank when finished):   .
                  ****************************************
 ******************************************************************************
 *       Enter-Continue             *     "           F4-Exit           *
 A*****************************************************************************
To exit, press < F4 >.  Enter the Handler ID and press  < ENTER >.  The Handler ID that you
just entered will disappear.  Press < ENTER > again to continue the processing.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                           DA-11
11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
After making any selection from the CM&E Universe Selection Screen, the following screen
appears.
 ***+*********************•*•*•••••
                                 ****************************************
                    RCRIS:  CM ft E Date Range Selection
 •»»»»•*•**«*************«•**********»********»«»****»****
                                                           *********
                 Please Select a Low and High Test Range
                 or blank for default value of all
                   Beginning Date (HMODYY):

                     Ending Date (HMDDYY):
 *       Enter-Continue             *                F4-Exit          *
 **************•••*****»**********•*»*««»********»**»**»»»**••*****************
To exit, press .  To select the beginning date of the test range, enter the date in the
MMDDYY format and press  .  An example of the MMDDYY format would be the
date June 17,1991.  It would be entered as 061791.  Next enter the ending date of the test range
and press < ENTER >.  To test the entire test range, press < ENTER >. The following menu
now appears.
                         Report Processing Menu

                         Run Batch Job
                         Run Online Job
                         Exit Report Program
To run the report using batch processing,  select Run Batch Job and press < ENTER >. To run
the report online, select Run Online Job and press  < ENTER >.  To exit the menu, select Exit
Report Program and press < ENTER >.

If Run Batch Job  was selected, the following screen  appears.
                    RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION
                          FINAS ID:
                          PRIORITY:
                               BOX:
                              DEST:
                            COPIES:
RCRST
2
C802
HOLD
1
                     ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN
 *          Enter-Continue         *         F4-Exit                *
 ******»*»******•»********************»*»»*********»**»******»*********•••••*•
11/92
      DA-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
To exit, press .  Use   to move between fields.  Enter the User's TSO FIMAS
ID and press .  Enter the priority number and press . The values are '1* for
low and *2' for high. Enter the User's Box number and press . Enter the destination
and press < TAB >. Enter the number of copies of the report to print and press < ENTER >.
The following message now appears.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPUCJOB07282) SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE Of THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        >»» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Notice the job number at the top of the screen.  Record this number to track the job in SDSF.
Press  to continue.  When *** appears, press

If Run Online Job was selected, the following screen appears.
 ******************************************************************************

                RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
  ****************************************************************************
                *****************************
                     1 = Screen
                     2 = Printer
                  Enter Your Selection =
                *****************************
        Enter-Continue
       F«-Exit
To exit, press . To view the report on the screen, type T and press . To
print the report, type '2' and press .
RCRIS 4.0.0
DA-13
11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.5.3  CM & E REPORT OF VIOLATIONS DETECTED BY NO EVALUATIONS
               RCRIS: CM & E Universe Selection Screen
•»««•••*•««««•«*•«•«•••»*»<;*•*•****•••••«*«*•*•**«**«**«*«*«*«»****»>••*
            PLEASE ENTER CHOICE:
   1. EPA ID'S to enter now
   2. EPA ID's in a file
   ENTER  TSO DATASET NAME =>
   5. All Handlers
   6. Land Disposal
   7. Inspectable Land Disposal
   8. Treat/Store U/0 Incinerators
   9. Treat/Store/Incinerators
  10. TSD'S
  11. Inspectable TSO's
  12. Incinerators
•FOR OPTIONS 5 - 19, SPECIFY
                                   3. Zip Codes in a file
                                   4. State/County Codes in a file

                                  13. LOGS
                                  H. Transporters
                                  15. Handlers Currently Out of Conpl
                                  16. Significant Kon Compilers (SNC)
                                  17. SNCS Currently Out of Conpl
                                  18. High Priority violators
                                  19. HPV's Currently Out of Conpl

                                 STATE =>  ALL
******************************************************************************
*       Enter-Continue             *               F4 - Exit           *
******************************************************************************

After selecting Option 'C' from the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, the above screen
appears.  To exit, press .  To make a selection, enter the numeric value of the option.
For Options 5 - 19, enter the State Postal  Code in the SPECIFY STATE  field and press
.  For Options 2-4, enter the TSO dataset name in the TSO DATASET NAME
field and press < ENTER >.

If Option T was selected, the  following screen  appears.
             •••••A************************************************************************

                                   RCRIS: CM & E ID Input Screen
              *****»*•»»******•*«««»«************************•*••»*******««***•••*******»•
                              ••A*************************************
                              *                                 *
                              •Enter Handler ID
                              •(blank when finished):
                              *                                 *
                              *******************»********************.
              *****************************************************************************
                     Enter-Continue             •                F4-Exit           •
              A****************************************************************************
To exit to the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, press .  Enter the Handler ID and
press < ENTER >.  The Handler ID that you just entered will disappear.  Press  < ENTER >
again to continue the processing.
11/92
                                         DA-14
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATA ASSESSMENT
 After making any selection from the CM&E Universe Selection Screen, the following screen
 appears..

              **••**««**** ***«•««««««««»« a**************************************************

                                RCRIS: CM & E Date Range Selection  -
               ****************************************************************************
                              Please Select a Low and High Test Range
                              or blank for default value of all
                               Beginning Date (MNDDYY):

                                  Ending Date (MMDDYY):
             ******************************************************************************
             *       Enter-Continue             *               '  F4-Exit           *
            . A*****************************************************************************

To exit to the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, press  .  To select the beginning
date of the test range, enter  the date in MMDDYY format and press .  An example
of MMDDYY format would be the date June  17, 1991.  It would be entered as 061791.  Next
enter the ending date of the test range and press  < ENTER >.  To test the entire test range,
press < ENTER >.  The following menu now appears.
                                     Report Processing Menu  j
                                      Run Batch Job
                                   i   Run Online Job
                                      Exit Report Program
To run the report using batch processing, select Run Batch Job and press < ENTER >.  To run
the report online, select Run Online Job and press  < ENTER >. To exit the menu, select Exit.
Report Program and press < ENTER >.

If Run Batch Job was  selected,  the following screen appears.
                                 RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION
                                       FIMAS ID:
                                       PRIORITY:
                                           BOX:
                                          DEST:
                                        COPIES:
      RCRST
      2
      C802
      HOLD
      1
                                 ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION .SHOWN
             "          Enter-Continue         *          F4-Exit                *
             *****************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
DA-15
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
To exit to the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, press .  Use  to move
between fields.  Enter the User's TSO FIMAS ID and press .  Enter the priority
number and press . The values are T for low and '2' for high.  Enter the User's Box
number and press .  Enter the destination and press  .  Enter the number of
copies of the report to print and press < ENTER >.  The following message now appears.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPU(JOB07282) SUBMITTED
 PLEASE HAKE A NOTE Of THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        >»» PLEASE PRESS ."ENTER" TO CONTINUE
 ***     •                                                   "             .

Note the job number at the top of the screen. Record this number to track the job in SDSF.
Press < ENTER > to continue. When *** appears, press < ENTER > again.


If the Run Online Job selected, the following screen appears.
            A*****************************************************************************

                            RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
             ****************************************************************************
                            *****************************
                                1 » Screen
                                2 = Printer
                             Enter Your Selection =
                           *****************************
            ********************•**««***************************<
            *       Enter-Continue            *
                       **************
                  F4-Exit         *
To exit to the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, press  . To view the report on
the screen, type  T and press < ENTER >.   To print  the  report, type  '2'  and press
 .
11/92
DA-16
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
              DATA ASSESSMENT
              1.5.4  CM & E REPORT OF VIOLATIONS
                               RCRIS: CM & E Universe Selection Screen
            PLEASE ENTER CHOICE:
   1. EPA ID'S to enter now
   2. EPA ID'S in a file
   ENTER  TSO OATASET MAME =>
   5. All Handlers
   6. Land Disposal
   7. Inspectable Land Disposal
   6. Treat/Store U/0 Incinerators
   9. Treat/Store/Incinerators
  10. ISO's
  11. Inspectable TSD's
  12. Incinerators
•FOR OPTIONS 5 •  19, SPECIFY
    ****************
     Enter-Continue
                                                3: Zip Codes in a file
                                                4. State/County Codes in a file

                                               13. LOGS
                                               14. Transporters
                                               15. Handlers Currently Out of Compl
                                               16. Significant Non Conpliers (SNC)
                                               17. SNCS Currently Out of Compl
                                               18. High Priority Violators
                                               19. KPV's Currently Out of Compl
                                              STATE =>  ALL
                                                              F4 - Exit
              After selecting Option *D' from the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, the above screen
              appears.  To exit, press .  To make a selection, enter the numeric value of the option.
              For Options 5 - 19, enter  the State Postal  Code in  the SPECIFY STATE field and press
              < ENTER >.  For Options 2 - 4, enter the TSO dataset name in the TSO DATASET NAME
              field and press < ENTER >..
     •fc     If Option T was selected, the following screen appears.
                           ******************************************************************************

                                                RCRIS: CM & E ID  Input Screen
                           ****************************************************************************
                                           ****************************************
                                          '*
                                           'Enter Handler ID
                                           "(blank when finished):
                                           ****************************************
                          *       Enter-Continue             •                F4-Exit          *
                          ******************************************************************************

             To exit to the CM&E Data Assessment Reports Menu, press  < F4 >.  Enter the Handler ID and
             press  .  The Handler ID that you just entered will disappear.  Press 
             again  to continue the processing.
             RCRIS 4.0.0
                                        DA-17
11/92
L.

-------
                                                                  RCRIS USER GUIDE
After making any selection from the CM&E Universe Selection Screen, the following screen
appears.
            *************************************
                              RCRIS: CM & E Date Range Selection
            A***************************************************************************
                            Please Select a Low and High Test Range
                            or blank for default value of all
                             Beginning Date (MMDDYY):

                                Ending Date (MMDDYY):
            »**«»*************«»«***»»»»********************************•**********»*••»••
            *       Enter-Continue            *               F«-Exit          *

To exit, press .   To  select the beginning date of the  test range,  enter  the date in
MMDDYY format and press .  An example of MMDDYY format would be the date
June 17,1991. It would be entered as 061791.  Next enter the ending date of the test range and
press .  To test the entire test range, press  < ENTER >.

The following menu now appears.
                                   Report Processing Menu

                                    Run Batch Job
                                    Run Online Job
                                    Exit Report Program
To run the report using batch processing, select Run Batch Job and press .  To run
the report online, select Run Online Job and press < ENTER >. To exit the menu, select Exit
Report Program and press < ENTER >.
11/92
DA-18
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATA ASSESSMENT
If Run Batch Job was selected, the following screen appears.
             •A***************************************************************************
                                RCRIS: REPORT PRINTING INFORMATION
                                      FIHAS ID:
                                      PRIORITY:
                                          BOX:
                                         DEST:
                                       COPIES:
      RCRST
      2
      C802
      HOLD
      1
                                 ENTER OR EDIT INFORMATION SHOWN
                        Enter-Continue         •         -F4-Exit             '  *
                   HI********************************************************************

To exit, press .  Use   to move between fields. Enter the User's TSO FIMAS
ID and press < TAB >.  Enter the priority number and press  < TAB >." The values are ' 1* for
low and '2' for high. Enter the User's Box number and press . Enter the destination
and press < TAB >. Enter the number of copies of the report to print and press  < ENTER >.

The following message now appears.
 IKJ56250I JOB EPVKJOB07282) SUBMITTED
 PLEASE MAKE A NOTE OF THE JOB NUMBER FOR FUTURE REFERENCE
        »>» PLEASE PRESS "ENTER" TO CONTINUE
Note the job number at the top of the screen.  Record this number to track the job in SDSF.
Press < ENTER > to continue. When *** appears, press  < ENTER > again.

If Run Online Job was selected, the following screen appears. •
                            RCRIS: Device Selection Screen
              A*******************************'********************************************
                            *****************************
                            *  "•  1 = Screen
                            *     2 = Printer
                            *
                            •
                            * Enter Your Selection =
                            *****************************
             ******************************************************************************
             *       Enter-Continue        •    *   - "   •       F4-Exit   -       *

To exit, press .  To view the report on the screen, type '!' and press < ENTER >.  To
print the report, type '2' and press -CENTER>.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DA-19
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.6    PROCESS TOTAL UNITS REPORT
                            RCRIS
                          Data Assessment
         Database: RCRT.ARR
       +.......„.--- +--...................-..........+
                    Data Assessment Selection Menu
                      Editor
                      CM & E Orphan Reports
                      Process Total Units Report
                      Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Press the down arrow key  to highlight the Process Total Units Report option on the Data
Assessment Selection Menu  and press < ENTER >.

The Process Total Units Report selection takes you directly to the Select a Reports Destination
screen below.
*************!
*

*
ft***************************************************************
             RCRIS                             *
     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY                    *
                    SELECT A REPORT DESTINATION

                 1.  VIEW THE REPORT ON THE SCREEN
                 2.  SEND THE REPORT TO THE PRINTER
                 3.  SEND THE REPORT TO A FILE
                 4.  RUN THE REPORT IN BATCH
                 R.  RETURN TO PREVIOUS MENU
                    ENTER SELECTION »
Option one allows you to view the report on the screen.

You may choose option two to send the report to the printer.  RCRIS will prompt you to
designate the number of the printer where you want your report sent.

If you wish to send the report to a file, choose option three.

Option four allows you to run  your report  in batch.  NOTE:  Due to the amount of time
required  to run some reports, whenever possible you should run your report in batch.  This
option allows you to continue working while the job is being processed; a message will appear
on the screen indicating that the report is being processed.
If you want to abort the processing of your report and return to the Data Assessment Selection
Menu, press  'R.'
11/92
                             DA-20
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------

-------

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

-------

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

1    DATABASE ADMINISTRATION  	.	 1
     1.1   INTRODUCTION	'.-	 1
     1.2   RELATED DOCUMENTS ...... '. . .	 1
     1.3   MULTIPLE PLATFORMS	 . .	 1
     1.4   FUNCTION KEYS	 2
          1.4.1 PC FUNCTION KEYS	 2
     1.5   USING DATABASE ADMINISTRATION	 2
     1.6   ROLE OF THE DBA	, ......	 2
          1.6.1 LIAISON BETWEEN LEVELS		... 3
        .. 1.6.2 DBA ROUTINE ACTIVITIES	 3
     1.7   RCRIS EVIPLEMENTER HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS  ....... 3
     1.8   RCRIS EVIPLEMENTER SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS	 4
     1.9   RCRIS MAINFRAME SINGLE ACCOUNT STRUCTURE	 4
          1.9.1 DATABASE NAMING CONVENTIONS	 4
          1.9.2 MAINFRAME SOFTWARE ENVIRONMENT	 5
     1.10  MAINFRAME USERS NOTE		;	 6
     1.11  PC INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES		 6

2    EXECUTING RCRIS ON THE EPA MAINFRAME  . . . .	 7
     2.1   SELECT A DATABASE	 9
     2.2   USING TABLETALK FROM THE MAINFRAME MAIN MENU  ... 11
          2.2.1 SAVING AND RUNNING TABLETALK REQUESTS ON THE
             , MAINFRAME	13
     2.3   PRINT FOCUS.OFFI3NE REPORT OUTPUT	16
     2.4   LOGON TO RCRIS		17
     2.5   GO TO THE FOCUS PROMPT		17
     2.6   EXIT SYSTEM	17

3    SIMULTANEOUS USAGE (SU) ON THE MAINFRAME	18
     3.1   ERROR CONDITIONS AND MESSAGES	20

4    USING THE DATABASE ADMINISTRATION SOFTWARE - PC	22
     4.1   SECURITY	22
          4.1.1 ACCESS TO IMPLEMENTER DATABASES	23
          4.1.2 SECURITY DEFINITION AND IMPLEMENTATION	23
          4.1.3 ADD/CHANGE/DELETE SECURITY INFORMATION	26
              4.1.3.1     ADD SECURITY INFORMATION EXAMPLE . . 26
              4.1.3.2     CHANGE  SECURITY  INFORMATION
                       EXAMPLE			28
              4.1.3.3     DELETE   SECURITY  INFORMATION
                       EXAMPLE  			29
          4.1.4 LIST FILE	 .	31

                              i
                                                             s-'

-------
     4.2   DATA MAINTENANCE	33
          4.2.1  CHANGE HANDLER ID NUMBER	33
          4.2.2  CALCULATE HANDLER UNIVERSE . •		35
          4.2.3  CHANGE RESPONSIBLE PERSON . .	.	36
          4.2.4  GENERATE HID FILE FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  	 37
          4.2.5  DELETE NARRATIVE DATA  			38
          4.2.6  DELETE HID DATA			39
               4.2.6.1     DELETE HANDLER IDENTIFICATION	40
               4.2.6.2     DELETE SOURCE RECORD	42
               4.2.6.3     DELETE PART A	43
          4.2.7  DELETE PMT/CL/PC DATA	44
               4.2.7.1     DELETE PERMIT PROCESSING NUMBER ... 45
               4.2.7.2     DELETE PERMIT UNIT GROUP	47
          4.2.8  DELETE CME DATA	.49
               4.2.8.1     EVALUATION DELETE	50
               4.2.8.2     VIOLATION DELETE  . .	51
               4.2.8.3     ENFORCEMENT DELETION	53
               4.2.8.4     INVALID POINTERS DELETION	; . . 54
          4.2.9  DELETE CA DATA	55
               4.2.9.1     DELETE CA AREA	55
               4.2.9.2     DELETE CA INSTRUMENT  	56
               4.2.9.3     DELETE CA EVENT 	57
               4.2.9.4     DELETE CA CONSTITUENT DATA	57
          4.2.10     DELETE PM DATA	58
          4.2.11     DELETE FMP DATA	61
          4.2.12     DATA MAINTENANCE LOG REQUIREMENT  	62

5    LOOKUP FILES MAINTENANCE 	:	63
     5.1   ETEMPLAT (RECORD OF EVENTS) FILE	64
          5.1.1  ADD/CHANGE EVENT	65
          5.1.2  DELETE EVENT	-.	66
          5.1.3  LIST FILE		'./:.;.-	66
     5.2   NAME FILE	68
          5.2.1  ADD/CHANGE STAFF CODE  	69
          5.2.2  DELETE STAFF CODE	69
          5.2.3  LIST FILE	70
     5.3   HID FILE	71
          5.3.1  OTHER PERMIT TYPE FILE	72
          5.3.2  PROCESS CODE FILE	74
          5.3.3  PROCESS CODE/UNIT OF MEASURE FILE  	77
          5.3.4  WASTE CODE FILE		79
     5.4   PMT/CL/PC FILE	82
          5.4.1  EVENT CODE/EVENT STATUS CODE FILE	83
          5.43  PROCESS CODE FILE	85
                               11

-------
          5.4.3  PROCESS CODE/UNIT OF MEASURE FILE	87
          5.4.4  UNIT OF MEASURE CODE FILE	89
     5.5   CM&E FILES	-	91
          5.5.1  COVERAGE AREA FILE	92
 •;        5.5.2  CM&E RESPONSIBLE AGENCY FILE	94
          5.5.3  EVALUATION REASON FILE	97
          5.5.4  REGULATION TYPE FILE	 99
   .  5.6   CA FILE	:		102
          5.6.1  CONSTITUENT CODE FILE . .	.	.	102
          5.6.2  REMEDY CODE FILE  .		•... 104
     5.7   PM COMMITMENT TYPE FILE 		106
     5.8   PMT/CA EVENT PATH FILE	108
          5.8.1  ADD/CHANGE/DELETE EVENT-CODES OR ADD EVENT
               CODE PATH NAMES	109
          5.8.2  DELETE PATH NAME	110
          5.8.3  LIST FILE  			..Ill
     5.9   COUNTY CODE FILE	; .	Ill

6    UTILITIES	112
     6.1   RESTORE	112
     6.2   REBUILD	113

7    RCRIS MERGE PROCESS	 114
     7.1   MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU)	  114
          7.1.1  MOU TABLE DESCRIPTION	115
               7.1.1.1     MERGED MOU TABLE DESCRIPTION 	  115
               7.1.1.2     REGION  IMPLEMENTER  MOU   TABLE
                        DESCRIPTION	  116
               7.1.1.3     STATE  IMPLEMENTER  MOU   TABLE
                        DESCRIPTION  	  117
          7.1.2  INITIALIZATION .		118
               7.1.2.1     PC INITIALIZATION	  118
               7.1.2.2     MAINFRAME INITIALIZATION  	  119
          7.1.3  MOU TABLE MAINTENANCE		119
          7.1.4  VIEW MOU TABLE ON SCREEN	 .  123
          7.1.5  PRINT MOU TABLE	  124
          7.1.6  LOAD UPDATE OF MOU TABLE	  124
     7.2   IMPLEMENTOR OF RECORD	125
          7.2.1  IOR ASSIGNMENTS	125
     7.3   THE MERGE DESCRD7TION	126
          7.3.1  EXTRACT FROM WITHIN RCRIS	  126
     7.4   THE CONTROL FILE	128
          7.4.1  CONTROL FILE MAINTENANCE 	  129
     7.5   UPDATE IMPLEMENTER DATABASE  	  130

                               iii

-------
     7.6  UPDATE REPORT MANAGER	131
     7.7  EXTRACT REPORT MANAGER	. . . .	  133
     7.8  CO-IMPLEMENTER REFRESH  .	  135
     7.9  UPLOADING AND DOWNLOADING RCRIS FLAT FILES WITH
         IRMA	138

8    USING FOCUS WITH RCRIS 		140
     8.1  COMPILING RCRIS MODULES INDIVIDUALLY ON THE PC  . .  140
     8.2  USAGE OF FOCUS REPORT HOT SCREEN FACILITY	  141
         8.2.1 HELP SCREEN INFORMATION  	  142
         8.2.2 FORWARD AND BACKWARD SCROLLING	  144
         8.2.3 HORIZONTALLY SCROLLING	144
         8.2.4 FIXED COLUMN SCROLLING 	  145
         8.2.5 SAVING SELECTED DATA	  145
         8.2.6 CHARACTER STRING SEARCHES	  146
         8.2.7 OFFLINE PRINTING	:	146

9    DELETING PC FILES CREATED DURING THE EXTRACT PROCESS  .  147
                              IV

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

1     DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

1.1   INTRODUCTION

This document provides the guidelines and procedures to perform RCRIS database administration
at the implementer level. The implementer DBA has various responsibilities essential to the
operation of RCRIS. It is the responsibility of the DBA to establish the RCRIS environment and
supervise the implementer database, including establishing and maintaining the various code files
RCRIS uses to process data. The DBA also performs a monthly extract of data and moves the
extracted data to the merged database.  That data is then  used for oversight reporting. This
guide presents a detailed description of the RCRIS Database Administrator (DBA) activities and
detailed instructions for performing those activities in RCRIS.

The roles and responsibilities of the Implementer DBA are shown below:

      o    the role of RCRIS liaison,
      o    DBA daily and monthly activities,
      o    the DBA role regarding RCRIS hardware and software requirements,
      o    the DBA function regarding  the use of RCRIS software.
1.2   RELATED DOCUMENTS

The Implementer DBA may find the following documents useful:
               /
      O     RCRIS User Guide.
      o     RCRIS Merged Database Administration Guide.
      o     RCRIS Data Element Dictionary.
      o     RCRIS Translator Guide.
      o     RCRIS System Technical Guide.
      o     RCRIS Quick Reference Guide.
      o     RCRIS System Architecture.
      o     RCRIS Structure Charts.
1.3   MULTIPLE PLATFORMS

EPA supports two different hardware platforms for RCRIS implementers.  These are: IBM
PC/AT or fully compatible microcomputer, and the IBM 9000 mainframe.  This guide, where
applicable, makes reference to each system.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-1
11/92

-------
                                                         RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.4   FUNCTION KEYS


1.4.1  PC FUNCTION KEYS

When using the PC for RCRIS, function keys are used as follows:

            Not used
            Not used
            Exit without saving changes
            Exit to previous menu without saving changes
            Previous screen
            Not used
            Exit Help Screen
            Help Screen
            Page forward
           Page backward


1.5   USING DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

There are five major functions that are accomplished using the DBA module:

      o     security,
      o     data maintenance,
      o     lookup files maintenance,
      o     utilities,
      o     merge process.

Each will be discussed in detail later in this guide.


1.6   ROLE OF THE DBA

The DBA performs as a liaison between different levels of RCRIS users and performs essential
daily and monthly activities.
11/92                               DBA-2                        RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 1.6.1  LIAISON BETWEEN LEVELS

       o     System Users - Resolve system issues and end-user problems.
       o     Bud-User Support Group - Exchange information with other end-users.
       o     Merge DBA - Coordinate updates to the merged database.


 1.6.2  DBA ROUTINE ACTIVITIES

 The DBA is responsible for ensuring that routine RCRIS activities run smoothly.  Some of the
 daily activities are:

       o     monitor system performance,
       o    perform system backups,
       o    perform system restore,
       o    perform system rebuild,
       o    update the DBA Data Maintenance Log,
       o    perform the Implementer Merge Process in coordination with the  merge DBA
            functions.                          .


 1.7    RCRIS IMPLEMENTER HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS

 The following are the minimum PC implementer hardware requirements:

       o    IBM PC/AT or fully compatible PC,
       o    640k RAM with 602k minimum available memory,
       o    30 megabyte hard disk with access time of 28 milliseconds or less
            (large state database may require 40 megabyte hard disk or more),
       o    monochrome or color monitor,
       o    wide-carriage printer (132 characters) or printer with a compress function.

 For access to the IBM 9000 mainframe (located  in Research Triangle Park) you need a PC or
 dumb terminal.  An IRMA Board will make the PC perform more quickly.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         DBA-3                                11/92

-------
                                                         RCRIS USER GUIDE

1.8   RCRIS IMPLEMENTER SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS

The following are the minimum RCRIS PC software requirements:

      o     MS-DOS version 3.3 or higher,
      o     PC/FOCUS version 5.5.2,
      o     RCRIS PC software, version 4.0.0 or higher.

The following are the minimum RCRIS mainframe software requirements:

      o     FOCUS mainframe version 6.5 or higher for the MVS/TSO operating system,
      o     MVS/TSO operating system software,
      o     RCRIS mainframe implementer software, version 4.0.0 or higher.

                                                               i.

1.9   RCRIS MAINFRAME SINGLE ACCOUNT STRUCTURE

RCRIS employs a single, consolidated mainframe account structure for system software and uses
standardized naming conventions to identify database files.



1.9.1  DATABASE NAMING CONVENTIONS

The syntax used to identify databases is:

.BSO.RCRIS..
State Postal Code —+

BB  = State
R#  = Region #
      Merged DB
      Account
    Region number
Origin Code
H = Region
S = State
M = Merged Database
11/92
DBA-4
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 Examples of the naming convention changes for the State, Region, Merge, and Oversight
 accounts are shown below:

 Account       Matnina Convention                     .
 S            KZMS.KSS.RCRIS.KOUTABLE.FOCUS           .
 R            K40B.HSR.RCRIS.MOUTABLE.FOCUS
 N            K40B.R4H.RCRIS.MOUTABLE.FOCUS
 0            RCRO.USO.RCRIS.KOUTABLE. FOCUS                 .':,.*
 Key:
       S * State                R = Region
       N * Merged Database        0 = National Oversight

 1.9.2  MAINFRAME  SOFTWARE ENVIRONMENT

 In addition to the central software datasets, RCRIS provides for a user PDS for each of the types
 of programs in RCRIS.

 The following is a list of user files:

            KfDB.RCRIS.FOCMSTER.USER
                     FOCEXEC
                     FOCCOMP
                     CLIST
                     CNTL ,
                     FMU
                     TRF
                     MSGS
                     PANELS

 # represents the  Region number. The same files exist for KZss, where ss is the State Postal
 Code.  The RCRIS system software accounts have RCRS as the highest level qualifier.

 NOTE:    There should never be any member called PROFILE in  any software PDS
            allocated  to FOCEXEC, lest it affect the ability of RCRIS to function properly.
RCRIS 4.0.0                         DBA-5                                11/92


-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE
1.10  MAINFRAME USERS NOTE
Though RCRIS operates similarly on the mainframe and the PC, there are differences in the
screens and how to make selections from the menus.  When using RCRIS on the mainframe,
selections are made from the menus by typing the number of the selection or moving the cursor
to the appropriate selection and pressing < ENTER >.

Function keys and other keyboard capabilities operate differently, depending on the terminal
being used or the type of communication software being used on a PC.

When significant functional differences occur between the PC and mainframe, they are discussed
in this guide.

TABLETALK will sometime produce special alphanumeric characters as a valid filename. This
is generated by FOCUS as a system file.  These files can be deleted after a RCRIS session.
1.11  PC INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES

The DBA installs the current version of PC RCRIS software (installation instructions accompany
each software package).

As part of the installation procedure, and prior to releasing the system for use, ensure that the
following tasks are completed:

      o     change the generic password to one of your own choosing,
      o     insure that the MOU Table is installed correctly, and
      o     modify the lookup tables,  as required.
11/92
DBA-6
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 2     EXECUTING RCRIS ON THE EPA MAINFRAME

 To execute RCRIS on the EPA mainframe, .type the following command at the TSO READY
 prompt:   .

                           EX >RCRS.RCRIS.CLIST(RCRIS)'

 Press < ENTER >.  The next screen appears.
RRRRRR -



RR
RR
RR
RR
RR
RR
RRRRRRRR

RR
RR
RR

RR .
RR
RR



CCCCCC RRRRRR .
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC



RR
RR
RR
RR
. RR
RRR
RRRRRRRR
RR
RR
RR
RR
RR
RR
. IIII SSSSSS
II SS
11 SS
II SS
SS


S

1 1 SSSSSSS
II
II S
II SS
SS
SS
SS



    RR
RR  CCCCCC  RR
                                     RR  IIII
SSSSSSS
         RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY INFORMATION SYSTEK
After a moment the News Alert Screen appears.
Ik*****************************************
* 06/08/92 INPLENENTER MEUS ALERT SYSTEM
*    •           •   .
                          ***********
                                  *
                        -SEE ALERT1  *
                                  *
**************************************************************

Enter number.of Alert or  to Guit:
Enter  the  number of the News Alert "you wish  to view (e.g.  1  ) or press
  to skip the News Alerts and continue with RCRIS.
     I********************************************************
*                            -                    *
* 06/08/92 IMPLEMENTER NEWS ALERT SYSTEM       -SEE ALERT1  *
*       .      .     .  •                    •        ••
*              -                                  *
**************************************************************

Enter number of Alert or  to Quit:  1
RCRIS 4.0.0
                         DBA-7
                               11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE
                   RCRIS NEWS ALERT1
              INPLENENTER NEWS ALERT SYSTEM
                   •  JUNE 8,  1992
   THE HEWS ALERT SYSTEM PASSED EXTENSIVE RCRIS TESTING
   AND IS DUE OUT IN RELEASE 3.1.0
••O*********************************************************************

End of ALERT1 - Press  to continue...

When the selected News Alert is displayed you can press
Alert Screen.
                          to return to the News
Press < ENTER > to continue and the Database Account Screen appears.
 *                       RCRIS                             *
 *               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY        DATE: ##/##/## *
 *                VERSION 4.#.#   m/mim           TIKE: m-.m   *
 •******»»•••*»********«****•*•**•*•*••****»*•******************»»**»*•*******
                  DATABASE ACCOUNT » K4DB
                  DATABASE ID     » MSS
                  CONTINUE (Y/H)   » Y

The   key is used to move between fields.  Enter the Database Account where the
database files are located and press < TAB >. Enter the Database ID and press < TAB >. The
Database ID is the two character State Postal Code and the Origin Code.  The Origin Code can
be R for Region, S for State, or M for Merged Database. An example of a Database Id is MSR,
where MS stands for Mississippi and R stands for Region.  Another example of a Database ID
is R4M, where R4 stands for Region IV and M represents the Merged Database. If you wish
to continue, type "Y" for Yes at the CONTINUE prompt and press < ENTER >. To exit; type
"N"  for No and press . If you entered "Y", the next screen appears.

NOTE:     If the ISPF Specify Disposition of Log Data Set screen appears  after pressing
              < ENTER >, type "D" for Delete in  the Process  Option field  and press
              < ENTER >. This screen only appears if the User's ISPF Profile Log and List
             Defaults has the Primary and Secondary Pages set to greater than zero. To omit
             this screen with each logon, the User needs to change the ISPF defaults.  To do
             this, type  "ISPF 0.2" at  the TSO READY prompt and press  < ENTER >.
             Change the Primary Pages and Secondary Pages fields on the left side of the
             screen to zero. Press  to save the changes.
11/92
DBA-8
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
      RCR1S Main Menu
         Version *.*.#
                Region IV Mississippi Database   #*/«*/«#
      Hove cursor along the vertical bar at left to select. Press ENTER.
      Use PF3 to back up.
                  ! Select a database.
                  ! TableTalk
                  [ Print FOCUS.OFFLINE report output.
                  j Logon to RCRIS
                  j Go to the FOCUS prompt.
                  j Exit system.
The RCRIS Mainframe Main Menu allows for the user to:

       o      Change database accounts,
       o      Access TABLETALK,
       o      Print the FOCUS offline dataset,
       o      Logon to RCRIS,
       o      Access FOCUS directly, and                                          ,,
       o      Exit the RCRIS system and free all database files.

Notice that the name of the Database Account is displayed on the screen.  To select an option,
use the up or down arrow keys to move the vertical bar and  then press < ENTER >.  Use
  to return to the previous screen.   -
2.1    SELECT A DATABASE
      RCRIS Nain Menu
                                                 Version
        *******   Region IV Mississippi Database  *#/##/##  *******

      Move cursor along the vertical bar at left to select. Press ENTER.
      Use PF3 to back up.
                  j Select a database.              j
                  j TableTalk                     j
                  | Print FOCUS.OFFLINE report output, j
  +	+ n to RCRIS                 j
  [ENTER DATABASE ACCOUNT| o the FOCUS prompt.     . .    j
  i                   !  system.                   |
  JK4DB               | 	-	+
Database Account can be changed to another account by using the Select a Database option. As
an example of this option, Region IV Mississippi Database will be changed to the Mississippi
State Database.  First,  choose "Select a database" and press  < ENTER >. Enter the Database
Account where the database  files are located, and press < ENTER >.  The next screen now
appears.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-9
11/92

-------
                                                                        RCRIS USER GUIDE
    +	-		—+
     [RCRIS Main Menu                                 Version 4.*.* j

     !                                                             I
        *******   Region IV Mississippi Database  *»/#*/##   *******
       ..............	. «....		...—+	
       Move cursor along t | *** Select a Region ***! elect. Press  ENTER, j
       Use PF3 to back up. j                     j                   j
    +	*	!  Region 1              	«•	+
                   j Sel !  Region 2
                   | Tab    Region 3
                   j Pri    Region 4              ut.
  *	+    Region 5
   ENTER DATABASE ACCOUNT!    Region 6
                      I    Region 7            ,     ,
   K4DB               j    Region 8            ,|	+
  +	+    Region 9            !
                           Region 10           j
                           National Oversight   j
                        +	.	.+



Next,  select the Region number of the new Database Account and press < ENTER >.  Notice

that the National Oversight Database can also be selected.  With this option selected, data in the

National Oversight database can be accessed with read only security access using implementer

software.  After you have made your selection, the next screen appears.



    +-		+	--•	••	+ —	+
     i  RCRIS Main  j  ** Select a Database **     Installed?! ersion 4.#.# j
     ii                                   ii
                    Merge Database            ##/##/##  j             j
                   ........................            i   *******    i
                    Region Alabama                    j 	  |
     !  Move cursor |         Florida       -              Press  ENTER.
     j  Use PF3 to  |         Georgia
    +	 j         Kentucky                     :	+
                 !         Mississippi
               . j         North Carolina              j  .
                 J         South Carolina              [
  +	 J         Tennessee                  [
  [ENTER DATABASE  j  	            j .
  |              |   State  Alabama                    j
  JK4DB          j         Florida                    j
  +	 j         Georgia                    j
                 !         Kentucky                   j
                          Mississippi                 j
                          North Carolina              }
                          South Carolina      .       j
                          Tennessee                  j
                 .«._	+
Then, select the Regional, State, or Merged Database and press < ENTER >.   After you have
made your selection, the next screen appears.
 FREEING ALL PREVIOUSLY ALLOCATED  'FOCUS-DATA'  FILES
 ALLOCATING ** K4DB.HSS **  DATA FILES
11/92
DBA-10
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

The database change is underway.  When you return to the Main Menu, check the header to
verify you received the appropriate database.

The system is now freeing all previously allocated database files from  the original database
account.  After these files are freed, the newly selected database files are allocated so that the
RCRIS software can access them. When this process has been completed, the RCRIS mainframe
Main Menu appears.
      RCRIS Main Menu
         Version «.#.# !
               State Mississippi Database  ##/##/##   *******
     | Move cursor along the vertical bar at left to select. Press ENTER,  j
     ! Use PF3 to back up.             .                         j
    «.	+	+		+
                  Select a database.              |
                  TableTalk                     j
                  Print FOCUS.OFFLINE report output. [
                  Logon to RCRIS        .         I
                  Go to the FOCUS prompt.          |
                  Exit system.                  j
Notice that the name of the database has changed to the new account.  When you logon to a
different account, be sure to have the proper ID and password for the current database.  The ID
and password from the previous database account may not be valid for this account.

If the change was made to the National Oversight account, type "READ" for the user ID and
type "READ"  for the password.  This will allow read access only to the data.
2.2    USING TABLETALK FROM THE MAINFRAME MAIN MENU
INSTRUCTIONS : 1-Move cursor to name of file with tab keys
. 2-Depress ENTER to Select a file
3-Depress PF3 or PF1 2 to QUIT
4 -Use PF8 to go down a page, PF7 to go back up

Select
Filename
DUMMY
DUMMY
A6NDES
AHOLD
AREADES
CAAREA
CACONST
! GAINST
CARS

Description





.

i
iCARTEHPL : j
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBArll
11/92

-------
                                                       RCRIS USER GUIDE

To use TABLETALK, select "TABLETALK" and press < ENTER >.  The screen on the
previous page will appear.  TABLETALK provides an easy-to-use window-driven utility for
preparing report requests.  For more information on how to use TABLETALK, consult the
FOCUS manuals. •
11/92
DBA-12
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

2.2.1  SAVING AND RUNNING TABLETALK REQUESTS ON THE MAINFRAME
      RCRIS Main Menu                            Version 4.#.#


       *******   Region IV Mississippi Database  ##/**/##  *******

    |  Move cursor along the vertical bar at left to select. Press ENTER, j
    {  Use PF3 to back up.                                    }
    +	.	«.			+	+
                j Select a database.
                  TableTalk
                  Print FOCUS.OFFLINE report output.
                  Logon to RCRIS
                j Go to the FOCUS prompt.
                  ixit system.
The TABLETALK menu option can be found in the following RCRIS modules:

       o  .   Handler
       o     Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
       o     Program Management
       o     Facility Management Planning

The TABLETALK option can also be found in the RCRIS Main Menu. TABLETALK allows
the user to create a FOCUS program to generate a report. This program can be saved to a file
with an eight-character filename. This file can be run at a later date.  On the PC, the program
is saved to the \RCRIS  directory with a FEX file extension (e.g.; CAREPORT.FEX).
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-13
11/92

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
  Keys:  ENTER     Select      PF1  Field Definitions  PF2  Revise mode   |
        PF3, PF12  Undo        PF4  Top              PFS  Bottom       j
        PF7       Scroll Up   PF8  Scroll Down       PF9  Multi-select  j
  	.	+			+	+
             Do you yant to -
            j
            {Execute this request?
            (Execute, as a test with limited records?
            jSend the report to the system printer
            jSave this request?
save mi i
Retrieve
Retrieve
Clear th
[QUIT

Enter 8 character file name!
for this saved request: j
TABLETST j

i
|
I

  TABLE FILE CAAREA
  PRINT CAEPAID
  END
On the mainframe, the file is saved in a different manner.  After you have built the program,
select  the "Save this request?" option and press  < ENTER>.   A window will appear in the
center of the screen that will request the filename of the program.  Enter an  eight-character
filename and press < ENTER >.  Select the "QUIT" option,  and press  < ENTER >.  The
following screen will now appear.
                 RCRIS TABLETAU SAVE UTILITY
       THIS UTILITY SAVES THE PREVIOUSLY SAVE TT REQUEST
       IN THE GROUP USER PDS KZHQ.RCRIS.FQCEXEC.USER

       ENTER YOUR TABLETALK FILE NAME:  TABLETST
         ENTER - CONTINUE
                                                   F4- EXIT
11/92
DBA-14
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

Enter the identical filename used on the previous screen and press < ENTER >.  In this
example, TABLETS! is the filename used. The system displays a message confirming that the
file has been saved.  This message can be seen in the example below.
               RCR1S TABLETALK SAVE UTILITY
       THIS UTILITY SAVES THE PREVIOUSLY SAVED TT REQUEST
       IN THE GROUP USER POS KZHQ.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER

       ENTER YOUR TABLETALK FILE NAME:
        ENTER - CONTINUE
       fl- EXIT
  TABLETS! COPIED TO IWOB.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER

To exit the screen, press .  The file is saved as a member of a PDS dataset.  Chi a
Region account, the dataset name is K0DB.RCRIS.FOCEXEC.USER, where # is the Region
number. On a State account, the dataset name is KZss.RCRlS.FOCEXEC.USER, where ss is
the State code.

To execute the saved program, select the "Go to the FOCUS prompt" option on the RCRIS
Main Menu and press < ENTER >.  When the FOCUS prompt appears, type "EX" and the
saved program's filename and press < ENTER >.   To execute this file, the user would type
"EX TABLETST" and press < ENTER >. the program will now execute.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-IS
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE

2.3    PRINT FOCUS.OFFLINE REPORT OUTPUT
      By executing this program, you will print all output previously
      routed to FOCUS.OFFLINE and empty that file.
      Your BOX (4 characters • ex. HXYZ): C802

      Your remote dest (up to 15 chars) : HOLD
      (Default HOLD - System hold queue.) 	
      Landscape/Portrait (enter A or D): A   Defeult=A
       (Landscape means text is across the 11 inch dimension.  Portrait
       runs text across the shorter dimension - for laser printers only.)
      Number of copies (1 • 9) Default^: 1
      Print CAPS only  (Y / N> Default^: N
          (Report headings and subheads contain lower case)

      Press PF04 to abort and return to menu or press ENTER to proceed.


When RCRIS reports are sent  to the printer on  the mainframe, they are first saved in  a
temporary file created by FOCUS.  This file is called AAABBBB.FOCUS.OFFLINE, where
AAAA is the user's TSO ID and BBBB is the user's  RACF account. The FOCUS.OFFLINE
is not automatically sent to the printer when the user leaves RCRIS.  In order for the file to be
sent to the printer, the Print FOCUS.OFFLINE Report Output option must be selected before
exiting the RCRIS system. Besides printing the file, the contents of the file will be cleared after
the printing process has begun.  If this option is not selected and the user leaves the system, the
file will be deleted.

To print the FOCUS.OFFLINE file, select "Print FOCUS.OFFLINE report output" from the
RCRIS Mainframe Main Menu and press < ENTER >. The above screen will appear.  Press
 to abort this option'and return to the Main Menu.  Use  to  move between
fields.

Enter the User's box number and press .  Enter the remote destination and press
.  The default value is HOLD and up to 15 characters may be entered in the field.
Enter the type of page layout for the report, either Landscape or Portrait, and press .

The values are A for Landscape and D for Portrait; the default value is Landscape.  Enter the
number of copies to print and press < TAB >.  The default value is one copy.  If the report is
to be printed using only capital letters, enter "Y" for  Yes in the Print CAPS Only field. The
default value is "N" for No and is the recommended value. RCRIS reports use upper and lower
case letters.
H/92                                  DBA-16                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 When all selections have been made, press < ENTER >. The following message appears on
 the screen.

  PROCESSING HAS BEEN COMPLETED FOR DATASET:
  AAABBBB.FOCUS.OFFLINE

 The dataset has now been sent to SDSF for processing.
 2.4   LOGON TO RCR1S

 To logon to the main RCRIS software, select "Logon to RCRIS" and press < ENTER >.  The
 RCRIS Security Screen will appear. Enter the correct User ED and password to proceed.
 2.5    GO TO THE FOCUS PROMPT

 To go.to native FOCUS, select the "Go to the FOCUS prompt" and press < ENTER >.  The
. following screen appears:

  To return to the menu from the FOCUS > prompt, enter ' menu '.
 When this screen appears, the user is now in the FOCUS software.  To return to the RCRIS
 Mainframe Main Menu, type "MENU" at the FOCUS prompt and press  < ENTER >.
 2.6    EXIT SYSTEM                 -

 To exit from the entire'RCRIS environment, select "Exit system* and press .  The
 following screen appears:

       Have you remembered to print your OFFLINE reports?  If you want
    •.  to do that now, return to the menu by pressing PF4.
       To exit the system, press ENTER. Then, at the TSO READY prompt.
       type LOGOFF to disconnect from the IBM 3090 computer at the EPA
       National Computer Center at Research Triangle Park in North

 Press   to return to  the RCRIS Mainframe Main Menu.  To exit the system, press
 < ENTER > to continue. The system will now free the allocated database files and return the
 user to the TSO READY prompt.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-17
11192

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
      SIMULTANEOUS USAGE (SU) ON THE MAINFRAME
The Simultaneous Usage (SU) function is necessary for those Implemented who wish to have
more than one user updating their database at any one time. Without SU, only one user at a
time can update a database.

When SU is used, the database is allocated to a background job called the sink machine, and is
referred to as a centrally controlled database.  The Users' TSO IDs and batch jobs running
FOCUS is called the source machine.  The users on the source machines send transactions to
the sink machine. The sink machine processes the transactions and transmits retrieved data and
messages back to each source machine.

SU is not necessary if all users are reading a database (i.e. reporting).  It is only needed if a
user wants to change the same database that the others are reading.

SU creates certain problems when performing merge activities.  First, if other users are on the
system when you take an extract or run an update, then that extract or update will wait until SU
is no longer active.  Therefore it is necessary to take the system out of SU mode, or bring SU
down, when you are running MERGPRO (or merge functions in RCRIS). It should be brought
back up after the MERGPRO functions are run, or the next morning. The DBA should not take
the SU down until all users are logged off.

The RCRIS CLIST SUPRO is available to help DBAs to manage the SU function.   SUPRO
allows the DBA to:

       o      Check the status of all Simultaneous Users Sink Machines he/she is responsible
             for.

       o      Start  and SU and at the same time, submit a job to stop the SU at the time that
             was set in the SUTABLE for a particular Sink Machine to come down.

       o      Stop a SU, and at the same time submit a job to start the SU the next morning
             at the time that was set in the SUTABLE for a particular Sink Machine to come
             up.

Note;  The sink machine cannot be brought up if someone is using the database.  In  addition,
       if someone is on the database when the sink machine is brought down, an error message
       will appear on the screen (if the intercom is set to  the off position, you will not receive
       this error message) that you have five minutes to exit from the system. The message will
       continue to appear and countdown every minute.  If you have not exited after five
       minutes, it will then boot you off the system and send you to the ready prompt.
11/92
DBA-18
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
 To execute the SUPRO GUST, type

       ex 'RCRS.RCRIS.CLIST(SUPRO)'

 at the TSO Ready prompt.                -                 '

 When SUPRO CLIST is executed, you will get a list of all the sink machine(s) you are
 responsible for and their status.
 	T	SU MAIH MENU	ROW 18 to 34 OF 43
 OPTION =">      .                                                /
              NARK TO START OR STOP:
              SELECT     DATABASE ACCOUNT    DATABASE  ID    STATUS
                           K9DB            AZR        UP
                           K9DB            CAR '      UP
                           K90B            HIR        UP                        '
                           K9DB            NVR        UP

 You can then mark the desired database account with any character. If the SU is down it will
 bring it up, or if it's up it will bring it down.

 		~SU MAIN MENU --	ROW 18 TO 34 OF 43   ' '                       •
 OPTION ===>
              MARK TO START OR STOP:
              SELECT    DATABASE  ACCOUNT    DATABASE  ID    STATUS
                           K90B            AZR         UP
                           K9DB            CAR         UP
               -           K9DB            HIR         UP
     '          X           K9DB            NVR         UP

 After pressing < ENTER >, if the SU had  a status of UP, the SU Auto Start/Stop menu will
 appear
                                                                            -,
     v
 	 SU AUTO START/STOP MENU 	
       SYNC MACHINE #FOCRT9S HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY STOPPED      V
       DO YOU WANT TO START SU AUTOMATICALLY => Y
Entering "Y" will submit a batch job to automatically start the SU at the usual time.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-19
11/92

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE

After pressing < ENTER >, if the SU had a status of DOWN, the SU Auto Start/Stop menu will
appear
     	 SU AUTO START/STOP MENU 	

      SYNC HACHIHE #FOCRT9S HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY STARTED

      DO YOU WANT TO STOP SU AUTOMATICALLY » Y
Entering "Y" will submit a batch job to automatically stop the SU at the usual time.

To Exit the SUPRO COST and return to the TSO Ready prompt type 'END' or ' =X' at the
OPTION = = = >  prompt.
3.1   ERROR CONDITIONS AND MESSAGES

The following is a list of common errors which may be encountered while
utilizing the SU functions:
Error Message

Cause:

Action:

Error Message:

Cause:

Action:

 t
Error Message:

Cause:

Action:
(FOC542) SU communication not available to Central Data Base Machine.

RCRIS was executed before sink machine is up and running.

Request your RDBA start the sink machine.

(FOC498) Compile and run time master files are different, run terminated.

An incomplete re-install has occurred.

Request the RDBA recompile the software.  If the error persists, contact
RCRIS User Support.

(FOC205) The description cannot be found.

The sink machine was not set-up properly or was corrupted.

Re-execute SUAUTOP command.  If the problem persists, contact RCRIS
User Support.
11/92
                  DBA-20
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

Error Message:    (&SM4008) Error in IEBCOPY, backup data set may still exist.
 Cause:


 Action:


 Error message:

 Cause:


 Action:
A re-install has been attempted without stopping all sink machine for the
Region.

Execute SUAUTOP command on Region sink machine and execute the re-
install.               .  .

(FOC468) The file is currently in use.  Retry later: < filename >.

The user attempted to update the database currently allocated to a sink
machine.

Access the data base via the SU.      ' -
Error Message:

Action:

Error Message:

Action:
(FOC297) Number of files exceed maximum.

CONTACT RCRIS USER SUPPORT.

(FOC683) Too many data bases in use. FOCUS session terminated.

CONTACT RCRIS USER SUPPORT.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                 DBA-21
11/92

-------
                                                                 RCRIS USER GUIDE
4      USING THE DATABASE ADMINISTRATION SOFTWARE - PC

To access Database Administration from the RCRIS Main Menu, use the arrow up/down key
or type "D" to highlight the Database Administration module and press < ENTER >.  The DBA
Main Menu is displayed.
        ***                 RCRIS

                         Welcome to RCRIS
                   Environmental Protection Agency
         Database: K4DB.MSR                 Ver: *.#.# W/W/m
                  Please Select Desired Work Package

                 Handler Identification
                 Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure
                 Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
                 Corrective Action
                 Program Management
                 Facility Management Planning
                 Data Assessment
                 Database Administration
                 FOIA Reports
                 Exit RCRIS
NOTE:
Access to the Database Administration module is limited to the DBA.  Access is
established by the password that has been entered in the security screen.
After selecting the Database Administration function from the RCRIS Main Menu, use any of
the DBA functions by highlighting with the arrow up/down key or by typing the first letter of
the selection.  Press  < ENTER >.
        i
                            RCRIS
                       Database Administration
        j Database: K4DB.MSR
        +..... ---------- + -------------------------- + ................
                     !    DBA Main Menu      |

                     j Security              {
                     | Data Maintenance        j
                     j Lookup Files Maintenance j
                     { Utilities             I
                     I Merge Process          |
                     I Exit To RCRIS Main Menu  |
                     + ----- . — ....... ---------- +


The following sections describe each of the functions above.


4.1    SECURITY
11/92
                          DBA-22
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.1.1  ACCESS TO IMPLEMENTED DATABASES

 RCRIS consists of implementer databases which the EPA Regions and States maintain, and a
 National Oversight Database which is maintained by EPA Headquarters.  The Agency uses the
 National Oversight Database to respond to public and congressional inquiries and must ensure
 that security protocols are  in place  to prevent unauthorized access to and dissemination of
 sensitive information.

 In RCRIS, sensitive information consists of enforcement data related to cases that are being
 referred to the Department of Justice or to violations pending written notification to the violator.
 Access to Regional and State implementer databases is limited to federal and state agencies
 which are  responsible  for monitoring  hazardous waste management  within the  subject
 jurisdiction. Implementers have been advised to safeguard their databases using automated tools
 and procedures which restrict access. State implementer access to another State's database is
 also restricted  through this process, thus allowing implementer control over their data.


 4.1.2  SECURITY DEFINITION AND IMPLEMENTATION

 Security is defined  as the precautions  taken to protect sensitive information resources  from
 potential loss,  damage, disclosure, or misuse.  The EPA requires that all data systems which
 contain sensitive data, such  as RCRIS,  must be secured.  The security for these systems must
 address data integrity, data availability, and data confidentiality issues.  A security  plan is
 required for sensitive data systems at the application and/or installation levels. The security plan
 should follow the guidelines that are  in the EPA Information Security Manual.

 Both the Regions and States are required to secure their Implementer databases. Requirements
.for implementing security measures will vary somewhat between the PC and mainframe.  For
 example, disaster recovery measures have been implemented by NCC for IBM 9000 mainframe
 applications. For the PC, a plan of recovery at the local level would be needed.  If RCRIS is
 accessible through a local area network (LAN), the security plan for the LAN must address data
 confidentiality requirements  pertaining to enforcement data.

 There are several levels  of security.  The highest security level is at the application level and
 this is provided by the Resource Access Control Facility (RACF) protection of the mainframe
 system catalog. RCRIS  logon security  is the next level.  The DBA provides authorized users
 with their identification and  passwords to RCRIS.  After this level is RCRIS functional access
 which allows the User to be authorized for DBA access or non-DBA access.

 The RCRIS software has security  features built into the system.  The most obvious security
 feature in RCRIS is the required ID  and password to logon to the database. With the three
 levels of software access (read  only,  read/write, and DBA) verified  by the system with each
 logon, unauthorized access to data is prohibited. Sensitive data and lookup tables are encrypted
 using FOCUS. There is also update processing protection in the system to avoid data collision
 and subsequent corruption of data (e.g.  Editor functions).  Controls over reserved event codes

 RCRIS 4.0.0                          DBA-23                                 11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE

have been incorporated into the system to ensure consistent National Oversight reporting and
interpretation.

States that are using a PC as their RCRIS platform have additional security needs.  Procedures
must be implemented to back up data files onto diskettes or to some other medium. Backup files
can be used by the DBA to recover from system failures that could lead to loss of data.  They
can also be used to restore data if the system has been corrupted by a computer virus.   -

Regional databases and States that use the mainframe perform a system backup in a different
way. NCC uses a utility called Data Facility Hierarchical Storage Manager (DFHSM) that backs
up any files changed during the day. A DBA can also use the RCRIS utility in the DBA module
to back up the database.

While the DFHSM utility backs up any data sets changed every day, the DBA should not be
lulled into a false sense of security because of the daily backups.  A field in the catalog keeps
track of all the changes, as well as who last changed the file and  the date of the change.  The
DBA may not want to restore older data over newer data by restoring the entire database using
the RCRIS restore utility in the DBA module or using the DFHSM when only one or two files
have been lost or corrupted.  There is a way to avoid this.

DFHSM has two commands available to help the DBA.  The first is the HLIST command. This
shows you a list of all the RCRIS files backed up. Use the RCRIS Data Element Dictionary or
the RCRIS Structure Charts to determine where you lost data. Then, find the file or files that
are needed and use the HRECOVER command to restore the individual files.

When is recovery necessary? When the DBA does not see the  data that  is expected to be in the
database.  The DBA will need to analyze the severity and cause of the loss. It may not be a
system problem.  This analysis determines your next step. •

What if the loss is not a system  problem?   The Federal Information Processing Standards
requires that a hard copy of any important data should be printed.  A small loss could be entered
again from that hard copy.  A severe loss could be restored mechanically.

The DBA can always use the restore function found in RCRIS provided that the data has been
backed up.  This would apply to both  the PC and mainframe Implementers.  Mainframe
implementers that cannot use the restore function can use system  recovery commands such as
HLIST and HRECOVER to restore specific files.  An MDBA would use MERGPRO to restore
a Merged Database.

How do  you  secure your database?   PC users must use the security provided in RCRIS.
Mainframe implementers have RACF.  The TSO RACF commands are extremely complicated
and require a tremendous amount of syntax.  A utility has been created  which makes it easy to
apply RACF security to the RCRIS system.  This utility  is called the RCRIS RACF Security
Facility (RRSF).   Consult your DBA to  determine what security measures  have been    ^^


11/92                                 DBA-24                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 implemented for your particular database. You will need to ensure that authorized Users have
 been provided with proper access.

 The DBA manages security, in the RCRIS software, by issuing passwords and security levels
 for each user. To perform  this function, select "Security" from the DBA Main Menu.
        ! Database: K4DB.KSR
                            R C R I S
                       Database Administration
                          DBA Main Menu

                      Security
                      Data Maintenance       i
                      Lookup Files Maintenance |
                     ! Utilities             I
                     j Merge Process          j
                     | Exit To RCRIS,Main Menu  |
There are three levels of security in RCRIS. They are:

       o      1 - Allows the user Read Only access to any Work Package.

       o      2 - Allows the user Read/Write access to any Work Package.
    t
       o      3 - Allows the user DBA Access as well as Read/Write access to any Work
              Package.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-25
11/92

-------
                                                                  - RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.1.3  ADD/CHANGE/DELETE SECURITY INFORMATION

This option permits you to add new users or modify or delete existing users.
        !***                  RCRIS


                        Database Administration
         Database: K4DB.MSS                                  \
         	+	--+	+
                j           Security Menu

                  Add/Change/Delete Security Information
                  List File
                  Exit To DBA Main Menu
                  Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                 ........	.
                      ! Exit To RCRIS Main Menu  j
                      +.......	......^




4.1.3.1        ADD SECURITY INFORMATION EXAMPLE


This example shows how to add a new user.

 »*****»*»»»*******»***************(HM»*H*************»*****»*****************»*
 *               RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1                   *
 ******************************************************************************
     USER ID     PASSWORD         NAME             LEVEL
     CBC
     MJF
     OFP
     RSS
     SES
     WAA
     WBB
          CALLY
          NJAY
          JAY
          SHEP
          SWZ
          WCC
          HEX
CHUCK REY  (R4-DBA)
M. FRITSCH  (R4-DBA)
PEG ADKIZER
R. RICHARD
LIZ SIMPSON
WASTE CLEARING CO.
WATER EXPERIMENT SYS.
    Enter an Action (A/C/D):  A
 *    Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F8-Help     F9-Top     F10-Hore    *
 Hi*****************************************************************************
NOTES:
o
o
o
               will show a definition of security levels.
               takes you to the first user in the list.
               takes you to succeeding pages if you have many users.
11/92
                                  DBA-26
                                                  RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 At the "Enter an Action" prompt, type "A".  Four fields will be displayed under the prompt
 line.  The first field is the User ID, of up to 8 characters. The second field is the password of
 up to 8 characters.  The third field is the name and the fourth field is the access level, defaulted
 to 0.  Enter the data and press < ENTER >.

 The screen returns with the new user listed.  The users are listed in alphabetical order of the
 UserlD.
                  RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1
USER  ID
      CBC
      MJF
      OFP
      RSS
      SES
      IMA
      WBB
                 PASSWORD
                 ABCOE
                 CALLY
                 MJAY
                 JAY
                 SHEP
                 swz
                 wcc
                 UEX
                                 NAME              LEVEL
     Enter an Action (A/C/D):  A
                       0. ALLEN      •          3
                       CHUCK REY (R4-D8A)        3
                       N. FRITSCH (R4-DBA)      3
                       PEG ADHIZER              2
                       R. RICHARD              2
                       LIZ SIMPSON              1
                       WASTE CLEARING CO.        1
                       WATER EXPERIMENT SYS.     1
 *    Enter-Continue      F3-Exit      F8-Help      F9-Top     F10-More     *
 •A****************************************************************************
USER ID: AAA
                Has Been Added
RCRIS 4.0.0
                                          DBA-27
                                                                                 11/92

-------
4.1.3.2
                                        ;          RCRIS USER GUIDE


CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION EXAMPLE
This example shows how to change existing users.
««•««««•««••••««««•«•««««««»•••••««««»»»»««•••'•»»»«««»»
* RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1
* USER ID PASSWORD HAKE
AM
C8C
HJF
Off
RSS
SES
WAA
WBB
Enter
ABCDE
CALLY
MAY
JAY
SHEP
SUZ
WCC
WEX
an Action (A/C/D):
D. ALLEN
CHUCK REY (R4-DBA)
N. FRITSCH (R4-DBA)
PEG ADKIZER
R. RICHARD
LIZ SIHPSOM
WASTE CLEARING CO.
WATER EXPERIMENT SYS.
C
*
LEVEL
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
n
 ******************************************************************************

 *    Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F8-Help     F9-Top     F10-Nore    *
 •a****************************************************************************
At the "Enter an Action" prompt, type "C". Type in the modified data for one of your existing

users and press < ENTER >.


Hie screen returns with the modified information shown.
arwww«»w«www«»»www««» •» • n n mmwwmmmmmmmmwmwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwmmw^twwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww'mw
* RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1 *
A******************!^******
USER ID PASSWORD NAME LEVEL
AAA
CSC
HJF
OFP
RSS
SES
WAA
WBB
Enter
**********
ABCDE
CALLY
NJAY
JAY
SHEP
SWZ
WCC
WEX
an Action (A/C/D):
b*******************4
D. ALLENN
CHUCK REY (R4-DBA)
M. FRITSCH (R4-DBA)
PEG ADHIZER
R. RICHARD
LIZ SIMPSON
WASTE CLEARING CO.
WATER EXPERIMENT SYS.

*************************
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
1

0 *
***********************
USER ID:  AAA    Information Has Been Updated
                                        DBA-28
                                                           RCRIS 4.0.0i

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION



 4.1.3.3        DELETE SECURITY INFORMATION EXAMPLE



 This example shows how to delete existing users.



  ••***•*••*«**•******««••****•**••••********•*•<*»»«**«««**««•••**«*****«***»**

                RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1
USER
AAA
CBC
MJF
OFP
RSS
SES
IMA
UBS
Enter
ID PASSWORD
ABCOE
CALLV
MJAY
JAY
SHEP
SUZ
UCC
WEX
an Action (A/C/D):
****************************
NAME
D. ALLEMH
CHUCK REV (R4-DBA)
H. FRITSCH (R4-DBA)
PEG ADHI2ER
R. RICHARD
LIZ SIMPSON
UASTE CLEARING CO.
WATER EXPERIMENT SYS.
D
LEVEL
3
3 •
3
2
2
1
1
r •

o •
**************************************************
                     F3-Exit     F8-Hclp     F9-Top    FIO-Nore    *
 ******************************************************************************
At the "Enter an Action" prompt, type "D"

and press .
  Type in the User ID of one of your existing users
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-29
11782

-------
                                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE
The screen returns with an opportunity to verify the delete.
                   RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1                     *
 •««*»••«*•«•««««««•••**»«•«*«****«••••••*«*•*•••*«•»»••••»*«•*«»***••••****«
USER ID
MA
GYD
HYY
JZ0
READ
UVI
DO YOU WISH
AAA
PASSWORD
ALICE
APPLE2
GARRETT
TANYA
READ
FOCUS
TO DELETE THE
ALICE
NAME
A. DOLAN
D. GRAY
C. HARRIS (R4-DBA)
J. DOOLEY (R4-DBA)
READ ACCESS
M. WEAVER (ST-DBA)
FOLLOWING USER ID (Y/N)? y
A. DOLAN
LEVEL
1
1
3
3
1
3
1
**********************
 *    ENTER-Continue      F3-Exit                                        *
 ***»»»*****•»»***********»•»•••»»•********************!»*•*************»******



If you select" Y" the user is deleted.  The screen returns below.
 *                 RCRIS: Security Maintenance Screen 1                    *
 •*•******«****••••**»*********«*•»******•*»**•*»»»»*•»»»*•*•**•****»*•**»****»

      USER  ID      PASSWORD         NAME               LEVEL
      GYD           APPLE2       D.  GRAY                   1

      HYY           GARRETT      C.  HARRIS (R4-DBA)         3

      JZD           TANYA        J.  DOOLEY (R4-DBA)         3

      READ          READ         READ ACCESS               1

      WVI           FOCUS        M.  WEAVER (ST-DBA)         3
     Enter an Action (A/C/D):
                                                        0
 ******************************************************************************

 *     Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     F8-Help     F9-Top      FIO-More    *
 ******************************************************************************

  USER ID: AAA      Has Been Deleted
n/92
DBA-30
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.1.4  LIST FILE
                RCRIS: DBA Device Selection Screen
                       1 = Screen
                       2 = Printer
                       3 = File
                                       i
                  j Enter Your Selection «   j
        Enter-Continue
        F4-Exit
To review a list of active users, to print the lists, or to save in a designated file, choose the List
File option. On the PC platform,  the DBA Device Selection Screen is displayed, as shown
above.  Select the destination of your list and press < ENTER >.

If you type "3" the system prompts for a file name. Enter up to eight characters to identify your
file, and press < ENTER >.   Remember to also specify the disk drive.  For example:
C:\F1LENAME or A:\FILENAME.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-31
11/92

-------
                                                               RCRIS USER GUIDE

To select a report destination on the mainframe, users have two options.  The menu is shown
below.
                          RCRIS
                    Select a Report Destination


                A. .Queue the Report for Printing

                8.  View the Report on the Screen


                R.  Return to Previous Menu
  Enter selection  >
To print a report, type "A" and press < ENTER >.  To view the report on the screen, type "B*
and press < ENTER >.
urn
DBA-32
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2   DATA MAINTENANCE

 Select "Data Maintenance" from the DBA Main Menu, by typing "D" or use the up/down arrow
 keys to highlight the selection and pressing  < ENTER >.
                            R C R I S
                       Da tabase Admi n i st rat i on
        i               '
        j Database: K40B.MSS
       '+.	+	...........	..
              !  Data Maintenance Menu
               Change Handler Id Nunber
               Calculate Handler Universe
               Change Responsible Person
               Generate HID File for Acknowledgements
               Delete Narrative Data
               Delete Hid Data
               Delete PMT/CL/PC Data
               Delete CHE Data
               Delete CA Data
               Delete PH Data
               Delete FMP Data
               Exit To DBA Main Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
4.2.1  CHANGE HANDLER ID NUMBER

Handler Identification (HID) Numbers are. the primary key for all RCRIS work packages.
Changing the HID is accomplished by reassigning all data from the old HID to the new HID.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-33
11/92

-------
                                                                          RCRIS USER GUIDE


Select "Change Handler ID Number".  On Screen 1 you must enter the old ID number.
 ***********************************************************
                                                           **************
                       Change Facility Id Screen 1
                    Enter Old Facility Id:
     Enter-Continue
  **********************
                        F4-Quit Processing    *
      ********************************************
Information on the old HID is displayed to verify that it is the correct HID. Enter the new HID

at the prompt.
 *                     Change Facility Id Screen 2                       *
 A*****************************************************************************
                         Old Facility Id: HS6210809871


        Installation Name:  UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
        Mailing Address
   3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD


   VICKSBURG
   39180
MS
      Location Address

3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD


VICKSBURG
39180
                                       MS
                    Enter New Facility Id:
                    Is This a State or EPA  Id (S,E)

 ******************************************************************************

 *  Enter-Continue                                  F4-Ouit Processing    *
 ***»****»**********»********************************»»»#»**********•**********



Press   to change the HID.  A message verifies the change.
11/92
                  DBA-34
                                          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2.2  CALCULATE HANDLER UNIVERSE

 The system flags handler universes indicating that a facility has been verified as meeting certain
 criteria.  Universe settings indicate that a facility functions as land disposal, incinerator, storage
 and treatment, generator, or transporter.  Performing the calculation of handler universes
 should be executed prior to the merge process.

 To execute, select the "Calculate Handler Universe" option. A menu is then displayed with the
 following options:
 A*****************************************************************************
 *                RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation Screen 1             *
 ****«*********************************************************************++**
                 Oo you want to Calculate Universes for:

                  1.  The Whole Database

                  2.  The Updated Handlers only (Not Available On MERGE)

                  3.  A Particular Handler ID  (Not Available On MERGE)

                  4.  A Particular State       (MERGE only):

                       SELECTION:              '

             Universes Were Last Calculated:  08/12/91    17.02.49
 * Enter-Continue
                  F3-Exit *
Enter one of the choices at the prompt.  A message confirms the universe calculation.

 •A****************************************************************************
 *                RCRIS: Handler Universe Calculation                    *
 *****************************************************************************
                 Calculating Universes For All Handlers
                          Hit ENTER to Begin Processing
 ******************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue                                                      *
 ******************************************************************************
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-35
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.3  CHANGE RESPONSIBLE PERSON

Choose the Change Responsible Person option.
 »•******»********»*****•»••********•***********•**••***«*«••*••*************••
 *               RCRIS: DBA - Event Responsible Person Change    Screen 1 *
        ENTER Old Responsible Person Code:

        ENTER New Responsible Person Code:
       •Only event responsible person for events without recorded
        actual dates will be changed for a specified module.
  ******|H»********************************************************************«
ENTER-Continue
                                                           F3-Exit
Enter the old code and the new.  A message confirms the change.
11/92
                                       DBA-36
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2.4 GENERATE HID FILE FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

 The ability to generate acknowledgements is based on the "Send Acknowledgement" flag and
 the acknowledgement date on the Notification Screen 2  in the Handler module.  Select the
 "Generate HID File for Acknowledgements" option and press < ENTER >.
 ***********************************************************************
 ******)
                 RCRIS: Handler Selection Screen 1
                                      *********************************
             ****************************************************
               Please Enter Acknowledgement Flag:

                 Maximum Filename cannot excede 36 positions
                 including quotes and member name (if a pds)
                     Please Enter Filename
                     »
                   Ex: 'RCRS.RCRIS.OATA(DIVI)'

             ****************************************************
            t**********
 *       Enter-Continue            *               F4-Exit         *
 *********************************************iH»***************************»***


Biter a single character representing the send acknowledgement flag and press  < ENTER >.

Next, enter a file name not exceeding  36  characters (including the  single quotes), and press

 < ENTER >. The system then scans the database for Handlers whose "Send Acknowledgement"

flag is set to the one specified. Remember the acknowledgement flag entered must match the
flag character that was used in  notification  data entry.


To generate this Acknowledge Report go to the Handler General Reports Menu and select this
option.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-37
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE

4.2.5  DELETE NARRATIVE DATA

Select the "Delete Narrative Data" option, enter the desired Handler ID, and enter the narrative
type from the options listed on the screen.
                   RCRIS: Facility - Delete Narrative Screen 1
                 Enter Handler ID:

             ENTER Narrative Type:
           a***********************************************
           *                  Facility Narrative • F *
           *       Permitting/Closure/Post-Closure - P *
           *  Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement - C *
           *                   Corrective Action - A *
           •A**********************************************
a********************************* ****»****
*  ENTER-Continue          F3-Exit
                                          *************************»*»*
                                                                 *
The first ten lines of the narrative are shown, followed by the question: "Do You Wish to Delete
Narrative Data?  YorN."

       o      < Y> The selected narrative data is deleted and confirmed.
       o       The delete is cancelled and confirmed.
11/92
                                        DBA-38
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
        **«**««»)HHHKKHH>1>« «•»««««•«•*•* tut************** *»»* ******************

                     RCRIS: Facility • Delete  CHE Narrative     Screen 2  *
   ID: MS6210809871  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION

   STATE HELD A SHOW CAUSE HEARING W/ WES.
   BID 3288 CONTAINS 2 STORAGE AREAS NON MANAGED PROPERLY
                                 UPDATED:
        Do you wish to delete this narrative? (Y/N)
 *  ENTER-Continue
  F3-Exit
F4-Handler ID   F8-Help
4.2.6  DELETE HID DATA

After selecting the Delete HID Data function, you may choose one of the following options:
                                RCRIS
         |                 Database Administration
         | Database: (C4DB.HSS
        +—....+.... +....—.............—..,.'..
                j   D !     Hid Data Delete Menu
Delete Handler  Identification
Delete Source Record
Exit  To Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Main Menu
                 Cha
                 Cal
                 Cha
                 Gen
                 Del +
                 Delete Hid Data
                 Delete PMT/CL/PC Data
                 Delete CHE Data
                 Delete CA Data
                 Delete PM Data
                 Delete FMP Data
                 Exit To DBA Main Menu
                 Return to RCRIS Main Menu
RCRIS 4.0.0
                     DBA-39
                                                      11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.6.1
DELETE HANDLER IDENTIFICATION
The Delete Handler Identification option removes all traces of a specified Handler from the
database.  Screen 1 identifies the specific handler you are deleting.
 a********************
 *            RCRIS: Handler Identification Delete Screen 1
 *************************************************************
                                                     M>******«*
              EPA Id:
                   Other Id:
 *************************************************************************
 * Enter-Continue   '                          F4-Quit Processing
 *************************************************
                                         *************************
When you enter a valid Handler Identification, Screen 1 reappears with detailed information on
the handler you have chosen.  You are asked to confirm that this is the correct ID.

WARNING: IF YOU ANSWER YES TO THE QUESTION ON THIS SCREEN AND PRESS
< ENTER >, ALL DATA  PERTAINING TO THIS  HANDLER, THROUGHOUT THE
SYSTEM, IS ERASED.
11/92
                         DBA-40
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION



  • >««>»*************«*««*•*»* ******««***************»««««*«***»««««««*«««1>*«

  *             RCRIS: Handler Identification Delete Screen 1                *
      **************************************************************************

                EPA  Id:  MS6210809871   Other Id:



            Facility Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION


            Facility Mailing Address         Facility Location Address


            3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD           3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD



            V1CKSBURG                       VICKSBURG

            MS 39180                        MS 39180




     Is This the Correct Facility To Delete Notification Information  (Y,N)?
  »««««**«•««*******««**«««•«**«*•*•*•**»»******»»»*»»*******«*«*«***•••*••*****

  •Enter-Continue    -                                F4-Quit Processing     *
  ••*******»»***»*»******»****•««••*******•«««*«*«*«««««»****«*•••««•«******•**»



 If you select "Y", a message confirms that the data is deleted.
RCRIS 4.0.0                               DBA-41

-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.6.2
DELETE SOURCE RECORD
The Delete Source Record option removes all traces of a specified Source record of a Handler
from the database.  Screen 1 identifies the specific Handler you are deleting.
    ***********************************1
 *                   RCRIS: Source Delete Screen 1 of 2
 ««««**•*******«**«*«*•••*•******«««««••»•***«*•»**««*««*******<
               EPA Id:              Other Id:
          Source ( M/A/E/S/R ):
 ««i><>i>*i>****»«***********
                         r***************»*************«*«*«****«**********
 * Enter-Continue                                            F3-Exit  *
 ******************************************************************************
                                                     <*
Use  to move between fields.  Enter the Handler Id and press .  If there is
another ID, enter the ID and press < TAB >, else press < TAB >.  Enter the Source record and
press .  Only N, A, E, S, and R can be entered.  The next screen will appear.
             ••A***************************************************************************
             *                   RCRIS: Source Delete Screen 2 of 2                 *
                          EPA Id:  MS6210809871  Other Id:
                       Facility Name:  WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
                       FaciIi ty Mai I ing Address        FaciIi ty Location Address
                       3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD           3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD
                      VICKSBURG
                      MS 39180
                                     VICKSBURG
                                     MS 39180
                  Is This the Correct Facility To Delete Source Information .  The source record will be deleted. If you type'N'for No, RCRIS returns to the
Source Delete Screen 1 and lets you re-enter the Handler ID.
11/92
                            DBA-42
          RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2.6.3      DELETE PART A  -     .


 Delete Part A removes all traces of Part A data from the database.  Screen 1 identifies the
 specific handler you are selecting.

            .f...............	..................	..............	+
            !                    RCRIS: Part A Delete Screen 1                 '
                        EPA Id:
        Other Id:
              ENTER-Continue
                      F3-Exft
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-43
11/92.
                                                                                                ,

-------
                                                            RCRIS USER GUIDE

When you enter a valid Handler Identification, Screen 1 reappears with detailed information on
die handler you have chosen.  You are asked to confirm that this is the correct ID.

WARNING:  IF YOU ANSWER YES TO THE QUESTION ON THIS SCREEN AND PRESS
,  ALL PART A INFORMATION PERTAINING  TO TfflS  HANDLER  IS
ERASED.
                             RCRIS: Part A Delete Screen 1
                       EPA Id:

                 Facility Name:

                 Facility Hailing Address
       Other Id:
     Facility Location Address
            Is This the Correct Facility to Delete Part A Information (V,N):
           I  ENTER-Continue
                    F3-Exit
If you select 'Y,' a message confirms the data is deleted.
4.2.7 DELETE PMT/CL/PC DATA

Select the "Delete PMT/CL/PC Data" option from the Data Maintenance Menu.  From this
option, you may delete selected permit processing numbers or selected permit unit groups.
11/92
DBA-44
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
                              R C R I S
                         Database Administration-
        | Database: K408.KSS
                   !   PNT/CL/PC Data Delete Menu    j

                 Ch j Delete Permit Processing Number |
                 Ca   Delete Permit Unit Group       j
                     Exit To Previous Menu
                     Return to RCRIS Main Menu
  Ch
  Ge
  De +	
  Delete Hid Data
  Delete PNT/CL/PC Data
  Delete CHE Data
  Delete CA Data
  Delete PM Data
  Delete FMP Data
  Exit To DBA Main Menu
  Return to RCRIS Main Menu
4.2.7.1
DELETE PERMIT PROCESSING. NUMBER
This option takes you to the Delete Permit Processing Number Screen 1.
           RCRIS: Permit Delete Permit Processing Number Screen 1
                   ••••A****************************
                    Pennitting/Closure/Post-Closure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id:
   Enter-Continue
                                             F3-Exit *
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           DBA-45
11/92

-------
                                                                RCRIS USER GUIDE

Enter a valid Handler Identification number.  Delete Permit Processing Number Screen 2 will
provide the name of the handler and list all active permit processing numbers.
          RCRIS: Permit Delete Permit Processing Nunber Screen 2
         ***«
   Handler Id:   MS6210809871
   Facility Name: UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number
         APP01
         APP02
         APP03
         APP04
         APP05
         APP06
         APP07
         APP09

     Permit Processing Number:
Current Activity Tracks
   (  CL         )

   (OP            )
   (OP            }
   (  CL         >
   (OP            )
   (OP            )
   (OP            )
 * Enter-Continue     F3-Exit     FS-Previous Screen     FIO-More Permits  *
 A*****************************************************************************
The Delete  Permit Processing Number Screen 3 provides additional detail on the permit
processing number. Enter the permit processing number that you wish to delete.  Type "Y" for
yes and press < ENTER > to delete or type "N" for no and press  < ENTER > to return to the
previous screen.  To delete a second permit processing number, enter this number on Screen 2
and press  .  Type "Y" for yes and press   at the  system prompt.
Continue these steps as appropriate.

WARNING:   SELECTING  YES AND  < ENTER > DELETES ALL INFORMATION
RELATIVE  TO THIS PERMIT PROCESSING  NUMBER.
11/92
         DBA-46
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
           RCRIS: Permit Delete Permit Processing Number Screen 3
    Handler Id:              NS6210809871
    Facility Name:           WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
    Permit Processing Number:  APP01
               Permit Authority (E/S/J):
               EPA's Responsible Person:
               State's Responsible.Person:
         Do you want to Delete this Permit Processing Number(Y,N): N
 * Enter-Continue
              F3-Exit
FS-Previous Screen    *
An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.
4.2.7.2
DELETE PERMIT UNIT GROUP
This option takes you to the Delete Permit Unit Group Screen 1.
                   RCRIS: Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 1              *
                   *********************************************************
                    Permi 11 ing/CIosure/Post-CIosure
              Please Enter an EPA Handler Id:
 * Enter-Continue
                                                           F3-Exit *
Enter a valid Handler Identification number and press < ENTER >.  Permit Unit Group Delete
Screen 2 provides the name of the handler and lists all active permit unit groups.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                           DBA-47
                                      11/92

-------
                                                             RCRIS USER GUIDE
* RCRIS: Permit
Handler Id: MS62 10809871
Unit Group Delete Screen 2 - *

Facility Name: UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Permit Processing Number
APP01
APP02
APP03
APP04
APP05
APP06
APP07
APP09
Permit Processing Nunber:
* inter-Continue F3-Exit
****************+***********«*«H»4M»4
Current Activity
( CL
(
(OP
(OP
( CL
(OP
(OP
(OP

F5-Previous Screen
Tracks
)
)
)
>
)
)
)
)

FIO-More Permits *
Enter the permit unit group that you wish to delete and press  < ENTER >. Next, the Permit
Unit Group Delete Screen 3 provides additional detail on the permit unit group. Type "Y" for
yes or "N" for no, as appropriate, in the "Delete Unit" column for the associated Unit ID.

WARNING:     SELECTING  YES  AND  PRESSING    DELETES  ALL
INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THIS PERMIT UNIT GROUP.
 *              RCRIS: Permit Unit Group Delete Screen 3            *
 ***«**•**********••*•••••«•«••**«*********•*«**«*«««««««»«»««««««««««»«»«*»*•*
Handler Id: MS621 0809871 Name: UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
Permit/Closure Processing Number: APP01
Delete Process Code Unit Id Capacity UOM # Units Current
Unit? /Comnents Track
1 N SOI 1
2. N S01 12
3. N S02 . 02
4.
5.
•Enter-Delete Unit Groups F3-Exit
*F5-Previous Screen F9-First
1.00 G 1 CL
510.00 G 4 CL
3640.00 G CL


F4-Finish Deleting
Unit Groups F10-Next Unit Groups
An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.
11/92
DBA-48
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2.8  DELETE CME DATA

 Select the "Delete CME Data" option from the Data Maintenance Menu.  From the menu below,
 you may delete evaluation, violation, or enforcement data for a specified handler.
                           RCRIS
                       Database Acton ni strati on
         Database: K4DB.KSS
                 Data Maintenance Menu
1
Chang-
Calcu
Chang
Gener
Delet
Delet
Delet
Delet
.CME Data
Delete Menu |
Evaluation Deletion |
Violation Deletion j
Enforcement Deletion j
Invalid Pointers Deletion j
Exit To Previous Menu j
Return to RCRIS Main Menu j
                                           ts
               Delet +
               Delete PM Data
               Delete FHP Data
               Exit To DBA Main Menu
               Return to RCRIS Main Menu
Highlight the desired option and press < ENTER >,
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-49
11/92

-------
                                                              RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.8.1
             EVALUATION DELETE
This option takes you to the Evaluation Delete Screen 1 below.
               RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Delete Screen 1
                 Please Enter Handler ID:

               Evaluation Control Nutter:
                               Date:
                             Seq. ID:

                     Responsible Agency:
                                       HMDDYY
 #•••»**»*******«•*•»**«************»********••**•***••*•*•**••••*•************
        ENTER - Continue
                          F3 - Exit
F8 - Help
Enter a valid Handler ID, the date the evaluation was completed, and the responsible agency
code that you wish to delete.

After entering the required data, details about the information you plan to delete is shown on
CM & E Evaluation Delete Screen 2. You are asked for confirmation.
                                                                                 /•

WARNING: IF YOU ANSWER YES AND PRESS  < ENTER >, ALL DATA PERTAINING
TO THIS SPECIFIC ACTION IS DELETED.
11/92
                                      DBA-50
                                 RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
           1H>1>***««««*««»>«»»»»«««>«« «««««« ««••«•••«»••••••»»•*»»»*»»«»»«•

  *                 RCRIS: CM & E Evaluation Delete Screen 2                •
    Handler ID: NS06210809871  Name: INTERSTATE MERCHANDISE WAREHOUSE INC
   Location St: 1601 FRONT ST                City: MERIDIAN
    Control No: 861211004  Agency: S Type: CE1 On: 121186 Br./Person:
                                   JL
            Area  Coverage Area Description
            GER   GENERATOR-ALL REQUIREMENTS
                       Status
                         E
     Do you still  wish to delete?    (Y or N)
 ********•*••!»•«*»»••*»*»»««*********************************************«
 *       ENTER -  Continue        F3 - Exit        F4 - ID Screen          *
 a*****************************************************************************

An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.



4.2.8.2       VIOLATION DELETE


This option takes you to the Violation Delete Screen 1 below.
 *                 RCRIS: CM & E Violation Delete Screen 1
 ft*************************************************************************
                    Please Enter Handler ID:

                        Responsible Agency:
                           Sequence Number:
 ******************************************************************************
     ENTER-Continue
F3 - Exit
FB - Help *
Enter a valid Handler Id and the Responsible Agency and Sequence Number that you wish to
delete.
RCRIS 4.0.0
            DBA-51
                              11/92


-------
                                                                      RCRIS USER GUIDE

After entering the required data on this screen, details about the information you plan to delete
are shown on CM & E Violation Delete Screen 2.  You are asked for confirmation.

WARNING:  IF YOU ANSWER YES AND PRESS < ENTER >, ALL DATA PERTAINING
TO THIS SPECIFIC ACTION IS DELETED.
»««»*l>l»l»l>»l>l> »«««*******«*«* *******••••««• tttttttttttt • •»•»«********
*                RCRIS: CM & E Violation Delete Screen 2
**********«*********•*••*•*«*«««««««•««•««««•««*****••««««*«*««*«**
* Handler ID: MS06210809871   Name: THOMPSON & FORMBY, INC.
•location St: 10136 MAGNOLIA DRIVE         City: OLIVE BRANCH
*******************************************************************
                                                                  *
                                                                  *
   Agency/Sequence Umber: S / 0001
                               MKDDYY
                     Determined: 070689
                                          Resp.  Branch:
                                          Resp.  Person:
    Area: GER Class: 1  Regulation:

             Priority: 9
                                                   NKDDYY
                                  Scheduled Response: 102589
                                          Resolved: 102389
                                                         Type:
               Do you still wish to delete?  (Y or N)  N
 *       ENTER -  Continue        F3 - Exit       F4 •  ID Screen         *
 ******************************************************************************
An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.
11/92
                                         DBA-52
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION
 4.2.8.3       ENFORCEMENT DELETION
 This option takes you to the Enforcement Delete Screen 1 below.
 ******************************************************************************
 *             RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 1               *
 **************************************«««««««««* >••»«>«««»«••**•**••********
                  Please Enter Handler ID:
                Enforcement Control Number:
                                       WWDYY
                                 Date:
                               Seq. ID:
                      Responsible Agency:
 ******************************************************************************
 *      ENTER • Continue        F3 - Exit       F8 - Help             *            •    •
 ******************************************************************************
Enter a valid Handler ID and the Enforcement Control Number and Responsible Agency that
you wish to delete.                 •      .                                 .
After entering the required data on this screen, details about the information you plan to delete
are shown on CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 2. You are asked for confirmation.
WARNING: IF YOU ANSWER YES AND PRESS , ALL DATA PERTAINING
TO THIS SPECIFIC ACTION IS DELETED.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-S3
11/92

-------
                                                                     RCRIS USER GUIDE
               RCRIS: CM & E Enforcement Delete Screen 2
    Handler ID: KS62 10809871  Name: BELOIT MANHATTAN
   Location St: 617 YORKV1LLE PARK          City: COLUMBUS
  KM*******************************************************************
       Enforcement Control Hunter: 870803001
              Responsible Agency: S
          Enforcement Action Date: 080387

              Responsible Branch:
              Responsible Person: JL
          Enforcement Action Type: 120

               Penalty Assessed: $
    Settlement Amount Agreed Upon: $
     Do you still wish to delete?  (Y or N)   N
 *       ENTER - Continue
 ••« «««««« «•«««
                F3 - Exit
               ***********
F4 • ID Screen
An acknowledgement of the deletion is displayed.
4.2.8.4
INVALID POINTERS DELETION
Invalid Pointers Deletion will delete pointers from violations to previously deleted evaluation and
enforcements from your database. To run this option,  select "Invalid Pointers Deletion" from
the CME Data Delete Menu and press  < ENTER >.  The message "Processing" will appear on
the screen.  When all invalid pointers have been deleted, the CME Data Delete Menu appears.
11/92
                           DBA-54
                                 RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

4.2.9  DELETE CA DATA

Select the "Delete CA Data" option from the Data Maintenance Menu. From the menu below,
you may delete information about CA Area,  Instrument, Event or Constituent for a specific
handler.
                            R C R I 5
         Database: K4DB.MSS
                       Database Adnini strati on
•



Data
Chang
dang
iGener
Delet
Delet
Delet
Delet
Delete
Delete
Exit T<
Return
Maintenance Menu
CA Data Delete Menu
Delete CA Area
Delete CA Instrument
Delete CA Event
Delete CA Constituent Data
Exit To Previous Menu
Return to RCRIS Nain Menu
PM Data
FMP Data
> DBA Main Menu
to RCRIS Main Menu


s
1-
1
1




4.2.9.1
DELETE CA AREA
This option takes you to the Corrective Action Delete Area Screen.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Area Screen
            Enter Handler ID:
                  Area Code:
            Press F1 to Return to Previous Screen
 ******************************************************************************

To delete CA Area, enter the Handler ID and the specific Area Code.

You receive a report on the screen with details about the area you have chosen to delete. Press
< ENTER > for confirmation of your delete.
RCRIS 4.0.0
                          DBA-55
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.9.2
              DELETE CA INSTRUMENT
This option takes you to the Corrective Action Delete Instrument Screen.
             RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Instrunent Screen
             Enter Handler ID:
                   Inst Code:
                     Agency:
                  Inst. Date:
             Press F4 to Return To Menu
 *********  for confirmation of your delete.
11/92'
                                        DBA-56
RCRIS 4.0.0

-------
 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION

 4.2.9.3       DELETE CA EVENT

 This option takes you to the Corrective Action Delete Event Screen.
               RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Event Screen
             Enter Handler ID:
                  Event Code:  CA
                     Agency:
              Sequence Number:
             Press F4 to Return to Menu
To delete CA Event, enter the Handler ID, Event Code, Agency and the Sequence Number.
                                                     . •              '«*

You receive a report on the screen with details about the area you have chosen to delete.  Press
  and confirm your delete.                   .       ••
4.2.9.4       DELETE CA CONSTITUENT DATA


This option takes you to the Corrective Action Delete Constituent Screen.

 A*****************************************************************************

            RCRIS: Corrective Action Delete Constituent Screen
            ******************



             Enter Handler ID:


                Constituent Code:  -
                                                   ****************
 **********************************************************
 *      Enter-Process        *   F3-Exit  »        F4-Scan File      *
 ******************************************************************************
To delete CA  Constituent Codes,  enter the Handler ID, Constituent  Code, and the Media
Cleanup Standards, then press < ENTER >.

After selecting  the information above, you receive a report on the screen with details about the
area you have chosen to delete.  Press < ENTER > to confirm your delete.
RCRIS 4.0.0
DBA-57
11/92

-------
                                                                    RCRIS USER GUIDE
4.2.10
DELETE I'M DATA
Use the Up/Down arrow  keys to highlight'the "Delete PM Data" option from the Data
Maintenance Menu and press < ENTER >.  There are seven PM Data Delete options available
in RCRIS.
                             RCRIS
                        Database Administration
        j Database: K4DB.NSS
                         PH Data Delete Menu
              | Delete PM Commitment/Projection
              j Delete Non-Handler specific Event
              j Delete PH Resource Expenditure
              j Delete PMT/CL/PC Resource Expenditure
              I Delete CHE Evaluation Resource Expenditure
               Delete CHE Enforcement Resource Expendi
-------
                                                              CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTES:

       o     Use  to exit to the CA Main Menu without revising the record.

       o     Use  to return to Screen 1 without revising the record.

       o     Media cleanup standards are entered  with commas  followed by the unit  of
             measure.  For example, GW50,000 ppm.


2.4.5  UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 5

The next screen, the "CA Update Constituent Screen 5", is used to revise the medium for this
constituent code.  Displayed on  top  of the screen is the Handler ID, name,  address, and
constituent code.  Displayed in the center of the screen is a list of four media for you to select
from for this code.  Type  for ground water,  for surface water,  for soil,
or  for.air. Press    to save your changes and continue to the next screen.

 ****»********••»***«*********»»»•*******»**»»»•*********»*****************•»•*
 *            RCRIS: CA Update Constituent Screen 5
 a****************************************************************************
   Handler: HS6210809871  UATERUAYS EXPERIMENT STATION
   Location: 3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD          City: VICKSBURG
     Constituent Code:  100-01-6
 ******************************************************************************
                      Enter Medium:

                         G - Ground Water
                         U - Surface Water
                         S • Soil
                         A - Air
 *   Enter-Continue      F3-Exit        F5-Prev Screen               *
 ••Mr**************************************************************************
2.4.6  UPDATE CONSTITUENT SCREEN 6

Next is the "CA Update Constituent Screen 6".  This screen is used to enter or revise remedy
codes for this constituent.  The remedy code is the method by which the release is being treated
(i.e.,  in  situ Biodegradation,  sediment control, etc.).   You  may  also  include  descriptive
comments for a constituent or medium type on this  screen. Displayed at the top of the screen
is the Handler ID, name, address, constituent code, and medium.  Below this information are
the fields where you enter the remedy code and comments.  Press < ENTER >  to save your
changes and continue to Screen 8.  Press  to save your changes and move to  Screen 7
and revise the remedy information, if needed.
11/92                                   CA-24                            RCRIS 4.0.0